ßl7 %Soileuniversity of Arizona Lduate Catalog 1979 -80 1980-81

1979-1981 Graduate Catalog

Item Type Book

Authors University of Arizona

Publisher University of Arizona

Rights Permission to use or to order reproductions must be obtained from the University of Arizona Libraries, Special Collections. Contact us at [email protected], or (520) 621-6423.

Download date 10/10/2021 10:15:07

Link to Item http://hdl.handle.net/10150/288535 X979 ßl7 %SoileUniversity Of Arizona lduate Catalog 1979 -80 1980-81

ki r'T

Record THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA GRADUATE CATALOG 1979 -80 1980 -81

"The goals of the University of Arizona are to provide the opportunity for the acquisition of comprehensive education and usable skills, to serve as a resource for the expansion of knowledge through research; and to extend the opportunity to improve the quality of life by making available the services and resources of the University, its faculty and staff, to the students of the University and citizens of the State."

TUCSON ARIZONA THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA RECORD (USPS 650 -800) Vol. LXXII, No. 3 June, 1979

All colleges and departments establish certain academic requirements which must be met before a degree is granted. These requirements concern such things as curricula and courses, majors and minors, and campus residence. Advisers, directors, department heads and deans are available to help the student understand and arrange to meet these requirements, but the student is responsible for fulfilling them. At the end of a student's course of study,if requirements for graduation have not been satisfied, the degree will not be granted. For this reason it is important for each student to acquaint himself or herself with all regulations, to remain currently informed throughout his or her college career and to be responsible for completing requirements. Courses, programs and requirements described in the catalog may be suspended, deleted, restricted, supplemented or changed in any other manner at any time at the sole discretion of the University and the Arizona Board of Regents. The catalog does not establish a contracture! relationship but it summarizes the total requirements which the student must presently meet before qualifying for a faculty recommendation to the Arizona Board of Regents to award a degree. The determination of acceptability of credit for course work completed at another institution of higher learning, whether the other institution is accredited or not, is made solely at the discretion of this institution as guided by its academic policy bodies. Students are ad- visedto check with the Department of Admissions and Records to determine the acceptability of credit from other institutions and its applicability toward a program of study at the University of Arizona. The University of Arizona does not discriminate on the basis of sex, race, creed, color, national origin or handicapping condition in the education programs or activities which it operates and is required by Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto in Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 not to discriminate in such manner. The requirement not to discriminate in education programs and activities extends to employment therein and admission thereto. Inquiries concerning the application of said regulations to this University may be referred to the University's Assistant Executive Vice President or the Director of the Office of Civil Rights of the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. In compliance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, the University of Arizona guarantees that the parents of dependent children will have a right to information about their offspring without having to gain the student's consent.

Announcements in this catalog concerning regulations, fees, curricula, or other matters, are subject to change without notice. Inquiries regarding admission to the Graduate College should be addressed to: Graduate Admissions Office Administration 107 The University of Arizona Tucson, Arizona 85721

STATEMENT OF MAILING PRIVILEGE The University of Arizona Record is issued seven times a year. Published monthly during July, August, and October; and semi -monthly during April and June. Second class postage paid, Tucson, Arizona. Contents

DIRECTIONS FOR CORRESPONDENCE 5

ACADEMIC DIVISIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY 6

GRADUATE CALENDAR 7

ARIZONA BOARD OF REGENTS 9

GENERAL ADMINISTRATION 10 Officers of the Administration 10 Graduate Council 11 Committee on Graduate Study 11

TEACHING AND RESEARCH FACULTY 13

GENERAL INFORMATION 32 Facilities and Services 32 Cooperating Organizations 38 Fees 39 Housing 39 University Dining Service 40 Student Counseling and Services 40

GENERAL REGULATIONS 41 Admission 41 Graduate Status 41 Unclassified Graduate Status 41 Admission of Foreign Students 41 Application for Admission 42 Graduate Record Examinations 42 Candidacy for an Advanced Degree 42 Graduate Credit for Seniors and Unclassified (Not Graduate) Students 42 General Prerequisites for Major Graduate Credit 43 Regular Graduate Credit Courses 43 Other Courses for Graduate Credit 43 Transfer of Graduate Credit 43 Correspondence Courses 43 Grading System 44 Examinations Required 44 Withdrawal Grades 44 Special Grades 44 Averaging of Grades 44 Pass -Fail Option 44 Removal of Incomplete 44 Scholarship Requirements 44 Maximum Study Load 45 Supplementary Registration 45 CONTENTS

Thesis and Dissertation Work in Absentia 45 Auditing of Courses by Graduate Students 45 Graduate Study in Summer Sessions 45 Graduate Appointments, Scholarships and Financial Aids 46 GRADUATE DEGREES 48 Major Fields for Masters' Degrees 48 Major Fields for Specialist Degrees 48 Major Fields for Doctoral Degrees 49 Advanced Degrees Offered 49 REQUIREMENTS FOR MASTERS' DEGREES 50 General Requirements 50 Master of Arts and Master of Science 51 Master of Accounting 51 Master of Agricultural Education and Master of Home Economics Education 51 Master of Architecture 52 Master of Business Administration 52 Master of Education 53 Master of Fine Arts 53 Master of Landscape Architecture 54 Master of Library Science 55 Master of Music 55 Master of Public Administration 56 Master of Teaching 57 REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIALIST DEGREES 58 Educational Specialist 58 Nursing Specialist 59 Specialist in Microbiology 59 REQUIREMENTS FOR DOCTORS' DEGREES 61 Doctor of Philosophy 61 Doctor of Education 63 Doctor of Musical Arts 65 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 69 Explanatory Notes 69 Classification of Courses 69 Semester Courses 69 Year Courses 69 Prerequisites 69 Additiònal Courses 69 Cancellation of Courses 69 Foreign Language Courses 69 Key to Symbols 70 University -Wide "House- Numbered" Courses 70 Individual Studies 71 Course Offerings by Departments 72 INDEX 263 DIRECTIONS FOR CORRESPONDENCE Prospective graduate students are asked to correspond with officials of the Uni- versity as follows: Dean of the Graduate College concerning admission to the regular and summer sessions, progress of pending admission applications, and general regulations. Head of Department for further information on departmental course offerings, degree programs, graduate assistantships, and tuition scholarships. Dean of Continuting Education for announcements of continuing education programs. Coordinator of the Summer Session for summer session announcements. Dean of the College of Education for guidance relative to course offerings in education, requirements for certification of teachers. Director of Scholarships and Financial Aids for information about loans, college work -study programs, and other forms of financial assistance. Director of Placement Service for information on part -time employment, teaching positions. Manager of Student Housing for information on living accommodations. Registrar concerning transcripts. 6

ACADEMIC DIVISIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY

More detailed information may be found under listings for the specific college or department. COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE. School of Home Economics; School of Renewable Natural Resources with programs in Fisheries Science, Landscape Architecture, Natural Resource Recre- ation, Range Management, Soil and Water Science, Watershed Management, Wildlife Ecology. Departments of Agricultural Economics; Agricultural Education; Animal Sciences; Entomology; Nutrition and Food Science; Plant Pathology; Plant Sciences; Soils, Water and Engineering; Vet- erinary Science. COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. Departments of Accounting; Economics; Finance and Real Estate; Geography, Regional Development and Urban Planning; Management; Management Information Systems; Marketing; Public Administration. COLLEGE OF EARTH SCIENCES. Departments of: Geosciences; Hydrology and Water Re- sources. COLLEGE OF EDUCATION. Graduate Library School; Center for the Study of Higher Educa- tion; Rehabilitation Center. Departments of Business and Career Education; Counseling and Guidance; Educational Foundations and Administration; Educational Psychology; Elementary Education; Reading; Secondary Education; Special Education. COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING. Departments of: Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering; Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics; Electrical Engineering; Nuclear Engineering; Systems and Industrial Engineering. COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS. School of Music. Departments of Art; Drama; Radio -Television; Speech and Hearing Sciences; Speech Communication. COLLEGE OF LAW COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS. Departments of Anthropology; Astronomy; Atmospheric Sci- ences; Cellular and Developmental Biology; Chemistry; Classics; Computer Science; Ecology and Evolutionary Biology; English; General Biology; German; History; Journalism; Linguistics; Math- ematics; Microbiology and Medical Technology; Oriental Studies; Philosophy; Physics; Planetary Sciences; Political Science; Psychology; Romance Languages; Russian and Slavic Languages; So- ciology. COLLEGE OF MEDICINE. Departments of Anatomy; Anesthesiology; Family and Community Medicine; Internal Medicine; Microbiology; Neurology; Obstetrics- Gynecology; Pathology; Pedia- trics; Pharmacology; Physiology; Psychiatry; Radiology; Surgery. COLLEGE OF MINES. Departments of: Chemical Engineering; Metallurgical Engineering; Min- ing and Geological Engineering. COLLEGE OF NURSING COLLEGE OF PHARMACY. Departments of Pharmaceutical Sciences; Pharmacology and Tox- icology. GRADUATE COLLEGE. Committees on: Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition; Animal Physiology; Arid Lands Resource Sciences; Genetics; Linguistics; Materials Engineering; Medie- val Studies; Optical Sciences; Pharmacology; Plant Protection; Statistics. GENERAL DEPARTMENTS. Biochemistry; Physical Education. School of Health - Related Pro- fessions; School of Military Science and Aerospace Studies. GENERAL COMMITTEES. American Indian Studies; Applied Mathematics; Biomedical Engi- neering; Black Studies; Business Administration; History and Philosophy of Science; Humanities; Latin American Studies; Mexican American Studies; Religious Studies; Remote Sensing; Toxicol- ogy; Women's Studies. CONTINUING EDUCATION. Daytime and Evening Classes on Campus; Community Services; Conferences and Short Courses; Correspondence; Opportunities for Women Programs; Special- ized Clientele Programs; Special Interest Courses; Extension Courses and Degree Programs. THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES GRADUATE CALENDAR

First Semester 1979 -80 1980 -81 Deadline for complete applications for admission July 23, M July 21, M Residence halls open Aug. 19, Su Aug. 17, Su Registration Aug. 22 -24, W -F Aug. 20 -22, W -F Classes begin Aug. 27, M Aug. 25, M Deadline for petitions for graduate credit Sept. 4, Tu Sept. 2, Tu Last day of registration for credit Sept. 4, Tu Sept. 2, Tu Last day to file Notice of Intent to Complete Master's Degree Requirements in December Sept. 14, F Sept. 15, F Last day to drop with deletion of course from record Sept. 21, F Sept. 19, F Last day to file proposed dissertation subject for May completion Sept. 24, M Sept. 25, M Records close for midsemester scholarship report Oct. 9, Tu Oct. 7, Tu GRE test date *Oct. 20, Sa ** Last day for doctoral students to file graduate study programs for completion in May 1980, May 1981 Oct. 22, M Oct. 20, M GSFLT and other language examinations test date *Oct. 27, Sa ** Last day to drop courses without prior Council approval Nov. 2, F Oct. 31, F Thanksgiving recess Nov. 22 -25, incl.Nov. 27 -30, incl. Last day to file Report on Master's Final Examination for December completion (thesis, if any, must have prior, preliminary approval by Graduate College) Nov. 30, F Dec. 1, M GRE test date *Dec. 8, Sa ** Class and laboratory sessions and Dec. 11, Tu Dec. 10, W Semester examinations begin Dec. 13, Th Dec. 12, F Last day to submit approved, library -ready copies of thesis for December completion Dec. 14, F Dec. 12, F Semester examinations end Dec. 20, Th Dec. 19, F *Registration deadline is about one month prior to test date. * *Dates not available at time of printing. Inquire at Office of Graduate College.

7 GRADUATE CALENDAR

Second Semester 1979 -80 1980 -81 Deadline for complete applications for admission Dec. 14, F Dec. 15, M GRE test date *Jan. 12, Sa ** Registration Jan. 14 -16, M -W Jan. 12 -14, M -W Classes begin Jan. 17, Th Jan. 15, Th Deadline for petition for graduate credit Jan. 24, Th Jan. 22, Th Last day of registration for credit Jan. 24, Th Jan. 22, Th Last day for doctoral preliminary examinations for May completion Jan. 26, Sa Jan. 24, Sa Last day to file Notice of Intent to Complete Master's Degree Requirements in May Feb. 1, F Feb. 2, M Last day to file Application for Candidacy for May completion of doctoral requirements Feb. 1, F Feb. 2, M GSFLT and other language examinations test date *Feb. 2, Sa ** Last day to drop with deletion of course from record Feb. 13, W Feb. 11, W GRE test date *Feb. 23, Sa ** Records close for midterm scholarship report Feb. 29, F Feb. 27, F Spring recess Mar. 15 -23, incl.Mar. 14 -22, incl. Last day to file Notice of Intent to Complete Degree Requirements for summer completion Mar. 28, F Mar. 27, F Last day to drop courses without prior Council approval Apr. 2, W Apr. 1, W GSFLT and other language examinations test date *Apr. 12, Sa ** Last day to file report on Master's Final Examination for May completion (thesis, if any, must have prior, preliminary approval by Graduate College) Apr. 21, M Apr. 20, M Last day to take doctoral final oral examinations for May completion Apr. 21, M Apr. 20, M Last day to submit approved, library -ready copies of dissertation for May completion Apr. 25, F Apr. 24, F GRE test date *Apr. 26, Sa ** Last day to submit approved, library -ready copies of thesis for May completion May 2, F May 1, F Class and laboratory sessions end May 7, W May 6, W Semester examinations begin May 9, F May 8, F Semester examinations end May 16, F May 15, F Commencement May 17, Sa May 16, Sa

Summer Sessions 1980 1981 Registration for first summer session June 6, F June 5, F First summer session classes begin June 9, M June 8, M GRE test date *June 14, Sa ** GSFLT and other language examinations test date *June 28, Sa ** Final examinations for first summer session July 10, Th July 9, Th Registration for second summer session July 11, F July 10, F Second summer session classes begin July 14, M July 13, M Last day to file Report on Master's Final Examination for summer completion (thesis, if any, must have prior, preliminary approval by Graduate College) Aug. 1, F July 31, F Final examination for second summer session Aug. 13, W Aug. 12, W

*Registration deadline is about one month prior to test date. * *Dates not available at time of printing. Inquire at Office of Graduate College.

8 Arizona Board of Regents

EX OFFICIO

BRUCE E. BABBITT. J.D. Governor of Arizona CAROLYN P. WARNER State Superintendent of Public Instruction

APPOINTED

SIDNEY S. WOODS, B.S. January, 1980 DWIGHT W. PATTERSON, B.A., President January, 1980 RALPH M. BILBY, Treasurer January, 1982 RUDY E. CAMPBELL. January, 1982 S. THOMAS CHANDLER, L.L.B., Secretary January, 1984 WILLIAM G. PAYNE, M.D., Assistant Treasurer January, 1984 EARL H. CARROLL, L.L.B January, 1986 ESTHER N. CAPIN, B.S. January, 1986

9 Officers of the Administration

JOHN PAUL SCHAEFER (1960) President of the University RICHARD ANDERSON HARVILL (1934) President Emeritus of the University ALBERT BRUCE WEAVER (1958) Executive Vice President RICHARD MODLIN EDWARDS (1959) Vice President for Student Relations ROBERT ALLEN PETERSON (1978) Vice President for Administrative Services A. RICHARD KASSANDER (1954) Vice President for Research MERLIN K. DuVAL (1964) Vice President for Health Sciences GARY M. MUNSINGER (1963) Vice President for Planning and Budgeting

LEE B. JONES (1964) Dean of the Graduate College HERBERT DAWSON RHODES (1943) Dean Emeritus of the Graduate College CURTIS BRADFORD MERRITT (1949) Associate Dean of the Graduate College KAREN ANN FORYS (1977) Assistant Dean of the Graduate College

WILLIAM B. BARRETT (1968) Acting Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration JACK COLE (1957) Dean of the College of Pharmacy WILLIAM HENRY DRESHER (1971) Dean of the College of Mines F. PENDLETON GAINES (1959) Dean of Administration RICHARD HUGO GALLAGHER (1978) Dean of the College of Engineering RONALD GOURLEY (1978) Dean of the College of Architecture ROGER C. HENDERSON (1977) Dean of the College of Law ROBERT LESLIE HULL (1964) Dean of the College of Fine Arts LOUIS J. KETTEL (1968) Acting Dean of the College of Medicine DARREL S. METCALFE (1958) Dean of the College of Agriculture LAWRENCE O. NELSON (1974) Dean of Continuing Education HUGH ODISHAW (1972) Dean of the College of Earth Sciences F. ROBERT PAULSEN (1964) Dean of the College of Education PAUL ROSENBLATT (1958) Dean of the College of Liberal Arts GLADYS ELAINE SORENSEN (1958) Dean of the College of Nursing ROBERT STANLEY SVOB (1942 -44; 1946) Dean of Students DAVID LAWRENCE WINDSOR (1945) Dean of Admissions and Records W. DAVID LAIRD (1972) Librarian

10 ll

GRADUATE COUNCIL

George H. Davis Associate Professor of Geosciences Maynard L. Erickson Professor of Sociology Robert D. Feltham Professor of Chemistry Jack D. Gaskill Professor of Optical Sciences Gordon H. Geiger Professor of Metallurgical Engineering Wilfred T. Jewkes Professor of English Lee B. Jones Dean of the Graduate College, Chairman Robert J. Letson Professor of Secondary Education Beverly McCord Professor of Nursing Robert G. McDaniel Professor of Plant Scienes Curtis B. Merritt Associate Dean of the Graduate College, Vice Chairman James W. O'Leary Professor of Cellular and Developmental Biology Lyman E. Ostlund Professor of Marketing Henry C. Perkins Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering Robert MacLean Quinn Professor of Art William A. Remers Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences Wesley C. Salmon Professor of Philosophy Raymond E. Schultz Professor of Higher Education Douglas G. Stuart Professor of Physiology Jean E. Weber Professor of Statistics

COMMITTEE ON GRADUATE STUDY

Ross M. Allen (1979) Professor of Plant Pathology Wilbur S. Ames (1979) Associate Professor of Reading Jay B. Angevine (1981) Professor of Anatomy Anne E. Atwater (1981) Professor of Physical Education Robert L. Baker (1981) Associate Professor of Systems and Industrial Engineering H. Barrett (1981) Professor of Radiology and Optical Sciences Clark T. Benson (1979) Professor of Mathematics William S. Bickel (1982) Professor of Physics Walter H. Birkby (1981) Physical Anthropologist Roy F. Blake (1980) Professor of Educational Foundations and Administration Hinrich L. Bohn (1979) Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering Michael D. Bradley (1980) Associate Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources Richard L. Brehm (1982) Professor of Nuclear Engineering James H. Brown (1982) Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology William H. Brown (1981) Professor of Animal Sciences Henry E. Butler, Jr. (1980) Professor of Educational Foundations and Administration Robert L. Caldwell (1981) Professor of Philosophy Joyotpaul Chaudhuri (1979) Associate Professor of Political Science John H. Chilcott (1981) Professor of Educational Foundations and Administration, and Anthropology Dennis L. Clark (1981) Associate Professor of Psychology Peter J. Coney (1982) Professor of Geosciences Vivian E. Cox (1979) Associate Professor of Elementary Education Moran Coxon (1982) Associate Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering Constance Cronin (1981) Associate Professor of Anthropology Larry A. Crowder (1981) Associate Professor of Entomology Richard F. Curlee (1981) Associate Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences Richard F. Curtis (1981) Professor of Sociology Roger Dahood (1982) Associate Professor of English George A. Dawson (1980) Professor of Atmospheric Sciences A. Richard Diebold (1980) Professor of Anthropology Albert K. Dobrenz (1979) Professor of Plant Sciences John T. Emery (1982) Associate Professor of Finance and Real Estate Uwe Fink (1981) Associate Professor of Planetary Sciences Peter F. Ffolliott (1979) Professor of Watershed Management Leslie A. Flemming (1981) Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies Edwin M. Gaines (1979) Associate Professor of History Richard S. Glass (1981) Associate Professor of Chemistry Andrew M. Goldner (1981) Associate Professor of Physiology Donna J. Guy (1979) Assistant Professor of History William H. Hale'(1982) Professor of Animal Sciences Gordon A. Harshman (1982) Associate Professor of Counseling and Guidance Charles H. Hedtke (1979) Associate Professor of Oriental Studies 12

Richard N. Henderson (1979) Professor of Anthropology Willis J. Horak (1982) Assistant Professor of Elementary Education Bruce Howard (1981) Associate Professor of Secondary Education Victor J. Hruby (1980) Associate Professor of Chemistry Sigmund Hsiao (1982) Professor of Psychology Donald R. Huffman (1982) Professor of Physics Edgar W. Jenkins (1981) Professor of Physics Richard G. Jensen (1979) Associate Professor of Biochemistry and Plant Sciences Wilfred T. Jewkes (1982) Professor of English Roy A. Johnson (1979) Associate Professor of Music Vern R. Johnson (1979) Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering Marvin W. Kahn (1981) Professor of Psychology Henry W. Kircher (1979) Professor of Nutrition and Food Science Kent B. Kloepping (1982) Assistant Professor of Rehabilitation Thomas R. Kratochwill (1980) Associate Professor of Educational Psychology Frank K. La Ban (1982) Professor of Speech Communication Austin Long (1982) Associate Professor of Geosciences Robert H . Marshall (1981) Professor of Economics Charles T. Mason (1981) Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology Kaoru Matsuda (1980) Associate Professor of Cellular and Developmental Biology Jeanne M. McCarthy (1980) Professor of Special Education William F. McCaughey (1980) Professor of Nutrition and Food Science Jerry L. Miller (1979) Associate Professor of Sociology David W. Mount (1979) Associate Professor of Microbiology Richard A. Munroe (1981) Associate Professor of Physical Education Edward W. Murphy (1981) Professor of Music Lyman E. Ostlund (1982) Professor of Marketing Andrzej G. Pacholczyk (1980) Associate Professor of Astronomy John D. Palmer (1980) Associate Professor of Pharmacology Edwin K. Parks (1981) Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering Philips (1980) Assistant Professor of Anthropology Ronald H. Pool (1979) Associate Professor of Psychology James R. Rankin (1981) Associate Professor of Secondary Education Eliana S. Rivero (1979) Associate Professor of Romance Languages Harry F. Robins (1980) Professor of English John V. Rund (1982) Associate Professor of Chemistry Frank Saunders (1981) Professor of Educational Foundations and Administration Henri Servin (1979) Associate Professor of Romance Languages Timothy L. Shaftel (1982) Assistant Professor of Management Raymond A. Sierka (1979) Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics Norval A. Sinclair (1979) Associate Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology S. Mae Smith (1981) Assistant Professor of Rehabilitation Joseph H. Stauss (1979) Assistant Professor of Home Economics Orestes N. Stavroudis (1980) Professor of Optical Sciences H. Reynolds Stone (1982) Associate Professor of Romance Languages Elisabeth A. Stull (1979) Assistant Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology William Swindell (1980) Professor of Opitcal Sciences and Radiology C. Brent Theurer (1982) Professor of Animal Sciences Richard A. Thompson (1979) Associate Professor of Anthropology Richard B. Thompson (1981) Associate Professor of Mathematics Donald A. Thomson (1980) Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology Patricia Van Metre (1982) Assistant Professor of Speech Communication Thomas J. Volgy (1979) Associate Professor of Political Science Morton E. Wacks (1979) Professor of Nuclear Engineering Thomas Weaver (1982) Associate Professor of Anthropology Herbert B. Wilson (1980) Professor of Educational Foundations and Administration James C. Wyant (1981) Associate Professor of Optical Sciences Elizabeth B. Yost (1982) Assistant Professor of Counseling and Guidance Salvatore V. Zagona (1981) Professor of Psychology Malcolm J. Zwolinski (1981) Professor of Watershed Mangement

'Date of expiration of current appointment. Teaching and Research Faculty

AAMODT, AGNES MARIE, Associate Professor of Nursing. ADAMEC, LUDWIG WARREN, Professor of Oriental Studies. ADAMS, WILLIAM GRANT, Associate Professor of Art. AIKEN, SUSAN HARDY, Associate Professor of English. ALBANESE, CHARLES ANTHONY, Professor of Architecture. ALCORN, STANLEY MARCUS, Professor of Plant Pathology. ALEAMONI, LAWRENCE MASSUD, Professor of Educational Psychology. ALGER, DANIEL R., Assistant Professor of Economics. ALLEN, FRANK, Assistant Professor of Management Information Systems. ALLEN, PAUL MALCOLM, Professor of Secondary Education. ALLEN, R. VAN, Professor of Elementary Education. ALLEN, ROSS MARVIN. Professor of Plant Pathology. ALLEN, RUPERT CLYDE, JR., Professor of Romance Languages. ALOIA, GREGORY F., Assistant Professor of Special Education. ALTSCHUL, D. ROBERT. Associate Professor of Geography, Regional Development and Urban Planning. AMES, WILBUR STANLEY, Associate Professor of Reading. AMUNDSON, GARY R., Lecturer in Animal Sciences. AMY, GARY, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. ANDERS, PATRICIA LEE, Assistant Professor of Reading. ANDERSON, JAMES O.. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Plant Sciences. ANDERSON, KEITH M., Lecturer in Anthropology. ANDERSON, MARGARET BOYD, Assistant Professor of Physical Education. ANDERSON, ROGER A., Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. ANDERSON. RUTH MARJORIE, Lecturer in Speech and Hearing Sciences. ANDERSON, WALDO KEITH, Professor of Higher Education. ANDERSON, WARREN H., Professor of Art. ANDREWS. ARTHUR WILLIAM, Professor of Law. ANGEL, J. ROGER P., Professor of Astronomy. ANGEVINE, JAY BERNARD, JR., Professor of Anatomy. ANGLE, JOHN, Assistant Professor of Sociology. ANGUS, ROBERT CHAUNCEY, Professor of Agricultural Economics. ANTHONY, JAMES RAYMOND, Professor of Music. ANTHONY, JOHN WILLIAMS. Professor of Geosciences. ANTLEY, ELIZABETH MARTIN, Professor of Reading. ANTRIM, WILLIAM H.. Lecturer in Business and Career Education. APOSHIAN, H. VASKEN, Professor of Cellular and Developmental Biology. AQUILANO, NICHOLAS, Associate Professor of Management. ARES, CHARLES F., Professor of Law. ARKOWITZ, HAROLD S., Associate Professor of Psychology. ARMSTRONG, NEAL R., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. ARNDT, JACK R.. Lecturer in Pharmaceutical Sciences. ATWATER, ANNE ELIZABETH, Professor of Physical Education. ATWOOD, JANET R., Associate Professor of Nursing. AUSTER, RICHARD DAVID, Associate Professor of Economics. AYER, HARRY WRIGHT. Adjunct Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics. AYERS, JESS L., Associate Research Scientist in Animal Pathology and Veterinary Science. AYRES, JAMES E., Associate Archaeologist in the Arizona State Museum. BABCOCK, CLARENCE L.. Professor of Optical Sciences. BAGNARA, JOSEPH THOMAS, Professor of General Biology. BAILEY, DON CLIFFORD, Professor of Oriental Studies. BAILEY, WILLIAM EDWARD, Lecturer in Speech Communication. BAKER, BOYD BYRON, Associate Professor of Physical Education. BAKER, ROBERT LEWIS, Associate Professor of Systems and Industrial Engineering. BALCH, PHILIP, Associate Professor of Psychology. BANNISTER. BRYANT, Professor of Dendrochronology. BARBER, WILLIAM DALE, Associate Professor of Anatomy. BAREFIELD, RUSSELL MORRIS. Professor of Accounting. BARFIELD. MICHAEL, Professor of Chemistry. BARKER, ADELE, Assistant Professor of Russian and Slavic Languages. BARNES. WILLIAM DONALD. Professor of Secondary Education. BARRETT, BRUCE RICHARD. Professor of Physics. BARRETT, HARRISON H., Professor of Radiology and Optical Sciences. BARRETT, WILLIAM BERNARD. Professor of Accounting. BARREUTHER, ALAN DAN, Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. BARROW, LEO LEBRON, Professor of Romance Languages. BARTELS. PAUL GEORGE. Professor of Plant Sciences. BARTELS, PETER HANS, Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology, and Optical Sciences. BARTLETT. NEIL RILEY, Professor of Psychology. BASHKIN, STANLEY. Professor of Physics. BASSO. ELLEN BECKER. Associate Professor of Anthropology. BASSO, KEITII H., Professor of Anthropology. BATEMAN, HERMAN E., Professor of History. BATES, ROBERT BROWN. Professor of Chemistry. IMITAN, LOUIS JOSEPH, Professor of Atmospheric Sciences. BAUWELS, ELINOR EUSTICE. Associate Professor of Nursing. BEANE. RICHARD EDWARD. Associate Professor of Geosciences. BECHTEL, ROBERT B.. Adjunct Professor of Psychology.

13 14 TEACHING AND RESEARCH

BECK, PAUL J., Assistant Professor of Accounting. SEEKER, RUTH ANN, Associate Professor of Elementary Education. BEIGEL, ALLEN, Associate ProfessorofPsychiatry. BELCHEFF, KOSTE ALEXANDER, Associate ProfessorofMusic. BEMIS. WILLIAM PUTNAM, ProfessorofPlant Sciences. BENSON. BRYANT, Professor of Anatomy. BENSON, C. RICHARD, Assistant Professor of Animal Sciences. BENSON. CLARK TABOR, ProfessorofMathematics. BERGAN, JOHN R., ProfessorofEducational Psychology. BERGESEN. ALBERT JAMES, Assistant Professor of Sociology. BERK, FLOYD K., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. BERLINER, DAVID C., Professor of Educational Psychology. BERNSTEIN, GAIL LEE, Associate Professor of Oriental Studies. BERNSTEIN, HARRIS, Professor of Microbiology. BERRY, JAMES WESLEY, Professor of Nutrition and Food Science. BESSEY, PAUL MACK. Associate Professor of Plant Sciences. BEST, ROGER JAMES, Assistant Professor of Marketing. BHATTACHARYA, PRODYOT KUMAR, Professor of Mathematics. BHATTACHARYA, RABINDRA NATH, Professor of Mathematics. BICKEL, WILLIAM SAMUEL, Professor of Physics, and Microbiology and Medical Technology. BICKNELL, EDWARD JEROME, Professor of Veterinary Science. BIJOU, SIDNEY WILLIAM. Adjunct Professor of Special Education, and Psychology. BILLSON, MARCUS KITCHEN, III, Assistant Professor of English. BIRKBY, WALTER H., Physical Anthropologist in the Arizona State Museum. BISHOP. JEROLD, Associate Professor of Art. BLAKE, ROY FRANCIS, Professor of Educational Foundations and Administration. BLANCHARD. JAMES, Associate Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. BLASK, DAVID E., Assistant Professor of Anatomy. BLECHA, MILO KASAL, Professor of Elementary Education. BLECK. ERICH K., Associate Professor of Finance and Real Estate. BLITZER, LEON, Professor of Physics. BLOOM, CLARK C., Professor of Public Administration. BLOSS, HOMER EARL, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. BLUM, JULIUS R., Professor of Statistics. BOGGS, JAUNITA, Visiting Assistant Professor of Elementary Education. BOHN, HINRICH LORENZ, Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. BONINE, MICHAEL EDWARD. Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies. BOONE, DANIEL R., Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. BOOTMAN, J. LYLE, Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. BORHEK, JAMES THEODORE, Associate Professor of Sociology. BOTTACCINI. MANFRED RONALD, Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. BOURQUE, DON PHILLIPE, Associate Professor of Biochemistry. BOUWER, HERMAN, Adjunct Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. BOWEN, DON L., Professor of Public Administration. BOWEN, ROGER, Associate Professor of English. BOWEN, THEODORE. Professor of Physics, and Radiology. BOWNDS, JOHN MARVIN, Associate Professor of Mathematics. BOYD, WILLIAM E., Professor of Law. BOYNTON. WILLIAM V., Assistant Professor of Planetary Sciences. BRADBURY, DAVID EDWIN. Assistant Professor of Geography, Regional Development and Urban Planning. BRADLEY, JOHN MICHAEL, Assistant Professor of Reading. BRADLEY, MICHAEL DOUGLAS, Associate Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources. BRAUN. ELDON JOHN, Associate Professor of Physiology. BREHM, RICHARD LEE, Professor of Nuclear Engineering. BRENDEL, KLAUS, Professor of Pharmacology. BRESSLER, RUBIN, Professor of Internal Medicine. BREWER, WILLIS RALPH, Professor of Pharmacy. BRICKLER, STANLEY KEITH, Associate Professor of Renewable Natural Resources. BRIGGS, ROBERT EUGENE, Professor of Plant Sciences. BRILLHART, JOHN DAVID, Professor of Mathematics. BRONSON, ARTURO, Assistant Professor of Metallurgical Engineering. BROWDER, ROBERT PAUL, Professor of History. BROWN, ANITA DOLORES, Professor of Romance Languages. BROWN, BURNELL ROLAND. JR.. Associate Professor of Anesthesiology. BROWN. EDWARD DIETZ, Professor of Elementary Education. BROWN, EDWARD GUILLEN. JR., Associate Professor of Romance Languages. BROWN, JAMES HEMPHILL, Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. BROWN, WILLIAM HEDRICK, Professor of Animal Sciences. BROWNING, TIMOTHY A., Lecturer in Speech Communication. BRUBAKER, GEORGE A., Associate Professor of History. BRYANT, DAVID A., Associate Professor of Renewable Natural Resources. BRYSON, PHILLIP JAMES, Professor of Economics. BUEHLER, JOHN EDWARD, Professor of Economics. BULFIN, ROBERT LEE, JR.. Assistant Professor of Systems and Industrial Engineering. BULL, WILLIAM BENHAM. Professor of Geosciences. BURKE, ALAN R., Associate Professor of English. BURKE, JAMES JOSEPH. Lecturer in Optical Sciences. BURKE, MICHAEL FRANCIS, Associate Professor of Chemistry. BURKHART, FORD N., Assistant Professor of Journalism. 15 TEACHING ANDRESEARCH

BURKS, THOMAS F.,II, Professor of Pharmacology. BURRIS. CURTIS, Lecturerin Music. CLARK, Professor of Drama. BURROUGHS, ROBERT EDWARD, Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. BURTON, LLOYD Instructor in Sociology. BUSH. DIANE MITSCH, EMERSON, JR., Professor of Educational Foundations and Administration. BUTLER. HENRY ROBERT FRANKLIN, Associate Professor of Geosciences. BUTLER, BUTTS, LOUIS, AssistantProfessor of Elementary Education. BYERLY, HENRY CLEMENT,Associate Professor of Philosophy. BYRNE. DAVID N., AdjunctAssistant Professor of Entomology. ALEXANDER, JR., Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. CALDER, WILLIAM CALDWELL, ROBERT LEE.Professor of Philosophy. CALDWELL, ROGER LEE, AssociateProfessor of Plant Pathology. CALL, REGINALD LESSEY,Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. CALL, RICHARD DRAKE, Lecturerin Mining and Geological Engineering. CALMES, ROBERT EDWARD, Professor ofEducational Psychology. CAMPBELL, MARCIA, Lecturer in Speech and Hearing Sciences. CANCELLI, ANTHONY ARTHUR, Assistant Professor of Educational Psychology. CANFIELD, J. DOUGLAS, Associate Professor of English. CANNON, MOODY DALE, Associate Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. CAPPONI, GUIDO AN FONIO, Professor of Romance Languages. CARACO, THOMAS. Lecturer in Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. CARDINALE, ROBERT L., Assistant Professor of Art. CARLILE, ROBERT NICHOLS, Professor of Electrical Engineering. CARLSON. ERIC W., Assistant Professor of Public Administration. CARMODY, THOMAS, Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. CARNES. PACK, Assistant Professor of German. CARPENTER, EDWIN HUGH, Associate Research Scientist in Agricultural Economics. CARPENTER, ROBERT D., Professor of Geography, Regional Development and Urban Planning. CARROLL, CHRISTOPHER F., Lecturer in English. CARROLL, WAYNE RICHARD, Associate Professor of Psychology. CARSON, DONALD WINSLOW, Professor of Journalism. CARSWELL, EVELYN MEDICUS, Associate Professor of Elementary Education. CARTER, DEAN EDWIN, Assistant Professor of Pharmacology and Professor of Toxicology. CARTER, HERBERT EDMUND, Professor of Biochemistry and Chemistry. CARTER, PAUL A., Professor of History. CARTER, STEWART A., Instructor in Music. CHAISSON, G. MAUREEN, Associate Professor of Nursing. CHALFANT, JAMES C., Professor of Special Education. CHAMBERS, ROBERT H., Professor of Physics. CHAN, MARIE C., Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies. CHANCE, HELEN CAROLINE, Associate Professor of Nursing. CHANDOLA, ANOOP CHANDRA, Professor of Oriental Studies. CHANG, NADA G., Assistant Professor of Anatomy. CHANG, SAI, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Pharmacology. CHANIN, ABE S., Assistant Professor of Journalism. CHAPMAN, PHILLIP CREIGHTON, Associate Professor of Political Science. CHASE, RICHARD BARTH, Professor of Management. CHAUDHURI, JOYOTPAUL, Associate Professor of Political Science. CHAVEZ, LOUISA C., Assistant Professor of Elementary Education. CHEEMA, MOHINDAR SINGH, Professor of Mathematics. CHEN. DOUGLAS CHUN -CHIN, Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies. CHIASSON, ROBERT BRETON, Professor of Veterinary Science. CHILCOTT, JOHN HENRY, Professor of Educational Foundations and Administration. and Anthropology. CHIN, LINCOLN, Professor of Pharmacology and Toxicology. CHISHOLM, DAVID HOLLISTER, Associate Professor of German. CHRISTENSEN, HARVEY DeVON, Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. CHRISTENSEN, OSCAR CARL, JR., Professor of Counseling and Guidance. CHRISTENSEN, STEWARD, Lecturer in Nutrition and Food Science. CHRISTIANSEN, HARLEY DUANE, Associate Professor of Counseling and Guidance. CHRISTIE, WILLIAM MORRISON, JR., Assistant Professor of English. CHRISTOPHERSON, VICTOR ALDEN, Professor of Home Economics. CHVAPIL, MILOS, Professor of Surgery. CLARK, DENNIS LLOYD, Associate Professor of Psychology. CLARK, DONALD CLAYTON, Associate Professor of Secondary Education. CLARK, KENNETH N., Associate Professor of Architecture. CLARK, L. D., Professor of English. CLARK, ROBERT EMMET. Professor of Law. CLARKE, JAMES W., Professor of Political Science. CLAY. JAMES RAY, Professor of Mathematics. CLAY, WILLARD F.. Adjunct Assistant Professor of Plant Sciences. CLAYTON, J. WESLEY. JR., Professor of Pharmacology and Toxicology. CLELAND, COURTNEY BLAIR, Associate Professor of Sociology. CLIBON, UNAMARIE, Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. CORN, RICHARD WELTON, Professor of Psychology. COCKE, WILLIAM JOHNSTON, Associate Professor of Astronomy. COCKRUM, E. LENDELL, Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. COLE, JACK ROBERT, Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. COLLINS. TOM JAMES, Lecturer in English. 16 TEACHING AND RESEARCH

COLVIN, L. BERNARD. Associate Professor of Nutrition and Food Science. CONANT, HOWARD SOMERS, Professor of Art. CONEY, PETER J., Professor of Geosciences. CONLEY, EUGENE THOMAS, Professor of Music. CONSROE, PAUL FRANCIS, Associate Professor of Pharmacology and Toxicology. CONWAY, WILLIAM EDWARD, Associate Professor of Mathematics. COOK, GARY DENNIS, Assistant Professor of Music. COOK, MARY JANE, Associate Professor of English. CORTNER, HANNA J., Research Associate of Renewable Natural Resources. CORTNER, RICHARD CARROLL, Professor of Political Science. CORY, DENNIS C., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics. COSART, WILLIAM PRIMM, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. COSGROVE, RICHARD A., Associate Professor of History. COWAN, JOSEPH LLOYD, Professor of Philosophy. COX, JAMES C., Associate Professor of Economics. COX, MILO LAWSON, Professor of Renewable Natural Resources. COX, VIVIAN ELAINE LEWIS, Associate Professor of Elementary Education. COXON, MORAN, Associate Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. CROFT. MICHAEL FLYNT, Associate Professor of Art. CRONIN, CONSTANCE. Associate Professor of Anthropology. CROW, JOHN EDWARD, Associate Professor of Political Science. CROWDER, LARRY ARNOLD, Associate Professor of Entomology. CULBERT, T. PATRICK, Professor of Anthropology. CUMMINS, GEORGE BAKER, Visiting Research Professor of Plant Pathology. CURLEE, RICHARD FREDERICK, Associate Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. CURTIS, RICHARD FARNSWORTH, Professor of Sociology. CUSANOVICH, MICHAEL ANTHONY, Associate Professor of Biochemistry. CUSHING. JIM MICHAEL, Associate Professor of Mathematics. CUSHMAN, MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of Geography, Regional Development and Urban Planning. DaDEPPO, DONALD A., Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. DAEMEN, JAAK J. K., Assistant Professor of Mining and Geological Engineering. DAHOOD, ROGER, Associate Professor of English. DALDRUP, ROGER JOHN, Professor of Counseling and Guidance. DAMON, PAUL EDWARD, Professor of Geosciences. DANIEL, TERRY CLYDE, Associate Professor of Psychology. DANIELSON, PAUL JOSEPH, Professor of Counseling and Guidance. DANKOFF, ROBERT, Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies. DANTZLER, WILLIAM HOYT, Professor of Physiology. DAVIS, CHARLES ERNEST, Associate Professor of English. DAVIS, DONALD ROSS, Assistant Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources. DAVIS, GEORGE HERBERT, Associate Professor of Geosciences. DAVIS, JACK EMORY, Professor of Romance Languages. DAVIS, JAMES G., Associate Professor of Art. DAVIS. JAMES WAYNE, Associate Professor of Speech Communication. DAVIS. JOHN ROBERT, Professor of Pathology. DAVIS, RAY JAY, Professor of Law. DAVIS, RUSSELL PRICE, Associate Professor of General Biology. DAVIS, STANLEY N., Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources. DAWSON, GEORGE ALBERT, Professor of Atmospheric Sciences. DAY, ARDEN DEXTER, Professor of Plant Sciences. DAY. LARRY JOHN. Professor of Music. DEAN, JEFFREY STEWART, Associate Professor of Dendrochronology. DEARBORN, DAVID, Assistant Professor of Astronomy. do LAIX, ROGER ALAIN, Associate Professor of History. DELFORGE, GARY DON, Associate Professor of Physical Education. DELORIA, VINE, JR., Professor of Political Science. DEMER, LOUIS JOSEPH. Professor of Metallurgical Engineering. DEMOREST, JEAN -JACQUES, Professor of Romance Languages. DENMAN. JOHN ANTHONY, Associate Professor of Music. DENNIS, ROBERT E., Professor of Plant Sciences. DENNISTON, DOUGLAS GILBERT. Professor of Art. DENNY. JOHN L.. JR., Professor of Mathematics. DENTON, M. BONNER, Associate Professor of Chemistry. DENZAU, ARTHUR THOMAS. Assistant Professor of Economics. der BOGHOSIAN, HARRY, Associate Professor of Architecture. DERENIAK, EUSTACE L., Assistant Professor of Optical Sciences. DEUTSCHMAN. ARCHIE JOHN. JR., Professor of Nutrition and Food Science. DEVER, WILLIAM GWINN, Professor of Oriental Studies. DEVITO, CARL LOUIS. Associate Professor of Mathematics. DEWHIRST, LEONARD WESLEY. Professor of Veterinary Science. DiCENSO, GLORIA MARIE, Assistant Professor of Nursing. DICKINSON, DONALD CHARLES, Professor of Library Science. DIEBOLD. A. RICHARD, JR., Professor of Anthropology. DIETRICH. DUANE LEON. Associate Professor of Systems and Industrial Engineering. DIETRICH. J. KIMBALL. Assistant Professor of Finance and Real Estate. DINHAM, SARAH M., Associate Professor of Educational Psychology. DINNERSTEIN, LEONARD. Professor of History. DIXON, HOLLIS AUSTIN, Professor of Accounting. DOBBS. DAN B.. Professor of Law. TEACHING AND RESEARCH 17

DOBKIN, DAVID P.. Associate Professor of Computer Science. DOBRENZ, ALBERT KRUBAK, Professor of Plant Sciences. DOMINO, GEORGE. Professor of Psychology. DONAHUE, DOUGLAS J., Professor of Physics. DONOHOE, JAMES, Professor of History. DOOGAN, MARGARET BAILEY, Associate Professor of Art. DORR, ROBERT R., Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. DOTSON, JAY CARRITH, Professor of Mining and Geological Engineering. DOWNEY, PETER J., Assistant Professor of Computer Science. DOWNING, THEODORE EDMOND, Assistant Professor of Anthropology. DOWNS, DEBORAH, Asistant Professor of Management Information Systems. DOWNS, ROBERT CONRAD SMITH, Associate Professor of English. DRABICKI, JOHN ZBIGNIEW, Assistant Professor of Economics. DRAKE. MICHAEL JULIAN, Associate Professor of Planetary Sciences. DRESHER, WILLIAM HENRY, Professor of Metallurgical Engineering. DRYDEN, EDGAR A., Professor of English. DRYDEN, FORREST DEAN, Associate Professor of Nutrition and Food Science and Animal Sciences. DUCKSTEIN, LUCIEN, Professor of Systems and Industrial Engineering, and Hydrology and Water Resources. DUDDLESTON, THOMAS COLTRIN, Lecturer in Journalism. DUDLEY. DONALD GOODNOW, JR., Professor of Electrical Engineering. DUFNER, MAX, Professor of German. DULLES, JOHN W. F.. Professor of History. DUNCAN, BEVERLY, Professor of Sociology. DUNCAN, OTIS DUDLEY, Professor of Sociology. DUNKEL, ALEXANDER, Associate Professor of Russian. DUNN, DIANA R., Professor of Physical Education. DUTT, GORDON RICHARD, Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. DUTTON, VIVIAN FRANCES, Associate Professor of Elementary Education. DVORAK, ROBERT WILLIAM, Associate Professor of Architecture. DWORKIN, JUDITH M., Assistant Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources. EATON, RICHARD MAXWELL, Associate Professor of Oriental Studies. ECKHARDT, AUGUST G., Professor of Law. EDWARDS. JOHN R., Coordinator of Interdisciplinary Programs. EDWARDS, RICHARD MODLIN, Professor of Chemical Engineering. EIRICH, WAYNE MELVIN, Adjunct Lecturer of Management Information Systems. EISNER. SIGMUND, Professor of English. ELDER. MARY LOU, Lecturer in Nursing. ELLIOTT, JAMES FRANKLYN, Visiting Lecturer in Public Administration. EMERY, JOHN T., Associate Professor of Finance and Real Estate. EMRICK, ROY M., Professor of Physics. ENDRIZZI, JOHN EDWIN. Professor of Plant Sciences. ENEMARK, JOHN HENRY, Associate Professor of Chemistry. ENSTICE. WAYNE EDWARD, Associate Professor of Art. EPPERSON, GORDON, Professor of Music. ERICKSON. MAYNARD LINDSEY, Professor of Sociology. ERICKSON, RICHARD L.. Associate Professor of Counseling and Guidance. ERICKSON. ROBERT M., Assistant Professor of Renewable Natural Resources. ERLINGS, BILLIE RAE. Associate Professor of Music. ERVIN, ELIZABETH THOMPSON, Assistant Professor of Music. ERVIN, THOMAS ROSS. Lecturer in Music. ESTES, HUBERT R., Lecturer in Psychiatry, and Psychology. ETLING, ARLEN WAYNE. Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education. EVANS, DANIEL DONALD, Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources. EVANS, GILBERT EDWARD, Associate Professor of Romance Languages. EVANS. ROBERT RONALD. Associate Professor of Sociology. EVANS. WALTER HASKELI.. Professor of Electrical Engineering, and Atmospheric Sciences. EVEN. M. BRENDA BRAUN. Assistant Professor of Secondary Education. EVERS, I.AWRENCE J., Assistant Professor of English. EWBANK, HENRY L.. Professor of Speech Communication. FAHEY. WALTER JOHN. Professor of Electrical Engineering. FAIRCHILD, PATRICIA CARLETTE, Associate Professor of Physical Education. FAITH, RICHARD. Professor of Music. FAN. CHANG -YUN, Professor of Physics. FAN. PAULA. Lecturer in Music. FANGMETER, DELMAR DEAN. Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. FARIS, WILLIAM. Associate Professor of Mathematics. FARR. WILLIAM MORRIS. Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering. FASSE, WILLIAM R.. Assistant Professor of Home Economics. FAZIO, STEVE. Professor of Plant Sciences. FAZZOLARE, ROCCO ANTHONY. Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering. FEINBERG. JOEL. Professor of Philosophy. FELIX. CARLOS A.. Director of the Guadalahara Summer School. FELTHAM, ROBERT DEAN. Professor of Chemistry. FENN, DENNIS L.. Adjunct Professor of Soils, Water. and Engineering. IERDON. EDWIN NELSON. JR.. Lecturer in Anthropology. FIiREBEE. ROBERT NEWTON, Assistant Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology. FERGUSEN, WARREN E. JR., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. FERGUSON. CHARLES WESLEY, Professor of Dendrochronology. FERNANDEZ. CELESTINO. Assistant Professor of Sociology. 18 TEACHING AND RESEARCH

FERNANDO, QUINTUS, Professor of Chemistry and Toxicology. FERRELL, JOHN R., Professor of Music. FERRELL, WILLIAM R., Professor of Systems and Industrial Engineering. FERRIS, WAYNE ROBERT, Professor of Cellular and Developmental Biology. FFOLLIOTT, PETER FREDERICK, Professor of Watershed Management. FIFE, PAUL CHASE, Professor of Mathematics. FILLERUP, JOSEPH McDONALD, Professor of Elementary Education. FINER. JOEL JAY, Professor of Law. FINK, UWE, Associate Professor of Planetary Sciences. FITCH, ROBERT S., Professor of Agricultural Economics. FISHER, THOMAS LEE, Lecturer in the Rehabilitation Center. FITCH, JOHN RICHARD, Associate Professor of Music. FITCH, WALTER STEWART, Professor of Astronomy. FITZNER, DALE HERMAN, Assistant Professor of Art. FLASCHKA, HERMANN, Associate Professor of Mathematics. FLEMING. MARGARET BROWN, Associate Professor of English, and Secondary Education. FLEMMING, LESLIE ABEL, Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies. FLESSA, KARL W., Assistant Professor of Geosciences. FLIGSTEIN, NEIL D., Assistant Professor of Sociology. FLINT, FRANKLIN S., Associate Professor of Architecture. FLIPPO, EDWIN B., Professor of Management. FLORES, ERNEST YUTZE, Assistant Professor of Educational Foundations and Administration. FLOWERS, RUSSELL S., JR., Assistant Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology, and Nutrition and Food Science. FLUG, MARSHALL, Assistant Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. FOGEL, MARTIN MARK, Professor of Watershed Management. FOLTZ, JACK O., Associate Professor of Accounting. FONTES, MIGUEL R., Horticulturist. FORSTER, LESLIE STEWART, Professor of Chemistry. FORTMAN, MARVIN, Associate Professor of Management. FORYS, KAREN ANN, Assistant Professor of Educational Administration. FOSTER, GEORGIANNA ELIZABETH, Lecturer in Special Education. FOSTER, KENNITH EARL, Assistant Professor of Arid Lands Studies. FOSTER, TAYLOR WILLIAM, III, Assistant Professor of Accounting. FOX, ROGER WILLIAM, Professor of Agricultural Economics. FRANK, HELMUT J., Professor of Economics. FRANKEN, PETER AL.DEN, Professor of Optical Sciences, and Physics. FRASER, CHRISTOPHER W., Assistant Professor of Computer Science. FREISER, HENRY. Professor of Chemistry. FREVERT, RICHARD KELLER, Professor of Agricultural Engineering. FRIEDEN, B. Roy, Professor of Optical Sciences. FRITTS. HAROLD CLARK, Professor of Dendrochronology. FRITZ, WILLIAM LEO, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. FROEDE, RICHARD C., Associate Professor of Pathology. FULLER, WALLACE HAMILTON, Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. GAINES, EDWIN METCALF, Associate Professor of History. GALL, ROBERT L., Assistant Professor of Atmospheric Sciences. GAMAL, ADEL SULAIMAN, Associate Professor of Oriental Studies. GAMBACORTA, OTTO, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. GANAPOL, BARRY DOUGLAS, Visiting Assistant Professor of Nuclear Engineering. GANDOLFI, A. JAY, Assistant Research Professor of Toxicology and Research Associate of Anesthesiology. GANGULY, JIBAMITRA, Assistant Professor of Geosciences. GARCIA, HOMER D. C., Instructor in Sociology. GARCIA, JOHN ARMANDO, Assistant Professor of Political Science. GARCIA. JOSE DOLORES, JR., Professor of Physics. GARDNER. LEE A., Lecturer in Pharmaceutical Sciences. GARDNER, MARIE E., Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. GARFIELD, DONALD KENNETH, Assistant Professor of Art. GASKILL, JACK DONALD, Professor of Optical Sciences. GAVLAK, EMIL STEPHEN. Professor of Secondary Education. GAY. DAVID A., Associate Professor of Mathematics. GAY, LLOYD WESLEY, Professor of Watershed Management. GEHRELS, TOM, Professor in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory. GEIGER. GORDON HAROLD, Professor of Metallurgical Engineering. GENSLER. WILLIAM GEORGE, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. GENTRY. JOE P., Associate Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. GERBER. JOSEPH SAMUEL, Associate Professor of Finance and Real Estate. GERHARDT, PAUL DONALD, Professor of Entomology. GIBSON, ARTHUR CHARLES, Assistant Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. GIBSON, LAY JAMES. Professor of Geography, Regional Development and Urban Planning. GIBSON. MARGARET BOHANNAN, Assistant Professor in Russian and Slavic Languages. GIEBNER, ROBERT CARL, Professor of Architecture. GILABERT, JUAN J., Associate Professor of Romance Languages. GILBERTSON, ROBERT LEE. Professor of Plant Pathology. GILL. JOSEPH, Associate Professor of Management. GILLETTE. J. MICHAEL. Associate Professor of Drama. GIPSON, ROSEMARY P., Associate Professor of Drama. GLASS. CHARLES EDWIN. Assistant Professor of Mining and Geological Engineering. GLASS. RICHARD STEVEN. Associate Professor of Chemistry. GLATTKE, THEODORE JOSEPH, Associate Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. TEACHING AND RESEARCH 19

GOETINCK, JEAN FIRMIN, Lecturer in Romance Languages. GOLDNER, ANDREW MICHAEL, Associate Professor of Physiology. LOLL, DARREL E., Professor of Nutrition and Food Science. GONZALEZ, ROSEANN D., Assistant Professor of English. GOODMAN, KENNETH S., Professor of Elementary Education. GOODMAN, YETTA M., Professor of Elementary Education. GORDON, JOSEPHINE GERVAISE, Assistant Professor of Public Administration. GORE, ROBERT WILSON, Associate Professor of Physiology. GORIN, IGOR, Professor of Music. GOTHBERG, HELEN M., Assistant Professor of Library Science. GRAHAM, HARRY M., Adjunct Professor of Entomology. GRANT, ARTHUR T., Professor of Higher Education. GRANT, ROBERT TRUMAN, Professor of Educational Foundations and Administration. GREELEY, ANDREW M., Professor of Sociology. GREEN, ELLERY CULVER, Professor of Architecture. GREENE, DENNIS IVAN, Associate Professor of German. GREENE, VERNON L., Assistant Professor of Public Administration. GREENLEE, WILFRED MARTIN, Professor of Mathematics. GREGG, KARL CURTISS, Lecturer in Romance Languages. GRIMES, WILLIAM JOSEPH, Associate Professor of Biochemistry. GRISWOLD, RALPH E., Professor of Computer Science. GROEMER, HELMUT, Professor of Mathematics. GROSS, JOSEPH FRANCIS, Professor of Chemical Engineering. GROSSMAN, MAURICE K., Professor of Art. GROVE, LARRY CHARLES, Professor of Mathematics. GRUENER, RAPHAEL PETER, Associate Professor of Physiology. GRYTING, LOYAL A. T., Professor of Romance Languages. GUILBERT, JOHN MOSS, Professor of Geosciences. GULLO, JOSEPH D., Associate Professor of Educational Psychology. GUM, RUSSELL LYNN, Adjunct Professor of Agricultural Economics. GUY, DONNA JAY, Assistant Professor of History. GYURKO, LANIN A., Professor of Romance Languages. HAASE, ANN MARIE BERNAZZA, Associate Professor of Educational Psychology. HADLEY, MAC EUGENE, Associate Professor of General Biology. HAGGLUND, ROGER, Assistant Professor of Russian and Slavic Languages. HALE, WILLIAM HARRIS, Professor of Animal Sciences. HALL, BENNY B., Associate Professor of Public Administration. HALL, DAVID JOHN, Professor of Civil Engineering. HALL, DONALD ROOTS, Associate Professor of Political Science. HALL, HENRY K., Professor of Chemistry. HALL, JENNIFER DEAN, Assistant Professor of Cellular and Developmental Biology. HALL, THOMAS LEAVITT, Professor of Law. HAMARA, OMA, Associate Professor of Mathematics. HAMBLIN, JUNE A., Assistant Professor of Home Economics. HAMBLIN, ROBERT LEE, Professor of Sociology. HAMILTON, DOUGLAS JAMES, Professor of Electrical Engineering. HAMILTON, KEITH CARL, Professor of Plant Sciences. HAMMEL, RICHARD J., Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. HANSON, DAVID R., Assistant Professor of Computer Science. HARCLEROAD, FRED FARLEY, Professor of Higher Education. HARKIN, JAMES P., Assistant Professor of Public Administration. HARNISH, ROBERT MICHAEL, Associate Professor of Philosophy. HARRIS, DeVERLE PORTER, Professor of Mining and Geological Engineering. HARRIS, ROBERT MARTIN, Professor of General Biology. HARRISON, GAIL G., Assistant Professor of Family and Community Medicine. HARSHBARGER, JOHN WILLIAM, Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources. HARSHMAN, GORDON ADAIR, Associate Professor of Counseling and Guidance. HARTSELL, ONNIE MICHAEL, Professor of Music. HARTSHORNE, DAVID J., Professor of Nutrition and Food Science. HASAN, SYED, Visiting Assistant Professor of Mining and Geological Engineering. HASKELL, JEFFREY ROBERT, Assistant Professor of Music. HASKIN, DONALD MARCUS, Professor of Art. HAUGEN, EDWARD B., Associate Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. HAURY, EMIL WALTER, Professor of Anthropology. HAUSENBAUER, CHARLES ROBERT, Professor of Electrical Engineering. HAUSSLER, MARK ROBERT, Associate Professor of Biochemistry. HAVENS, WILLIAM HENRY, Professor of Landscape Architecture. HAWKINS, CLARK A., Professor of Finance and Real Estate. HAYNES, CALEB VANCE, Professor of Anthropology, and Geosciences. HAYS, WARREN S., Associate Professor of Reading. HECHT, MELVIN E., Professor of Geography, Regional Development and Urban Planning. HECK, GORDON, Professor of Architecture. HECKERMAN, DONALD GEORGE, Associate Professor of Economics. HEDTKE, CHARLES HERMAN, Associate Professor of Oriental Studies. HEED, WILLIAM BATTLES, Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. HEGLAND, KENNEY F., Professor of Law. HELDT, CARL RANDALL, Professor of Art. HEKMAN, LOUIS H., Assistant Professor of Renewable Natural Resources. HELT, RICHARD C., Assistant Professor of German. 20 TEACHING AND RESEARCH

HENDERSON, RICHARD N., Professor of Anthropology. HENDERSON, ROGER C.. Professor of Law. HENDRICKS, DAVID MARION, Associate Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. HENDRICKSON, JOHN ROSCOE, Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. HERBER, BERNARD P., Professor of Economics. HERIC, JOHN FREDERICK, Lecturer in Art. HERMAN, BENJAMIN MORRIS, Professor of Atmospheric Sciences. HERSH, RALPH, Lecturer in Music. HERSHEL, RONALD SAMUEL, Assistant Professor of Optical Sciences. HERTZ, LEWIS, Associate Professor of Psychology. HESSEMER, ROBERT ANDREW, JR., Professor of Electrical Engineering. HETRICK, DAVID LeROY, Professor of Nuclear Engineering. HEUSINKVELD, KAREN, Visiting Lecturer in Russian and Slavic Languages. HEWLETT, MARTINEZ JOSEPH, Assistant Professor of Cellular and Developmental Biology. HILBERRY, NORMAN, Professor of Nuclear Engineering. HILL, FREDERICK J., Professor of Electrical Engineering. HILL, HENRY ALLEN, Professor of Physics. HILLMAN, BILL WOODS, Professor of Counseling and Guidance. HILLMAN, HARRY F., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. HILLMAN, JIMMYE STANDARD, Professor of Agricultural Economics. HILWIG, RONALD WILLARD, Associate Professor of Veterinary Science. HINE, JAMES ROBERT, Associate Professor of Home Economics. HINE, RICHARD BATES, Professor of Plant Pathology. HINSHAW, ADA SUE, Associate Professor of Nursing. HINTON. HARWOOD PERRY, Professor of History. HITNER, CHARLES VERNON, Associate Professor of Art. HIXSON, THOMAS J., Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. HODGSON, WILLIAM ROYCE, Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. HOENIG, STUART ALFRED, Professor of Electrical Engineering. HOFFMAN, JUNIUS, Professor of Law. HOFFMANN, WILLIAM FREDERICK, Professor of Astronomy. HOGAN, LeMOYNE, Professor of Plant Sciences. HOGLE, JERROLD EDWIN, Assistant Professor of English. HOHMANN, GEORGE WILLIAM, Adjunct Professor of Psychology. HOLLMANN, ROBERT WALTER, Assistant Professor of Management. HOLLOWELL, JOHN WILLIAM, Assistant Professor of English, and Secondary Education. HOLSINGER, DONALD BRUCE, Associate Professor of Educational Foundations and Administration. HOPF, FREDERICK A., Associate Professor of Optical Sciences. HORAK, WILLIS JAMES, Assistant Professor of Elementary Education. HOSHAW, ROBERT WILLIAM, Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. HOSLEY, RICHARD, Professor of English. HOUSTON, ROBERT WADE, Associate Professor of English. HOUT, MICHAEL, Assistant Professor of Sociology. HOWARD, ALLEN QUENTIN, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. HOWARD, BRUCE, Associate Professor of Secondary Education. HRUBY, VICTOR J., Assoiciate Professor of Chemistry. HSIAO, SIGMUND, Professor of Psychology. HSIEH, KE CHIANG, Associate Professor of Physics. HUBBARD, WILLIAM B., JR., Professor of Planetary Sciences. HUBER, ROGER THOMAS, Associate Professor of Entomology. HUELSMAN, LAWRENCE PAUL, Professor of Electrical Engineering. HUFF, ALBERT K., Assistant Professor of Plant Sciences. HUFFMAN, DONALD RAY, Professor of Physics. HULL, HERBERT M., Professor of Watershed Management. HULL, ROBERT LESLIE, Professor of Music. HUNGERFORD, CHARLES ROGER, Professor of Wildlife Ecology. HUNT, BOBBY RAY, Professor of Systems and Industrial Engineering, and Optical Sciences. HUNTEN, DONALD M., Professor of Planetary Sciences. HUXTABLE, RYAN JAMES, Associate Professor of Pharmacology. INCE, SIMON. Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics, and Hydrology and Water Resources. INGRAM, HEI.EN MAYER, Professor of Political Science. INMAN, BILLIE JO, Professor of English. IRWIN, JOHN JACKSON, JR., Professor of Law. ITTELSON, WILLIAM H., Professor of Psychology. IVENTOSCH, HERMAN. Professor of Romance Languages. JACOBS. CLINTON OTTO. Professor of Agricultural Education. JACOBS, STEPHEN F.. Professor of Optical Sciences. JACOBSON. SIMONE. Lecturer in Cellular and Developmental Biology. JAMBACORTA, OTTO, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. JANSSEN, ROBERT JAMES. Associate Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology. JELINEK, ARTHUR J., Professor of Anthropology. JENKINS. EDGAR WILLIAM, Professor of Physics. JENSEN. GARY FRANKLIN, Associate Professor of Sociology. JENSEN. HENNING, Associate Professor of Philosophy. JENSEN. MERLE H.. Professor of Plant Sciences. JENSEN, RICHARD CARL. Associate Professor of Classics. JENSEN. RICHARD GRANT. Associate Professor of Biochemistry and Plant Sciences. JETER, WAYBURN STEWART. Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology. JEWKES, WILFRED THOMAS, Professor of English. TEACHING AND RESEARCH 21

JIMENEZ, RUDOLF AUGUST, Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. JOHNSON, BOB GENE, Professor in the Rehabilitation Center. JOHNSON, DAVID, Associate Professor of Internal Medicine. JOHNSON, DUANE L., Visiting Assistant Professor of Plant Sciences. JOHNSON, JACK DONALD, Associate Professor of Arid Lands Resource Sciences. JOHNSON, KEITH MARION, Assistant Professor of Music. JOHNSON, PAUL CHRISTIAN, Professor of Physiology. JOHNSON, ROBERT K., Professor of Library Science. JOHNSON, ROY ANDREW, Associate Professor of Music. JOHNSON, VERN R., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. JOKIPII, JACK RANDOLPH, Professor of Planetary Sciences, and Astronomy. JONES, HAROLD H., Assistant Professor of Art. JONES, LA VETTA SUE, Associate Professor of Physical Education. JONES, LEE BENNETT, Professor of Chemistry. JONES, ROGER CLYDE, Professor of Electrical Engineering. JONES, WARREN D., Professor of Plant Sciences. JORDAN, BETTY L., Lecturer in Nutrition and Food Science. JORDAN, GILBERT L., Professor of Range Management. JORGENSEN, STEPHEN R., Assistant Professor of Home Economics. JOYNER, CONRAD F., Professor of Political Science. JUAREZ, RUMALDO ZAPATA, Assistant Professor of Sociology. JUCEVIC, EDWARD PAUL, JR., Assistant Professor of Mining and Geological Engineering. JUST, KURT W., Professor of Physics. KAHN, MARVIN W., Professor of Psychology. KALEACH, ROBERT MICHAEL, Professor of Physics. KAMEL, HUSSEIN AHMED, Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. KASITY, JEAN -LOUIS, Associate Professor of Music. KASSANDER, ARNO RICHARD, Professor of Atmospheric Sciences. KATTERMAN, FRANK REINALD HUGH, Professor of Plant Sciences. KAUFFELD, NORBERT M., Adjunct Associate Professor of Entomology. KAY, ARTHUR MURRAY, Associate Professor of English. KAY, MARGARITA ARTSCHWAGER, Associate Professor of Nursing. KEARNS, JEAN RULEY, Professor of Home Economics. KEATING, KENNETH LEE, Professor of Metallurgical Engineering. KECECIOGLU, DIMITRI BASIL, Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. KECK, KONRAD, Professor of Cellular and Developmental Biology. KEENER, JAMES PAUL, Associate Professor of Mathematics. KELLER, PHILIP CHARLES, Professor of Chemistry. KELLEY, ALEC ERVIN, Professor of Chemistry. KELLEY, KENNETH, Visiting Assistant Professor of Music. KELLEY, LEE McDOWELL, Lecturer in Microbiology and Medical Technology. KELLNER, PEGGY JULIETTE, Associate Professor of Drama. KELLOGG, FREDERICK, Associate Professor of History. KELLY, ANNAMARIA, Lecturer in Romance Languages. KENSKI, HENRY CONRAD, JR., Assistant Professor of Political Science. KERWIN, WILLIAM JAMES, Professor of Electrical Engineering. KESSLER, JOHN OTTO, Professor of Physics. KETCHAM, CARL HUNTINGTON, Professor of English. KEYWORTH, ROBERT A., Professor of Drama. KIBLER, RUTHANN, Research Immunologist in Microbiology and Medical Technology. KIDWELL, RICHARD ALVIN, Professor of Business and Career Education. KIEFER, FREDERICK PAUL, JR., Assistant Professor of English. KIERAS, DAVID E., Assistant Professor of Psychology. KIGHT, MARY ANN, Professor of Home Economics. KILKSON, REIN, Professor of Physics, and Microbiology and Medical Technology. KIM, HYUN DJU, Associate Professor of Physiology. KIM, YOUNG C., Professor of Mining and Geological Engineering. KIMBLE, WILLIAM EARL, Adjunct Professor of Law. KING, ANDREW ARTHUR, Associate Professor of Speech Communication. KING, DAVID AUSTEN, Professor of Renewable Natural Resources, and Agricultural Economics. KING, JAMES E., Professor of Psychology. KINNEY, ROBERT BRUCE, Associate Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. KIRCHER, HENRY WINFRIED, Professor of Nutrition and Food Science. KIRK, SAMUEL A., Professor of Special Education. KIRK, WINIFRED D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. KIRCHER, C. WARD, Associate Professor of Anatomy. KITAGAWA, CHISATO, Associate Professor of Oriental Studies. KLEESPIE, DEE LEE, Professor of Accounting. KLEIN, RAYMOND LOUIS, Professor of Secondary Education. KLEMMEDSON, JAMES OTTO, Professor of Range Management. KLOEPPING, KENT BURRELL, Assistant Professor in the Rehabilitation Center. KNEEBONE, WILLIAM ROBERT, Professor of Plant Sciences. KNIEF, LOTUS MAE, Professor of Educational Psychology. KNORR, AMY JEAN HOLMBLADE, Professor of Home Economics. KNORR, PHILIP NOEL, Professor of Forestry. KODRICK- BROWN, ASTRID, Assistant Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. KOFF, THEODORE H., Associate Professor of Public Administration. KOHLER, SIGURD, Professor of Physics. KOHN, INGEBORG MARGARET, Associate Professor of Romance Languages. 22 TEACHING AND RESEARCH

KONSYNSKI, BENN R., III, Assistant Professor of Management Information Systems. KOPELOVICH -HANASH, ZIONA, Instructor in Oriental Studies. KOPPEL, GENE S., Associate Professor of English. KORN, GRANINO ARTHUR, Professor of Electrical Engineering. KORZAN, GERALD E., Visiting Professor of Agricultural Economics. KOZOLCHYK, BORIS, Professor of Law. KRAMER, ROGER M., Associate Professor of Home Economics. KRATOCHWILL, THOMAS RUDY, Associate Professor of Educational Psychology. KRAUSMAN, PAUL R., Assistant Professor of Renewable Natural Resources. KRAYER, OTTO, Visiting Professor of Pharmacology. KREBS, RICHARD CARL, Professor of Secondary Education. KREMP, GERHARD OTTO WILHELM, Professor of Geosciences. KRIDER, E. PHILIP, Associate Professor of Atmospheric Sciences. KRIEGH, JAMES DOUGLAS, Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. KRUTZSCH, PHILIP HENRY, Professor of Anatomy. KUEHL, ROBERT OTTO, Professor of Statistics. KUKOLICH, STEPHEN GEORGE, Associate Professor of Chemistry. KURIYAMA, KURT YOSHIHIRO, Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies. KURTZ, LARRY D., Assistant Professor of Journalism. La BAN, FRANK K., Professor of Speech Communication. LAETSCH, THEODORE WILLIS, Associate Professor of Mathematics. LAIRD, HUGH EDWARD, II, Assistant Professor of Pharmacology and Toxicology. LaMARCHE, VALMORE CHARLES, JR., Professor of Dendrochronology. LAMB, GEORGE LAWRENCE, JR., Professor of Mathematics, and Optical Sciences. LAMB, URSULA S., Professor of History. LAMB, WILLIS E., JR., Professor of Physics, and Optical Sciences. LANG, WILLIAM ALOYSIUS II, Associate Professor of Drama. LANGEN, HERBERT J., Professor of Business and Career Education. LANGSTON, DAVE T., Assistant Professor of Entomology. LANSING, ROBERT WENDALL, Professor of Psychology. LARSON, DENNIS LUVERNE, Assistant Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. LARSON, Hh ROLD P., Associate Research Professor in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory. LARSON, JAMES LAWRENCE, Assistant Professor of Architecture. LaSALLE, JAMES F., Professor of Management Information Systems. LAURSEN, EMMETT M., Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. LAUVER, PHILIP J., Associate Professor of Counseling and Guidance. LEAVITT, ERNEST EASTMAN, JR., Curator of Exhibits in the Arizona State Museum. LEAVITT, JOHN ADAMS, Professor of Physics. LeBOUTON, ALBERT VINCENT, Associate Professor of Anatomy. LEBOWITZ, MICHAEL DAVID, Professor of Internal Medicine. LEE, CHI WON, Instructor and Research Associate of Plant Sciences. LEE, JACK KENNETH, Professor of Music. LEHMAN, GORDON STANLEY, Associate Professor of Watershed Management. LEHRER, ADRIENNE JOYCE, Associate Professor of Linguistics. LEHRER, KEITH EDWARD, Professor of Philosophy. LEIGH, HOWARD W., Professor of Secondary Education. LEIGHTON, UVIEJA GOOD, Assistant Professor of Speech Communication. LEONARD, JOHN LANDER, Lecturer in Mathematics. LEONARD, ROBERT CARL, Professor of Sociology. LEONARD, JOHN L., Lecturer in Mathematics. LESHER, ROBERT OVERTON, Adjunct Professor of Law. LESHIN, GEORGE J., Professor of Special Education. 'LESLIE, LARRY L., Professor of Higher Education. LETSON, ROBERT JUSTIN, Professor of Secondary Education. LEUNG, PAUL, Associate Professor in the Rehabilitation Center. LEVY, EUGENE H., Associate Professor of Planetary Sciences. LEVY, JERROLD E., Professor of Anthropology. LEWIS, FRANK A., Associate Professor of Philosophy. LIEBERSON, STANLEY, Professor of Sociology. LICHTENBERGER, DENNIS L., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. LIGHT, TIMOTHY, Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies. LIKES, KEITH E., Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. LIM, LOUISE CHIN, Associate Professor of Mathematics. LINDELL, THOMAS JAY, Associate Professor of Pharmacology. LINDSAY, EVERETT HAROLD, JR., Associate Professor of Geosciences. LIPPINCOTT, WILLIAM THOMAS, Professor of Chemistry. LITTLER, CHARLES ARMSTRONG, Professor of Art. LOCKARD, WILLIAM KIRBY, Professor of Architecture. LOGAN, JAMES PHILLIPS, Professor of Management. LOMEN, DAVID ORLANDO, Professor of Mathematics. LOMONT, JOHN SLAYBACK, Professor of Mathematics. LONG, AUSTIN, Associate Professor of Geosciences. LONGACRE, WILLIAM A., Professor of Anthropology. LONGMAN, ALICE JEAN, Associate Professor of Nursing. LOOMIS, MARY ELIZABETH, Assistant Professor of Management Information Systems. LOOMIS, TIMOTHY PATRICK, Associate Professor of Geosciences. LOVELOCK, DAVID, Professor of Mathematics. LOW, FRANK JAMES, Research Professor in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory. LOWE, CHARLES HERBERT, JR., Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. TEACHING AND RESEARCH 23

LUCAS, DAVID O., Associate Professor of Microbiology. LUCIANO, DALE RAYMOND, Assistant Professor in Drama. LUDOVICI, PETER P., Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology. LUND, KAY A., Research Associate of Special Education. LYNN, EDWARD SHIRD, Professor of Accounting. LYTLE, CLIFFORD MERLE, JR., Professor of Political Science. LYTLE, IVAN, Professor of General Biology. MacCORQUODALE, PATRICIA L., Assistant Professor of Sociology. MACHINIST, PETER B., Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies. MacKINNON, WILLIAM JOHN, Professor of Psychology. MacNEIL, JOHN DOUGLAS, Associate Professor of Architecture. MADDEN, DANIEL J., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. MADDOCK, THOMAS, III, Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources. MADISON, PETER, Professor of Psychology. MAGUN, BRUCE ELLIOT, Assistant Professor of Anatomy. MAHAR, JAMES MICHAEL, Professor of Oriental Studies. MAHER, MARY ZENET, Assistant Professor of Speech Communication. MAHMOUD, HORMOZ MASSOUD, Professor of Physics. MAIER, JOHN S., Lecturer in Management and Public Administration. MALIK, JOE, JR., Professor of Russian and Slavic Languages. MALVICK, ALLAN JAMES, Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. MANES, RENE PIERRE, Professor of Accounting. MANGELSDORF, PHILIP C., Professor of Journalism. MANN, LAWRENCE D., Professor of Urban Planning. MANNING, DORIS ELNOVA, Professor of Home Economics. MARATHAY, ARVIND SHANKAR, Associate Professor of Optical Sciences. MARCARIAN, VICTORIA, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Plant Sciences. MARCHELLO, JOHN ANTON, Professor of Nutrition and Food Science, and Animal Sciences. MARE, C. JOHN, Professor of Veterinary Science. MARIETTA, JACK DONALD, Associate Professor of History. MARIK, DELORES ANN, Assistant Professor of Computer Science. MARION, MARY H., Associate Professor of Home Economics. MARKGRAF, VERA, Assistant Professor of Geosciences. MARQUART, DOROTHY I., Professor of Psychology. MARQUES, PAUL, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Pharmacology. MARRONEY, PETER R., Professor of Drama. MARSH, OZAN, Professor of Music. MARSHALL, ROBERT H., Professor of Economics. MARSTEN, ROY E., Associate Professor of Management Information Systems. MARTIN, ARNOLD R., Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. MARTIN, HOLLIS K., Associate Professor of Management. MARTIN, JOHN W., Professor of Romance Languages. MARTIN, PAUL SCHULTZ, Professor of Geosciences. MARTIN, ROBERT E., Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. MARTIN, S. CLARK, Professor of Range Management. MARTIN, WILLIAM EDWIN, Professor of Agricultural Economics. MARVEL, CARL S., Professor of Chemistry. MASON, CHARLES THOMAS. JR., Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. MATLOCK, WILLIAM GERALD, Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. MATSON, DANIEL SHAW, Lecturer in Anthropology. MATSUDA, KAORU, Associate Professor of Cellular and Developmental Biology. MATTER, FRED S., Professor of Architecture. MATTER, WILLIAM J., Assistant Professor of Renewable Natural Resources. MATTOON, ROBERT H., JR., Assistant Professor of Latin American Studies. MATTSON, ROY H., Professor of Electrical Engineering. MAXWELL, MARGARET FINLAYSON, Associate Professor of Library Science. MAY, WARREN LEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics. MAYERSOHN, MICHAEL B., Associate Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. McBREARTY, JAMES C., Associate Professor of Economics. McCARTHY, JEANNE McRAE, Professor of Special Education. McCARTHY, MICHAEL MARTIN, Assistant Professor of Landscape Architecture. McCAUGHEY, WILLIAM FRANK, Professor of Nutrition and Food Science. McCAULEY, WILLIAM JOHN, Professor of General Biology. McCLURE, MICHAEL A., Professor of Plant Pathology. McCONNELL, ROBERT EASTWOOD, Professor of Architecture. McCORD, BEVERLY ANN, Professor of Nursing. McCORMICK, FLOYD GUY, JR., Professor of Agricultural Education. McCOY, LEAHMAE, Professor of Economics. McCULLEN, JOHN D., Professor of Physics. McCULLOUGH, EDGAR J., JR., Professor of Geosciences. McCULLOUGH, JAMES MICHAEL, Assistant Professor of Marketing. McDANIEL, ROBERT GENE, Professor of Plant Sciences. McDONALD, SUSAN, Professor of Music. McELIGOT, DONALD MARINUS, Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. McELROY, D. KEITH, Assistant Professor of Art. McELROY, JOHN HARMON, Professor of English. McFARLAND, JANICE K., Research Associate of Special Education. McGREW, BRUCE ELWIN, Associate Professor of Art. McIFF, LYLE HATCH, Professor of Accounting. 24 TEACHING AND RESEARCH

McINTYRE, LAURENCE COOK, JR., Professor of Physics. McLAUGHLIN, DAVID WARREN, Associate Professor of Mathematics. McMILLAN, ROBERT W., Professor of Art. McMILLAN, THEODORA MANTZ, Professor of Music. McNIECE, GERALD, Professor of English. McREYNOLDS, LARRY A., Assistant Professor of Biochemistry. McWHORTER, MARY JOHNSON, Lecturer in Oriental Studies. McWILLIAMS, SPENCER ALBERT, Associate Professor of Psychology. MEAD, ALBERT R., Professor of General Biology. MEDINE, PETER ERNEST, Associate Professor of English. MEDLIN, RICHARD LARRY, Associate Professor of Architecture. MEES, QUENTIN MICHAEL, Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. MEEZAN, ELIAS, Associate Professor of Pharmacology. MEGDAL, SHARON BERNSTEIN, Assistant Professor of Economics. MEIJER, AREND, Assistant Professor of Geosciences. MEINKL, ADEN BAKER, Professor of Astronomy. MEINKE, WILLIAM, Associate Professor of Microbiology. MELLOR, ROBERT SYDNEY, Associate Professor of General Biology. MELNIK, AMELIA, Professor of Reading. MENCKE, REED ALAN, Lecturer in Psychology. MENDELSON, NEIL HARLAND, Professor of Cellular and Developmental Biology. MENZEFRICKE, ULRICH, Assistant Professor of Management. MERCADO, RODNEY M., Associate Professor of Music. MEREDITH, KEITH EDWARD, Assistant Professor of Educational Psychology. MERING, JOHN V., Professor of History. MERRITT, CURTIS BRADFORD, Professor of Educational Psychology. METCALFE, DARREL S., Professor of Agronomy. MEYER, MICHAEL C., Professor of History. MEYERS, ALFREDA ELIZABETH, Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies. MIAO, RONALD CLENDINEN, Associate Professor of Oriental Studies. MICHOD, RICHARD E., Assistant Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. MIELKE, EUGENE A., Assistant Professor of Plant Sciences. MIKLOFSKY, HAAREN ALBERT, Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. MILLER, ALVIN EROY, Professor of Architecture. MILLER, DONNA MAE, Professor of Physical Education. MILLER, JERRY L. L., Associate Professor of Sociology. MILLER, KARL F., Lecturer in Music. MILLER, WALTER BERNARD, Professor of General Biology. MILLER, WALTER BERNARD, III, Lecturer in Chemistry. MILLS, JOHN A., Associate Professor of English. MILO, RONALD DMITRI, Professor of Philosophy. MISAGHI, IRAJ J., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. MISHRA, SHITALA PRASAD, Associate Professor of Educational Psychology. MITCHELL, JUDY N., Assistant Professor of Reading. MONTIEL, A. STEPHEN, Assistant Professor of Journalism. MOORE, LEON, Professor of Entomology. MORBECK, MARY ELLEN, Assistant Professor of Anthropology. MORKIN, EUGENE, Professor of Internal Medicine. MORRIS, ARLENE MARIE, Associate Professor of Physical Education. MORRIS, RICHARD J., Associate Professor of Special Education. MORRIS, THOMAS MARTIN, Professor of Metallurgical Engineering. MORRISON, JUNE M., Professor of Public Administration. MORRISON, ROGER B., Adjunct Professor of Geosciences. MORSE, BART J., Associate Professor of Art. MORSE, RICHARD L., Professor of Nuclear Engineering. MORTON, HOWARD L., Adjunct Professor of Renewable Natural Resources. MOSES, THOMAS C., Lecturer in Finance and Real Estate. MOSHER, ELIZABETH, Visiting Professor of Music. MOUNT, DAVID A., Assistant Professor of Arid Lands Studies. MOUNT, DAVID WILLIAM, Associate Professor of Microbiology. MOYERS, JARVIS L., Director of University Analytical Center. MUCZYNSKI, ROBERT STANLEY, Professor of Music. MUELLER. REINHOLD C.. Associate Professor of History. MULLER. EDWARD. Associate Professor of Political Science. MULLER, HERBERT E., Adjunct Professor of Management. MULLIGAN, GORDAN F., Assistant Professor of Geography, Regional Development and Urban Planning. MULLIGAN, RAYMOND ALEXANDER, Professor of Public Administration. MULVANEY, JAMES EDWARD. Professor of Chemistry. MUNROE, RICHARD ALLEN, Associate Professor of Physical Education. MUNSINGER, GARY M., Professor of Marketing. MUNSON, LARRY ALLEN, Assistant Professor of Music. MURAMOTO, HIROSHI, Associate Professor of Agronomy and Plant Sciences. MURPHY, EDWARD WRIGHT, Professor of Music. MURPHY, JEFFRIE GUY, Professor of Philosophy. MYERS, DONALD E., Professor of Mathematics. MYERS, HAROLD EDWIN, Professor of Soil Science. MYERS, LOUIS A., JR., Professor of Accounting. MYLREA, KENNETH CHARLES, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. NABIGHIAN, MISAC N., Adjunct Professor of Geosciences. TEACHING AND RESEARCH 25

NAGY, BARTHOLOMEW, Professor of Geosciences. NASH, PAT NEFF, Professor of Elementary Education. NAVIN, THOMAS RANDALL, Adjunct Professor of Management. NEFF, RICHMOND CLARK, Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. NELSON, DANA ARTHUR, Professor of Romance Languages. NELSON, GEORGE WILLIAM, Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering. NELSON, MERRITT RICHARD, Professor of Plant Pathology. NETTING, ROBERT M., Professor of Anthropology. NEUMAN, SHLOMO PETER, Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources. NEWLIN, PHILIP BLAINE, Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. NEWMAN, JOSEPH W., Professor of Marketing. NICHOLS, ROGER LOUIS, Professor of History. NICHOLSON, GLEN IRA, Professor of Educational Psychology. NIELSON, MERVIN WILLIAM, Professor of Entomology. NIENABER, JEANNE O., Assistant Professor of Political Science. NIGH, EDWARD LeROY, JR., Professor of Plant Pathology. NIGRO, KIRSTEN FELICIA, Assistant Professor of Romance Languages. NOON, TED HENRY, Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science. NORRIS, JONATHON J., Visiting Professor of Renewable Natural Resources. NORTON, DENIS LOCHLIN, Associate Professor of Geosciences. NOTT, F. DAVE, Lecturer of Speech Communication. NOVILLIS, CAROL, Assistant Professor of Elementary Education. NOWATZKI, EDWARD ALEXANDER, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. NOYES, WILLIAM RAYMOND, Lecturer in History. NUDELMAN, SOL, Professor of Radiology, and Optical Sciences. NUNAMAKER, JAY F., JR., Professor of Management Information Systems, and Computer Science. NUTTING, WILLIAM LEROY, Professor of Entomology. OAXACA, RONALD L., Associate Professor of Economics. OBENOUR, ANN, Lecturer in Music. O'BRIEN, JAMES PATRICK, Associate Professor of Music. O'BRIEN, SHIRLEY, Assistant Professor of Home Economics. ODISHAW, HUGH, Professor of Geosciences. OEBKER, NORMAN F., Professor of Plant Sciences. OFFICER, JAMES EOFF, Professor of Anthropology. OGDEN, PHIL REED, Professor of Range Management. O'KEEFE, TERRENCE B., Assistant Dean for College Services, and Acting Coordinator of Graduate Studies. O'LEARY, JAMES WILLIAM, Professor of Cellular and Developmental Biology. OLSEN, STANLEY JOHN, Professor of Anthropology. OLSON, GEORGE B., Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology. OLSON, KENNETH S., Extension Specialist. OLSON, WALTER LEWIS, Professor of Special Education. O'MALLEY, ROBERT EDMUND, JR., Professor of Mathematics. ONATE, ANDRES DAVID, Associate Professor of Oriental Studies. O'NEIL. DANIEL JOHN, Associate Professor of Political Science. O'NEIL, THOMAS JOSEPH, Professor of Mining and Geological Engineering. O'NEILL, MICHAEL F., Assistant Professor of Marketing. ORLEN, STEVEN LESLIE, Associate Professor of English. OSTAR, ALLEN, Adjunct Professor of Higher Education. OSTLUND, LYMAN E., Professor of Marketing. OTT, CHARLES HYLOR, Associate Professor of Physical Education. OWENS, BETTY R., Instructor in Speech Communication. PACHOLCZYK, ANDRZEJ GRZEGORZ, Associate Professor of Astronomy. PALMER. JOHN DAVIS, Associate Professor of Pharmacology. PALZ_KILL, DAVID A., Research Associate of Plant Sciences. PAPP, REINER, Visiting Professor of Nuclear Engineering. PARKER, THOMAS WILLIAM, Professor of History. PARKS, EDWIN K., Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. PARMENTER, ROBERT HALEY, Professor of Physics. PARRY, JAMES HOWARD, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. PATE, GLENN S., Assistant Professor of Secondary Education. PATRASCIOIU, ADRIAN N., Assistant Professor of Physics. PATTISON, KARL MODJESKA, Visiting Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. PATZMAN RUTH, Lecturer in Oriental Studies. PAULSEN, KAREN A., Assistant Professor of Psychology. PAULSEN, F. ROBERT, Professor of Educational Administration. PEARLMAN, LEONARD A., Professor of Music. PEARSON, PAUL BROWN, Visiting Professor of Nutrition and Food Science. PEDERSON, LELAND ROGER. Professor of Geography, Regional Development and Urban Planning. PEMBERTON, RICHARD REX, Assistant Professor of English. PENNER, JONATHAN D.. Assistant Professor of English. PEOPLES. TIMOTHY R., Assistant Professor of Plant Sciences. PEPPER. IAN L., Assistant Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. PERGRIN, JESSIE VALENTINE, Associate Professor of Nursing. PERKINS, HENRY CRAWFORD. JR.. Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. PERRIER, DONALD G., Associate Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. PETERS, RICHARD E., Professor of Music. PETERS, WILLIAM CALLIER, Professor of Mining and Geological Engineering. PETERSEN, RUSSELL E., JR., Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. PETERSON. GERALD RICHARD. Professor of Electrical Engineering. 26 TEACHING AND RESEARCH

PETERSON, THOMAS W., Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering. PFLUGRADT, WILLIAM CHARLES, Lecturer in Music. PHILIPS, SUSAN U., Assistant Professor of Anthropology. PHILLIPS, DELBERT DARWAL, Assistant Professor of Russian. PHILLIPS, ROBERT ARTHUR, Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. PIALORSI, FRANK PAUL, Associate Professor of English. PICCHIONI, ALBERT L., Professor of Pharmacology and Toxicology. PICKENS, PETER ENTWISLE, Professor of Cellular and Developmental Biology. PIERCE, RICHARD SCOTT, Professor of Mathematics. PINGRY, DAVID ELDON, Associate Professor of Economics. PLACHETKA, JOHN R., Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. POIRIER, DAVID R., Associate Professor of Metallurgical Engineering. POLLOCK, JOHN, Professor of Philosophy. POLZER, CHARLES W., Ethnohistorian in the Arizona State Museum. POOL, RONALD HUGHES, Associate Professor of Psychology. POST, DONALD FRANCIS, Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. POST, ROY GRAYSON, Professor of Nuclear Engineering. POVERMAN, CHARLES E., Assistant Professor of English. POWELL, JOHN ROBERT, Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. POWELL, LAWRENCE C., Professor in Residence. PRICE, RALPH LORIN, Associate Professor of Nutrition and Food Science. PRITCHARD, W. DOUGLAS, Professor of Music. PRITCHETT, RANDALL F., Assistant Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology. PROMIS, JOSE, Professor of Romance Languages. PROSSER, LOIS ELIZABETH, Associate Professor of Nursing. PROSSER, WILLIAM L., Assistant Professor of Drama. PUTNAM, ANNE H. B., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. PUTT, ARLENE MAY, Professor of Nursing. PUTZAR, EDWARD DAVID, Lecturer in Oriental Studies. QAFISHEH, HAMDI AHMAD, Professor of Oriental Studies. QUINN, ROBERT MacLEAN, Professor of Art. RAAB, FRANCIS V., Professor of Philosophy. RAGHAVAN, S., Assistant Professor of Metallurgical Engineering. RAMAGE, ROBERT THOMAS, Professor of Plant Sciences. RAMBERG. JOHN S., Professor of Systems and Industrial Engineering. RANDOLPH, ALAN DEAN, Professor of Chemical Engineering. RANKIN, JAMES ROWE, Associate Professor of Secondary Education. RANNIGER, BILL JAY, Professor of Elementary Education. RAPPEPORT, JACK JACQUES, Professor of Law. RASMUSSEN, WILLIAM OTTO, Assistant Research Professor of Renewable Natural Resources. RATHJE, WILLIAM LAURENS, Associate Professor of Anthropology. RAVAL, SURESH SOMNATH, Assistant Professor of English. RAY, DONALD EDWARD, Professor of Animal Sciences. REAGAN, JOHN ALBERT, Professor of Electrical Engineering. REED, RAYMOND EDGAR, Professor of Veterinary Science. REEVES, RICHARD WAYNE, Professor of Geography, Regional Development and Urban Planning. REHM, THOMAS ROGER, Professor of Chemical Engineering. REICH, NAOMI ANNA, Associate Professor of Home Economics. REICH, SHELDON, Professor of Art. REID, BOBBY L., Professor of Nutrition and Food Science. REID, J. JEFFERSON, JR., Assistant Professor of Anthropology. REITAN, RALPH M., Professor of Psychology. REMERS, WILLIAM ALAN, Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. RENARD, KENNETH GEORGE, Adjunct Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. RESNICK, SOL DONALD, Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources. REST, RICHARD, Assistant Professor of Microbiology. RICE, RICHARD W., Professor of Animal Sciences. RICE, ROBERT R., Professor of Home Economics. RICHARD, RALPH MICHAEL, Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. RICHARDSON, RANDALL M., Assistant Professor of Geosciences. RICHTER, ROLAND, Associate Professor of German. RICKMAN, LINDA WILKINS, Assistant Professor of Secondary Education. RIDGE, GEORGE WILLIAM, JR., Professor of Journalism. RIDLEY, CARL A., Associate Professor of Home Economics. RIEBER, MICHAEL, Professor of Mining and Geological Engineering. RIEKE, GEORGE HENRY, Associate Professor of Astronomy, and Planetary Sciences. RISEBROW, RUTH, Assistant Professor of Library Science. RIVERO, ELIANA S., Associate Professor of Romance Languages. ROBERTS, BORISS, Associate Professor of Russian and Slavic Languages. ROBINS, HARRY FRANKLIN, Professor of English. ROBINSON, CECIL, Professor of English. ROBINSON, WILLIAM J., Professor of Dcndrochronology. ROBISON, THORTON E., Associate Professor of Law. ROBSON, JOHN WILLIAM, Professor of Physics. ROBY, FREDERICK B., JR., Professor of Physical Education. ROBY, MARY PAVLICH, Professor of Physical Education. RODIEK, JON, Assistant Professor of Landscape Architecture. RODNEY, D. ROSS, Professor of Plant Sciences. ROE. ANNE, Lecturer in Psychology. TEACHING AND RESEARCH 27

ROEMER, ELIZABETH, Professor of Astronomy, and in the Lunar andPlanetary Laboratory. ROGERS, WALTER E., Assistant Professor of Landscape Architecture. ROGERS, WILLARD LEWIS, Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. ROLLINS, FRANKLIN D., Professor of Animal Sciences. ROOS, NESTOR R., Professor of Finance and Real Estate. ROSALDO, RENATO IGNACIO, Professor or Romance Languages. ROSENBERG, CHARLES IRA, Professor of Romance Languages. ROSENBLATT, PAUL, Professor of English. ROSENZWEIG, MICHAEL L., Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. ROUBICEK, CARL BEN, Professor of Animal Sciences. ROYCE, WILLIAM R., Instructor in Oriental Studies. RUBIS, DAVID DANIEL, Professor of Plant Sciences. RUND, HANNO, Professor of Mathematics. RUND, JOHN VALENTINE, Associate Professor of Chemistry. RUPLEY, JOHN ALLEN, Professor of Biochemistry. RUSH, JEAN COCHRAN, Assistant Professor of Art. RUSK, JERROLD GLENN, Professor of Political Science. RUSSELL, DIANE, Professor of Pharmacology. RUSSELL, KATHRYN R. E., Associate Professor of Physical Education. RUSSELL, STEPHEN M., Associate Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. RUSSELL, THOMAS EDWARD, Associate Research Scientist of Plant Pathology. RYAN, KENNETH JAMES, Assistant Professor of Microbiology, and Pathology. SAARINEN, THOMAS FREDERICK, Professor of Geography, Regional Development and Urban Planning. SABERS, DARRELL LEE, Professor of Educational Psychology. SACKETT, ROBERT GEORGE, Associate Agronomist. SALDATE, MACARIO, IV, Associate Professor of Educational Administration. SALEMME, F. RAYMOND, Associate Professor of Biochemistry. SALES, AMOS PAUL, Associate Professor in the Rehabilitation Center. SALMON, MERRILEE HOLLENKAMP, Associate Professor of Philosophy. SALMON, WESLEY CHARLES, Professor of Philosophy. SALZMAN, WILLIAM RONALD, Associate Professor of Chemistry. SAMUELS, THOMAS M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. SANCHEZ, JOSEPH P., Assistant Professor of History. SANKEY, ROBERT WESLEY, Associate Professor of Speech Communication. SARGENT, MURRAY, III, Professor of Optical Sciences. SARI, SEPPO OLAVI, Assistant Professor of Optical Sciences. SAUNDERS, FRANK, Professor of Educational Foundations and Administration. SAYNER, DONALD BENNETT, Lecturer in General Biology. SAYRE, JULIAN, Lecturer in Accounting. SBAR, MARC LEWIS, Assistant Professor of Geosciences. SCADRON, MICHAEL DAVID, Professor of Physics. SCAFF, LAWRENCE A., Associate Professor of Political Science. SCHAEFER, JOHN P., Professor of Chemistry. SCHAFFER, WILLIAM M., Associate Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. SCHALLER, MICHAEL, Assistant Professor of History. SCHARF, CARL BRADLEY, Assistant Professor of Political Science. SCHIFFER, MICHAEL B., Assistant Professor of Anthropology. SCHMUTZ, ERVIN M., Professor of Range Management. SCHONHORST, MELVIN HERMAN, Professor of Plant Sciences. SCHOOLEY, LARRY CHARLES, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. SCHOTLAND, RICHARD M., Professor of Atmospheric Sciences. SCHOWENGERDT, ROBERT A., Assistant Professor of Arid Lands Studies, and Systems and Industrial Engineering. SCHREIBER, JOSEPH FREDERICK, JR., Professor of Geosciences. SCHROEDER, LYNN R., Professor of Art. SCHUESSLER, THOMAS LYNDON, Professor of Law. SCHUETTE, LOUIS H., Adjunct Professor of Management. SCHUH, JAMES DONALD, Professor of Animal Sciences. SCHULTZ, DONALD G., Professor of Systems and Industrial Engineering. SCHULTZ, RAYMOND E., Professor of Higher Education. SCHULTZ, WILLIAM RUDOLPH, Professor of Oriental Studies. SCHURG, WILLIAM A., Instructor in Animal Sciences. SCHWARZ, JOHN ERWIN, Associate Professor of Political Science. SCHWEMER, GREGORY T., Professor of Statistics. SCOTT, LAWRENCE BERTRAND, JR., Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. SCOTT, RICHARD ALLEN, Associate Professor of Marketing. SCRUGGS, CHARLES WATKINS, Associate Professor of English. SCULLY, MARLAN ORVIL, Professor of Physics, and Optical Sciences. SEALE, ROBERT LEWIS, Professor of Nuclear Engineering. SEARS, WILLIAM REES, Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. SEEBASS, ALFRED RICHARD, III, Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. SEELEY, MILLARD GARFIELD, Professor of Chemistry. SEKAQUAPTEWA, EMORY, Lecturer in Anthropology. SELIGSON, MITCHELL A., Assistant Professor of Political Science. SELKE, MARVIN RAY, Professor of Animal Sciences. SELLERS, WILLIAM DAVID, Professor of Atmospheric Sciences. SELLEY, ROGER ALLEN, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics. SERAPHIN, BERNHARD O., Professor of Optical Sciences. SERKOWSKI, KRZYSZTOF MARIA, Associate Research Professor in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory. SERVIN, HENRI, Associate Professor of Romance Languages. 28 TEACHING AND RESEARCH

SESHAN, KRISHNA, Assistant Professor of Metallurgical Engineering. SHACK, ROLAND VINCENT, Professor of Optical Sciences. SHAFTEL, TIMOTHY LEE, Associate Professor of Management. SHANNO, DAVID F., Professor of Management Information Systems. SHANNON, ROBERT R., Professor of Optical Sciences. SHARKEY, JACQUELINE E., Assistant Professor in Journalism. SHAW, WILLIAM WESLEY, Assistant Professor of Renewable Natural Resources. SHEEHAN, EDWARD T., Associate Professor of Home Economics. SHELTON, RALPH L., Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. SHELTON, RICHARD WILLIAM, Associate Professor of English. SHEPARDSON, FRED, Assistant Professor of Management. SHIMIZU, NOBUYOSHI, Assistant Professor of Cellular and Developmental Biology. SHIVELY, JAMES N., Professor of Veterinary Science. SHOEMAKER, RICHARD LEE, Associate Professor of Optical Sciences. SIERKA, RAYMOND ANTHONY, Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. SIGWORTH, OLIVER FREDERIC, Professor of English. SILVERMAN, ANDREW, Clinical Instructor in Law. SILVERS, ARTHUR L., Professor of Urban Planning. SIMKO, DARRELL G., Associate Professor of Physical Education. SIMON. BRUCE ROBERT, Associate Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. SIMPSON, EUGENE SIDNEY, Professor of Hydrology and Water Resources. SIMPSON, GEORGE GAYLORD, Professor of Geosciences. SINCLAIR, NORVAL ARTHUR, Associate Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology. SINSKI, JAMES THOMAS, Associate Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology. SIPES, IVAN GLENN, Assistant Professor of Pharmacology and Toxicology, and Anesthesiology. SKINNER, PAUL HEETHER, Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. SLATER, PHILIP N., Professor of Optical Sciences. SMALL, JAMES GRAYDON, Assistant Professor of Optical Sciences. SMILEY, TERAH LeROY, Professor of Geosciences. SMITH, BRADFORD A., Associate Professor of Planetary Sciences. SMITH, CHARLES MARSHALL, Professor of Law. SMITH, DAVID WAYNE, Professor of Education. SMITH, EDWIN LAMAR, JR., Associate Professor of Range Management. SMITH, KENNETH JOE, Professor of Reading. SMITH, LAWSON V., Consulting Professor of Business and Public Administration in Management. SMITH, MARK CHARLES, Professor of Secondary Education. SMITH, NORMAN SHERRILL, Professor of Wildlife Ecology. SMITH, PHILIP JOHN, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. SMITH, RICHARD MELVIN, Assistant Professor of Home Economics. SMITH, ROBERT L., Assistant Professor of Entomology. SMITH, SIDONIE ANN. Associate Professor of English. SMITH, S. MAE, Assistant Professor of Rehabilitation. SMITH, VERNON L., Professor of Economics. SMYER, RICHARD INGRAM, Associate Professor of English. SOBIN, HARRIS, Professor of Architecture. SOLOMON, IRA, Assistant Professor of Accounting. SOLOT, SANDERS K., Lecturer in Finance and Real Estate. SONETT, CHARLES PHILIP, Professor of Planetary Sciences. SONGER, J. GLENN, Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science. SORENSEN, ERIC H., Assistant Professor of Finance and Real Estate. SORENSEN, GLADYS ELAINE, Professor of Nursing. SOWLS, LYLE KENNETH, Professor of Wildlife Ecology. SPEARS, BRIAN M., Assistant Research Scientist of Entomology. SPECE, ROY G., Associate Professor of Law. SPENCER, MARILYN K., Lecturer in Economics. SPERA, GIANNI. Associate Professor of Romance Languages. STAFFORD, MARY E., Research Immunologist in Microbiology and Medical Technology. STALEY, DEAN ODEN, Professor of Atmospheric Sciences. STAMM, WILLIAM PAUL, Associate Professor of Architecture. STANGHELLINI, MICHAEL E., Professor of Plant Pathology. STANTON, MAURA F., Assistant Professor of English. STARK, ROYAL W., Professor of Physics. STARK, SARAH LYDIA, Lecturer in Nursing. STAUSS, JOSEPH HARRY, Assistant Professor of Home Economics. STAVROUDIS, ORESTES NICHOLAS, Professor of Optical Sciences. STEELINK, CORNELIUS, Professor of Chemistry. STEIN, MICHAEL, Lecturer in Art. STEINBRENNER. ARTHUR HENRY, Professor of Mathematics, and Secondary Education. STEPHENS, ALAN A., Assistant Professor of Finance and Real Estate. STEPHENSON, MICHAEL BYRON, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. STEVENSON, FREDERICK WILLIAM, Associate Professor of Mathematics. STEWART, ADELA ALLEN, Assistant Professor of Reading. STENI, WILLIAM A., Professor of Anthropology. STITT, RICHARD P., Adjunct Instructor in Pharmaceutical Sciences. STITH, LEE S., Professor of Plant Sciences. STOCKMAN, LYNN HOMER, Professor of Marketing. STOCKTON, CHARLES WAYNE, Assistant Professor of Dendrochronology. STOKER, THOMAS M., Assistant Profesor of Economics. STOKES, MARSDEN B., Professor of Educational Administration. TEACHING AND RESEARCH 29

STOKES, MARVIN ALLEN. Professor of Dendrochronology. STONE, HERBERT REYNOLDS, Associate Professor of Romance Languages. STONER, JOHN OLIVER, JR., Professor of Physics. STOTT, GERALD H., Professor of Animal Sciences. STOUFFER, RICHARD L., Assistant Professor of Physiology. STRACK, DAVID H., Professor of Physical Education. STRAND. WILLIAM H., Professor of Educational Foundations and Administration. STRITTMATTER, PETER ALBERT, Professor of Astronomy. STROEHLEIN, JACK LEE, Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. STROM, ROBERT G., Associate Professor of Planetary Sciences. STRUGAR, DEBRA ANN, instructor in Speech Communication. STUART, DOUGLAS GORDON, Professor of Physiology. STUBBLEF'IELD, THOMAS MASON, Professor of Agricultural Economics. STULL, J. WARREN, Professor of Nutrition and Food Science. SULLIVAN, MICHAEL PATRICK, Associate Professor of Political Science. SULTAN, HASSAN AHMED, Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. SUMMERS, GEORGE W., Professor of Management. SUMNER, JOHN STEWART, Professor of Geosciences. SUTHERLAND, R. WARREN, Associate Professor of Music. SWANSON, GERALD JOHN, Associate Professor of Economics. SWANSON. ROSEMARY ANNE, Assistant Professor of Educational Psychology. SWEEK, ROBERT FORMAN, Lecturer in Management. SWETSCHINSKI, DANIEL H., Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies. SWIHART, THOMAS LEE, Professor of Astronomy. SWINDELL, WILLIAM, Professor of Optical Sciences. SWINGLE, ROY SPENCER. Associate Professor of Animal Sciences. SWISHER, LINDA, Associate Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. TANSIK, DAVID ANTHONY, Associate Professor of Management. TANZ, CHRISTINE, Assistant Professor of Psychology. TAO, JING -SHEN, Professor of Orientai Studies. TASH, JERRY CONE, Associate Professor of Fisheries Science. TAYLOR, B. BROOKS, Professor of Plant Sciences. TAYLOR, CAROL A., Assistant Professor of Economics. TAYLOR, LESTER D., Professor of Economics. TELLMAN, STEPHEN GAGE, Lecturer in Mathematics. ter HORST, ROBERT, Professor of Romance Languages. TERHUNE, ELINOR C., Assistant Professor of Arid Lands Resource Sciences. TERZIEFF, IVAN F., Assistant Professor of Special Education. THAMES, JOHN LONG, Professor of Watershed Management. THEURER. C. BRENT, Professor of Animal Sciences. THEWS, ROBERT L., Associate Professor of Physics. THOMAS, STEPHEN WELLS, Lecturer in Rehabilitation. THOMAS, VIOLET SCHULER, Associate Professor of Business and Career Education. THOMPSON, GLENN M., Assistant Professor of Hydrology-and Water Resources. THOMPSON, M. JOAN, Instructor in Accounting. THOMPSON, RAYMOND HARRIS, Professor of Anthropology. THOMPSON, RICHARD ALLEN, Associate Professor of Anthropology. THOMPSON, RICHARD BURCE, Associate Professor of Mathematics. THOMPSON, RODGER IRWIN, Associate Professor of Astronomy. THOMSON, DONALD A., Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. THOMSON, QUENTIN ROBERT, Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. THORNBURG, HERSHEL DEAN, Professor of Educational Psychology. THWEATT, WILLIAM HENRY. Associate Professor of Psychology. TIERNEY, ROBERT JAMES, Associate Professor of Reading. TIFFT, WILLIAM GRANT, Professor of Astronomy. TINDALL, ROBERT EMMETT, JR., Professor of Management. TINSLEY. ANN MARIE, Instructor of Home Economics. TINSLEY, ROYAL LILBURN, JR., Associate Professor of German. TITLEY, SPENCER ROWE, Professor of Geosciences. TOBIAS, ROBERT PAUL, Associate Professor of Art. TOLLIN, GORDON, Professor of Biochemistry. TOMA, PETER ALEXANDER, Professor of Political Science. TOMIZUKA, CARL T., Professor of Physics. TORMEY, THOMAS JAMES, Professor of Law: Law Librarian. TOUBASSI, ELIAS, Associate Professor of Mathematics. TRAVER, GAYLE ANN, Assistant Professor of Internal Medicine. and Associate Professor of Nursing. TREAT, JAY E.. Associate Professor of Physics. TREJO. ARNULFO DUENAS. Professor of Library Science. TRIFAN, DEONISIF., Professor of Mathematics. TRIFFST, TERRY. Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. TRINCA, CARL E , Clinical Instructor in Pharmaceutical Sciences. TROUTMAN, JOSEPH LAWRENCE. Associate Research Scientist in Plant Pathology. TRZECIAK, JOHN MARK, Assistant Professor of Systems and Industrial Engineering. TUCKER. INEZ. Clinical Assistant Professor of Rehabilitation. TUCKER. THOMAS CURTIS. Professor of Soils. Water and Engineering. TUREC_HEK, ARMIN G., Professor of Rehabilitation. TURNER, ARTHUR FRANCIS, Professor of Optical Sciences. TURNER. PAUL R., Professor of Anthropology. TURNER, RAYMOND M.. Adjunct Professor of Geosciences. 30 TEACHING AND RESEARCH

TUTTLE, DONALD MONROE, Professor of Entomology. TWOMEY, SEAN ANDREW, Professor of Atmospheric Sciences. ULREICH, JOHN CHARLES, JR., Associate Professor of English. UMBREIT, JOHN, Assistant Professor of Special Education. UNDERALL, A. HEATON, Visiting Professor of Renewable Natural Resources. UNDERWOOD, JANE HAINLINE, Professor of Anthropology. UPCHURCH, ROBERT P., Professor of Agronomy. VALMONT, WILLIAM JENNINGS, Associate Professor of Reading. VANAGUNAS, STANLEY, Assistant Professor of Public Administration. VAN ASDALL, WILLARD, Associate Professor of General Biology. VAN DE VOORDE, RONALD ANDRE, Associate Professor of Library Science. VAN METRE, EDWARD JAMES, Lecturer in Secondary Education. VAN METRE, PATRICIA, Assistant Professor of Speech Communication. VAN SLYCK, WILLARD NICHOLAS, JR., Professor of Law. VARGAS, GUSTAVO A., Assistant Professor of Management. VAUGHAN, JOSEPH LEE, JR., Assistant Professor of Reading. VAVICH, MITCHELL GEORGE, Professor of Nutrition and Food Science. VEMULAPALLI. G. KRISHNA, Associate Professor of Chemistry. VICKREY, DON WILLIAM, Associate Professor of Accounting. VIGNERY, JOHN ROBERT, Professor of History. VINCENT, THOMAS LANGE, Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. VINSON, STERLING PETER, Assistant Professor of Classics. VIVIAN, RICHARD GWINNETT, Archaeologist in the Arizona State Museum. VODA, ANNA MAE, Associate Professor of Nursing. VOIGT, ROBERT LEE, Professor of Plant Sciences. VOLGY, THOMAS JOHN, Associate Professor of Political Science. VON ISSER, ALDINE S., Assistant Professor of Special Education. von TEUBER, EUGENE JOHN, Coordinator of International Programs. VUILLEMIN, JOSEPH J., Associate Professor of Physics. WACKS, MORTON E., Professor of Nuclear Engineering. WADE, JAMES C., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics. WAGLE, ROBERT FAY, Professor of Watershed Management. WAGNER, J. RICHARD, Lecturer in Political Science. WAIT, JOHN VARY, Professor of Electrical Engineering. WALKA, JOSEPH J., Assistant Professor of Economics. WALKER, H. TODD, Professor of Art. WALKER, JAMES M., Assistant Professor of Economics. WALLER, GORDON DAVID, Adjunct Associate Professor of Entomology. WALSON, PHILIP DAVID, Assistant Professor of Pediatrics and Pharmacology. WANGSNESS, ROALD KLINKENBERG, Professor of Physics. WARBURTON, JEFFREY LYNN, Assistant Professor of Drama. WARD, OSCAR G., Associate Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. WARE, GEORGE WHITAKER, JR., Professor of Entomology. WARRICK, ARTHUR WILL, Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. WATSON, THEO FRANKLIN, Professor of Entomology. WEARING, JOHN PETER, Associate Professor of English. WEAVER, ALBERT BRUCE, Professor of Physics. WEAVER, THOMAS, Professor of Anthropology. WEBER, CHARLES WALTER, Professor of Nutrition and Food Science, and Animal Sciences. WEBER, JEAN DRAPER, Professor of Statistics. WEGNER, THOMAS NORMAN, Lecturer in Animal Sciences. WEINSTEIN, DONALD, Professor of-History. WELLS, DONALD A., Professor of Economics. WELLS, MICHAEL ARTHUR, Professor of Biochemistry. WENDERS, JOHN THOMAS, Professor of Economics. WENDT, JOST OTTO LUTZ, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. WERNER, FLOYD GERALD, Professor of Entomology. WERNER, ROBERT JOSEPH, Professor of Music. WERT, JAMES EDWARD, Professor of Finance and Real Estate. WEST, JONATHAN PAGE, Assistant Professor of Public Administration. WEST, STEPHEN HARRY, Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies. WESTBROOK, ROBERT A., Assistant Professor of Marketing. WETZEL, MARY C., Associate Professor of Psychology. WEXLER, DAVID B., Professor of Law. WEYMANN, RAY JOHN, Professor of Astronomy. WHEELER, LAWRENCE, Professor of Psychology, and Optical Sciences. WHITE, DONALD HENRY, Professor of Chemical Engineering. WHITE, EDWARD T., III, Professor of Architecture. WHITE, GLENN MARLOW, Associate Professor of Psychology. WHITE, HOWARD D., Assistant Professor of Biochemistry. WHITE, JAMES WILLIAM, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. WHITE, RAYMOND EDWIN, JR., Lecturer in Astronomy. WHITING, FRANK M., Associate Professor of Animal Sciences. WIERSMA, FRANK, Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. WILD, PETER THOMAS, Associate Professor of English. WILKENING, LAUREL LYNN, Associate Professor of Planetary Sciences. WILLIAMS, DANIEL B., Assistant Professor of Marketing. WILLIAMS, DAVID ALLEN, Associate Professor of Speech Communication. WILLIAMS, DOUGLAS W., Assistant Professor of Soils, Water and Engineering. TEACHING AND RESEARCH 3 I

WILLIAMS, EDWARD JEROME, Professor of Political Science. WILLIAMS, JEAN MARIE, Associate Professor of Physical Education. WILLIAMS, NORMAN, JR., Professor of Geography, Regional Development and Urban Planning. WILLIAMS, ROBERT EUGENE, Professor of Astronomy. WILLIAMS, THEODORE L., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. WILMORE, JACK HARRISON, Professor of Physical Education. WILSKA, ALVAR P., Professor of Physics. WILSON, CLIFTON E., Professor of Political Science. WILSON, GEORGE SPENCER, Associate Professor of Chemistry. WILSON, HERBERT BLAIR, Professor of Educational Foundations and Administration. WILSON, JOHN MICHAEL, Professor of Physical Education. WILSON, KENT J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. WILSON, RICHARD FAIRFIELD, Associate Professor of Geosciences. WILSON, WILLIAM JERRAM, Associate Professor of Oriental Studies. WIMMER, GAYLE E., Assistant Professor of Art. WINDREM, EMORY O., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Speech and Hearing Sciences. WING, WILLIAM HINSHAW, Professor of Physics, and Optical Sciences. WIRSCHING, PAUL HUGH, Associate Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. WISE, EDWARD NELSON, Professor of Chemistry. WITUCKE, VIRGINIA, Associate Professor of Library Science, WOLF, HARRIET B., Instructor in German. WOLF, WENDY C., Assistant Professor of Sociology. WOLFE, WILLIAM LOUIS, JR., Professor of Optical Sciences, and Radiology. WOLOSHIN, DAVID JORDAN, Professor of German. WOOD, BRUCE, Associate Professor of Mathematics. WOODS, WINTON deRUYTER, JR., Professor of Law. WOOLF, NEVILLE JOHN, Professor of Astronomy. WORTHEN, THOMAS De VOE, Associate Professor of Classics. WORTMAN, ROBERT HILTON, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. WRENN, ROBERT LaRAUT, Professor of Psychology. WRIGHT, ARTHUR LARRY, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. WRIGHT, L. NEAL, Professor of Plant Sciences. WYANT, JAMES C., Associate Professor of Optical Sciences. WYCKOFF, RALPH W. G., Professor of Microbiology in Department of Physics. WYLIE, MARY JEAN, Associate Professor of Home Economics. WYMORE, A. WAYNE, Professor of Systems and Industrial Engineering. YAKOWITZ, SIDNEY, Professor of Systems and Industrial Engineering. YALL, IRVING, Professor of Microbiology and Medical Technology. YAMAMURA, HENRY ICHIRO, Associate Professor of Pharmacology. YANAGIHASHI, MINORU, Assistant Professor of Oriental Studies. YAPPEL, A. RALPH, Professor of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. YOFFEE, NORMAN, Assistant Professor of Anthropology. YOSHINO, I. ROGER, Professor of Sociology. YOST, ELIZABETH B., Assistant Professor of Counseling and Guidance. YOUNG, KENNETH CHRISTIE, Assistant Professor of Atmospheric Sciences. YOUNG, RICHARD A., Associate Professor of Physics. YOUNGGREN, NEWELL AMOS, Professor of General Biology. YULISH, STEPHEN MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Educational Foundations and Administration. ZAGONA, SALVATORE VINCENT, Professor of Psychology. ZAPOTOCKY, JOSEPH A., Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences. ZECHES, BARBARA JEAN, Lecturer in Home Economics. ZEGURA, STEPHEN L., Associate Professor of Anthropology. ZIEBELL, CHARLES DANIEL, Lecturer in Fisheries Science. ZONGE, KENNETH L., Adjunct Professor of Geosciences. ZUBE, ERVIN H., Professor of Renewable Natural Resources. ZUMBRO, NICHOLAS L., Professor of Music. ZURBRICK, PHILLIP RAYMOND, Associate Professor of Agricultural Education. ZWOLINSKI, MALCOLM JOHN, Professor of Watershed Management. General Information

The pursuit of truth and the extension of knowledge are well- recognized goals of most American universities. At The University of Arizona the Graduate College is the major administrative unit through which these dual purposes are achieved. Building on a well -balanced undergraduate education, graduate students are expected to develop a thorough understanding of a specific academic discipline. The fundamental purpose of the Graduate College is to encourage each graduate student to demonstrate excellent standards of scholarship and to produce high- quality, original research. Graduate studies, in progress continuously since the academic year 1898 -99, were organized independently in 1934 with the founding of the Graduate College. Initially, direction was provided by a dean and a committee composed of faculty members from graduate level disciplines. Administration of the Graduate College is now provided by the Dean and the Graduate Council, whose membership is broadly representative of the academic disciplines in which graduate programs are pursued. In addition, a Committee on Graduate Study is primarily responsible for maintaining proper standards and developing graduate programs. The status of graduate students is different than that of undergraduates. Satisfying degree requirements should not be the primary aim of graduate students. Graduate education is an opportunity to increase knowledge, to broaden understanding and to develop research capabilities. Consequently, the students' academic achievements should reflect a personal commitment to the discipline and to scholarly standards.

FACILITIES AND SERVICES

The University of Arizona offers graduate programs in more than 100 departments and fields, each supported by well -trained faculty and well- equipped physical resources. Departments offering advanced degree programs have excellent teaching and research facilities. Additionally, certain facilities and services of exceptional importance are available to advanced students. Some state of Arizona research and service agencies have been affiliated with The University of Arizona since their inception. Many facilities are interdepartmental and may be significant to graduate students from several fields.

UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES - The University Library system contains over 2,000,000 items including books, periodicals, microforms, maps, government publications, manuscripts, and media. Basic holdings cover all fields of instruction, and there are especially strong collections in anthropology, geology, Spanish and Latin American language and literature, American agriculture, Southwestern Americana, Arizoniana, history of science, science fiction, and 18th- and 19th- century British and American literature. Through the Library the University is a member of the Association of Research Libraries and the Center for Research Libraries. Supplementary materials for graduate students writing theses and dissertations and for faculty and staff doing advanced research are available on interlibrary loan. The University Library system consists of the Main Library, Science -Engineering Library, Music Collection, the Center for Creative Photography, and the Library Science Collection. Two large but separate library facilities are the College of Law Library and the Health Sciences Cen- ter Library at the Arizona Health Sciences Center. In addition, several other departmental libraries such as the Arizona State Museum Library, the Institute of Government Research Li- brary, the Division of Economics and Business Research Library, the Steward Observatory Library, the Computer Center Library, the Herbarium, and the Lunar and Planetary Sciences Library have been established to serve special research needs.

32 GENERAL INFORMATION 33

MAIN LIBRARY - Central Reference Department and main card catalog; Interlibrary Loan; Media Collection; Map Collection; Current Periodicals, Newspapers and Microforms Reading Room; Special Collections Department; Government Documents Department; Acquisitions De- partment; Catalog Department; Serials Department and Library offices. SCIENCE -ENGINEERING LIBRARY - All materials on science and technology and the Ori- ental Studies Collection. MUSIC COLLECTION (Music Building) - Scores, sheet music, recordings, facilities for listen- ing. Books about music are in the Main Library. LIBRARY SCIENCE COLLECTION (Graduate Library School) - Materials about libraries and all aspects of library science. CENTER FOR CREATIVE PHOTOGRAPHY - Books, periodicals, photographs, photogra- phers' manuscript archives, and rotating exhibits covering all aspects of photography as an art form. ARIZONA MEDICAL CENTER LIBRARY - This specialized library, which serves the Col- leges of Medicine, Nursing, Pharmacy, the School of Health - Related Professions, and the University Hospital, contains over 100,000 cataloged volumes, 1,700 media programs, and receives approximately 3,000 current serialtitles. The collection includes books, journals and nonprint materials in the health sciences.

LAW LIBRARY - This library now contains over 128,000 volumes plus 46,000 volume equiva- lents of microforms, including the reported cases of all the jurisdictions in the United States and substantially all the English reported cases; American and English statutory law; decisions of federal administrative agencies; complete sets of leading periodicals; and a carefully selected collection of legal encyclopedias, digests, treatises, and textbooks. There is also an expanding foreign law collection emphasizing Latin American law. UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA PRESS - The book publishing arm of the University specializes in "works of merit in the subject- matter fields strongly identified with the institutions of higher learning in Arizona, and other significant nonfiction books of a regional nature about Arizona, the Southwest, and Mexico." Most titles are at college or adult level. Action on publishing acceptance is controlled by the University Publications Committee composed of the director and faculty members appointed by the president. Manned by a professional publishing staff, the Press shoulders the accepted four basic responsibilities of a competent publisher: manuscript appraisal and selection; comprehensive editing and organizing; appropriate design and quality production; and effective marketing. The Press dis- tributes in 85 foreign countries as well as throughout the United States. Works are in the English language, but rights for translations may be negotiated by the Press with foreign publishers.

The ARIZONA STATE MUSEUM, founded as a territorial museum in 1893, is an educational, research, and service division of the University. Prehistoric and recent Indian cultures of Arizona and the Southwest are interpreted through permanent exhibitions. Collections number more than 150,000 specimens, including those of the Gila Pueblo Archaeological Foundation. The close association of the Museum with the Department of Anthropology makes it possible for qualified graduate students to use the collections in research and to participate in the Museum's field projects. Museum personnel teach in the Department of Anthropology, especially in the Museology and Cultural Resource Management specialties. The State Museum is open daily to the public.

The BUREAU OF GEOLOGY AND MINERAL TECHNOLOGY is charged with developing, maintaining, and disseminating to the people of Arizona information relating to mining, metallurgy, and earth sciences generally.Its scientific investigation and public service activities are comparable to those conducted by geological agencies and mineral experiment stations in other states. The close union of the Bureau with the teaching programs of the Colleges of Mines and Earth Sciences has been exceptionally productive in the development and dissemination of knowledge about the mineral resources of Arizona. The Bureau is a member of the Association of American State Geologists, the national af- filiation of geological surveys of individual states. 34 GENERAL INFORMATION

UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA MUSEUM OF ART - The University of Arizona is exceptionally fortunate to possess several outstanding art collections. Housed in the Museum are the masterpieces of the Samuel H. Kress Collection, which include the surviving panels of the Retablo of Ciudad Rodrigo by Fernando Gallego, and one of the finest university collections of Renais- sance 16th- and 17th- century art in the United States. Contemporary international painting and sculpture are well represented in the Edward Joseph Gallagher III Memorial Collection. The C. Leonard Pfeiffer Collection primarily comprises 19th- and 20th -century American painting, and was the first collection donated to the University. The Museum of Art is open to the public daily from 9 to 5, and on Sunday from 12 to 5. There is no admission fee. The community of Tucson generates considerable artistic activity which, together with the splendid Tucson Museum of Art and a number of high quality commercial galleries, lends support to the University art program. The Department of Art maintains and displays its own collection of original graphic prints, ranging from the 15th to the 20th century. It presents a cross -section of authentic prints throughout the history of this art form, including early engraving, etching, wood -cut and lithography. Important donations by Mr. and Mrs. H. Kelley Rollings and Mrs. Helen Murphey have given this collection a public importance which augments its original intent, that of a teaching collection for university art students. The University Library possesses the most distinguished research collection for art in the Southwest consisting of more than 45,000 volumes, and these holdings are continually growing. The STEWARD OBSERVATORY was created in 1916 by the generous gift of Lavinia Steward. The primary research instrument of the Observatory is a 90 -inch reflector, the construction of which was made possible by a grant from the National Science Foundation. This telescope has an f/9 Cassegrain focus and an f /31 Coudé focus; itis used for photographic work, photoelectric work, photoelectric photometry, and Cassegrain spectroscopy, as well as with sophisticated modern auxiliary instruments. For many years the Observatory's principal telescope was a 36 -inch reflector, completed in 1922, and presently in operation at the University site on Kitt Peak, 55 miles southwest of Tucson. Other smaller telescopes are also used in connection with the academic and research program. The principal areas of research at Steward Observatory include extragalactic and galactic astronomy. Observations are made mainly at optical and infrared wavelengths. Principal areas of observational specialization are quasars, degenerate stars and infrared sources, although research includes a less complete coverage of both observational and theoretical studies in most areas of modern astrophysics. The staffs of the Steward Observatory and of Kitt Peak National Observatory are developing increasingly close and desirable collaborative relationships, and the two observatories join in sponsoring a weekly colloquium. (Kitt Peak National Observatory, established and funded by the U.S. Government, is a major research center concentrating on optical astronomy. Offices and shops are located within the campus of The University of Arizona, adjacent to Steward Observa- tory. The main observing site is at Kitt Peak, on which a number of major telescopes are located.) Steward Observatory also maintains close working relations with the Lunar and Planetary Labo- ratory, the Planetary Sciences program, and the Optical Sciences Center of The University of Arizona. In collaboration with the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory and Optical Scienes Cen- ter, the Observatory has constructed a 6- element optical and infrared telescope, equivalent in light gathering power to a 176 -inch telescope, which is located on Mt. Hopkins. The LUNAR AND PLANETARY LABORATORY is the research institute allied with the Plane- tary Sciences Department. Staff for the Laboratory are drawn from members of the Department and from those holding research appointments in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory, some jointly with Steward Observatory. The Laboratory is housed in the Gerard P. Kuiper Space Sci- ences Building. Laboratory staff are engaged in research and graduate instruction in conjunction with the Planetary Sciences Department. Graduate research assistantships are available on a selected basis to students planning to study toward the Ph.D. degree in Planetary Sciences. Research programs of the Laboratory and Department include experimental and theoretical geochemistry, petrology, geochemistry and chronology of lunar samples and meteorites, lunar and planetary geology, spacecraft imaging of planetary surfaces, the physics of compressed matter and its relation to Jovian planets and satellites, cosmic rays, the solar wind, astrophysical plasmas, electromagnetic induc- tioninplanets, celestial mechanics, polarimetry, infrared Fourier spectroscopy, planetary atmospheres, infrared astronomy, and comets. Research programs at the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory are closely associated with the NASA space program and include numerous lunar and planetary missions. All faculty of the Department holding joint appointments with the Laboratory GENERAL INFORMATION 35 have been principal or co- investigators on current space experiments including Apollo,Mariner, and Pioneer spacecraft. Major groundbased research facilities include The University of Arizona telescopes (60 ", 40 ", and 28" aperture reflectors on Mt. Lemmon; 61" aperture reflector and 18/28" Schmidt camera near Mt. Bigelow; 21" aperture reflector on Tumamoc Hill; and 90"Cassegrain reflector on Kitt Peak); a scanning electron microprobe; a neutronactivation analysis laboratory; and the Space Imagery Center. In addition, the Laboratory conducts high altitude programs for solar, planetary, and stellar infrared spectroscopy using NASA jet aircraft.

The COMPUTER CENTER provides facilities and services for the instructional, research, and administrative computing needs of the University community. Computer access can be obtained, at no charge, by all registered students. Three large -scale computer systems, forming the nucleus of the computing network, are in operation at the Center. Two Digital Equipment Corporation DECsystem -10 computers provide interactive computing via interactive terminals, remote stations, and smaller satellite computers located throughout the campus while batch processing is accomplished on a Control Data Corpo- ration CYBER 175 computer. An intercomputer link allows transfer of data between these systems. Programming languages available on the DECsystem lOs include: ALGOL, APL, BA- SIC, BCPL, BLISS, COBOL, DBMS, FLECS, FORTRAN, MACRO, PASCAL, RATFOR, SAIL, SIMULA and SITBOL. The CDC CYBER 175 central processor is a 60 -bit machine with fixed- point, floating -point and double precision arithmetic. Programming languages available on the CDC CYBER 175 include: ALGOL, BASIC, COBOL, FLECS, FORTRAN, RATFOR and SNOBOL4. In addition, a collection of applications programs is available for both computer systems. The Computer Center provides a variety of services to assist users in taking full advantage of the available computing resources. Information is disseminated by means of publications, including manuals explaining details of operating procedures and available software, a nontechnical periodic newsletter of general interest, and HOTLINE bulletins announcing important system changes and events. A reference room is maintained which contains study carrels, reference manuals, various books and periodicals, and program library documentation. A series of free, noncredit short courses covering various aspects of computing is offered each semester. In addition, individual consulting assistance on alllevels, from beginning programming to research computing, is offered by the Center. ENGINEERING EXPERIMENT STATION - As a part of the College of Engineering, the Experiment Station pursues a research program in a variety of areas of engineering, including solar energy, microelectronics, interactive computational mechanics, biophysics technology, digital image analysis, and nuclear fuel cycles. Through research assistantships, the station provides support and research opportunities for qualified graduate students. Also, the station provides research management services for investigators and promotes interdisciplinary programs. NUCLEAR REACTOR - The TRIGA reactor in the Department of Nuclear Engineering is both a training and a research facility. The uranium -zirconium hydride fueled, pool -type reactor is conveniently designed for the study of many research problems in reactor engineering, including those of variation in core geometry, shielding, neutron behavior, transient characteristics, and control. The reactor operates routinely at an average power level of 100 kilowatts, with a thermal neutron flux of approximately 4 - 1012 neutrons per square centimeter per second. Operation in the pulse mode with peak power levels of 235 Mw and pulse widths of about 30 milliseconds is also routinely available. The equipment is freely available for research work to all departments of the University interested in irradiation facilities. Objects of large size may be encased and lowered to the top of the reactor core for exposure to neutron and gamma radiation. Smaller samples may be placed directly in one of the 40 exposure positions provided. There is also a pneumatic sample irradiation facility for use in research on short -lived radioactive materials, and external neutron beams may be brought out of the reactor for neutron radiography and for basic research with low energy neutrons. A variety of gamma ray spectroscopy equipment options are available to allow full use of the activation analysis capabilities of the reactor. 36 GENERAL INFORMATION

AGRICULTURE EXPERIMENT STATION - One of the divisions of the College of Agricul- ture, the Arizona Agricultural Experiment Station is responsible for the research program in agriculture, renewable natural resources, and home economics. The research activities within the College are administered by the Director of the Experiment Station. Broad in scope, the program includes both basic and applied research in nearly every department. Modern facilities for both laboratory and field research are available on the University campus as well as at branch experiment stations and farms at Marana, Mesa, Phoenix, Tempe, Tucson, Safford, and Yuma. Research is also conducted on farms, orchards, ranches, rangelands, and forests in cooperation with farmers, ranchers, and officials of various state and federal agencies. The Experiment Station maintains close cooperative relationships with research agencies such as the Agricultural Research Service and the Forest Service of the United States Depart- ment of Agriculture. Research assistantships are available in most of the departments in the Experiment Sta- tion. The graduate student is frequently an important member of an Experiment Station research project, sharing in the use of laboratory and field facilities as well as having the opportunity to work under the guidance of senior scientists of national and international reputation. The WATER RESOURCES RESEARCH CENTER, an interdisciplinary organization formed in response to the U.S. Congress' Water Resources Act of 1964, is primarily devoted to the assistance to water -related research activities of the three state universities. In addition, the Center conducts certain special research investigations within its organization. This work includes the harvesting of additional water from arid and semi -arid watersheds; artificially recharging the groundwater aquifers; evaporation suppression; seepage control; urban hydrology; and operation and maintenance of the research facility on the Casa Grande Highway, and one undeveloped and three urbanized watersheds, all in or near Tucson. Lastly, the Center is responsible for the dissemination of results of water- related research in the state. The INSTITUTE OF ATMOSPHERIC PHYSICS is a research organization placing particular emphasis on the study of those atmospheric processes which are associated with the physics of and rain, including electrical phenomena. Major programs also include fundamental studies in the areas of climatology, radiational exchange processes, and dynamic meteorology. Unusual laboratory and field facilities are available for radar, photogrammetric, laser, and spectroscopic analysis of atmospheric processes. The University encourages the use of its computers (a Cyber 175 and a DEC 10) for research projects. Graduate student instruction is accomplished primarily through the Department of Atmos- pheric Sciences.

The LABORATORY OF TREE -RING RESEARCH was organized in 1937 as an outgrowth of the pioneering tree -ring studies initiated by Andrew Ellicott Douglass at The University of Ari- zona in 1906. A division of the College of Earth Sciences, the Laboratory conducts a unique program of teaching and research in all aspects of dendrochronology. Graduate level instruction is offered through cooperating academic departments and a limited number of graduate research assistantships are available to qualified students. Current research efforts are designed to utilize millennia -long, precisely dated tree -ring chronologies as an index to past environmental conditions and as a basis for accurately dating prehistoric structures and events. Along with the world's largest collection of tree -ring specimens, numbering about 200,000 samples from living and dead trees, the Laboratory maintains a variety of specialized equipment and a series of active data banks containing processed tree -ring chronologies, relevant climatic and hydrologic records, and archaeological tree -ring dates and site information. OFFICE OF ARID LANDS STUDIES -A separate unit directly under the Vice President for Research, this Office serves as the coordinating agency among the many University departments and colleges engaged in arid lands research. This cooperative relationship is a natural outgrowth of the institution's traditional and historic concern with the physical, biological, and social environment of arid lands. The Office administers the Graduate College's highly interdisciplinary doctoral program in Arid Lands Resource Sciences. This degree program offers an opportunity for the qualified, mature student to make an outstanding contribution toward understanding and solving the worldwide problems of the arid zones. Additionally, the Office of Arid Lands Studies undertakes special arid lands studies under grants and contracts, issues bibliographical and scientific publications, and, as a clearinghouse for the exchange of world arid lands information, maintains liaison with all international bodies and foreign institutions concerned with arid zone problems. GENERAL INFORMATION 37

The DIVISIONOF ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS RESEARCH is a research and service organization within the College of Business andPublic Administration. Its broad objectives are to conduct researchrelating to business, economics and public administration, to facilitate research by faculty membersand to disseminate information. To achieve its objectives the Division conducts research,both sponsored and unsponsored, publishes the Arizona Review, monographs, special studies and a discussion paper series. In addition, the Division answers requestsfor information by business, government and thegeneral public. The INSTITUTE OFGOVERNMENT RESEARCH (IGR) is a component of the Department óf Political Science. The IGR researches a variety of topics of concern topolitical scientists, government officials, and the public. Subject areas include Arizona governmentand politics, political theory, American and comparative governments andpolitics, international relations, public policy, and environmental politics. The IGR also edits a monograph series to communicatethe findings of political science research to a broad audience. In addition to its research and publication activities, the IGR maintains a specialized political science reference library. The BUREAU OF ETHNIC RESEARCH established in the Department of Anthropologyin 1952 is a center for anthropological and interdisciplinary research with an emphasis on the study of modern Indian and other ethnic groups in the greater Southwest. Graduate assistantships, employment, and research opportunities in anthropology are available to qualified students. ARIZONA COOPERATIVE FISHERY RESEARCH UNIT - The functions of the Arizona Cooperative Fishery Research Unit are those of graduate education, research, and extension. The unit is supported by The University of Arizona, the Arizona Game and Fish Department, and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. The research program is directed chiefly toward learning how to meet the rapidly increasing demand for inland sport fishing opportunities. Both graduate students and staff participate in this effort. The ARIZONA COOPERATIVE WILDLIFE RESEARCH UNIT is sponsored and supported jointly by The University of Arizona, the Arizona Game and Fish Department, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Wildlife Management Institute. The facilities and personnel of the unit are available to graduate students who wish to pursue both class work and research programs leading to advanced degrees in wildlife biology. Arizona affords unusual opportunities for research on game and management problems because of the large variety of game species native to the state and the wide diversity of habitats. The BOYCE THOMPSON SOUTHWESTERN ARBORETUM is operated cooperatively by The University of Arizona, Arizona State Parks Board and the Boyce Thompson Southwestern Arbor- etum Board. This public botanic garden has facilities for teaching and research. Situated on the edge of the low desert near Superior, Arizona, the Arboretum is a two -hour drive from the campus. Thirty acres of native and introduced plants from arid and semi -arid regions, together with about 1,200 additional acres of undisturbed fauna and flora, are under Arboretum control. Addi- tionally, large tracts of relatively undisturbed habitats in a variety of biomes lie in the surrounding Tonto National Forest. Laboratory facilities and housing are available. The Arboretum is open from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. daily except for major holidays. The OPTICAL SCIENCES CENTER is a graduate center for research in applied and theoretical optical physics, and students may undertake graduate programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Areas in which research is currently being conducted include atmospheric optics, coherent optics,laser physics, medical optics, modulation spectroscopy, optical design, optical fabrication and testing, optical properties of materials, quantum optics, remote sensing, solar energy, and thin -film technology.In addition, interdisciplinary research programs involving the Departments of Astronomy, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Mathematics, Microbiol- ogy and Medical Technology, Physics, Physiology, Planetary Sciences, Psychology and Radiology are in progress. Specialfacilities of the Optical Sciences Center include an electronics shop, faculty /student shop, photographic dark rooms, PDS microdensitometer, eclipse minicomputer, remote computer terminal, reading room, teaching laboratory, and thin -film facility. These facilities are often used by graduate students in their research programs. The CENTER FOR THE STUDY OF HIGHER EDUCATION (1978) in the College of Educa- tion conducts research studies and provides related service activities to meet state and institutional needs, as well as those of national, international and regional governmental units and other organizations. It devélops and disseminates information about higher education policy and operation, 38 GENERAL INFORMATION and facilitates the research of faculty members and students. Special research and service projects are provided through University funds and outside support. The Center also provides graduate - level instruction leading to master's and doctoral degrees. The RUTH E. GOLDING CLINICAL PHARMACOKINETICS LABORATORY(1977) in the College of Pharmacy is primarily an analytical laboratory where new assays are developed to quantitate drugs and their metabolites from biological fluids. These assays are used in conjunction with animal and clinical research projects to better define the disposition of and response to drugs. The results of these studies along with the monitoring of drug plasma concentrations in patients are used to optimize therapy by individualizing drug administration.

COOPERATING ORGANIZATIONS

Certain other independent agencies, not administratively a part of The University of Arizo- na, cooperate closely with the University and provide opportunity for study and research for faculty and qualified graduate students. Several of these are actually located on the University campus, and certain staff members of some also hold University staff appointments.

TheMUSEUM OF NORTHERN ARIZONAand its Research Center, located at Flagstaff, Ari- zona, provide unusually fine training and research facilities in many areas of anthropology, art, biological sciences, and geology. A close association is maintained between the staff of the Mu- seum and Research Center and certain teaching and research departments of The University of Arizona. Field work and independent research for a limited number of graduate students can be undertaken at the Museum's Research Center with the approval of the departments concerned, the Director of the Museum, and the Dean of the Graduate College. Registration may be arranged by the procedure commonly used for work donein absentia for credit in 900 Research to apply toward requirements for an advanced degree, for 910 Thesis, and for 920 Dissertation.

TheSOUTHWESTERN RESEARCH STATIONof the American Museum of Natural History, New York, is located within a few hours of the University campus in the Chiricahua Mountains of southeastern Arizona. The Station proper is located at an elevation of 5,400 feet in a moderate evergreen woodland climate, midway between the desert below and the coniferous forest above. A wide variety of life zones is represented within a few miles of the Station between the desert floor and the fir -covered peaks at 9,800 feet. This unspoiled area within the Coronado National Forest includes many protected wilderness areas accessible only on foot or horseback. Though itis primarily a field research station for professional biologists, biology classes and graduate students are encouraged to conduct research at the Station or to use it as a base for field operations; and a number of University faculty and students do so. Station living facilities and equipment are excellent, and the Laboratory is well equipped for many kinds of modern field and laboratory research in ecology and physiology. The Station is an excellent field base for almost any kind of field work in biology, geology, paleontology, resource management, and wildlife management.

TheARIZONA -SONORA DESERT MUSEUMisaself- supporting, non -profitinstitution situated 14 miles west of the city of Tucson in a saguaro and palo verde landscape of the Sonoran desert. Thislivingindoor and outdoor museum of natural history enables one to gain in a few hours a knowledge of the flora and fauna of the Southwest that would otherwise require many years. Unique habitat groups and other displays of living animals and plants have been developed at this unusual museum. The Museum cooperates with educational institutions at all levels as an outdoor education center and provides laboratory and field space for research in the natural history of Arizona and Sonora, Mexico, with special emphasis on the Sonoran desert common to both states. ARIZONA HISTORICAL SOCIETY -Organized in 1884 for "the collection and preservation of materials illustrative of the history of Arizona in particular and of the West generally," the Society receives support from the state, and maintains both a historical museum and a research library. The museum and library are located adjoining the University campus and contain 50,000 books, 2,000 manuscript collections, and 250,000 photographs. The manuscript collections are especially rich, with letters, diaries, journals, business records and other documents, many of which are partially or completely unpublished as yet. One of its most valuable research resources GENERAL INFORMATION 39

is its file of over 2,000 bound volumes of Arizona newspapers beginning with the first issue of the first weekly in 1859. State and federal historical records are on microfilm, as are records from Spanish colonial archives. Membership is open to everyone.

UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT AGENCIES -A number of agencies of the United States government, including several divisions of the Agricultural Research Service and the Soil Conser- vation Service of the United States Department of Agriculture, the United States Bureau of Mines, and the United States Geological Survey, are located on or near the campus of the Univer- sity. These research organizations work closely with the University, and a number of their personnel also hold University staff appointments.

FEESt

The Board of Regents reserves the right to change all fees and charges without notice, if necessary. Nonresident tuition fee (12 or more units), per semester* $852.50 Nonresident tuition fee (7 to 11 units), per unit* 71.50 Registration fee, Arizona resident and nonresident (7 or more units, credit or audit), per semestert 302.50 Registration fee (fewer than 7 units), per semester, per unit ** 33.00

Music fee for private lessons, per semester* ('hr. per week - $40, 1 hr. per week - $60). See General Catalog for details. Late registration fee (any time after the scheduled 2 -day period) 10.00 Change of schedule fee 2.00 Refund of tuition and fees (See schedule in General Catalog) Foreign language examination fee (any one examination) 12.00 Application for degree candidacy fee 10.00 Late application for degree candidacy fee(see Graduate Calendar for deadlines) 2.00 Binding fee (thesis or dissertation) 10.00 Dissertation microfilm fee 25.00 Cap, gown, and hood rental fees vary from $10.00 to $18.00 depending upon the items rented

Transcript fee, after one free transcript (Instantaneous serviceis $3.00) 1.00

tBeginning with the 1980 -81 academic year, the registration fees and tuition will be adjusted according to the Con- sumer Price Index. *Graduate assistants currently on appointment are exempt from nonresident tuition and from music fees in the major field if the student is a music major, but are not exempt from the registration fee. tUpon payment of this fee, the services and facilities available to the student without additional charge (except where an additional charge may be separately stated) are: Student Activities, Student Union, Health Services, Parking. Artist Series, athletic events, and Alumni Association. * *Upon payment of this fee, the services and facilities available to the student without additional charge (except where an additional charge may be separately stated) are: Health Services and Parking.

HOUSING

SINGLE GRADUATE STUDENTS- Several residence halls are reserved for graduate students. These halls are modern and fully air -conditioned. A request for Graduate Student Housing form is included in the admissions packet. Additional informationmay be obtained by writing to the Department of Student Housing. 40 GENERAL INFORMATION

MARRIED STUDENTS AND SINGLE PARENT FAMILIES - The University has 420 apartments located about six miles from the campus available for qualified married students and single parent families. Interested students should write directly to the Family Housing Office, 3401 North Columbus Boulevard, Tucson, Arizona 85712 for additional information. The University also has 54 two- bedroom quonset hut units in Polo Village available for married students and single parent families. These units may be rented furnished for $60.00 and unfurnished for $52.00 not including utilities. No refrigerators are provided in furnished or unfurnished units. Only full -time students may apply for these temporary units. There is usually a waiting list for assignments.

UNIVERSITY DINING SERVICE

The University offers a variety of dining services operated in the Student Union and Park Student Center. The range includes specialty snack bars, cafeterias, and a complete table service restaurant. Campus vending locations are also offered. Meal tickets may be purchased by the semester, monthly or bi- weekly. Approximate monthly food cost for the average student is $95.00 to $100.00.

STUDENT COUNSELING AND SERVICES

A wide variety of counseling and personal services is available to students, including the Student Counseling Service (for counseling on educational -vocational or life planning, and for personal adjustment problems); the Student Health Service (Infirmary); the Speech and Hearing Clinic; the University Placement Service (for help in finding temporary and permanent employment); the Foreign Student Advisor; the American Indian Student Advisor; and the Veterans Office. For full information concerning each of these the student should consult the Dean of the Students Office or the General Catalog. A file of material concerning graduate and post- graduate institutions and program descriptions is maintained in the Student Counseling Service for the benefit of students who desire information on opportunities to continue their study elsewhere after leaving The University of Arizona. General Regulations

ADMISSION -Admission to the Graduate College is open to qualified applicants who hold the bachelor's degree from TheUniversity of Arizona or from a college or university which grants degrees recognizedby The University of Arizona. Admission is granted only after approval of the candidate's previous academic recordby the Deanofthe Graduate College and the headofthe department in which thecandidate proposes to do the greater portion of work.Each applicant with an undergraduate academic record containing'pass,'"satisfactory,''credit," or similar entries for courseswhich have a substantial bearing on the fieldofspecialization must also submit (i) a written evaluation by the instructorofeach such course, or a letter grade, and (ii) scores ofundergradu- on theaptitude testofthe Graduate Record Examinations.An additional number ate courses maybe required when previous work has not approximated the general requirements for the corresponding bachelor'sdegree at The UniversityofArizona or the special requirements for the field in which the candidate proposes tospecialize. With departmental approval, a limited number of deficiencies may be satisfied after admission to agraduate degree program but without graduate credit. Students whose preparation is such that they are temporarilyunable to elect any work for graduate credit must register in the appropriate undergraduate college. REGULAR GRADUATE STATUS -Students who meet the admission requirements outlined above will be admitted toRegular Graduate Statusto undertake work leading to an advanced degree. UNCLASSIFIED GRADUATE STATUS -Qualified Arizona residents and UniversityofAri- zona graduates who are not admitted tograduate degree programs may be admitted to Unclassified Graduate Statusfor the purposeofundertaking work to suit their needs. Also, graduate students who complete an advanced degree and, subsequently, register for additional course work without being admitted to another advanced degree program will be placed inUnclassified Graduatestatus. Unclassified Graduate students may earn graduate credit as their qualifications and performance warrant;but no student may later apply toward an advanced degree more than six units earned as an Unclassified Graduate Student. ADMISSION OF FOREIGN STUDENTS- Nonimmigrants should request graduate application forms from the Foreign Student Admissions Office and departmental requirements and materials from the major department. It is frequently very difficult to evaluate properly a foreign student's preparation in terms of American requirements for advanced degree programs. Most graduates of foreign institutions are therefore admitted routinely asInternational Special Stu- dentswith the understanding that they may be required to undertake certain work without graduate credit in order to make up deficiencies in preparation, and that no commitment can be made in any case regarding the time required to complete a course of study. The decision as to whether an International Special Student can qualify for graduate credit will be made after the close of the first semester of residence. Foreign students must demonstrate proficiency in English as one of the conditions for admission. The University requires all foreign applicants whose family language is other than English and who have not completed at least one academic year of full -time study in the United States to take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Further information can be obtained by writing to Test of English as a Foreign Language, Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. The scores for this examination must be submitted before the student's application can be considered. New foreign students whose native language is not English must also take a locally administered English test and must enroll for any further English courses which may be recommended. Foreign students on nonimmigrant visas are required by the University to have the Student Accident and Sickness insurance coverage against illness or accident. Information regarding enrollment in this plan is included in admission material. Insurance must be obtained no later than completion of registration procedures, and coverage must be maintained during enrollment at the University. Students from Canada, and government -sponsored students from Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates are exempt from this regulation by special arrangement with the governments concerned. In special instances, the requirement of the Student

41 42 GENERAL REGULATIONS

Accident and Sickness Insurance Plan may be waived if documentation, in English, is furnished of insurance comparable to that provided by the Student Accident and Sickness Insurance Plan. In addition, foreign students on nonimmigrant visas must certify that they possess adequate financial resources to support themselves while in residence at The University of Arizona. If sponsorship is through an organization or government agency, the sponsor should inform the Foreign Student Admissions Office, in advance, what the terms of support will be. All foreign student applications, with the required credentials, should reach the Foreign Student Admissions Office before May 15, for the fall term; September 15 for the spring term;

April I for the summer sessions. If the University is to bill for tuition and fees, billing must be through an embassy or an agent in the United States. APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION - Application for admission to the Graduate College must be made on forms furnished by the Graduate College. Completed application forms must arrive before supporting transcripts come or processing will be seriously delayed. An applicant from another institution should request that two sets of complete transcripts of all undergraduate and graduate work done and degrees received be sent directly by the institution at which the work was done to the Dean of the Graduate College of The University of Arizona. Both the application and the transcripts must be on file at least one month prior to registration. Applicants should also contact directly the department of their intended major to obtain departmental application materials and requirements. Students who have been admitted to the Graduate College, but were not enrolled during the previous regular semester, should ascertain well in advance of registration whether or not it will be necessary for them to reapply for admission. GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS - To supplement other evidence of preparation for graduate work, the Graduate Council has authorized the use of the Graduate Record Examina- tions. These examinations will not replace other records of achievement as a basis for admission to the Graduate College, but they will offer additional evidence concerning the qualifications of students desiring to undertake graduate work. A number of departments have specific requirements with regard to the Graduate Record Examinations, the Graduate Management Admissions Test, and other examinations. Departmen- tal headnotes in the Graduate Catalog should be consulted for further information. It is strongly recommended that, in addition to providing .transcripts of records of all previous academic work, each applicant for admission to the Graduate College take the Graduate Record Examinations and submit a transcript of the scores. Applications for the examinations, which will be administered locally as well as in other centers, should be sent, together with the examination fee, to Educational Testing Service, 1947 Center Street, Berkeley, California 94704, or 20 Nassau Street, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. Application materials are available in the office of the Graduate College and from the Educational Testing Service. CANDIDACY FOR AN ADVANCED DEGREE - Admission to graduate study does not imply admission to candidacy for an advanced degree and gives no right or claim to be so admitted. Such candidacy is determined after the student has demonstrated by work done at The University of Arizona the ability to do work of graduate character with originality and independence. Until admitted to candidacy a student should not plan to take the final examination for a degree at any set time. GRADUATE CREDIT FOR SENIORS AND UNCLASSIFIED (NOT GRADUATE) STU- DENTS - A University of Arizona student of senior standing who is within 15 units of completing all requirements for graduation may register for graduate work if recommended by the head of the department and approved by the Dean of the Graduate College. For such registration a petition for graduate credit in excess of senior requirements must be filed with the Dean at the time of registration, for the action of the Graduate Council. This petition must be endorsed by the professor in charge of the course and the student's advisor. The Council will not approve a petition unless the senior has a grade point average of 3.00 or better on all work already completed in the University, is proceeding toward graduation as directly as possible, and does not propose a total load to exceed sixteen units. The maximum number of units of graduate credit that may be earned by a senior in any semester is equal to the difference between sixteen and the number necessary to complete requirements for graduation. An unclassified (not graduate) student at the University who holds the bachelor's degree may petition for permission to take courses for graduate credit. The petition must be filed at registration time, must be recommended by the instructor of the course and the head of the department concerned, and must be approved by the Graduate Council. GENERAL REGULATIONS 43

GENERAL PREREQUISITES FOR MAJOR GRADUATECREDIT - The undergraduate major, or its equivalent, in any field of study is prerequisite to majorgraduate work in that field. In some cases, afield of concentration in the undergraduate work different from but suitably related to the graduate major may beacceptable. The minimum requirement in education is fifteen units, of which three maybe in general psychology, anthropology, or sociology. Deficiencies in undergraduate preparation must be satisfied by the completion of prescribed courses, for undergraduate credit.

REGULAR GRADUATE CREDIT COURSES - Regular courses numbered 500, 600, 700 and 900 are intended for graduate students, while approved400 -level courses, indicated by a GC in the Graduate Catalog, may be taken for graduatecredit by graduate students and by undergraduates who havereceived prior, written permission of the Graduate College Dean. (See the Departments and Courses of Instruction section for classification of regular coursesby number.) Courses at the 500 level are graduate; with prior writtenpermission of the Graduate College Dean, exceptionally well -qualified seniors may enrollin 500 -level courses. Courses numbered 600, 700 and 900 are not open to undergraduates.

OTHER COURSES FOR GRADUATE CREDIT - In addition to the regularly scheduled campus offerings, the University also offers a variety of special courses.Such courses are designated by numbers of four digits. The first digit "4," "5" or "6" indicates the type of course instruction. The last three digits are the same as the number of the regular campus offering unless there is no such counterpart. All courses given by television for credit are designated by four -digit numbers beginning with "5." As many as eighteen units of graduate credit in the 5000 series courses may be applied to meeting the requirements for the master's degree, except that this limit is reducedby the number of units of transfer work offered. No course in maybe applied the requirements for the doctoral degree. Correspondence courses are designated by four -digit numbers beginning with "4 ". No courses in the 4000 series may be used toward a graduate degree. Workshops are designated by a four -digit number beginning with "6 ". All courses in the 6000 series may be applied toward the requirements of all graduate degrees.

TRANSFER OF GRADUATE CREDIT - The University of Arizona accepts graduate credit by transfer from other accredited institutions. There may be offered toward a master's degree a whole number of transferred units not to exceed twenty percent of the minimum number of units required for the degree in question. Such transfer of credit may be established to apply toward an advanced degree only upon satisfactory completion of such additional courses as may be prescribed by the head of the corresponding department in the University. Furthermore, the application of transfer work toward meeting requirements for a master's degree will reduce the number of units of work in the 5000 series acceptable for the same program (see "Other Courses for Graduate Credit" above). In any case, transfer of credit toward an advanced degree will not be made unless approved by the head of the major department, unless the grade earned was "A" or "B ", and unless it was accepted or would be acceptable toward an advanced degree at the institution where the work was completed. Furthermore, transfer will be made of credit only; no account will be taken of the grades of transfer work in computing the student's grade point average. Such transfer, which must be arranged by the student through the Graduate Degree Check Office, may be initiated at any time but will not become effective until the student has completed satisfactorily at least twelve units of graduate work at The University of Arizona. Credit for extension work offered by other institutions will not be accepted. CORRESPONDENCE COURSES - Correspondence courses will not be accepted for graduate credit. 44 GENERAL REGULATIONS

GRADING SYSTEM - The gradingsystem used by The University of Arizona follows: A - Excellent S - Superior (see paragraph on B - Good "Special Grades ") C - Fair - Incomplete D - Poor K - Course in progress E - Failure W - Approved withdrawal F - Failure (see section on O - Audit "Pass/ Fail Option ") CR - Credit P - Passing (see paragraph on "Special Grades" and section on "Pass- Fail ") EXAMINATIONS REQUIRED - All courses offered for credit shall include a final examination, given at the regularly scheduled examination time, unless specific exceptions for certain courses have been granted prior approval by departmental action and have been reported to the appropriate academic dean. WITHDRAWAL GRADES - Prior to the end of the fourth week of classes, withdrawal from a course cancels the registration for the course. Between the end of the fourth week and the end of the tenth week, a grade of "W" will be awarded to students who are passing at the time of withdrawal and a grade of "E" will be awarded to students who are failing at the time of withdrawal. The grade of "W" shall not be awarded to graduate students after the last day of the tenth calendar week in which classes are held except for cause approved by the Graduate Council. The grade for a nonofficial withdrawal, without the filing of withdrawal forms, is restricted to "E ". SPECIAL GRADES - The grades "S" (superior) or "P" (passing) are used in place of grades "A" or "B" respectively for all Individual Studies courses (593, 594, 599, 693, 694, 699, 793, 794, 799, 900, 908, 909, 910, and 920). The only grades available in courses numbered 599, 699, 799 and 900 are "S, P, C, D, E, I," and "W ". For courses numbered 595, 596, 695, 696, 795 and 796, the instructor may use these special grades or the regular letter grades as his or her own or departmental policy dictates; but all registrants in a given instance are graded by the same system. The only grades available for all other courses in the 900 series (908, 909, 910, 920, 925) are "S, P, E, I, K W ". Special grades are not used in the computation of the grade point average. AVERAGING OF GRADES - For the purpose of computing grade point averages, grade points are assigned to each grade as follows: "A," 4 points for each unit; "B," 3 points; "C," 2 points; "D," Ipoint; and "E," 0 points. To calculate the grade point average, the unit value for each course in which a student receives one of the above grades is multiplied by the number of grade points for that grade. The sum of these products is then divided by the sum of the units of "A, B, C, D," and "E." The grade point average is based only on work attempted at The University of Arizona. PASS -FAIL OPTION - This option is not available to graduate students except for: (a) admission deficiencies which the student has specific, prior, written approval to take on a "P -F" basis (only the department head or the departmental graduate advisor may give such approval which must be on file in the Graduate College office before registration); (b) any undergraduate, nonde- ficiency course available for "P -F" grading; and (c) any course offered by the College of Law. REMOVAL OF INCOMPLETE - Graduate students have a maximum of one calendar year to remove a grade of "I" (incomplete). This calendar year begins at the end of the semester in which the student registered for the course which was graded "I" (incomplete). If not removed within one calendar year, a grade of "I" will be changed to an "E" on the student's record and will be counted as an "E" in the grade point average. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS - A high level of performance is expected of students enrolled for graduate credit. A student who does not appear to be making satisfactory progress in graduate work may be required to withdraw from the University. No student will be recommended for the award of an advanced degree unless he or she has achieved a grade point average of 3.00 or better (a) on all work taken for graduate credit and (b) on all work included specifically in the graduate study program. To meet condition (a) the grade point average will be computed on all University of Arizona course work for which the student has enrolled for graduate credit, whether or not itis offered in satisfaction of requirements for an advanced degree, except for courses in which grades of "P" or "S" have been awarded. The grades of "D" and "E" do not carry graduate credit but are included in computing the grade point average. To meet con- REGULATIONS 45 GENERAL dition (b) thegrade point average is computed in a like manner but only on courses included in the approvedgraduate study program set up by the major department. Students who do not meet condition (b) may take additional work. Such additionalwork may be included with the major work in the computationof the grade point average to meet condition (b), but only with the approval of the major department secured prior to taking the work in question.

MAXIMUM STUDY LOAD - The maximum load for students registered in the Graduate Col- legeissixteen units. Students are asked not to request permission to take more than this maximum.

SUPPLEMENTARY REGISTRATION - Each student who, during any academic term, is associated with the University in any capacity that makes use of University facilities or faculty time must register. During the fall and spring semesters a minimum of three units of course work will be required; during any summer term one unit of course work will be required. The minimum course work registration requirement may be met by registering officially for any single course or combination of courses for which the total number of units meets or exceeds the specified minimum. Each student completing requirements for an advanced degree must be registered during the semester or summer term during which requirements are completed, or the previous semester or term if requirements are completed during an intersession. Students who have previously enrolled for all the courses required for their degrees and who still must register should enroll for supplementary registration (course number 930, 1to 6 units). Supplementary registration may be used concurrently with other enrollments to bring the total number of units to the required minimum.

THESIS AND DISSERTATION WORK IN ABSENTIA - Under conditions approved by the head of the major department and the Dean of the Graduate College, a portion of the student's thesis or to work in must sought prior to undertaking the work. The thesis or dissertation proposal must precede or accompany the petition.

AUDITING OF COURSES BY GRADUATE STUDENTS - With the consent of the Graduate College Dean and the instructors concerned, students enrolled in the Graduate College may unof- ficially audit courses not included in their regular programs. It is not necessary to register for such courses, but an auditor's permit must be obtained from the Dean. If courses are audited officially by registering as an auditor, the units are included in the student's unit load and the fees are the same as a registration for credit. For the purpose of reporting full- or part -time student status to outside agencies, however, only those courses taken for credit are counted. After the fourth week of classes, a change from credit to audit will be permitted only if the student is doing passing work in that course, and receives the approval of the course instructor and the Graduate Dean.

GRADUATE STUDY IN SUMMER SESSIONS

The University of Arizona summer sessions give particular attention to graduate study. All courses numbered 500, 600, 700, 900 and above are graduate courses and carry graduate credit. Approved 400 -level courses which are identified by GC in the Graduate Catalog are also available for graduate credit to properly qualified students. In response to the increasing demand for graduate work during the summer, a number of departments of the University have provided for individual research in their special fields. Such courses are listed under their respective departments. Students who wish to pursue any of these courses must obtain the consent of the respective course instructors before registering. Graduate credit earned at The University of Arizona Summer School at Guadalajara, Mexico, can be used directly in advanced degree programs where appropriate. In certain departments provision is made for teachers in service and others who are unable to attend the University during the regular year to complete the requirements for the master's degree by attendance at summer sessions only. 46 GENERAL REGULATIONS

EXPENSES - The fee required of all students registered for credit is $33.00 for each unit. There is no additional nonresident fee for out -of -state students. In addition to the fee for the number of units elected, a registration fee of $17.50 is required of all students ($3.50 per week for those registering for short courses only).

GRADUATE APPOINTMENTS, SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AIDS

Financial assistance for graduate students is available from diverse sources, but the primary source of information and assistance is the Office of Scholarships and Financial Aids, 203 Administration Building. A catalog of Scholarships and Financial Aids delineating the financial assistance available to students is published by that office and may be obtained by requesting a copy. Various types of financial aid are described below. Students are also urged to explore various other possibilities at other locations such as the student's major department; the College of Education; the Advisor to Study Abroad; the Student Counseling Service, and the Social Science Reference Department of the Main Library.

A. Assistantships and Associateships

Teaching and research assistantships are available in many University departments. Ap- proximately 1600 of these positions exist and many of them are for first -year graduate students. Salaries vary, but students may expect to receive an academic year salary in the range of $1,850- $2,600 for services not exceeding 10 hours a week or $3,000 -$5,150 for a half -time assistantship. Except by permission of the Dean of the Graduate College, a student may hold a graduate assistantship or associateship only in the department of his or her major subject. TUITION AND FEES - Graduate assistants tuition charge, and from music fees applicable to courses in their major field. Registration fees are not waived.

ACADEMIC REQUIREMENT - Graduate assistants and associates must maintain a Univer- sity of Arizona graduate grade point average of 3.00 or better.

MINIMUM COURSE LOAD Graduate assistants and associates are required to register for at least six units of graduate work as a condition of their appointments.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - All communications regarding graduate assistantships and associateships should be addressed to the head of the department concerned.

B. Scholarships, Fellowships, Traineeships, Grants, Awards

Several hundred scholarships and awards are available to qualified graduate students. The awarding of these scholarships is not automatic, and the number available is limited each year. Interested students should request financial aid applications from the Office of Scholarships and Financial Aid. To assure a decision prior to registration, completed applications should be submitted twelve weeks prior to enrollment. Graduate Tuition Scholarships, which waive out -of -state tuition, are available for academically qualified graduate students. A limited number of awards are available. Scholarship recipients must be recommended by their major departments and approved by the Graduate Col- lege. Graduate Academic Scholarships, which waive the registration fee, are available in limited numbers for academically qualified graduate students. As with the Graduate Tuition Scholar- ships, recipients must be recommended by their major departments and approved by the Graduate College. Awards such as NSF Graduate Fellowships and Ford Foundation Fellowships for Minority Students are made by the sponsoring agency to individual students. Applications are submitted by students to the sponsor, usually in early fall. GENERAL REGULATIONS 47

C. Loans

Applicants for financial assistance under any of the programs listed below must be admitted to the University before action will be taken on their request. Applications should be submitted nine months before the funds are required. In any event, applications should be submitted before May 1. Awards are announced during the spring and early summer. Funds under each program are limited each year. Awards will be made as long as funds remain available. Selection will be made on objective criteria with respect to the applicant's qualifications and the availability of funds. Loan programs in which graduate students may participate include, but are not limited to, National Direct Student Loans (NDSL), Nursing Student Loans (NSL), Law Enforcement Student Loans (LESL), Guaranteed Bank Student Loans, Pharmacy Student Loans, Medical Student Loans, Dougherty Foundation Student Loans, and Associated Students of The University of Arizona Student Loans. Graduate Degrees

MAJOR FIELDS FOR MASTERS' DEGREES

Major work leading to a master's degree is offered in each of the following fields: accounting educational psychology addiction studies molecular biology electrical engineering aerospace engineering music education elementary education agricultural biochemistry musicology engineering mechanics & nutrition music theory English agricultural economics nuclear engineering English as a second agricultural education nursing language agricultural engineering optical sciences entomology agronomy & Oriental studies finance plant genetics performance (music) fisheries science anatomy* pharmacology food science animal physiology pharmacy foundations of education animal science philosophy French anthropology physical education general biology applied mathematics physics genetics architecture physiology* geography art planetary sciences geological engineering art education plant pathology art history geosciences plant protection German astronomy political science health education atmospheric sciences poultry science higher education bilingual /bicultural psychology history education public administration biochemistry home economics range management botany home economics education reading business administration horticulture rehabilitation business education hydrology Romance languages cellular & industrial engineerng Russian developmental biology journalism school library science chemical engineering landscape architecture secondary education chemistry Latin American studies sociology civil engineering library science soil & water science composition (music) linguistics Spanish computer science management special education counseling & guidance management information speech & hearing creative writing systems sciences dairy science marketing speech communication dietetics mathematics statistics distributive education mechanical engineering systems engineering drama metallurgy toxicology ecology & microbiology urban planning evolutionary biology mineral economics water resources economics mining engineering administration educational administration watershed management educational media wildlife ecology

*Applicants are not admitted directly to this degree program. The degree is awarded only in rare instances whenindi- viduals admitted to Ph.D. programs are forced to terminate early.

MAJOR FIELDS FOR SPECIALIST DEGREES

Major work leading to a specialist degree is offered in each of the following fields:

educational administration nursing educational media reading educational psychology secondary education elementary education special education microbiology

48 GRADUATE DEGREES 49

MAJOR FIELDS FOR DOCTORAL DEGREES

Major work and research leading to a doctoral degree are offered in the followingfields. (Except as noted, the degree is the Doctor of Philosophy.)

aerospace engineering electrical engineering nursing agricultural biochemistry elementary education* optical sciences & nutrition engineering mechanics Oriental studies agronomy & English plant genetics performance English education (music /A.Mus.D.) anatomy entomology pharmaceutical chemistry animal physiology fisheries science pharmacology anthropology foundations of pharmacy appliedmathematics education* philosophy arid lands resource sciences French physics astronomy general biology atmospheric sciences physiology genetics planetary sciences biochemistry geography plant pathology botany geological engineering political science business administration geosciences psychology cellular & higher education* range management developmental biology history reading* chemical engineering horticulture rehabilitation* chemistry hydrology secondary education* civil engineering linguistics sociology composition mathematics (music / A.Mus.D.) soil & water science mechanical engineering Spanish computer science metallurgy special education* conducting microbiology (music / A.Mus.D.) speech & hearing mineral economics sciences counseling & guidance* mining engineering speech communication ecology & molecular biology systems engineering evolutionary biology music education water resources economics ( A.Mus.D.) administration educational administrations music theory watershed management educational psychology* nuclear engineering wildlife ecology

*Both Ph.D. and Ed.D. degrees are offered

ADVANCED DEGREES OFFERED

Full descriptions of programs and requirements for each of the following degrees are to be found elsewhere in theGraduate Catalog.

Master of Accounting (M.Ac.) Master of Landscape Architecture Master of Agricultural Education (M.Ag.Ed.) (M. L.Arch.) Master of Architecture (M.Arch.) Master of Library Science (M.L.S.) Master of Arts (M.A.) Master of Music (M.M.) Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.) Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.) Master of Education (M.Ed.) Master of Science (MS.) Master of Fine Arts (M.F.A.) Master of Teaching (M.T.) Master of Home Economics Education (M.H.E.Ed.)

Educational Specialist (Ed.S.) Nursing Specialist (NS.) Specialist in Microbiology (Sp.M.)

Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Doctor of Musical Arts (A.Mus.D.)

A number of departments offer work leading to more than one degree, and a great many specializations are available within the degrees listed. Details regarding degree program and specializations are given in the informative text preceding the listing of course offerings for each department. While no specific graduate degree is required for junior college teaching, the normal minimum preparation includes a master's degree. For information on certification see "Programs for Junior College Personnel" in theCollege of Educationsection. Requirements for Masters' Degrees

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Masters' degrees may be conferred for advanced work done by students who have received the bachelor's degree from this institution or one of similar standing. The master's degree implies advanced training gained through intensive study in a special field, supplemented, if advisable, by study in supporting subjects. The unit requirement varies somewhat among the various masters' degrees, but all work must be completed within a six -year period. All masters' degree programs must include a minimum of twelve units of work done on the University campus in Tucson. Ex- cept for a limited amount of transfer work from other approved institutions, the remaining credit requirements must be met by university credit, graduate -level courses including (a) on- campus courses, (b) courses offered away from the main campus, (c) approved thesis credit in absentia, and (d) a limited number of graduate -level television courses (5000 series). For restrictions on the applicability of transfer credit and television courses to degree programs, see General Regulations ( "Other Courses for Graduate Credit "). With the prior approval of the head of the department and the Graduate Council, thesis work, where applicable, may be done in absentia under the direct supervision and guidance of a member of the faculty. TIME LIMITATION - Graduate credit to be applicable with full value toward a master's degree shall have been earned not more than six years prior to the completion of the requirements for the degree. Graduate courses taken more than six years and not more than ten years prior to completion of degree requirements will be counted for half credit toward the degree. Work more than ten years old is not accepted toward meeting degree requirements. MAJOR PROFESSOR - The head of the department in which the student's major work lies shall designate as the major professor (advisor) some member of the department and, where applicable, as the thesis director either this same person or some other member of the department. To be acceptable, the student's program of study and thesis (if required) must have the prior approval of the major professor and thesis director. FOREIGN LANGUAGE OPTION - At the option of the head of the department in which the major work is done, a reading knowledge of German, French, Russian, Spanish, or other language, may be required to complete the requirements for the master's degree. NOTICE OF INTENT TO COMPLETE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS - See the Graduate Calendar for deadline dates by which a Notice of Intent to Complete Degree Requirements must be submitted 'to the Dean. This notice, approved by the major professor on forms provided by the Graduate College, shall set forth the student's program of study and other information required by the Graduate College. The program must conform to the requirements set forth in this catalog and those issued from time to time by the Graduate Council, including the general requirement that at least one half of the required units be offered in university graduate credit courses in which regular grades ( "A, B, C ") have been earned. Acceptance of this notice by the Dean will constitute approval of advancement to candidacy for a master's degree. THESIS -A thesis is required in many masters' programs. The appropriate departmental statement in this catalog will indicate thesis requirements for each degree. Where a thesis forms part of the program, two to eight units may be earned for its preparation. Two copies of the completed thesis, conforming to the requirements of the Graduate College and approved by the major department, and an abstract of 200 words or less shall be deposited with the Graduate College at least 15 days before the date on which degrees are awarded. A third copy of the thesis may be required by the major department at its option. A manual of instructions relating to the form of the thesis may be obtained from the Associated Students Bookstore. A thesis fee is paid to the University Cashier to cover the cost of binding. FINAL EXAMINATION -A candidate for the master's degree must pass a final examination, either oral or written or both, administered by a committee of at least three faculty members (including at least two from the major department) chosen by the major department. The result

50 REQUIREMENTS FOR MASTERS' DEGREES 51

of the examination must be reported to the Dean of the Graduate College within two weeks. Any candidate who fails the final examination may, upon recommendation of the major department and approval of the Graduate Council, be granted a second examination after a lapse of at least one semester. The second examination is final. The report of successful completion of all requirements must be made to the Dean at least 21 days before the date on which degrees are awarded.

SECOND MASTER'S DEGREE - Normally, students earn only one master's degree at The University of Arizona. Occasionally, a student is permitted to enter a second master's degree program if the majors are sufficiently different to justify such an exception. No student will be permitted to undertake a third master's degree program at the University without the specific prior approval of the Graduate Council.

MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE

A minimum of 30 units of graduate work, including the thesis where one is appropriate, is required. Not less than 15 units must be in a major field. By prior approval of the Graduate Council, two or more closely allied subjects may be combined to form a major. Special departmental requirements, if any, are listed in departmental headnotes.

MASTER OF ACCOUNTING

The Master of Accounting degree program is a professional program designed to provide advanced specialized training in accounting and related fields for those who wish to prepare for a career in public accounting practice, in private business enterprise, in government service, or in the teaching of accounting in colleges and universities. Except as indicated below, the general regulations and requirements for the Master of Science degree apply. A concentration in one of the various fields in accounting may be selected from the departmental graduate course offerings. A score at the 60th percentile or above on the Graduate Management Admissions Test and an academic average of approximately "B" or better are required for admission consideration. Applicants must also have completed the equivalent of an undergraduate major in accounting together with upper- division course work in economics, statistics, business law, business finance, marketing, organizational behavior, and business policy. Of the 30 required units, not fewer than 15 must be in the field of accounting, and at least 16 must be in course work open only to graduate students. A thesis is not required, but with departmental approval from four to six of the 15 required units mayDe replaced with thesis credit.

MASTER OF AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND MASTER OF HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION

The general regulations and requirements for the Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees apply to these degrees, with the following exceptions. Candidates must have a bachelor's degree and a minimum of one (I) year's successful classroom or extension teaching or similar education experience. Evidence of acceptability of the candidate's experience record shall be based upon at least two (2) letters to either the Chairman of the Division of Home Economics Educa- tion or the Department Head inAgricultural Education from persons who have had administrative authority over the candidate's professional work e$Perience. These letters should attest the candidate's professional competence. A minimum of tjiirty -two (32) units of course work is required. The major or field of study shall includea minimum of twenty (20) units in home economics education, home economics, and /or education; ox, agriculture and agricultural education. All candidates shall complete a professional report of approved investigative work. 52 REQUIREMENTS FOR MASTERS' DEGREES

MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE

The College of Architecture offers a program leading to the second professional degree, the Master of Architecture. The program is designed to accommodate graduates of accredited schools of architecture and is flexible in concept in order to meet the needs and interests of students who desire advanced, specialized training in architecture and related fields. For admission consideration, applicants must have completed, with a grade average of "B" or better, an undergraduate program substantially equivalent to the Bachelor of Architecture program at The University of Arizona. Students without this background may be required to complete additional undergraduate course work. Applicants must submit, to the College of Archi- tecture, the following: 1) a statement of purpose for entering the graduate program, 2) a proposed program of graduate studies indicating their special interests in the field, 3) a biographical summary including a record of professional work experience, 4) a portfolio of creative work including design projects, and 5) letters from three academic and /or professional references. Students are encouraged to accumulate one year of professional work experience prior to undertaking graduate study. This program requires a minimum of 32 graduate units including at least 16 units of architecture. The graduate study program will be planned by the student in consultation with a committee consisting of the major professor and three additional faculty members. This program must include Arch. 596a and a thesis or a master's report. The thesis and the report each consist of three parts: research, written report, and graphic presentation. Candidates must pass a final oral examination over the thesis and related matters.

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

The M.B.A. degree program is designed to prepare women and men for leadership and administrative positions in a wide variety of organizations. It is intended for liberal arts, engineering, science and other nonbusiness majors, as well as for business majors. Previous business courses are not required. The M.B.A. program is scheduled to cover four academic semesters. However, it can be completed by attending three semesters and one intervening summer. Through some course waivers, well qualified students with undergraduate business majors may complete the programin twelve months -one summer followed by two academic semesters. The Admissions Committee requires a score at the 60th percentile or above on the Gradu- ate Management Admissions Test (GMAT), and an academic average of approximately "B" or better for admission consideration. A score on the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) may be substituted for the GMAT. The M.B.A. curriculum is as follows: Prerequisites: It is recommended that undergraduate courses in Finite Mathematics (Math. 119) and Elements of Calculus (Math. 123), or their equivalent, be completed prior to entering the program. If this deficiency exists, it can be remedied by taking MIS 500 or P.Ad. 500 in the first semester of the program. Required Courses and Electives: There are 38 units of comprehensive core courses and 12 units of electives which are required. Elective courses and seminars are available to enable students to develop a concentration in virtually any field of business or public administration. Students completing the program in four academic semesters enroll in course work in the following sequence:

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER

Subject Units Subject Units Acct. 550 3 Acct. 551 3 Econ. 500a 3 Econ. 500b 3 Mgmt. 500a I Mgmt. 500b I M.I.S. 501 3 Mgmt. 553 3 Mgmt. 552 3 Mktg. 500 3 Total 13 Total 13 REQUIREMENTS FOR MASTERS' DEGREES 53

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Units Subject Units Subject 3 Mgmt. 571 3 Fin. 51 mgmt. 502 3 Econ. 553, 696p, Mgmt. 573 or Mktg. 470 3 6 Electives 6 Electives Total 12 Total 12 Some required courses may be waived for those candidates who have previously completed comparable course work with superior grades. A minimum of thirty units ofprescribed course work must be taken in residence at The University ofArizona.

MASTER OF EDUCATION

This degree program is designed for students who are engaged or intend to engage in the profession of education. Majors are available within the College of Education and in other disciplines commonly taught in the public schools or community colleges (see approved majors below). Majors Within the College of Education:bilingual /bicultural education, business education, counseling and guidance, distributive education, educational administration, educational media, educational psychology, elementary education, foundations of education, higher education, reading, school library science, secondary education, and special education. Other Approved Majors:chemistry, English, French, general biology, geography, Ger- man, health education, history, home economics, journalism, mathematics, Oriental studies, physical education, physics, political science, Russian, Spanish, and speech communication. Students with any of these majors will have an advisor in the College of Education as well as in the appropriate major department. Other majors may be approved on an individual basis by the Graduate Council when specifically requested by the College of Education and the proposed major department. Applicants must meet the admission requirements of the College of Education as well as those of the proposed major department. A minimum of 32 graduate units including at least 17 units which are pertinent to the major must be completed. At each registration the courses elected must be approved by the student's advisor. No thesis is required. If the major is within the College of Education, students are urged to elect supporting work in other departments which strengthens their preparation and serves their special interests. If the major is outside the College of Education, not less than 12 units in education are required. An appropriate graduate study program should be developed in consultation with an advisor at the beginning of the student's graduate work. All candidates must pass, in their major field, a final examination which may be written, oral, or both. Students with majors outside the College of Education must also pass a final examination in education. Exami- nations are scheduled near the end of each regular semester and during each summer session. Students must register for the examination at least two weeks prior to the date on which itis scheduled. Students should check with the Office of Graduate Studies in Education regarding dates and registration procedures. The examination may be repeated after a lapse of one semester, but no student will be permitted a third attempt to pass the final examination. No student will be recommended for the award of an advanced degree unless a grade point average of 3.00 or better has been achieved (a) on all work taken for graduate credit and (b) on all work in the graduate study program.

MASTER OF FINE ARTS

The Departments of Art, Drama, and English offer programs leading to the Master of Fine Arts degree with majors in art, drama, and creative writing respectively. Applicants must have completed appropriate undergraduate majors at this institution or one of similar standing. Defi- ciencies may be established if the applicant's undergraduate major differs significantly from the corresponding major at The University of Arizona. Theses are not required but the departments reserve the right to retain for departmental collections a selected work, or works, from those sub- 54 REQUIREMENTS FOR MASTERS' DEGREES mitted in connection with students' work toward a degree. Final examinations are required. Applicants should contact the appropriate department and ask for instructions about submitting examples of creative work directly to the department, in support of an application. Special features and requirements of the three programs are described below.

MAJOR IN ART - Applicants must submit slides or photographs of their studio work directly to the Department of Art. All other application materials, including transcripts, are to be sent to the Graduate College. No application will be considered until slides or photographs, transcripts, and application forms have been received. The requirements are the same as those for the degree of Master of Arts with the following exceptions: the unit requirement for this program is 60 units, of which 12 must be in history or art and 48 in studio art courses. In lieu of a thesis, an original work, or group of such works, must be presented to the public. Review of this work will accompany the final oral examination. The exhibit may be accompanied by a written document, but the document itself will not be considered a thesis. As evidence of completion of this work, a folio of reproductions of the exhibition must be submitted to the Art Department graduate committee upon completion of the final examination. The department reserves the right to retain for its departmental collection a selected work, or works, from those submitted. The candidate may be required to prepare a one -man exhibit of the work or to participate in a group exhibit during the last semester in residence.

MAJOR IN CREATIVE WRITING - The unit requirement for this program is 48 units. Re- quired are six graduate literature courses in the English Department, including two literature seminars for writing students. The program also requires the writing of an original book -length work of fiction or poetry. The rest of the program may be in writing courses, in literature, or in courses of other departments related to the student's field of interest such as,playwriting, film - writing, anthropology, history, or the literature of other languages. An examination on modern literature is given at the end of the student's work. There is no foreign language requirement.

MAJOR IN DRAMA - The unit requirement for this program is 60 units. Concentrations are available in acting- directing or in design -technical production. Applicants for the acting- directing option must submit a brief resume, at least three letters of recommendation, and arrange for an audition and interview. If the latter is not possible, applicants must arrange with the department head for an alternate method of evaluating present skills. Applicants for design -technical production must submit renderings and slides or photographs of theatrical design and /or technical work, directly to the department.

Acting- Directing Option: Program requirements are Dram. 426, 427a -427b, 450a -450b, 605a -605b, 625a -625b, 650a -650b, 655a -655b, 696b, 696c; 12 units chosen from 593, 594, 693, 694; and at least 9 units of theatre history, dramatic theory, or criticism. In lieu of a thesis, each student must present a monograph on the performance of a major character including the creation of the character and a journal of rehearsal and performance, or present a monograph on the direction of a full- length play including the pre- production study, analysis of the play, and record of production.

Design- Technical Production Option: Emphases are available in scenic design, lighting design, costume design, costume production, and technical production. Degree requirements are 9 units of theatre history and /or dramatic theory and criticism and at least 20 units of Dram. 523 and /or 524. In lieu of a thesis, an original design or production project must be accomplished during the University Theatre season. This will be accompanied by a written document including renderings, photographs, working drawings, and other information describing the produced creative design. This document will not be considered to be a thesis but must be presented to the advisory committee upon completion of the design project and the final oral examination.

MASTER OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE

This is a professional degree program, involving the investigation of new thoughts and applications which advance the art and science of landscape architecture, and which is designed to provide opportunities for individual research. Students with undergraduate preparation in design - related fields and others who have research interests in topics related to landscape architecture are REQUIREMENTS FOR MASTERS' DEGREES 55 encouraged to apply. Students with undergraduate preparation in other fields who plan to practice professional landscape architects, however, should enroll in the Bachelor of Landscape Archi- as tecture programinstead. For information concerning this degree see the General Catalog. Applicants should send a two page statement indicating their reasons and goals for graduate studyin landscape architecture. They should also have three letters of recommendation sent. Both the statementand the letters should be addressed to the Graduate Admissions Committee, Program in LandscapeArchitecture, School of Renewable Natural Resources, University of Ari- zona. The program requires completion of a minimum of 30 units of graduate credit. However, because the programis tailored to each student's goals and abilities, additional units may be required. As many as 6 units may be earned for preparation of the required thesis. A more detailed description of this program is available from the Graduate Admissions Committee.

MASTER OF LIBRARY SCIENCE

The Graduate Library School offers a program leading to the Master of Library Science degree. This degree qualifies graduates for professional positions in all fields of librarianship including academic, public, and special libraries. To be qualified for school libraries, specified education courses are required for certification. See also the headnotes under Library Science elsewhere in this catalog. The Graduate Library School is accredited by the American Library Association. For admission consideration, the applicant must have completed a bachelor's degree program, including specified units in the arts and sciences, with a grade point average of 3.00 or higher. Applicants must also submit scores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Exami- nation, a personal resume and statement of purpose, and two letters of recommendation to the Graduate Library School. Previous library experience is strongly recommended and a personal interview is required. The interview may be held in Tucson or, by arrangement, at other locations. Applications and all supporting materials must be received by June 1for fall admission, by De- cember 1for spring admission, and by May 1 for summer session admission. The program requires completion of 38 'graduate units including Li.S. 501, 502, 503, 504, either 481 or 687, and 3 units of research (623 or 900). Students who have completed courses similar to 501, 502, or 503 at other institutions may have these courses waived as requirements based upon successful completion of screening examinations. Other graduate courses must then be substituted to bring the total number of earned graduate units to 38. A foreign language requirement must be met by either a) four semesters of college -level foreign language with grades of "C" or better (or submission of satisfactory scores on the Graduate School Foreign Language Test), or b) two semesters of one foreign language with grades of "C" or better and, in addition, one of the following five options: (1) two semesters of a second foreign language with grades of "C" or better, (2) competence in a computer programming language (COBOL, FORTRAN, etc.), (3) competence in statistics, (4) competence in manual communication, or (5) competence in reading Braille. A final examination is required. No thesis is required.

MASTER OF MUSIC

The School of Music offers programs leading to the Master of Music degree with majors in performance, composition, musicology, music education, and music theory. The programs are de- signedfor those students whose professional and artistic goals warrant study beyond the bachelor's degree and who show continued growth in the field of music they have chosen. Appli- cants are admitted through a screening process that requires audition by personal interview or tape recording. MAJOR IN PERFORMANCE Course Units

Major instrument of voice (Mus. 685) 12 Ensemble' (Mus. 500 or 501) 4 Music Theory 3 Music History or Music Education 6 Electives 5 Total 30 As part of the final examination each candidate for the Master of Music in Performance will present a public recital during the last semester of residence. *Voice majors are required to take one semesterofMus. 405. 56 REQUIREMENTS FOR MASTERS' DEGREES

MAJOR IN COMPOSITION Course Units Advanced Composition (Mus. 640) 12 Thesis (Mus. 910) 3 Major instrument or voice 4 Ensemble (Mus. 500 or 501) 2 Music Theory (Mus. 621 or 623) 3 Conducting (Mus. 670) 2 Electives 4 Total 30

MAJOR IN MUSICOLOGY Course Units Music History 12 Thesis (Mus. 910) 3 Major instrument or voice 2 Ensemble (Mus. 500Q) 2 Music Theory 3 Introduction to Graduate Study (Mus. 600) 3 Electives 5 Total 30 A reading knowledge of French or German is required of the student before applying for candidacy for the major in Musicology.

MAJOR IN MUSIC EDUCATION Course Units MusicEducation 16 Major instrument or voice 2 Ensemble (Mus. 500 or 501) 2 Composition or Music Theory 3 Music History 3 Electives 4 Total 30 MAJOR IN MUSIC THEORY Course Units Music Theory 12 Thesis (Mus. 910) 3 Major instrument or voice 4 Ensemble (Mus. 500 or 501) 2 Music History 3 Electives 6 Total 30 Graduate students in Musicology, Music Theory, and Composition must establish minimum piano proficiency at the 110d level.

MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

This is a professional degree designed to provide education and experience which emphasize capability during the early stages of management responsibility in governmental units or related agencies and for systematic progression to higher management levels. The program is broadly based and comprehensive. Concentrations are available in public management, criminal justice administration, health services administration, and retirement housing administration. Stu- dents may also propose different concentrations after consultation with faculty advisors who will assist them in the development of a coherent program for the approval of the faculty. Itis expected that such proposals will draw upon courses available throughout the University. For admission consideration, a score at the 60th percentile or better on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination is required. Applicants must have completed a course in finite mathematics (introduction to set theory, matrices, and probability) prior to admission or may take MIS 500 or P.Ad. 500 during the first semester of graduate work. The program requires a total of 48 graduate units including 15 units of management foundation (governmental accounting, microeconomics, public sector economics, organization theory, and statistical decision making), 12 units of public administration core (public policy, fiscal and budgetary administration, and research and evaluation methods), and 21 units in the chosen area 57 REQUIREMENTS FOR MASTERS' DEGREES

For students with no prior work in administration or related areas, the program of concentration. sciences or adminis- will require up totwo years of work. Students with a background in the social waiversfor tration mayreceive exemption, through proficiency examinations or through equivalent prior course work, of up to15 units. The following course sequences are recommended for thetypical student:

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER

Units Subject Subject Units 3 Econ. 500a Econ. 534 3 Mgmt. 502 3 Acct. 572 3 P.Ad. 600 3 Mgmt. 552 3 Concentration Area Course 3 Concentration Area Course 3 Total 12 Total 12

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Units Subject Subject Units Pol. 480 3 Concentration Area Courses* 12 P.Ad. 605 3 Total 12 P.Ad. 610 3 Concentration Area Course* 3 Total 12

*Six units of internship or thesis may be substituted for course work as part of the 21 concentration areaunits.

Pol. 471 is required of students concentrating in criminal justice. Pol. 474is required of students concentrating in public management.

MASTER OF TEACHING

The graduate programs leading to the Master of Teaching degree are intendedfor persons currently engaged in teaching. The two majors available are elementary educationand secondary education. Admission requirements are the same as for other masters' degreesoffered through the Departments of Elementary and Secondary Education. Graduate study programs must consist of a minimum of 32 graduate units ofwhich at least 18 must relate directly to the teaching field or professional experience of thecandidate. All course work for the degree may be completed off -campusin approved university credit, graduate - level courses. Extension credit will not be accepted from other institutions. Candidates for this degree shall develop a program of study with the advice andapproval of an advisor and of the major department. This program of study shall be submittedprior to undertaking more than six (6) units of applicable graduate credit at The University ofArizona or a total of 15 units of applicable graduate credit(University of Arizona and transfer work combined). A thesis is not part of the requirements for this degree. All candidates must pass a comprehensive written final examination, to begiven on campus or at one of the University Program Centers. Inaddition, each candidate shall submit an evaluation of his or her own teaching or supervisory work, demonstrating increased competencein professional practice. Candidates must register for the final examination at least twoweeks prior to the examination date. No student may so register unless he or shehas completed, or is currently completing 32 units of applicable graduate work, and has, or can obtain agrade point average of 3.00 ( "B ") or better. Requirements for Specialist Degrees

EDUCATIONAL SPECIALIST

Upon acceptance by the Graduate College, the faculty of the College of Education admits prospective candidates for the degree of Educational Specialist. The degree is granted to those who comply with the "General Regulations" set forth in this catalog and who satisfactorily complete the program requirements as specified by the departments offering this degree. The programs leading to the degree are in greater scope, depth, and thoroughness of preparation than are represented by most masters' degrees but they are distinct from the doctorate in a number of respects. Emphasis is placed upon the preparation of the practitioner.

ADMISSION - Completion of 15 semester hours in professional education is a prerequisite to admission to the program. Admission is based upon: (1) an application for admission to the Grad- uate College, (2) transcripts of all previous college work, (3) a completed Personal Data Blank, (4) scores on the Graduate Record Examinations as listed in the departmental headnotes, and (5) three letters of recommendation. Test scores and scholastic record will meet those standards required for admission to a doctoral program in the department concerned. Applicants should submit complete applications by March 1for fall admission and by November 1for spring admission.

QUALIFYING EXAMINATION - To demonstrate acceptability to undertake work leading to candidacy for the degree, each applicant must pass a qualifying examination before or during the first term of work on an Educational Specialist program. An applicant's acceptability for work toward the degree will be judged on the basis of this examination.

TIME LIMITATIONS - Requirements for the Educational Specialist degree shall be completed within a period of six calendar years after satisfactory completion of the qualifying examination. Students who are able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the qualifying examination committee that they have kept abreast of current developments in their areas of study may have prior course work taken for graduate credit while in a graduate degree program accepted at full value to the extent this course work is relevant to the Educational Specialist program being proposed. No more than six units taken as an unclassified graduate student, however, may be applied toward requirements for the Educational Specialist degree. If in the judgment of the examining committee, the applicant does not demonstrate possession of knowledge and concepts that prior course work would tend to suggest, relevant course work over six years old may be reduced to half credit on the proposed program of studies and such course work over ten years old may be rejected.

ADVISORY COMMITTEE - After successfully passing the qualifying examination, the student may request the head of the major department to appoint an advisory committee of three members from the department. With the concurrence of the head of another department, one of the committee members may be from that department. The chairman of the committee will be the student's advisor. The duties of the committee are: (1) to evaluate the student's proposed program of study, (2) to make recommendations regarding the program to the Dean of the Graduate Col- lege, through the appropriate department head and the Office of Graduate Studies in Education, and (3) to be available to the student for advice as needed.

PROGRAM OF STUDY -A program of study, recommended by the department head and approved by the Office of Graduate Studies in Education, shall be submitted promptly for the approval of the Graduate Council following successful completion of the qualifying examination. It is to be designed, in cooperation with the Advisory Committee, to meet the needs of the individual student as determined by previous academic work, experience, interests, and career objectives. The two -year program for the degree may be administered as a unit (including the master's degree) or it may be organized following the completion of the master's program. In either

58 REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIALIST DEGREES 59 case itshall consist of not less than 60 units of graduate work, including relevant course work from themaster's program. Not less than 24 of the last 30 units shall be taken on campus at The University of Arizona. FINAL EXAMINATION - When the student has completedall course work or is in the final semester of course work and has met therequired standards of scholarship, he or she shall pass a comprehensive written examination covering the graduate work. An oral examination mayalso be required. PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE - Except for school psychology, candidates are required to furnish evidence of a minimum of two years of succéssful teaching oradministrative experience as approved by the department concerned, before the degree will be awarded.

NURSING SPECIALIST

Applicants are required to submit: (1) a current license to practice as a registered nurse in one of the UnitedStates, (2) references attesting to professional competence, (3) evidence of satisfactory completion of a first course in statistics, (4) scores onthe Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination, (5) a statement indicating academic and professional goals aswell as research interests, and (6) evidence of completion of a bachelor's ormaster's degree program substantially equivalent to the same degree program at The University of Arizona. Students without the master's degree will enterthe combined Master of Science and Nursing Specialist program but confirmation of admission to the Nursing Specialist programwill be made only after a minimum of one semesterof clinical work in the master's program at this institution. Students who have completed the master's degree with a major in nursing at another institution must have done so with a concentration in medical -surgical nursing or child nursing. The program provides education and experience in a particular subspecialty area of nursing beyond the level normally attained in a master's degree program. Emphasis is placed on the preparation of the clinical nurse specialist. The program is intensive and requires full -time attention to courses and associated seminars and practica. Programs of study are individually planned in consultation with an advisor after consideration of previous academic work and experience, personal interests, and professional objectives. Two options are available: (1) An applicant with a bachelor's degree in nursing may enroll for the combined M.S. and N.S. degree programs by de- claring the intent to prepare in a subspecialty area. A total of 60 units must be completed, including 36 from the courses required for the clinical concentration leading to the M.S. degree plus an additional 24 units of course work. This option generally requires two semesters beyond the time required for completion of the master's degree (see the headnotes under Nursing elsewhere in this catalog). The thesis will be directed toward some aspect of nursing care in the selected subspecialty area, and (2) an applicant who has completed the master's degree with a concentration in medical -surgical nursing or child nursing at an institution accredited by the Na- tional League of Nursing may complete the Nursing Specialist degree program by completing a total of 28 units during a fall and spring semester. Prior graduate credit completed in a master's program elsewhere may be accepted in transfer if it is relevant to the degree program at this institution and if the student has kept abreast of current developments in the field. If in the judgement of the faculty the applicant does not demonstrate the knowledge and concepts that such prior course work would suggest, relevant course work more than six years old may be reduced to half credit and course work more than ten years old may be rejected. A research paper and a final comprehensive examination are required.

SPECIALIST IN MICROBIOLOGY

This program is a two- calendar year curriculum designed for students who wish to prepare for careers as supervisors in clinical or public health laboratories, teachers in allied health programs of community colleges or other institutions, or service in environmental health departments of various government agencies. Admission requirements include: (1) a bachelor's degree in microbiology or a related field; (2) 16 units of undergraduate level microbiology including courses equivalent to University of Arizona courses in Microbiology (120), General Mycology (227R), Introductory Immunology (419) and Pathogenic Microbiology (420); (3) Chemistry - general chemistry and qualitative 60 REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIALIST DEGREES analysis (one year), organic chemistry (one year- lecture and laboratory), quantitative analysis (one semester), a beginning course in biochemistry is highly recommended; (4) Mathematics - a minimum of 8 semester hours including college level algebra and trigonometry; (5) Physics - one year for which trigonometry is prerequisite; (6) Biology - one year of general biology or equivalent courses in botany and zoology; (7) registration with either the National Registry of Microbiolo- gists as a microbiologist or the ASCP as a medical technologist. Applicants must also submit scores of the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examina- tion and three recommendations on forms available from the Department. Students lacking some of the units or required courses (see 1 -6 above)willbe expected to make up the deficiencies either by registering for the courses without receiving graduate credit or by examination. To receive the Specialist in Microbiology degree, a student must demonstrate a breadth of knowledge in the field by exhibiting proficiency in several areas. These areas include: microbiology, biochemistry, computer programming, management and education. Each student, with the assistance and direction of an Advisory Committee appointed by the Department Head, will plan an appropriate program of study with a minimum of 70 units of required and elective course work. These requirements may be satisfied by (1) obtaining a grade of "B" or better in an appropriate course at The University of Arizona, (2) executing successfully a comprehensive examination in an area at the 75% level, or (3) demonstrating an adequate ( "B" level) performance in a course of similar content as either an undergraduate or graduate student atanother institution. In the last case, such course work may be evaluated by examination or accepted at face value at the discretion of the Department. This is a terminal degree program and no thesis is submitted. However, a research paper and a final comprehensive oral examination are required. Students interested in pursuing a program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree in microbiology should follow the curriculum outline under the Master of Science degree program in microbiology described elsewhere in this catalog. Requirements for Doctors' Degrees

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

Departments which possess special advantages for original investigation accept prospective candidates for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. This degree requires distinguished attainment in a recognized field of learning demonstrated in a dissertation which contributes to the general fund of knowledge. It is not granted merely as a certificate of faithful performance of a prescribed program of studies and research.

RESIDENCE AND CREDIT REQUIREMENTS- The equivalent of at least six semesters of essentially full -time graduate study is required. Graduate credit earned at other approved institutions, if accepted by the major department and the Graduate Council, may be counted toward the requirements for this degree. To meet the minimum residence requirement, the student must spend two regular semesters of essentially full -time academic work in the major field in actual residence at The University of Arizona, and at least 30 units of graduate credit must be completed at this institution. Any semester during which a student is registered for at least 9 units of graduate course work or research will be counted toward meeting the residence requirement, provided that the student's full time is devoted to graduate work. (See next paragraph for the only exceptions to this general requirement.) Graduate assistants or graduate associates can discharge the minimum residence requirement in two semesters during each of which they register for 9 units or more of work for graduate credit, provided their full time is devoted to their graduate work and assistantship or associateship responsibilities. Students on appointment to any teaching or research position at the University can discharge the minimum residence requirements by four semesters during each of which they register for 6 or more units of work for graduate credit, provided their full time is devoted to their graduate work and meeting the responsibilities of their appointments. The dissertation requires the equivalent of at least two semesters of full -time work. Regis- tration for 18 units of dissertation credit (920) is required during the conduct of the dissertation, with a maximum of nine (9) units during any regular semester. If work on the dissertation is to be donein absentia,arrangements must be made through a petition (preceded or accompanied by a proposed dissertation subject) to the Graduate Council with the favorable recommendation of the department supervising the work. All requirements for the degree, including work done for the master's degree (if applicable), must be met within a period of ten years.

MAJOR AND MINOR SUBJECTS- The student shall choose a major subject and either one or two supporting minor subjects. Although the minor subject or subjects will usually be taken outside the major department, minors within the major department may be permitted with the approval of the department and the Graduate Council. At least 36 units of work exclusive of the dissertation must be in the area of the major subject.

QUALIFYING EXAMINATION - For the purpose of demonstrating acceptability to undertake work leading to candidacy for the doctorate, each prospective candidate must pass a qualifying examination in the proposed major field. The examination is waived at the discretion of the department in a field in which the candidate has done major work toward a completed master's degree at The University of Arizona. The examination should be taken during the first semester of residence and preferably during the first two weeks of residence. Many departments alsore- quire a qualifying examination in the minor field. But this may be waived at the option of the minor department.

PROGRAM OF STUDY-A proposed program of study recommended by the department or departments concerned andan outline of the proposed dissertation, approved by the major department, must be approved finally by the Graduate Council. The program and outline should be

61 62 REQUIREMENTS FOR DOCTORS' DEGREES submitted on forms provided by the Dean: the program prior to the completion of half of the non - dissertation units proposed, and the outline not later than eight months prior to completion of degree requirements.

FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT - Many departments have foreign language requirements for the Ph.D. degree. Doctoral students should ascertain, from the department, what the foreign language requirements are, if any, and how they may be satisfied.

ADVANCEMENT TO CANDIDACY - After satisfying the language requirements, gassing the preliminary examination, and showing evidence of ability to do original research, the student will be recommended to the Graduate Council for acceptance as a candidate for the doctorate. These requirements must be met not later than three months prior to the date of the final oral examination.

DISSERTATION - Three weeks prior to the date of the final examination, one copy of the dissertation and an abstract of the dissertation, all approved and accepted by the major department, must be submitted to the Graduate Council through the office of the Dean. Immediately following the final examination two copies of the dissertation (including the one previously submitted), approved and accepted by the major department and the examining committee, must be filed with the Dean; and a binding fee must be paid to the University Cashier. The major department, at its option, may require a third copy for the departmental files. A manual of instructions relating to the form of the dissertation may be obtained from the Associated Students Bookstore.

PUBLICATION OF DISSERTATION - Ph.D. dissertations are published by University Micro- films, Ann Arbor, Michigan, and a fee of $25 is charged to cover this expense. Upon certification by the student's major professor, members of the committee for the final examination and the Dean of the Graduate College, a dissertation copy and an abstract of 600 words or less are forwarded to University Microfilms. (This abstract is in addition to the two abstracts required for binding with the dissertation and must be carefully prepared for microfilming according to specifications set forth in the Dissertation Manual.) The manuscript is cataloged and microfilmed,and the negative inspected and put in vault storage; the catalog information is sent to the Libraryof Congress for printing and distribution of cards for depository catalogs and libraries. The abstract is printed in the forthcoming issue of Microfilm Abstracts and distributed to leading librariesin the United States and abroad, and to a selected list of journals and abstracting services. The copY is then returned to The University of Arizona Library. Publication by microfilm does not preclude publication by other methods later, and successful candidates are urged to submit dissertation material for publication in a scholarlyor professional journal. Suitable acknowledgment must always indicate the publication to be a dissertation, or portion of a dissertation, submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements forthe degree of Doctor of Philosophy at The University of Arizona.

FINAL EXAMINATION - When the required standards of scholarship have been met andre' search ability has been demonstrated, the candidate shall submit to an oral examinationin defense of the dissertation, as well as any general questioning related to the field of studywhich may develop therefrom. The exact time and place of this examination shall bescheduled with the REQUIREMENTS FOR DOCTORS' DEGREES 63

Graduate College atleast three weeks in advance and announced publicly at least one week in The examination shall be open to the public. The committee shall be appointed by the advance. Graduate CollegeDean in consultation with the major and minor departments. OTHER EXAMINATIONS -Prior to the final examination and in addition to the preliminary examination and theregularly scheduled course examinations, the candidate may be required to take anyother examinations, oral or written, thought proper by the departments concerned.

DOCTOR OF EDUCATION

Through the Graduate College, the faculty of the College of Education accepts prospective candidates for the degree of Doctor of Education. Thedegree is granted only to those who demonstrate a highproficiency in education and who present an approved dissertation. (For the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, seeabove.) Preliminary admission to the program is recommended by the academic department and the Office of GraduateStudies in Education to the Dean of the Graduate College. Before an application is acted upon, the applicant must: (1) file an application for admission to the Graduate College, (2) forward transcripts of all previous college work to the Dean of the Graduate College, (3) file a completed Personal Data Blank with the Office of Graduate Studies inEducation, and (4) submit scores on the Graduate Record Examinations, as listed in the appropriate departmental headnotes, to the Office of Graduate Studies in Education. Applicants are urged to submit complete applications by March Ifor fall admission and by November 1for spring admission. RESIDENCE AND CREDIT REQUIREMENTS -The equivalent of at least six semesters of essentially full -time graduate study, including work toward a master's degree, is required. Gradu- ate credit earned at other approved institutions, if accepted by theCollege of Education and the Graduate Council, may be counted toward the requirements for this degree. To meet the minimum residence requirements, the student must spend at least two regular semesters of essentially full -time academic work in the program, beyond the master's degree, in actual residence at The University of Arizona, and at least 36 units of graduate credit must be completed at this institution. Any semester during which a student is registered for at least 9 units of graduate course work or research will be counted as meeting the minimum residence requirement, provided that the student's full time is devoted to graduate work. (See next paragraph for the only exceptions to this general requirement.) Graduate assistants or graduate associates (half -time or less) can discharge the residence requirement in two semesters during each of which they register for 9 units or more of work for graduate credit, provided their full time is devoted to their graduate work and assistantship or associateship responsibilities. Students on appointment to any teaching or research position at the University can discharge the residence requirement by four semesters during each of which they complete 6 or more units of work for graduate credit, provided their full time is devoted to their graduate work and meeting the responsibilities of their appointments. The dissertation requires the equivalent of at least two semesters of full -time work. Regis- tration for 18 units of dissertation credit (920) is required during the conduct of the dissertation, with a maximum of nine units during any regular semester. If the dissertation is to be written in absentia, arrangements must be made through petition (preceded or accompanied by a proposed dissertation subject) to the Graduate Council with the favorable recommendation of the Dean of the College of Education. Requirements for the Doctor of Education degree must be completed within a period of six calendar years after the qualifying examination.

MAJOR AND MINOR SUBJECTS -The student will major in counseling and guidance, educational administration, educational psychology, elementary education, foundations of education, higher education, reading, rehabilitation, secondary education, or special education. The student may minor either inside or outside of the College of Education as approved by the advisors and department heads concerned, by the Office of Graduate Studies in Education, and by the Gradu- ate Council. At least 46 units of work, exclusive of dissertation, must be in education.

QUALIFYING EXAMINATION -To demonstrate acceptability to undertake work leading to candidacy for the doctorate, each applicant must pass a qualifying examination in the major field and in the proposed minor field. This examination must be taken in the first term of work beyond 64 REQUIREMENTS FOR DOCTORS' DEGREES the master's degree during which the student is in residence at The University of Arizona. The applicant's acceptability for doctoral work will be judged on the basis of this examination. A qualifying examination in the minor field may be waived at the option of the department concerned. TEACHING EXPERIENCE -Candidates for the degree of Doctor of Education are required to furnish evidence of at least three years of successful teaching or administrativeexperience in schools. Exceptions to this requirement are made occasionally for students specializing in some areas within counseling and guidance, rehabilitation, and schoolpsychology. ADVISORY COMMITTEE -After successfully passing the Qualifying Examination, the student may request the head of the major department to appoint three members to an advisory committee, and the head of the minor department to appoint two members to the committee. The name of the chairman and the names of other committee membersshould be reported to the Of- fice of Graduate Studies in Education. The duties of this committee are to review the proposed dissertation problem, to evaluate the student's proposed study program, to be available to the student when guidanceisnecessary and to serve as members of the preliminary and final examination committees. PROGRAM OF STUDY -Aproposed program of study, recommended by the department or departments concerned, and an outline of the proposed dissertation, approved by the major department, must be approved finally by the Graduate Council. The program andoutline shall be submitted on forms provided by the Dean of the Graduate College: the program prior to the completion of half of the non -dissertation units proposed, the outline not later than eight months prior to completion of degree requirements. FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT -Areading knowledge of a foreign language will be required when such knowledge is necessary for the successful completion of the dissertation. PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION -Before admission to candidacy for the degree, the student must pass a general examination in the chosen fields of study. This examinationis intended to test the student's general fundamental knowledge of the fields of the major and minor subjectsof study. It shall include written portions covering the major and minor fields and not later than six months after successful completion of the first of these portions, an oral portion which shall be conducted before a committee of the faculty appointed by the Dean of the Graduate College upon consultation with the major and minor departments. The preliminary examination will be held when essentially all course work has been completed and in any case not later than three months prior to the date of the final oral examination. Except by special permission of the Dean of the Graduate College, the preliminary examination may not be taken until the minor has been completed, and the major almost completed. No student will be permitted a second attempt to pass the preliminary examination except upon recommendation of the examining committee, endorsed by the major department and approved by the Graduate Council. The only visitors permitted at this examination are regular University faculty members. There are four examination periods, one in each semester of course work. ADVANCEMENT TO CANDIDACY -After passing the preliminary examination and giving evidence of ability to carry on professional studies at the highest level, the student will be recommended tothe Graduate Councilfor acceptance as a candidatefor the doctorate. These requirements must be met not later than three months prior to the final oral examination. DISSERTATION - --Three weeks prior to the date of the final examination, one copy of the dissertation and an abstract of the dissertation, all approved and accepted by the major department, must be submitted to the Graduate Council through the Graduate College Office.Immediately following the final examination, two copies of the dissertation (including the one previously submitted), approved and accepted by the major department and the examining committee, must be filed with the Dean of the Graduate College; a binding fee must be paid to the University Cash- ier. The College of Education requires two additional copies of the dissertation, onefor department files and one for the dissertation director. A manual of instructions relating to the form of the dissertation may be obtained from the Associated Students Bookstore. PUBLICATION OF DISSERTATION -Dissertations are published by University Microfilms, Ann Arbor, Michigan, and a fee of $25 is charged to cover this expense. Upon certification bythe student's major professor, members of the committee for the final examination, and the Deanof the Graduate College, a copy and an abstract of 600 words or fewer are forwarded to University Microfilms. (This abstract is in addition to the two abstracts required for binding with the dissertation and must be carefully prepared for microfilming according to specifications set forth inthe REQUIREMENTS FOR DOCTORS' DEGREES 65

Dissertation Manual.) The manuscript is microfilmed and the negative inspected and put in vault The manuscript is cataloged and the catalog information sent to the Library of Congress storage. for printingand distribution of cards to depository catalogs and libraries. The abstract is included in the forthcomingissue of Microfilm Abstracts, which is distributed to leading libraries here and abroad, and to a selected list of journals and abstracting services. The copy is then returned to The Universityof Arizona Library. Publication by microfilm does not preclude publication by other methods later, and successful candidates are urged to submit dissertation material for publication in a scholarly or professional journal. Suitable acknowledgment must always indicate the publication to be a dissertation or portion of a dissertation, submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctorof Education at The University of Arizona. FINAL EXAMINATION - When the required standards of scholarship have been met and research ability has been demonstrated, the candidate shall submit to an oral examination in defense of the dissertation, as well as to any general questioning related to the field of study which may developtherefrom. The exact time and place of this examination shall be scheduled with the Graduate College at least three weeks in advance and announced publicly at least one week in advance. The examination shall be open to the public. The committee shall be appointed by the Graduate College Dean in consultation with the major and minor departments.

DOCTOR OF MUSICAL ARTS

The School of Music of the Graduate College accepts prospective candidates for the degree of Doctor of Musical Arts. The degree is granted in the fields of music education, composition, conducting, and performance. It is not granted merely as a certificate of faithful performance of a prescribed program of studies but requires demonstration of distinguished attainment. Preliminary admission to the program is recommended by the Committee on Graduate Study in Music. Before this committee will act on an application, the applicant must: (1) file an application for admission to the Graduate College, (2) forward transcripts of all previous college work to the Dean of the Graduate College, (3) file a completed Application to Graduate Work in Music with the School of Music Graduate Committee, (4) submit a tape recording of performance, including tapes of the candidate's music if the field is composition.

RESIDENCE AND CREDIT REQUIREMENTS - The equivalent of at least six semesters of essentially full -time graduate study is required. Graduate credit earned at other approved institutions, if accepted by the School of Music and the Graduate Council, may be counted toward the requirements for this degree. To meet the minimum residence requirement, the student must spend two regular semesters of essentially full -time academic work in the Doctor of Musical Arts program in actual residence at The University of Arizona, and at least 30 units of graduate credit must be completed at this institution. Any semester during which a student is registered for at least 9 units of graduate course work or research will be counted toward meeting the residence requirement, provided that the student's full time is devoted to graduate work. (See next paragraph for the only exceptions to this general requirement.) Graduate assistants or graduate associates (half -time or less) can discharge the minimum residence requirement in two semesters during each of which they register for 9 units or more of work for graduate credit, provided their full time is devoted to their graduate work and assistantship or associateship responsibilities. Students on appointment to any teaching or research position at the University can discharge the minimum residence requirement by four semesters during each of which they register for 6 or more units of work for graduate credit, provided their full time is devoted to their graduate work and meeting the responsibilities of their appointments. The dissertation requires the equivalent of at least two semesters of full -time work. Regis- tration for 18 units of dissertation (920) or recital (925) credit is required during the conduct of the dissertation or preparation for the recitals. A maximum of nine (9) units of such credit may be elected in any regular semester. If the dissertation is to be written in absentia, arrangements must be made through petition to the Graduate Council with the favorable recommendation of the School of Music. All requirements for the Doctor of Musical Arts degree must be completed within a period of six calendar years from the date the qualifying examination is passed. 66 REQUIREMENTS FOR DOCTORS' DEGREES

MAJOR AND MINOR SUBJECTS - The student will major in conducting, composition, music education, or performance, and choose a minor subject in a department other than music or within music. At least 36 units of work, exclusive of dissertation, must be in the field of music.

QUALIFYING EXAMINATION - For the purpose of demonstrating acceptability to undertake work leading to candidacy for the Doctor of Musical Arts degree, each applicant must pass a qualifying examination in the proposed major and minor fields and in other related areas. The minor examination may be waived at the option of the department concerned. In order to make most effective use of the results of the examination in establishing the student's course of study, these examinations should be taken during the first semester in residence. In addition, a personal interview, a review of the applicant's college record and musical achievement, and evidence of an ability to write in a clear and precise manner are required. ADVISORY COMMITTEE - For each student entering the program leading to the Doctor of Musical Arts degree, the Director of the School of Music will appoint an advisory committee. Four members of the faculty of the School of Music and one member of the department of the student's minor field of study will constitute the committee. The chairman will be the student's major professor and dissertation director. The committee will review and evaluate the student's previous preparation, advise the student with respect to an appropriate program of study, make recommendations to the Director of the School of Music concerning the dissertation problem, and be available to the student when guidance is necessary. PROGRAM OF STUDY -A proposed program of study, recommended by the department or departments concerned, and an outline of the proposed dissertation approved by the major department, must be approved finally by the Graduate Council. The program and outline shall be submitted on forms provided by the Dean of the Graduate College: the program not less than 18 months prior to the final oral examination, and the outline not later than eight months prior to completion of degree requirements. FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT -A reading knowledge of a foreign language will be required when, in the judgment of the student's advisory committee, such knowledge is necessary for the successful completion of the dissertation.

PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION - Before admission to candidacy for the degree, the student must pass a general examination in the chosen fields of study. This examination is intended to test the student's general fundamental knowledge of the fields of the major and minor subjects of study. It shall include written portions covering the major and minor fields and not later than six months after successful completion of the first of these portions, an oral portion which shall be conducted before a committee of the faculty appointed by the Dean upon consultation with the major and minor departments. The preliminary examination will be held when essentially all course work has been completed and in any case not later than three months prior to the date of the final oral examination. Except by special permission of the Graduate College Dean, the preliminary examination may not be taken until the minor has been completed, and the major almost completed. No student will be permitted a second attempt to pass the preliminary examination except upon recommendation of the examining committee, endorsed by the major department and approved by the Graduate Council. The only visitors permitted at this examination are regular University faculty members. ADVANCEMENT TO CANDIDACY - After passing the preliminary examination and giving evidence of ability to carry on professional studies at the highest level, the student will be recommended to the Graduate Council for acceptance as a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Musical Arts. These requirements must be met not later than three months prior to the final oral examination. DISSERTATION - Three weeks prior to the date of the final examination, one copy of the dissertation and an abstract of the dissertation, all approved and accepted by the School of Music, must be submitted to the Graduate Council through the office of the Dean. Immediately following the final examination two copies of the dissertation (including the one previously submitted), approved and accepted by the major department and the examining committee, must be filed with the Dean; and a binding fee must be paid to the University cashier. The School of Music, at its option, may require a third copy for its files. A manual of instructions relating to the form of the dissertation may be obtained from the Associated Students Bookstore. REQUIREMENTS FOR DOCTORS' DEGREES 67

pUBLICATION OF DISSERTATION - Dissertations are published by UniversityMicrofilms, Ann Arbor,Michigan, and a fee of $25 is charged to cover this expense. Upon certification by the student's major professor,members of the committee for the final examination, and the Dean of the GraduateCollege, one copy and an abstract of 600 words or less are forwarded to University Microfilms. (This abstract isin addition to the two abstracts required for binding with the dissertation and mustbe carefully prepared for microfilming according to specifications set forth in the Dissertation Manual.) The manuscript is microfilmed, the negative inspected, and putin vault storage. Themanuscript is cataloged and this information is sent to the Library of Congress for printing and distribution of cards to depository catalogs and libraries. The abstractis included in the forthcomingissue of Microfilm Abstracts, which is distributed to leading libraries here and abroad, and to a selected list of journals and abstracting services. Thefirst copy is then returned to TheUniversity of Arizona Library. Publication by microfilm does not preclude publications by other methods later, and successful candidates are urged to submit dissertation material for publication through appropriate media. Suitable acknowledgment must always indicate the publication to be adissertation or portion of a dissertation submitted in partial fulfillmentof the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Musical Arts at The University of Arizona.

FINAL EXAMINATION - When the required standards of scholarship have been met and research ability has been demonstrated, the candidate shall submit to an oral examination in defense of the dissertation, as well as to any general questioning related to the field of study which may develop therefrom. The exact time and place of thisexamination shall be scheduled with the Graduate College at least three weeks in advance and announced publicly at least one week in advance. The examination shall be open to the public. The committee shall be appointed by the Graduate College Dean in consultation with the major and minor departments.

OTHER EXAMINATIONS - Before being admitted to the final oral examination and in addition to the preliminary examination and the regularly scheduled course examinations, the candidate may be required to take any other examinations, oral or written, that are thought proper by the School of Music.

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR IN COMPOSITION - Approval of a major in composition will be based upon evidence of creative talent and a knowledge of craftsmanship in writing music. The student majoring in composition will, in lieu of a dissertation, write a large -scale composition scored for full or chamber orchestra (with or without soloists), symphonic band or for voice (or chorus) and orchestra. An abstract including the formal, stylistic, and technical elements of the composition must accompany the work. In addition to the composition of an extended work, a recital consisting of the candidate's compositions in several forms and a variety of media must be presented.

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR IN MUSIC EDUCATION - Applicants for the Doctor of Musical Arts degree in music education will be required to furnish evidence of at least three years of successful teaching or administrative experience in the field of music either in the public schools or at the college level. The candidate will write in the field of specialization a dissertation which will be a scholarly contribution to the field of musical and educational knowledge.

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR IN PERFORMANCE - In lieu of a dissertation, the candidate must present the following four recitals: (I) a qualifying recital during the first semester in residence (this recital must include a major work assigned by the instructor of applied music and prepared independently by the student within a period of 30 days), (2) an ensemble performance with an instrumental or vocal chamber group, or an appearance with orchestra, (3) a lecture -recital, and (4) a final public recital (must follow a successful preliminary examination). The four recitals must include representative literature from all major periods. Each recital will be evaluated independently by the School of Music Graduate Committee or the candidate's Advisory Committee. Should the candidate's performance be judged unsatisfactory, an additional recital composed of different literature must be performed. In no case will a candidate be permitted to remain in the program should more than one recital be determined unsatisfactory. 68 REQUIREMENTS FOR DOCTORS' DEGREES

The candidate may have the option of substituting a formal document for the lecture - recital. This document, based on some aspect of performance or performance practices, must show evidence of the candidate's ability to select and organize data pertinent to the study. Ideally, it should be an original contribution to the field of knowledge in the candidate's chosen subject area.

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR IN CONDUCTING - Concentration in either choral or instrumental music (may include opera)isrequired but candidates must demonstrate competency in both areas. Approval to elect this major will be based on evidence of successful conducting experience prior to application. The Graduate Study Program will include private instruction in conducting (785 -Cg) to the extent of 12 units. Prior to the preliminary examination, the candidate must demonstrate professional competency in orchestration, vocal arranging, and band arranging. In lieu of a dissertation the candidate must present the following four recitals: (1) a qualifying recital during the first semester in residence, (2) a recital in the secondary conducting area, (3) a lecture -recital, and (4) a final public recital. Departments and Coursesof Instruction

EXPLANATORY NOTES

OSSIFICATION OF COURSES(THE NUMBERING SYSTEM) - The number bywhich a designated indicatesthe level of the course. course is yoursesnumbered: Lower- division courses primarily for freshmen and sophomores. 100 -299inclusive: 100 -199: Primarily introductory and beginning courses. 200 -299: Intermediate -level courses. Upper- division courses primarily for juniors andseniors. 300 -499 inclusive: 300 -399: Advanced -intermediate -level courses. Notavailable for graduate credit. 400 -499: Advanced -level courses. Acceptable forgraduate credit with the prior approval of the Dean of the Graduate College. Graduate courses. Open to exceptionally well -qualifiedseniors with the 500 -599inclusive: prior written approval of the course instructor and of theDean of the Graduate College. Graduate courses. Not open to undergraduate students. 600 -699 inclusive: Graduate courses limited to doctoral students. 700 -799 inclusive: Medical courses limited to students working toward the M.D.degree and 500 -899 inclusive: not available for credit toward any other degree. Independent graduate study involving research, thesis, ordissertation. 900 -999 inclusive: Not open to undergraduates.

SEMESTER COURSES (SINGLE NUMBERS)-A course designated by a single number (as Economics 248) is one semester in length.

Polit- YEAR COURSES (DOUBLENUMBERS) -A course designated by a double number (as ical Science 233a -233b) iscontinued through two successive semesters, the work of thefirst semester being prerequisite to thatof the second unless otherwise indicated in the statementof prerequisites. Credit is awarded for the first half ofthe course except in a few instances when credit in the first half is contingent upon completionof the second half.

PREREQUISITES -A student registering for a course must meetthe prerequisites or otherwise satisfy the instructor of his or her preparation to takethe course. Prerequisites can be waived only at the discretion of the instructor ordepartment involved.

ADDITIONAL COURSES - In addition to the courses listedin this catalog, courses offered for no credit through the Division of ContinuingEducation and for credit through the College of Law and the College of Medicine are listed in the catalogsfor those divisions.

CANCELLATION OF COURSES - The University reserves theright to cancel courses not elected by an adequate number of students.

FOREIGN LANGUAGE COURSES - In addition to coursestaught in the language departments, sections of other University courses may be taughtin a foreign language from time to time.

69 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 70

KEY TO SYMBOLS

The standard course description includes a variety of symbols indicativeof essential information. The following is a standard course descriptionwith the individual symbols explained in the order in which they appear in that description. theory and re- 406. Social Structure in Modern Societies (3) [Rpt.] GC 1 1980 -81 Critical review of modern search on social structure and social organization in modern societies. 2R, 3L. P, six unitsof soc. or CR. (Identical with Hist. 406) Smith

406. - Course number. Social Structure in Modern Societies - Course title. (3) - Number of units. [Rpt.] - May be repeated for credit. A restrictionregarding the number of times a course may be repeated for credit or the total number of units of credit permitted for a course may be designated. [Rpt. /2] indicates that the course may be repeated for credit a maximum of two times; [Rpt. /6 units] means that the course may be repeated until the student has received a total of six units of credit. GC Graduate credit available. (Applies to 400 -level courses only.) Semester offered. I indicates fall semester; II, spring; S, summer. 1980 -81 - Year in which course is offered. If no yeardesignation is given, the course is offered each year. Critical review.... societies. - Course description. 2R, 3L - Class structure. R, L, and S indicate "recitation,""laboratory," and "studio." 2R, 3L indicates two hours of recitation and three hours of laboratory per week. For coursesconsisting of lecture and recitation periods only, the number of class hours per week is the same as the unitvalue and is not specified in the course description. P, - Prerequisites. CR - Concurrent registration. (Identical with Hist. 406) - Other departments which give credit in their department for the same course.If no course description appears, please consult the crosslisted department. Smith - Professor in charge. If no name is listed, the coursewill be taught by the departmental staff. Note: Not all of the above information may be noted in any individual course.

Symbols in other University Catalogs

Prefix Definition 4 Course offered by correspondence - no residence or graduate credit. 5 Course offered by television - limited applicability toward advanced degree. 6 Course shorter in duration than normal semester or term - full residence credit. 7 Course offered off campus - no residence credit. toward 9 Course offered off campus - equivalent to residence credit - limited applicability advanced degree.

UNIVERSITY -WIDE "HOUSE- NUMBERED" COURSES

The following is a complete description of the "house- numbered" courses which areavail- able to all departments of the University. Such courses are not described in theDepartmentsand Courses of Instruction section which follows since their description is the same forall similarly numbered courses. Courses with numbers ending in 95, 96, 97, and 98 are available to all departmentsat ley' els governed by available degrees. Unless specifically subscripted and titledaspermanent offerings, such courses will not be found in the department's course listings. Courses with numbers ending in 93, 94 and 99, and courses numbered 900, 908,909, 91°' 920, 925, and 930 are listed, if available, in the specific departmental course listings. -WIDE "HOUSE- NUMBERED" COURSES 71 UNIVERSITY

695, 795. Colloquium (Credit varies) The exchange of scholarly information and/or secondary re- 495, 595,search, usually in a small group setting.The exchange of ideas may involve written as well as oral communication. Research projects need not be required of course registrants. GRADES AVAILABLE: A, B, C, D, E, I, P (S /P), S, W. Proseminar and 596, 696, 796. Seminar (Credit varies) The development and exchange of scholarly in- 446 formation, usually in a small group setting. The scope of work shall consist of research by course registrants, with the exchange of the results of such research through discussion, reports, and /or papers. GRADES AVAILABLE: A, B, C, D, E, I, P (S /P), S, W.' 697, 797. Workshop (Credit varies) The practical application of theoretical learning within a group 497, 597,setting and involving an exchange of ideas and practical methods, skills, and principles. GRADES AVAILABLE: A, B, C, D, E, I, W.

495, 598, 698, 798.Special Topics (Credit varies) Experimental or irregular offerings of a lecture -type course. GRADES AVAILABLE: A, B, C, D, E, I, W.

*Special or regular grades may be used as departmental policy dictates; however. in any given instance, all registrants must be gradedby the same system.

Individual Studies

Individual studies courses, numbers ending in 93, 94, and 99 and all 900 -level courses, may be found at the end of each department's courselistings. Supplementary Registration: Graduate students who have completed the course requirements of their programs and will be taking examinations or completing courses orprojects initiated at an earlier date should register for supplementary registration. Students completing requirements for an advanced degree must be registered during the semester or summer term in which requirements are completed, or during the previous semester or term if requirements are completed during-an intersession. Students who have previously enrolled for all the regular courses required for their degrees may register for this purpose for supplementary registra-

tion (course number 930, 1 to 6 units). All graduate students using University facilities and /or faculty time must register for 930 if not registered for anything else.

491, 591, 691, 791. Preceptorship (Credit varies) Specialized advanced work on an individual basis, consisting of instruction and practice in actual service in a department, program or discipline. Teaching formats may include seminars, in -depth studies, laboratory work and patient study. GRADES AVAILABLE: S,P(S /P), C, D, E,I, W. 493, 593, 693,793. Internship (Credit varies) Specialized, advanced, or graduate work, on an individual basis, consisting of training and practice in actual service in a technical, business, or governmental establishment. GRADES AVAILABLE: S, P (S /P), C, D, E, I, W. 4931, 5931.Legislative Internship [493(12), 593 (9)]I I Working experience at the Arizona State Legislature: responsibilities draw upon student's area of major expertise and include preparing written and oral reports, summarizing legislativeproposals, and providing information tolegislators and legislative committees. Participating programs include but are not limited to: architecture, economics, English, geography and regional development, history, hydrology, journalism, management, management information systems, marketing, political science, psychology, public administration, secondary education, sociology, statistics, and urban planning. Students in other programs are eligible and should consult the department head or, in the case of the College of Law, the dean, for appropriate arrangements. GRADES AVAILABLE: A, B, C, D, E, I, W. 494, 594, 694,794. Practicum(Credit varies) The practical application, on an individual basis, of previously studied theory and the collection of data for future theoretical interpretation. GRADES AVAILABLE: S, P (S /P), C, D, E, I, W. 499, 599, 699, 799.* Independent Study (Credit varies) Qualified students will work on an individual basis with professors who have agreed to supervise such work. GRADES AVAILABLE: S, P (S /P), C, D, E, I, W. 900. Research (Credit varies) Individual research by graduate students, not related to a thesis or dissertation the student will write for an advanced degree. GRADES AVAILABLE: S, P (S /P), C, D, E, I, W. 908. Case Studies(Credit varies) Individual study of a particular case, or report thereof. GRADES AVAILABLE: S, P (S /P), E, I, W. 909. Master's Report (Credit varies) Individual study or special project or formal report thereof submitted in lieu of thesis for certain masters' degrees. GRADES AVAILABLE: S, P (S /P), E, 1, W. 910. Thesis (Credit varies) Research for the master's thesis (whether library research, laboratory or field observation or research, artistic creation, or thesis writing). Maximum total credit permitted varies with the major department. GRADES AVAILABLE: S, P (S /P), E, 1, W. 72 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

920. Dissertation (1 to 9) Research for the doctoral dissertation (whether library research, laboratory or field observation or research, artistic creation, or dissertation writing). GRADES AVAILABLE: S,P (S /P), E, I, W. 925. Doctoral Recitals (I to 9) For doctoral students in music performance. GRADES AVAILABLE:S, P (S /P), E, I, W. 930.s Supplementary Registration (I to 6) For students who have completed all course requirements for their advanced degree programs. May be used concurrently with other enrollments to bring the total number of units to the required minimum. GRADE AVAILABLE: K. *Graduate students doing independent work which cannot be classified as actual research will register for credit under course number 599, 699 or 799. **Credit received for this course is in addition to the units required for the advanced degree.

ACCOUNTING

Professors Russell M. Barefield,Acting Head,William B. Barrett, Hollis A. Dixon, Dee L. Klees- pie, Edward S. Lynn, Rene P. Manes, Lyle H. Mclff, Louis A. Myers, Jr. Associate Professors Jack O. Foltz, Don W. Vickrey Assistant Professors Paul J. Beck, Taylor W. Foster, III, Ira Solomon Instructor M. Joan Thompson Lecturer Julian Sayre

The department offers a program leading to the Master of Accounting degree with a major in accounting. The department also participates in programs leading to the Master of Business Administration, Master of Public Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy (major in business administration) degrees. For information concerning these degrees, seeRequirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Business Administration, Master of Public Administrationand seealso Busi- ness AdministrationandPublic Administrationdepartmental headnotes elsewhere in this catalog.

402. Advanced Accounting II (3)GCIIIn -depth coverage of selected authoritative pronouncements and other special topics in financial accounting. P, 300b. 410. Advanced Cost Accounting (3)GCII Theoretical issues of process and standard costing, performance measurement, differential cost analysis, and other selected topics. P, 310.

422. Advanced Federal Income Taxation (3)GCIIn -depth study of federal and state taxes relating to partnerships, corporations and associations; corporate distributions and reorganizations. P, 320, 302.

431. Principles of Auditing (3)GCIII Qualifications, duties and responsibilities of the professional auditor; the standard short -form opinion; rules of professional conduct of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants; internal control; audit programs. P, 300b, Mgmt. 275b. 461. Accounting Systems (3)GCI The analysis, design and implementation of information systems, with special emphasis on accounting applications. P, M.I.S. 121; Acct. 310 or 551. 472. Governmental and Institutional Accounting (3)GCIBudgetary accounting and financial control and their application to various governmental units, more particularly cities, counties, other local political subdivisions, and public institutions. P, 200b or 272 or 204. 481. Accounting Theory (3)GCI Analysis of contemporary accounting theory and alternatives to current accounting practice. P, 300b. 510. Principles of Profit Planning (3)1 The integration of accounting data with statistical methods, input - output models and linear programming to solve planning problems. P, 310 or 551; Math. 119, Mgmt. 275b. 521. Current Legislation and Tax Policy (3) I The most recent legislation passed and proposed by Congress; the structure of the legislative and judicial processes; trends in tax legislation and insight into the causes for such trends. P, 320. 522. Tax Planning and Practice (3)I Scope of activity, responsibility, and ethics of the C.P.A. in the tax field; principles and techniques in minimizing income taxes; procedures in tax practice from return preparation through docketing a case with the Tax Court; extensive individual reading and research. P, CR521. 523. Estate Planning and Taxation (3) II Effect of income, gift, and estate taxation on the accumulation and preservation of an estate; case studies dealing with forms of property ownership, trusts, wills, and their effects on estate planning. P, CR 521. AEROSPACE AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 73

Tax Aspects of Real Estate Transactions (3) II Gainsand losses on sales and exchanges of property for 527. tax purposes;capital and ordinary gains and losses, realization, transfer by gift or at death, use in trade or business,installment sales, and depreciation recapture provisions. P, CR 521. Responsibilities of the Public Accountant (3) II A professional course for those who expect to pursue 531. public accounting as a career. P, 431. Financial Accounting Analysis (3) III Principles and procedures underlying basic financial accounting 550. processes and their application in the preparation and analysis of financial statements. Open to nonmajors only. Managerial Use of Accounting Data (3) III Case studies and text readings focused on utilization of 551. accounting data in determining the possible results of alternative executive decision. Open to nonmajors only. P, 550. Financial Accounting (3 -3) S Theory and methodology of net income determination; accounting for 553s -553b. assets, liabilities, and owners' equity. Credit allowed for this course or 300a -300b, but not for both. P, 200b or 551. Tax Factors in Business Decisions (3) II The federal tax system in relation to social goals. Case studies 556. will be used to integrate taxation and other disciplines in the decision- making process. Credit allowed for this course or 320, but not for both. Principles of Fund Accounting (3)1 II A study of fund accounting for those with no previous accounting 572. study of any kind. Open to nonmajors only.

582. Advanced Accounting Theory (3)I Current accounting literature; problems of income determination; current financial accounting practices. P, 300b or 553.

610. Accounting Investigations and Reports (3) II The design and use of accounting information for control purposes. P, 310 or 551.

626. Corporate Taxation (3) II The effect of taxation on the organization, operation and reorganization of corporations; Internal Revenue Code provisions applicable to unreasonable accumulations of earnings and profits, personal holding companies, liquidations, collapsible corporations, and small business elec- tion of Subchapter S. P, 422.

685. Contemporary Accounting Thought (3) 11 Special topics in accounting theory and research. Of special interest to advanced doctoral candidates. P, 582.

696. Seminar (l to 3) 11I a. Auditing c. Taxation b. Managerial Accounting d. Theory

Individual Studies

699 (2 to 5); 900 (2 to 4); 909 (3); 910 (4 to 6), maximum total, 6 units; 930 (1 to 6)

AEROSPACE AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Professors Lawrence B. Scott, Jr.,Head,Roger A. Anderson, Manfred R. Bottaccini, Harvey D. Christensen, Hussein A. Kamel, Dimitri B. Kececioglu, Robert B. Kinney, Donald M. McEligot, Edwin K. Parks, Karl M. Pattison (Visiting), Henry C. Perkins, Jr., Russell E. Petersen, Jr., Willard L. Rogers, William R. Sears, A. Richard Seebass, III, Quen- tin R. Thomson, Thomas L. Vincent, A. Ralph Yappel Associate Professors Moran Coxon, Edward B. Haugen, Bruce R. Simon, Paul H. Wirsching

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major in aerospace engineering or in mechanical engineering. Students in either major may select one of the following interdisciplinary options: biomedical engineering, energy systems engineering, materials engineering, or reliability engineering. For information concerning these options, seeEngineeringelsewhere in this catalog. Applicants for admission should have an undergraduate major equivalent to that in aerospace and mechanical engineering at The University of Arizona. Liberal substitutions are, however, allowed for students with degrees in mathematics, physics, or other engineering disciplines. 74 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Majors

AEROSPACE ENGINEERING - Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degree programs prepare students for advanced work in aeronautics and astronautics. Several specializations are available, as listed under Mechanical Engineering below.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degree programs prepare studentsfor advanced work in many fieldsincluding aerodynamics; flight mechanics and propulsion; biomedical engineering; energy systems engineering, engineering design and materials selection; fluid mechanics and heat transfer; interactive graphics and structural analysis; automatic control and optimization; reliabilty engineering and probabilistic design; solar energy; solid mechanics and structural dynamics; space systems engineering.

Degrees

MASTER OF SCIENCE - Each student may elect to present a thesis (usually 6 units) or to take, instead, one unit of 909 and, usually, 900 and /or 908. At least 21 units must be in the major field and may include thesis, master's report, research, and /or case studies. All students are required to complete 532 and 533, except that those electing the Reliability Engineering option may substitute 413 and 414. Each student must complete at least four 3 -unit courses in the 500 series, in addition to 532 and 533 or 413 and 414. A 3- to 6 -unit project (900, 908 and 910) may be substituted for one of the courses with the approval of the department. All students are expected to attend the weekly graduate seminar. A final oral examination is required.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY -- Students are expected to begin dissertation research following satisfactory completion of the Qualifying Examination and to carry on this research continuously under the supervision of a dissertation director. The Preliminary Examination may not be scheduled until substantial progress has been made on the dissertation. Normally, the foreign language requirement will be fulfilled in French, German, or Russian. All students are expected to attend the weekly graduate seminar, to make progress reports on their research at the department's research conference, and to give at least one public presentation concerning the dissertation, upon its completion. The first draft copies of the dissertation, approved by the dissertation advisor, must be submitted to the examination committee members at least 6 weeks prior to the date of the Fi- nal Oral Examination. Students are generally required to select the minor subject from another department, usually mathematics, physics, or another branch of engineering.

402. Production Engineering (3)GCII Economic production principles; design relationship of materials and production processes; tooling, quality control, and packaging. 2R, 3L. P, 212.

404. Optimal Control of Static Engineering Systems (3)GC1 1979 -80 Basic concepts of variational methods and optimal processes applied to numerous engineering systems; aerospace vehicle performance, continuous static games. P, 361, Math. 254. 405. Automatic Control Systems (3)GC1 Classical control methods; transient response, root locus, state space methods, design of feedback control systems; digital control systems. P, 332, CR, 333.

406. Engineering Quality Control (3)GCI (Identical with S.I.E. 406) 408. Reliability Engineering (3)GCI Times -tofailure, failure -rate, and reliability function determination for early, useful and wearout lives; equipment reliability prediction and configuration optimization; spare part provisioning. P, Math. 125c. 409a -409b. Engineering Design (3 -3)GC409a: Role of design in engineering, strength design factors, stress analysis, application of Mohr's circle of stress and strain, deflection analysis and introduction tofailure and fatigue theory. 409b: Springs, bearings, gears, brakes and design project. 2R, 3L. P, 310, 332,C.E. 217.

410. Aerospace Design (3)GCIII Creative participation of student groups in the advanced design of a modern aerospace vehicle system. 2R, 3L. P, 409, 461, CR 434.

411. Mechanical Engineering Design (3)GCII I Engineering work in product and systems design; engineer ingcase studies and a major design project. 2R,3L. P, 409a. 412. Probabilistic Design (3)GC1 Design (static and dynamic) with loads, materials and geometry as ran dom phenomena; probability, reliability, distributions of variables, statistical algebras, designsynthesis, optimization. P, C.E. 217. AEROSPACE AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 75

Reliability and Quality Analysis. (3 -3) CG 413a: Probability theory and statistical models in reliabil- 4130 -413b.ity, life testing, and design; descriptive and mathematical statistics, basic graphical and analyticaldata analysis techniques. 413b: Monte Carlo methods in reliability analysis, polynomial curve fitting and linear models, Bayes estimation, decision analysis in engineeringdesign, stochastic processes in design. P, Math. 125c. Clinical Engineering (3) GC II (Identical with E.E. 417) 417. Physiology for Engineers (4) GC 11 (Identical with Psio. 418) 418. Physiology Laboratory (2) GC 11 (Identical with Psio. 419) 419. Numerical Methods in Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer (3) GC II Development of numerical tech- 421. niques for the solution of partial differential equations that arise in heat transfer and fluid mechanics; classification of equations, methods of solutions, examples. P, S.I.E. 170, A.M.E. 331a. 428. Material Selection in the Design Process (3) GC II A rational basis for selection of material in the design process; a study of failure mechanisms, including ductile and brittle fracture, fatigue, creep, stress corrosion, cost. P, Met. 231R. Free and forced vibrations of simple mechanical systems; effects of 430. Mechanical Vibrations (3) GC I damping; introduction to multidegree of freedom systems. P, 332. 432. Intermediate Engineering Analysis H (3) GC I Vector analysis, complex variables, Fourier series, matrices, boundary value problems and applications to current engineering problems. P, Math. 254.

434. Theory of Structures (3) GC 1II S Application of principles of mechanics to the structural analysis of mechanical and aerospace components. P, 409a.

435. Introduction to Experimental Structural Mechanics (I to 3) GC III S Introductory experiments and projects in areas of photoelasticity, strain gage applications, dynamics, vibration, programmable minicomputers, microcontroller and computer graphics. P, 310, 333, CR, 409a. 436. Finite Element Methods of Structural Analysis (3) GC III Matrix algebra, computers, theory of elasticity, work and strain energy, energy theorems, the finite element, the assembled structure, programming aspects of the problem, general purpose programs, application to aerospace structures. P, 409a. 437. Engineering Program Design and Implementation (2 to 4) GC II Numerical methods, finite difference and finite element methods, automatic mesh generation and display, computer algorithms, data base design, recent methods of program design and implementation, program documentation, distribution and maintenance. 2R, 3 to 6L. P, 310, 432, S.I.E. 170. 441. Thermodynamics of Fluid Flow (3) GC 1 Basic concepts of gas dynamics; fluid properties, fundamental equations of steady one -dimensional flow; qualitative and quantitative analyses of isentropic, diabatic, frictional, and generalized variable -area flow; shock wave phenomena. P, 331a, 340a. 442. Heat Transfer (3) GC 1II Study of conduction, convection and radiation heat transfer, with applications to engineering problems. P, 331a, 340. 452a -452b. Propulsion Systems (3 -3) GC 1452a: Basic laws; applications to aircraft piston engines, turbo props /fans, propellers, ducted fans, rocket engines, aircraft fuels and lubricants; emissions of pollutants; noise problems. P, CR 461. 452b: Cycles and processes of reciprocating engines, gas turbines and propulsion jets; fuels and lubricants for propulsion engines. 2R, 3L. P, 331a, 340a. 453. Environmental Engineering (3) GC 1 Analysis and design of systems and components for control of temperature, humidity, air cleanliness and acoustics in such spaces as residences and commercial buildings; fundamentals of solar heating and cooling. 2R, 3L. P, 340, CR 331a. 454. Power Systems Analysis (3) GC III Performance of gas and vapor power cycles, processes and components; introduction to thermionic, thermoeletric, magnetofluidynamic, photovoltaic, nuclear, and fuel cell power systems. P, 340. 455. Power Systems Laboratory (1) GC III Lab. investigations involving thermal power systems and energy conversion devices. 3L. P, 340, CR 333. 458. Wind Energy Conversion Systems (3) GC I Aerodynamic theory of vertical and horizontal axis propellers and windmills; optimal design of blades and electrical components; lab. and field measurements of operating systems. 3R, I L. Field trips. P, 331a, E.E. 308. 460. Aerodynamics (3) GC 1 Basic equations and their approximation; potential flow theory; fundamentals of airfoil and wing theory; axisymmetric flows; application to aerodynamics of wings and bodies. P, 361, 432. 461. Gasdynamics (3) GC II Thermodynamics review; equations for one -dimensional flow; wave propagation and acoustics; isentropic flow; shock waves; simple two- dimensional flows; friction and heat addition. P, 331a, 340. 462. Aerodynamics Laboratory (1) GC 1 Low -speed and high -speed wind tunnel testing; aircraft flight tests. P, 333, 361, 461, CR 460. 463. Dynamics of Space Flight (3) GC! Spacecraft dynamics; orbital and attitude maneuvers. P, 361. 465. Current Problems in Energy and Power (1 to 4) GC II (Identical with E.E. 465) 466. Performance, Stability and Control of Aerospace Vehicles (3) GC 1Aircraft performance; static and dynamic stability of rigid and nonrigid vehicles; automatic controls. P, 361. 76 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

467. Solar Energy Engineering (3)GCI Energy analyses of solar collectors; selective surfaces; solar cells; energy storage: systems for solar heating and cooling; mechanical and electrical power; perspective. P, 340 or Ch. E. 306. (Identical with Ch.E. 467, E.E. 467 and Nu.E. 467) 468a -468b. Introduction to Plasmas and their Applications (3 -3) GC (Identical with E.E. 468a- 468b). 485. Selected Problems in Bioengineering (3)GCII.Biomedical engineering applications to the circulatory, gastrointestinal, respiratory, and neuromuscular systems; skin; wound healing; urodynamics; orthopedics and nuclear medicine. 2R, 3L. 504. Optimal Control of Dynamic Engineering Systems (3) II 1979 -80 Qualitative methods, controllability for nonlinear systems, applications in control design, maximum principle, applications in aerospce performance, differential games, numerical methods. P, 404. (Identical with E.E. 504) 505. Modern Control Theory (3) II 1980 -81 Controllability and stability for linear and nonlinear systems, system identification, introduction to optimal control. P, 532a, 404. 506. Advanced Engineering Quality Control (3) II (Identical with S.I.E. 506) 508. Advanced Reliability Engineering (3) II Extension of 408; prediction of reliabilities of complex systems; maintainability; reliability and availability of maintained systems; advanced spare parts provisioning; safety. P, 408. 510. Airplane and Helicopter Design (3) IHelicopter and airplane design and analysis; optimization of take- off, climb, specific range, endurance; energy methods. P, 466. 512. Advanced Probabilistic Design (3) II Continuation of 412; probabilistic design projects from industry; analytical research of probabilistic design theory; study and evaluation of topics from research papers and reports. Field trip. P, 412. 518. Reliability Testing (3) II Replacement and nonreplacement tests; mean time between failure and reliability confidence limits; sequential testing; sampling; accelerated, sudden death, and suspended items testing. P, 408. 520a -52Ób. Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 -3) Fundamentals of a range of fluid mechanical phenomena; inviscid and viscous flows of engineering and scientific interest including gasdynamics, aerodynamics, and geophysical fluid dynamics. P, 331a, 432.

531. Random Vibration, Analysis and Design (3) 1 1979 -80 Mathematical description 'of random vibration, transmission of random vibration in mechanical systems, techniques of mechanical design under random vibration. 532a -532b. Engineering Analysis (3 -3) Mathematical models, functions of a complex variable, operational techniques, fields and field properties, application of partial differential equations to linearizedfield problems. P, 332, Math. 254.

538. Finite Element Analysis in Nonlinear Solid Mechanics (3)IFinite element methods, including material nonlinearity (elastic, plastic, viscoelastic); geometric nonlinearity (finite deformations), numerical solution methods, and nonlinear programs. P, 436. 539. Advanced Structural Mechanics (3) II Advanced problems in structural analysis using the finite element method; analysis and optimization of complex systems; nonlinear and composite structures and material systems; application to other disciplines. P, 436 (Identical with E.M. 539) 540. Advanced Thermodynamics (3) I Reversible and irreversible macroscopic thermodynamics; selected engineering applications. P, 331a, 340. 542. Convective Transport Phenomena (3)I Convective energy, mass and momentum transfer; internal and external flow; exact, approximate and numerical solutions; application to current problems. P, 442, CR 532a, computer programming ability. 544. Advanced Heat Transfer (3) II 1980 -81 Thermal conduction; steady state and transient problems; thermal radiation; gray body radiation, network method; radiation in gases. P, 442, CR 532b, computer programming ability. of 545. Combustion Generated Air Pollution (3) II Pollutant formation in combustion processes and methods control; diffusion models for atmospheric dispersion, including plume rise calculations. P, 331a, 340. (Identical with Ch.E. 545) 546. Nature of Turbulent Shear Flow (3) II 1980 -81 Physical phenomena in turbulent shear flows; experimental techniques; observations and physical consequences; prediction methods; recent advances. P,542 or 560. 553. Aerodynamics of Propulsion (3) 11979 -80 Interior ballistics of rocket motors; ramjets, turbojets, turbo- fans; detonation wave theory; combustion chamber instability analysis; nozzle design. P, 461.

555. Rotative Fluid Systems (3) 1 1980 -81 Theory of energy transfer between fluid and rotor in turboma- chines; design of turbomachine components; application to pumps, compressors, and turbines. P, 461. 556. Combustion Gasdynamics (3)II1979 -80 Aerothermochemistry; fluid mechanics, thermodynamics' chemistry of propulsion and air pollution; reaction kinetics, combustion stability, detonation; singular perturbations in deflagration. P, 532, 461.

560. Fluid Mechanics of Viscous Flows (3)IBehavior of viscous fluids over a range of Reynolds numbers; Navier- Stokes equations; boundary layer equations; slow flow; compressible boundary layers. P,520. AGRICULTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY AND NUTRITION 77

Compressible Aerodynamics (3) 11 Inviscid flow of compressible fluids; governing equations and their 561 method of solution for subsonic, transonic, supersonic, and hypersonic flows. P, 532a, 461.

564 Structural Dynamics (3) II Theory of lumped and distributed parameter multidegree of freedom mechanical systems. P, 430, 434. Aeroelasticity (3) II 1980 -81 Static aeroelastic phenomena -divergence, control reversal, effect of flexi- 565. bility on load distribution and control effectiveness; introduction to the aerodynamics of unsteady flow; flutter; effect of flexibility on vehicle stability and response. P, 430. Advanced Solar Engineering (3) II (Identical with Nu.E. 567) 567. Advanced Biomechanics (3) II 1980 -81 Fluid mechanics of the circulatory system application of me- 585. chanics to soft and hard tissues, such as blood, blood vessels, muscle, skin, bone, tissue structure, properties and rheology; peristalsis and urodynamics. (Identical with Ch.E. 585) Colliquim (1 to 3) III 695. a. Research Conference (1)

Seminar ( 1 )Il l 696. g. Graduate Seminar

Individual Studies

693 (I to 3); 694 (I to 3); 699 (1 to 5); 900 (1 to 3); 908 (3); 909 (1); 910 (I to 6) thesisoption requires a total of 2 units; 920 (I to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

AGRICULTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY AND NUTRITION

Committee on Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition (Graduate) Professors *Mitchell G. Vavich (Nutrition and Food Science), Chairman, William H. Brown (Animal Sciences), Darrel E. Goll (Nutrition and Food Science), *William H. Hale (Animal Sciences), Alec E. Kelley (Chemistry), *Mary Ann Kight (Home Econom- ics), Ivan M. Lytle (General Biology), *William F. McCaughey (Nutrition and Food Science), Raymond E. Reed (Veterinary Science), *Bobby L. Reid (Nutrition and Food Science) *Designates those persons who are members of the administrative subcommittee for nutrition. The Committee on Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in agricultural biochemistry and nutrition. Concentrations are available in animal, insect, or human nutrition; food science; the biochemistry of insects, plants, plant viruses, lipids and sterols, or vitamins; and in techniques of high pressure reactions. Undergraduate preparation must include mathematics through calculus and one year each of general biology, organic chemistry with laboratory, and physics with laboratory. A limited number of deficiencies may be removed after admission, but without graduate credit.

Degrees

MASTER OF SCIENCE - The student's course of study will be selected by the thesis director and approved by the Committee. A thesis based upon research and a final oral examination are required.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - The student's course of study will be selected by the dissertation director and approved by the Committee. Normally, students are admitted to this program only after completion of the requirements for the master's degree. A student who has demonstrated exceptional research and academic proficiency may, on the recommendation of the major advisor and the approval of the Committee, omit the master's degree and proceed directly to the qualifying examination for the Doctor of Philosophy degree program. Recommended minor fields are animal physiology, the biological sciences, genetics, microbiology, pharmacology, and the various branches of chemistry.

Programs for both degrees will emphasize both biology and chemistry courses from the following listing: 78 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Related Courses

Refer to the appropriate department for course descriptions. Courses whichare applicable to the program are An.S. 430, 436; Cell. 410, 562a -562b; Chem. 424, 440, 462a -462b, 480a -480b, 520, 521, 645, 565, 566; G.Bio. 403, 464aR- 464bR, 489; Gene. 670; H.Ec. 440, 441, 640a -640b; Micr. 419,420,423,527,577; N.F.S. 406a -406b, 459, 638, 460a -460b, 463, 470R, 470L, 468, 601, 615, 617, 606, 610,609,620,622,612, 613, 618; Ph.Sc. 437a -437b; Pcol. 471a-471b; V.Sc. 403, 405, 406, 601.

696. Seminar ( 1to 2) I 1 1 a. Molecular Biology (Identical with N.F.S. 696a, which is home) b. Nutrition (Identical with N.F.S. 696b, which is home) c. Food Science (Identical with N.F.S. 696c, which is home)

Individual Studies

599 (I to 5); 900 (I to 4); 910 (I to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

Professors Jimmye S. Hillman, Head, Robert C. Angus, Robert S. Firch, Roger W. Fox, David A. King (Renewable Natural Resources), Gerald E. Korzan (Visiting), William E. Martin, Thomas M. Stubblefield Assistant Professors David L. Barkley, Dennis C. Cory, Rumaldo Juarez (Sociology), Roger A. Selley, James C. Wade Adjunct Professors Harry W. Ayer, Russel L. Gum Associate Research Scientist Edwin H. Carpenter

The department offers a program leading to the Master of Science degree witha major in agricultural economics. Concentrations are available in agricultural marketing, agricultural policy, and resource economics. In cooperation with the Department of Economics, work is also offered leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree with a major in economics, emphasison the economics of natural resources. A thesis is normally required for the Master of Science degree for those students whoare employed by the department as graduate research assistants. The decision to requirea thesis or not will be made by the department head and Graduate Committee after consideration of the student's preparation, proposed graduate program, and professional objectives.

403. Marketing and Price Analysis (3) GC II Market functions, costs, price forecasting, and regulation inthe movement of agricultural products. Advanced degree credit available for nonmajors only. P, 439, Econ. 300. Barkley 404. Production Economic Analysis (3) GC I Application of production economics principles and analytical techniques to the solution of agricultural economics problems. Advanced degree credit available for nonmajors only. P, Math. 117, Econ. 300. Wade 412. International Agricultural Economic Development (3) GC 11 The role of agriculture in economic growth and development, including economic policies related to agriculture, and to world trade in agricultural commodities. , Econ. 20Ib (Identical with Econ. 412) Fox 414. Rural Area Development (3) GC 1 Problem identification and importance in today's society, framework of analysis, and possible modes of rural area development. P, Econ. 201b. Barkley 439. Economic Statistics (3) GC' 111 Application and interpretation of statistical measures to problems in economics. Advanced degree credit available for nonmajors only. P, Math. 117. (Identical with Econ. 439) Angus 440. Forest Resource Economics (3) GC (Identical with Ws.M. 440) 450. Agricultural Business Capital Management (3) GC I Applying business principles to problems confront- ing farm -ranch and incorporated agribusiness firms in the acquistion, allocation, control and transfer of capital resources. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, 215, or Econ. 300 and three units of acct. Selley 464. Agricultural Policy (3) GC I I Economic analysis of the policy issues and proposals impacting on agriculture and rural America, with emphasis on the historical and continuing role of government in price and income policies. Advanced degree credit available for nonmajors only. P, 101. Fox /Hillman 470. Economics of Outdoor Recreation (3) GC' II (Identical with N.R.R. 470) 79 AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION

Natural Resource Economics(3) GC II Economic principles useful in analyzing problems and policies of 476. natural resource use, development andconservation. P, Econ. 201b. (Identical with Econ. 476, W.R.A. 476, and Ws.M.476) Cory /Kelso Economic Issues in Land Use Planning (3)GC I Evaluating the economic efficiency of alternative land 477. use control programs,including zoning, eminent domain, development taxation, and transferable development rights. P, Econ. 300.Math. 123. Cory Forest Policy and Administration(3) GC 11 (Identical with Ws.M. 480) 480. Research Methodology in Agricultural Economics (3) IIStudy of the research process in agricultural 500. economics as an efficient means for acquiring reliable knowledgefor problem solutions. Martin Production Economics (3) I Theory of the firm and industry; singleand multiple products; risk and un- 504. certainty. (Identical with Econ. 504) Martin /Ayer Agricultural Price and Marketing Analysis. (3) II Marketing organization,efficiency, and functions in a 513. dynamic economy. (Identical with Econ. 513) Firch Operations Research in Applied Economics (3) I Application of linear,nonlinear, and multiple objective 515. programming, decision theory, and simulation of problems of agricultural production,marketing, policy, and natural resource use. P, Econ. 361, Math. 123. (Identical with Econ515) Wade Statistical Methods (2) IIt (Identical with Agri. 539) 539. (Identical with 56i4. Agricultural Policy Analysis (3) II Analysis of agricultural policy and policy proposals. Econ. 564) Fox /Hillman Natural Resource Economics (3 -3) Advanced economic analysis of natural resource poli- 576a -576b. Advanced cies and programs. 576a: Theory of environmental and natural resource policy. 576b:Evaluation of environmental and natural resource programs. P, Math. 123, Econ. 361. (Identical with Econ. 576a- 576b, W.R.A. 576a -576b, and Ws.M. 576a -576b) CorylKelso

Individua! Studies

599 (I to 6); 900 (2 to 8); 910 (2 to 8) maximum total, 8 units;930 (I to 6)

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION

Professors Floyd G. McCormick,Head,Clinton O. Jacobs Associate Professor Phillip R. Zurbrick Assistant Professor Arlen W. Etling Extension Specialist Kenneth S. Olson

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Master of Agri- cultural Education degrees with a major in agricultural education.

Degrees

MASTER OF SCIENCE -The program requires the completion of at least 20 units in agriculture and agricultural education. Supporting work shall be in business administration, education, psychology, sociology, or in other approved disciplines appropriate to teaching, extension, and similar educational work. A thesis (for which a maximum of 6 units may be earned) plus 30 units must be completed. MASTER OF AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION -For information concerning this degree seeRequirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Agricultural Educationelsewhere in this catalog.

438. Philosophy and Principles of Extension Education (2) GC II Social and economic significance of extension education in agriculture and home economics. P, twelve units of ag. or h.ec. (Identical with H.Ec. 438) 439. Extension Education Methods (2) GC I Objectives, criteria and procedures for developing and evaluating effective working relationships; the communication process, methods and techniques for efficient use of individual and mass media. P, six units of a.ed. or ed. (Identical with H.Ec. 439) 448. Extension Program Planning (2) GC II (Identical with H.Ec. 448) 80 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

497. Workshop ( Ito 3) [Rpt. /3 units in each subtopic] II I a. Curriculum Development GC b. Occupational Experience Program GC c. Youth Leadership Development GC d. Continuing Education in Agriculture GC e. Program Planning and Evaluation GC f. Developments in Teaching Agricultural Mechanization GC g. Teaching Agriculture Business Mechanics GC s. Senior Workshop in Extension (2) II P, 438, sr. standing. (Identicalwith H.Ec. 497s) GC

583. College Teaching of Agriculture (2) 1 1980 -81 Objectives, selection and organization of content; the teaching- learning process; evaluation of instruction; emphasis on teaching agriculture in junior andfour - year colleges. P, twelve units of ag. McCormick 597. Workshop (I to 3) III t. Principles of Extension Training I (Identical with H.Ec. 597t) u. Evaluation in Extension Education I (Identical with H.Ec. 597u) v. Volunteer Staff Development in Extension (3) I (Identical with H.Ec. 597v,which is home) x. Administration of Extension Programs I (Identical with H.Ec. 597x) 601. Advanced Agricultural Education (2) I Problems in organizing and conducting programs of instruction in vocational and extension education. P, eight units of a.ed. or ed. 615. Investigations and Studies in Agricultural Education (2)I Study and analysis of research literature, methods, techniques and procedures for conducting investigations; selecting a problem and developing plans for a study. P, nine units of a.ed. or ed. Zurbrick 621. Program Planning and Evaluation (2) II Developing programs and evaluating results in agricultural teaching and extension; situation analysis, objectives, policies, content, procedures, and evaluative criteria. P, six units of a.ed. McCormick

Individual Studies

599 (1 to 5); 900 (2 to 4); 910 (2 to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 930 (I to 6)

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING (See Soils, Water, and Engineering)

AGRICULTURE

Within the College of Agriculture programs are offered leading to the Master ofScience (M.S.), Master of Agricultural Education (M.Ag.Ed.), Master of Landscape Architecture (M.L.Arch.), and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees as indicated in the followinglist of departments and majors:

Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition (Committee) agricultural biochemistry and nutrition M.S. /Ph.D. Agricultural Economics agricultural economics M.S. Agricultural Education agricultural education M.S. /M.Ag. Ed. Animal Physiology (Committee) animal physiology M.S. /Ph.D. Animal Sciences animal science M.S. dairy science M.S. poultry science M.S. Entomology entomology M.S./Ph.D. Nutrition and Food Science (Jointly administered by Agriculture and School of Home Economics) M.S. dietetics M.S. food .science M.S. home economics 81 ANATOMY

Plant Pathology plant pathology M.S./Ph.D. Plant Protection (Committee) plant protection M.S. Plant Sciences M.S. /ph.D. agronomy and plant genetics ..M.S./Ph.D. horticulture Renewable Natural Resources fisheries science M.S. /ph.D. landscape architecture M.L.Arch. range management M.S. /ph.D. soil and water science M.S. /ph.D. watershed management M.S. /Ph.D. wildlife ecology M.S. /ph.D. Soils, Water, and Engineering agricultural engineering M.S. soil and water science M.S. /ph.D. Veterinary Science No graduate majors except in cooperation with certain other departments.

In special cases, students with an undergraduate field of concentration different from but related to the intended graduate major may be admissible. Students with a special interest in genetics are referred to Genetics elsewhere in this cgta- log. For further information concerning any of the programs listed above, see the appropriate departmental headnotes and also see Requirements for Graduate Degrees elsewhere in this cgta- log. The Agricultural Experiment Station offers the graduate student in agriculture an opportunity to participate in current research programs. The student may be assigned to a staff member of the Agricultural Experiment Station, under whose direction the research necessary to the writing of an acceptable thesis or dissertation is conducted. Residence credit may be earnedfor certain graduate courses offered at University facilities away from the Tucson campus.

General Courses in Agriculture

509. Information Sources for Agricultural Scientists (1)I Information systems and retrieval techniques, !with particular reference to concepts, uses and limitations; emphasis on abstracts, indexes, alerting serVices, journals and government documents. Caldwell /McDaniel /White

539. Statistical Methods(2)III Concepts and methods of inferential statistics, including probability djstri- butions. estimation and testing hypotheses for common statistical problems. 10 -week course. p o ath. 117. (Identical with A.Ec. 539, Stat. 539, and Tox. 539) Kuehl A student should also take a third related unit, taught during the last five weeks of the semesterand selected from among the following options:

539a. Analysis of Variance (1) 111P, 539. 539n. Nonparametric Methods (1) 1P, 539. 539r. Regression Analysis (1) 111P, 539. 539s. Sample Surveys (1) IIP, 539. 540. Design and Analysis of Experiments(3) II Design principles for complete and incomplete block desgns, analysis of factorial experiments, split plot designs, analysis of covariance, analysis of series of exerr- ments, orthogonal polynomials and multiple regression. P, 539a. (Identical with Stat. 540) Kuehl 609. Scientific Communication and Research Funding Methods (1) II1979-80 Techniques and limitatio(9s of written, oral, and visual scientific communication; procedures and policies for research funding sources.

Individual Studies

594 (1)

ANATOMY

Professors Bryant Benson, Head, Jay B. Angevine, Philip H. Krutzsch Associate Professors William D. Barber, C. Ward Kischer, Albert V. LeBouton Assistant Professors David E. Blask, Nada G. Chang, Bruce E. Magun 82 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major in anatomy. The undergraduate major need not be in the biological or chemical sciences, but the applicant must have completed courses in mathematics through calculus and analytical geometry; inorganic and organic chemistry; a year of general physics; and at least 16 units in the biological sciences. It is advisable that the applicant present at least one course in comparative anatomy, genetics, or general physiology and a year of general zoology or biology. A limited number of deficiencies may be satisfied after admission and, if appropriate, graduate credit may be allowed. Applicants must submit scores on the Aptitude test and one Advanced test (Biology preferred) of the Graduate Record Examination and four letters of recommendation from former science instructors familiar with their academic ability and personal character.

Degrees

MASTER OF SCIENCE - This degree is offered only in rare instances when individuals qualified to study for the doctorate are forced to terminate early. A final oral examination, a thesis based upon original research, and reading proficiency in one foreign language are required.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - The degree program includes course work in gross anatomy, microscopic anatomy, and neuroanatomy. If acceptable courses have already been completed in one or more of these subjects, the student will be allowed to audit the corresponding course and assist in the laboratory. Acceptable minor subjects are anthropology, physiology, biochemistry, pharmacology, microbiology, or the biological sciences. At least three one -semester courses must be completed in the minor field. The foreign language requirement will ordinarily be satisfied in French or German but, at the discretion of the faculty, another foreign language may be substituted. The faculty may also require the student to include one or more language courses other than those used to fulfill the minimum requirement. Doctoral students majoring in other disciplines may, with the approval of an anatomy mi- nor advisor, select anatomy as a minor field. The minor program will consist of at least 16 units in anatomy.

601. Human Gross Anatomy (8)I Comprehensive survey of the development and gross structure of the human body. P, Chem. 103b, 104b, 243b, 245b; Phys. 102b; G.Bio. 101b.

602. Microscopic Anatomy (4) I Essentials of microscopic human anatomy. P, Chem. 103b, 104b, 243b, 245b; Phys. 102b; G.Bio. 101 b. 603. Microscopic Structure (I to 3) II Selected concepts of structural organization at light and electron microscopic levels of the anatomy and development of the cells, tissues, and organs of vertebrates. P, 601, 602. 604. Gross Human Anatomy (2 to 6) [Rpt.] I1 Study in depth of the gross human anatomy of selected areas or systems. P, 601, 602. 605. Neurosciences (4) Phase IIEssentials of mammalian neural development, structure and function. P, Chem. 103b, 104b, 2436, 245b; Phys. 102b; G.Bio. 101b; Cell. 410. (Identical with Psio. 605)

606. Comparative Vertebrate Neuroanatomy (3) I A presentation of the comparative structure of the central nervous system in selected examples of the various vertebrates. P, 605.

610a -610b. Anatomical Techniques (1 to 3 - 1 to 3) Introduction to special techniques and procedures of analytical anatomy. P, 601, 602.

616. Introduction to Anatomical Literature ( I ) 1 I I A problem- oriented, bibliographic approach to basic anatomical references. Primarily for those students planning a career in anat. and wishing to prepare themselves for further grad. study. 3L.

696. Seminar ( I )I I b. Biological, Structural and Functional Interactions [Rpt. /4] Open to majors only. P, Chem. 103b, 104b, 243b, 245b, Phys. 102b, G.Bio. 10Ib.

Individual Studies

599 (I to 6); 900 (1 to 8); 910 (I to 8); 920 (I to 9); 930 (I to 6) PHYSIOLOGY 83 OWL

ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY

Committee on Animal Physiology (Graduate)

Gerald (Animal Chairman, (Nutrition professors e),Robert B.Chiasons (Veterinary Science), IvaMneLytleGeeal Biology), William F. McCaughey (Nutrition and Food Science), Donald E. Ray (Animal Sci- ences), Raymond E. Reed (Veterinary Science), Frederick B. Roby (Physical Education), Carl B. Roubicek (Animal Sciences), Charles W. Weber (Nutrition and Food Science), Jack H. Wilmore (Physical Education) Associate ProfessorRonald W. Hilwig (Veterinary Science) Lecturer ThomasN. Wegner (Animal Sciences) The interdepartmental Committee on Animal Physiology offers programs leading to the Mastér of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in animalphysiology. It is recommended that applicants have a fundamental knowledge of zoology (including anatomy, physiology,and genetics), chemistry, mathematics, and physics. It,is also recommended that applicantssubmit scores on the Graduate Record Examination. A thesis is required for the Master of Science degree. Doctoral minors may be in animal sciences, veterinary science,biochemistry, nutrition, pharmacology, the biological sciences, chemistry, physicaleducation, nursing, or other discipline approved by the Committee to meet the needs of the student.

Related Courses Refer to the appropriate department for course Courses are applicable to the program are Agri. 539, 539a, 539n, 539r, 539s, 540; An.S. 412, 430, 436, 413, 414, 415R, 4I5L, 601, 635,612, 550; Cell. 410, 412, 612; G. Bio. 267R, 358; Chem. 460, 462a -462b, 480a -480b, 565, 566; Ecol. 468, 431; G.Bio. 464aR- 464bR, 489; H.Ec. 640a -640b; N.F.S. 406a -406b, 615, 617, 606, 610, 620, 613, 618; Mier. 521, 630, 577, 577R, 695i; Ph.Sc. 430a -430b; Ph.Ed. 520, 525, 530, 550; Psio. 601, 605; Stat. 505, 508, 620, 461; V.Sc. 406, 400a -b, 405, 423, 458, 459, 601.

596. Seminar (1) I 11 a. Animal Physiology [Rpt.]

Individual Studies

599 (1 to 5); 900 (1 to 8); 910 (1 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 920 (I to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

ANIMAL SCIENCES

Professors Richard W. Rice, Head, William H. Brown, William H. Hale, John A. Marchello, Donald E. Ray, Bobby L. Reid . (Nutrition and Food Science), Franklin D. Rollins, Carl B. Roubicek, James D. Schuh, Marvin R. Selke, Gerald H. Stott, C. Brent Theurer, Charles W. Weber (Nutrition and Food Science) Associate Professors Forrest D. Dryden, R. Spencer Swingle, Frank M. Whiting Assistant Professor C. Richard Benson Instructor William A. Schurg Lecturers Gary R. Amundson, Thomas N. Wegner

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science degree with a major in animal science, dairy science; or poultry science. Concentrations in animal breeding, animal nutrition, meat science, or animal physiology are available under each of the three majors. Admission is generally dependent upon an undergraduate major in some field of animal agriculture and a basic background in biological, chemical, and physical sciences. 84 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

A thesis is required, but may be waived in unusual circumstances at the option of the department. Candidates who do not complete a thesis must present a minimum of 36 graduate units and an acceptable professional paper. Approval for a Master of Science program without thesis must be obtained no later than 9 months after admission to the degree program or within 12 months after provisional admission or admission as International Special, whichever is sooner. Supporting work is available in agriculture, animal physiology, biochemistry, biological sciences, chemistry, microbiology, nutrition and food science, physiology, plant sciences, statistics, systems and industrial engineering, veterinary science, and in soils, water and engineering. Graduate programs leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree are administered by interdepartmental committees: Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition, Animal Physiology, and Genetics. 412. Environmental Physiology of Domestic Animals(3) GC ll Physiological responses and adaptations of domestic animals to their internal and external environment; how the responses and adaptations relate to productivity and management. P, 430; V.Sc. 250, 400a or 400b.

413. Principles of Animal Breeding(3) GC lBasic concepts involved in the improvement of economically important traits of livestock through application of genetic principles. Field trips. P, 213 or G.Bio. 321 or PI.S. 228.

414. Animal BreedingSystems (2) GC II Utilization of selection and mating systems for genetic improvement of domestic and lab. animals.P,413 or PI.S. 235.

415R.Physiology of Reproduction(3) GC I Study of the organs of reproduction and their accessories; physiology and endocrinology as related to the process of reproduction and milk secretion.P,Chem. 101b, 102b, G.Bio. 101a and three units of animal anat. -psio. 415L.Physiology of Reproduction Laboratory(1) GC I Practice in semen collection and storage, artificial in- semination, and hormone assay. P or CR, 415R.

430. Principles of Nutrition(3) GC IIIDigestion, absorption and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, vitamins and inorganic nutrients.Fieldtrip.P, Chem. 101b and 102b or 1036 and 104b. (Identical with Fish. 430 and N.F.S. 430) 436. Applied Animal Nutrition(4) GC II Application of principles of nutrition to the feeding of livestock and poultry, nutrient composition and characteristics of feeds, nutrient requirements and diet formulation. 3R, 3L, P, 430.

460a -460b. Food Chemistry(2 -2) GC 1979 -80 (Identical with N.F.S. 460a -460b) 463. Food Analysis(2) GC 1 1980 -81 (Identical with N.F.S. 463)

471. Beef Cattle Production(3) GC I The production, feeding, and management of beef cattle on the ranch and in the feedlot. Field trip. P, 430.

472. Dairy Herd Management(3) GC IProper milking, efficient housing, and health management of dairy cattle; marketing milk from the farm; milk production costs. Field trip. P, 430. 473. Swine Production(2) GC I The production, feeding and management of swine in intensive production systems. Field trip. P, 430.

474. Sheep Production(2) GCI1The production, feeding and management of sheep on the farm and ranch. 1 R, 3L. P, 430. 475. Poultry Production(3) GC 11 Application of biological principles to modern poultry production. Field trips. P, 430. 480. Composition and Structure of Meat(2) GC I The detailed structure, growth and biochemical constitution of muscle and its conversion to meat. Field trip. P, 180 or 185 and Chem. 103b, 104b. (Identical with N.F.S. 480)

596. Seminar (1) II I a. Animal Sciences [Rpt. /3]

601. Advanced Nutrition(3)II1979 -80 (Identical with N.F.S. 601) 609. Nutritional Biochemistry Techniques(3) I (Identical with N.F.S. 609)

612. Chemistry of Enzymes(2)II1980 -81 (Identical with N.F.S. 612) 622. Mineral Metabolism(2) 1 1979 -80 (Identical with N.F.S. 622) 635. Ruminant Nutrition(3)I Recent findings in ruminant nutrition; the physiochemical processes of digestion and absorption; importance and metabolism of rumen microflore; normal metabolic and abnormal metabolic disorders: modes of action of feed stimulants.P,430, 436; Chem. 241a, 243a. 85 ,4NTHROPOLOGY

Individual Studies

549 (I to 3);900 (2 to 8); 910 (2 to 8) maximum total, 8 units; 930 (1 to 6)

ANTHROPOLOGY

Thompson, Head, Bannister(Laboratory ProfessorsRaymond Tree-Ring Research), H. Basso, John H Chcott, T PatrickCulbert, Diebold, Emil W Haury, C. Vance Haynes, Richard N. Henderson, Arthur J. Jelinek, Jerrold E. Levy, William A. Longacre, Robert M. Netting, James E. Officer, Stanley J. Olsen, William J. Robinson (Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research), William A. Stini, Paul R. Turner, Jane H. Underwood, Thomas Weaver Associate Professors Ellen B. Basso, Constance Cronin, Jeffrey S. Dean (Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research), William L. Rathje, Richard A. Thompson, Stephen L. Zegura Assistant Professors Theodore Downing (Bureau of Ethnic Research), Mary Eilen Morbeck, Su- san U. Philips, J. Jefferson Reid, Michael B. Schiffer, Norman Yoffee Lecturers KeithM. Anderson, James E. Ayres (Arizona State Museum), Walter H. Birkby (Arizona State Museum), Edwin N. Ferdon, Jr. (Arizona State Museum), Ernest E. Leavitt (Arizona State Museum), Daniel S. Matson, Charles W. Polzer (Arizona State Museum), Emory Sekaquaptewa, R. Gwinnett Vivian (Arizona State Museum)

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in anthropology. Concentrations are available in archaeology, cultural anthropology, linguistics, or physical anthropology. Each applicant is required to submit scores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination taken within the last five years, a detailed statement of professional goals, and two letters of recommendation from instructors who are in a position to predict the potential as a graduate student.

Degrees

MASTER OF ARTS - No thesis is required. A minimum of 12 units in anthropology core courses and 18 units in supporting work must be completed. Supporting courses may be chosen from Southwestern studies, applied anthropology, American Indian studies, cultural resource management, museology, secondary education, archaeology, cultural anthropology, linguistics, physical anthropology, or general anthropology. Specific course requirements for programs in cultural resource management and museology are listed in literature available from departmental advisors.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - The major consists of 36 or more units of course work plus the dissertation. The minor, consisting of 15 or more units, may be taken within the department.

The resources of several research facilities are available to qualified graduate students. The Bureau of Ethnic Research, a division of the Department of Anthropology, is a center for anthropological and interdisciplinary research with an emphasis on the study of modern Indian and other ethnic groups in the greater Southwest. Extensive archaeological, ethnological, and osteolog- ical collections are available in the Arizona State Museum. Field training in archaeological techniques is offered on both the graduate and undergraduate levels at the University of Arizona Archaeological Field School, which is operated jointly by the department and the Arizona State Museum. The Laboratories of Tree -Ring Research, Isotope Geochemistry, Paleoenvironmental Studies, and Paleontology provide opportunities for climatic and chronological studies of special interest to advanced students in archaeology.

400. Processes of Culture Change (3)GCII Intensive investigation of specific theories and varieties of culture change. 401. Ancient Mesopotamia (3) GC 11980 -81 Babylonia and Assyria in the Second and First Millennia B.C. from liammurabi to the Fall of the Assyrian Empire; special attention to problems of socioeconomic organization. P, IOOa. (Identical with Hist. 40l and Or.S. 401) 86 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTIOI

402. Kinship and Social Organization (3) GC I Principles in the comparative study of social systems; types e social structure. P, 200, or nine units of soc. (Identical with Soc. 402) 403. Culture, Cognition, and Behavior (3) GC II Synthesis of modern approaches to cognitive research an theory, including cultural, linguistic, biological, and developmental perspectives. 404. Sociology of the Southwest (3) GC I (Identical with Soc. 404) 405. Urbanization (3) GC I Cross -cultural survey of development of urban areas from the past to the present P, 200. 406. Political Anthropology (3) GC II 1980 -81 Comparative political structure and process; segmentary sys tems, evolution of the state; ideologies and bureaucracies in cross -cultural perspective; Third World any modern politics. 407. Peasant Communities (3) GC 1 1980 -81 Comparative analysis of traditional and contemporary peasan communities. P, 200, or nine units of soc. (Identical with Soc. 407) 408. Applications of Anthropology (3) GC I Methods and results in the use of cultural anthropology in th, solution of practical problems of human adjustment to changing conditions in the United States and i underdeveloped areas of the world. P, 305. 409. Economic Anthropology (3) GC II Analysis of production, exchange, distribution, consumption, proper ty, economic surplus, inheritance, and types of economic structure. P, 200, or twelve units of econ (Identical with Econ. 409) 410. Perspectives in Anthropology (3) GC II Introduction to the concepts aqd objectives in the comparativi study of world cultures. Designed for nonmajors. 411. Anthropology of Religion (3) GC I Comparative approaches to the study of religion; systems of ritua and symbolization in the primitive world; shamanism and possession; religious movements; religion ii the modern world. (Identical with Reli. 411) 413. Ethnology of the Southwest (3) GC II 1979 -80 Culture history and economic, social, and religious insti tutions of the living people of the Southwest. P, 200. (Identical with A.In.S. 413) 414a -414b. Indians of the Southwest (3 -3) GC S History, arts and crafts, economics, social institutions, reli gions, and mythology of the present -day Indians of the Southwest. 415a -415b. Southwestern Indian Arts (3 -3) GC 415a: Prehistdric utilitarian and aesthetic arts, 415b: The art o the modern Indians of the Southwest. 415a is not prerequisite to 415b. (Identical with A.In.S. 415a 415b) 416. Contemporary Indian America (3) GC II The nature and results of contact between Indians and non- Indians in North America from 1513 to the present. (Identical with A.In.S. 416) 418a -418b. Scientific Illustration (2 to 4 - 2 to 4) GC (Identical with G.Bio. 4I8a -418b) 419. Mexican American Culture (3) GC IHistorical background, cultural institutions, indentity problems, social relations, and future expectations of people of Mexican ancestry in the United States. P, 100b. (Identical with M.A.S. 419) 420. Contemporary American Culture (3) GC II 1979 -80 Diverse perspectives on American values as ex- pressed in organization of space, bureaucracies, media, ethnic groups, religious sects and movements. 421. Ethnology of North America (3) GC I Origin and distribution of native populations of North America; historical development and interrelations of cultures. P, 200. (Identical with A.In.S. 421) 422a -422b. Pre -Columbian Art (3 -3) GC (Identical with Art 422a -422b) 423. Peoples of Mexico (3) GC II Cultural background and present -day economic, social, and religious life of Indian and mestizo groups in rural regions; processes of acculturation and current trends in cultural development. P, 200. (Identical with A.In.S. 423 and M.A.S. 423) 425. Ethnology of South America (3) GC 11980 -81 Aboriginal culture patterns of South America. P, 200. (Identical with A.In.S. 425) 427. Religion and Mythology of Mesopotamia (3) GC II 1980 -81 Readings in translation of Sumerian and Babylonian myths and rituals stressing anthropological techniques in the interpretation of Mesopo- tamian cosmology. P, 100a. (Identical with Or.S. 427 and Reli. 427) 428. Anthropology of Law (3) GC II 1979 -80 Issues in the anthropology and history of law, focusing on the nature of law in its social context; selected case studies, with emphasis on Mesopotamian law codesand legal documents. (Identical with Or.S. 428) 429. Cultures and Societies of Africa (3) GC II Ethnology and social anthropology of African peoples including their ecology, social organization, and systems of thought. P, 200. (Identical with BI.S. 429) 432. Peoples of the Pacific (3) GC 1 Populations and cultures of Polynesia, Micronesia, and Melanesia;val. ability of these "natural laboratory" settings in an ecological framework. P, 100b. 433. Advanced Scientific Illustration (4) GCS (Identical with G.Bio. 433) 435. Principles of Archaeological Field Work (3) GC II Introduction to the principles of archaeologicalfield- work, with emphasis on method and theory of survey and excavation. 2R, 3L. P, 235. 436. Cultural Resource Management (3) GC II Survey of history, legislation, and methods of archaeological. salvage, conservation and public interpretation; application to current resource management problems' P, 235. 87 ANTHROPOLOGY

438. Zooarchaeology (3) GC I Animals in relation to man, with emphasis on past cultures, especially in the Southwest; morphology of animal skeletons; identification and interpretation of fragmentary remains. Beginnings of Animal Domestication (3) GC II Beginnings of animal domestication in the Old World 439. and introductions of Old World domesticates into the New World. 440a -440b. Laboratory in Zooarchaeology (3 -3) GC Fragmentary animal remains in archaeological interpretations. 440a: Diagnostic morphologicalfeatures;roleinculturalinterpretation. 440b: Analytical techniques; lab. analysis; report preparation. I R, 6L.

441. Organization of Museums (3) GC I Survey of the history, structure, and function of museums. Field trip. P, 100a -100b, or six units of art hist.

442. Processing of Museum Materials (3) GC II Principles and techniques of museum registration procedures, treatment and storage of specimens, and the use of museum collections inresearch, the classroom, and the community. 2R, 3L. P, 441.

443. The Archaeology of Pre -Classical Greece (3) GC 1 1979 -80 (Identical with Clas. 443) 444. The Archaeology of Pre -Roman Italy (3) GC II 1979 -80 (Identical with Clas. 444) 445. Presentation of Museum Collections (3) GC III Methods in the presentation of objects in temporary and traveling exhibitions. 2R, 3L. Field trip. P, 442.

446. Museum Conservation Methods (3) GC III Basic procedures in the preservation, repair and restoration of archaeological and historical collections. P, 442.

447. Preindustrial Technology (3) GC II A survey of processes, tools and techniques and their comparative cultural manifestations, with emphasis on metal and wood. 2R, 3L.

450. Social Stratification (3) GC III (Identical with Soc. 450) 451. Archaeology of North America (3) GC IIntensive survey of the development of culture in North Amer- ica from the time of the initial peopling of the New World to the historic period. P, 235. (Identical with A.In.S. 451) 452R.Archaeology of the Southwest (3) GC I Development of culture in the prehistoric Southwest from the late Pleistocene through the early historic period. Field trip. P, 235. (Identical with A.In.S. 452R) 452L.Archaeology of the Southwest (3) GC II The nature of archaeological data recovered in the Southwest, with emphasis on their potential for the drawing of both cultural and chronological inferences. P, 452R. (Identical with A.In.S. 452L) 453. Mesoamerican Archaeology (3) GC I Survey of the development of culture in Mesoamerica from the terminal Pleistocene through the Spanish conquest. P, 235. (Identical with A.In.S. 453 and M.A.S. 453) 454. Archaeology of South America (3) GC II Development of the Andean civilizations and their influence on prehistoric cultures in the rest of South America. P, 235. (Identical with A.In.S. 454) 456. Old World Prehistory (3) GC II Man's cultural development in the Old World, as revealed by prehistoric archaeology, from earliest cultural evidence through the development of agricultural villages. 457. Prehistoric Mesopotamia (3) GC 1 1979 -80 Theories of the rise of civilization tested against archaeological data from Mesopotamia with comparative material from other areas. Time period: end of the Paleolithic to historic (Sumerian) civilization. (Identical with Or.S. 457) 459. Historical Archaeology (3) GC II Survey of the basic data and methods of research in the material culture of modern history. (Identical with Hist. 459) 461. Minority Groups (3) GC II (Identical with Soc. 461) 464a -464b. Introduction to Dendrochronology (3 -3) GC (Identical with Geos. 464a -464b) 465. Heredity and Environment (3) GC IIntensive survey of physical anthropology, with special emphasis on the evolution of man's biological characteristics. 467. Racial Origins (3) GC II Analysis of the processes which have led tö the evolution of genetically differ- entiated populations within the human species. P, 265. 468. Human Osteology (3) GC I Human osteology for the archaeologist and physical anthropologist; techniques of in situ and lab. identification, preservation and measurement. 2R, 3L. 470a -470b. Human Adaptability (3 -3) GC Study of human adaptability focusing on physiological plasticity, growth, nutrition, population ecology, demography, epidemiology and paleopathology. P, 100a, 265. 470a is not prerequisite to 470b. 471. Introduction to Indic Civilization (3) GC I (Identical with Or.S. 471) 472. Primatology (3) GC I Comparative study of primate anatomy, physiology, and behavior, including social behavior; analysis of similarities and distinctions between human and nonhuman primates. P, 265. 473. Primate Anatomy (4) GC II 197940 Intensive introduction to primate functional morphology from an anthropological viewpoint, including approaches, techniques, dissection and studies of morphology, behavior and evolution. 2R, 6L. 474R.Ethnobotany (3) GC II (Identical with G.Bio. 474R) 474L.Ethnobotany Laboratory (I) GC II (Identical with G.Bio. 474L) 476. Language in Culture (3) GC II Survey of the nature of the interrelationships between language and other cultural phenomena. P, 276. (Identical with Ling. 476) 88 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

478. Nonverbal Communication (3) GC 111980 -8I Survey of nonverbal communication among humans (posture, gesture, facial expression, gaze direction and eye contact), with attention to the biological and cultural factors that determine form and meaning of such communication. 479. Bilingualism in the Southwest (3) GC II An analysis of the cultural, social and personality aspects of bilingualism in the Southwest. (Identical with Ling. 479) 480. Historical Comparative Linguistics: Linguistic Ways to Prehistory (3) GC II Types and mechanisms of linguistic change; language and dialect formation; determination of historical relationships; reconstruction of proto- languages and cultures, and their origins in time and space. P, 276. (Identical with Ling. 480) 481a -481b. Archaeology of Syria -Palestine in the Bronze and Iron Ages (3 -3) GC (Identical with Or.S. 481a- 481 b) 482. Hopi Language in Culture (3) GC II A conversational introduction to Third Mesa dialect of Hopi, with emphasis on cultural context and covering essentials of Hopi language structure. (Identical with A.In.S. 482) 484a -484b. Akkadian Linguistics (3 -3) GC 1980 -81 Introduction to the standard literary language of the Baby- lonians and Assyrians. (Identical with Or.S. 484a -484b) 485. Social Organization of India and Pakistan (3) GC! (Identical with Or.S. 485) 486. Comparative Community Development (3) GC! (Identical with Soc. 486) 489. Anthropology and Education (3) GC III (Identical with Ed.F.A. 489) 500. History of Anthropological Theory (3) 1 Survey of development of theory and method in anthropology. 514. Late Quaternary Geology (3) I (Identical with Geos. 514) 561. Paleo- Indian Geochronology (3) II 1979 -80 Chronological development of Paleo- Indian occupation of the New World; site discovery, case studies, development of theories on origins and impact of early man on the environment. (Identical with Geos. 561) 562. Tree -Ring Dating and Archaeology (3) II 1979 -80 The relationship of dendrochronology to archaeological analysis and interpretation. 2R, 3L. P, 452R.

576. Structural Linguistics (3) 1 Principles and methods for analyzing and describing the structure of languages. (Identical with Ling. 576) 580. Linguistic Field Methods (3) 111 Experience in gathering and analyzing language data from an inform- ant, with special emphasis on practical applications. 581. Quaternary Palynology (4) II (Identical with Geos. 581) 584a -584b. Readings in Akkadian (3 -3) 1979 -80 Readings in selected literary, religious and economic texts designed not only to improve language mastery but to use those documents in elucidation of specific topics in Mesopotamian culture. P, 484a -484b. (Identical with Or.S. 584a -584b) 588. Clinical Anthropology (3) 11 (Identical with Nurs. 588)

596. Seminar ( 1to 4) II I r. Quaternary Geochronology (Identical with Geos. 596r, which is home) 600a -600b. Foundations of Cultural Anthropology (3 -3) An intensive introduction to social and cultural anthropology, with emphasis on theories and concepts of culture, society, and the individual. Open to majors only. 604. Educational Administration in Anthropological Perspective (3) I (Identical with Ed.F.A. 604) 635a -635b. Foundations of Archaeology (3 -3) An intensive introduction to archaeology. 635a: Major problems in the culture sequence. 635b: Methods and concepts. Open to majors only. 640. Archaeological Research Design (3) I Methodological considerations of designing experimental, ethnoar- chaeological, and prehistoric research, with emphasis on cultural resource management studies. P, 436, 635a -635b. 642. Advanced Field Course in Archaeology (8) S Eight -week course in advanced archaeological methods, theory, and field techniques, including practical experience in excavation, observation, recording, care of specimens, lab. analysis, and interpretation. This course is conducted at Grasshopper, a 14th- century pueblo ruin on the Ft. Apache Indian Reservation in Arizona. Registration limited. Contact department for application, which must be returned by April 1. 645. Early Civilizations (3) II Comparative analysis of early civilizations from both the Old World and the New World, with emphasis on regularities in cultural development. P, 457, 456b, 454, or 650b. 650a -650b. Ancient Civilizations of Mesoamerica (3 -3) 1979 -80 Comparative study of cultural developmentit Mesoamerica, with emphasis on agricultural beginnings, settlement pattern and urbanization, hiero. glyphic writing, and ealendrical systems. 665a -665b. Foundations of Physical Anthropology (3 -3) Survey of modern physical anthropology, includingevo- lutionary theory, genetics, primatology, palaeoanthropology, human growth, adaption and variation. 666. Human Microevolution (3) 11 1979 -80 Problems and methodology in the study of cultural, demographic, and ecological factors affecting microevolutionary processes in human populations. P, 465 or 467. APPLIED MATHEMATICS 89

of man and the evo- 667, Human Origins (3) II 1980 -81 Detailed examination of theories about the ancestry lution of human characteristics. P, 370 or 465.

679a_679ó. Language andEthnography (3 -3) Theories of language and language usage in relation to the analysis of nonlinguistic cultural phenomena and the production of ethnographicdescriptions. P, six units of ling. Seminar ( l to 3) Il l 696. a. Archaeology b. Cultural Anthropology c. Linguistics d. Physical Anthropology e. Museology

Individual Studies

693 (1 to 4); 694 (1 to 4)[Rpt./2]; 699 (1 to 5); 900 ( I to 4); 920 (1 to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

APPLIED MATHEMATICS

Committee on Applied Mathematics

Professors *Robert E. O'Malley, Jr. (Mathematics), Chairman, Bruce R. Barrett (Physics),P. K. Bhattacharya (Mathematics), Donald G. Dudley (Electrical Engineering), Otis Dudley Duncan (Sociology), Paul C. Fife (Mathematics), Joseph F. Gross (Chemical Engi- neering), Robert L. Hamblin (Sociology), *David L. Hetrick (Nuclear Engineering), Bobby R. Hunt (Systems and Industrial Engineering and Optical Sciences), J. Ran- dolph Jokipii (Astronomy and Planetary Sciences), Granino A. Korn (Electrical Engineering), George L. Lamb, Jr. (Mathematics and Optical Sciences), Willis E. Lamb, Jr. (Optical Sciences and Physics), David O. Lomen (Mathematics), David Lovelock (Mathematics), Richard L. Morse (Nuclear Engineering), Michael L. Ro- senzweig (Ecology and Evolutionary Biology), Hanno Rund (Mathematics), *Marian O. Scully (Physics and Optical Sciences), William R. Sears (Aerospace and Mechani- cal Engineering), *A. Richard Seebass, III (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering), DavidF. Shanno, (Management Information Systems), *Vernon L. Smith (Economics), Thomas L. Vincent (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering) Associate Professors Jim M. Cushing (Mathematics), David P. Dobkin (computer Science), Wil- liam G. Faris (Mathematics), Hermann Flaschka (Mathematics), Frederic A. Hopf (Optical Sciences), Roy E. Marsten (Management Information Systems), David W. McLaughlin (Mathematics)

*Denotes members of the University Committee on Applied Mathematics.

The Committee offers programs leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in applied mathematics. The Committee on Applied Mathematics encourages interdisciplinary research and advanced studyinapplied mathematics.Its programs allow graduate students with diverse backgrounds to sharpen their analyticalskillsto apply them totheir own disciplines. Simultaneously, it encourages mathematics majors and others with substantial analytical talents to apply their skills to exciting scientific and important applied problems. Development of the program is partially in response to an increasing need in industry and government for graduates skilled in the techniques of applied mathematics. Likewise, it recognizes a continuing need in the physical sciences and engineering, as well as a growing need in the biological and social sciences, for scientists skilled in mathematical analysis and modeling. For both the master's and doctoral degrees, student programs are quite flexible and individually designed. Essentially, their basic structure involves a selection of some foundation courses in mathematics, a number of other courses both inside and outside the Department of Mathemat- ics, and participation in a problem seminar. Entering students are expected to know advanced calculus and basic probability theory, although they can take such courses as graduate students. The foundation courses include numerical analysis, ordinary differential equations, statistics, sto- 90 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION chastic processes, and methods of applied mathematics. In the problem seminar, different faculty members (primarily nonmathematicians) present in -depth analyses of problems arising in their research. A doctoral dissertation in applied mathematics applies mathematics to a problem arising in an applied discipline, or develops mathematical methods for a class of such problems. Those interested in detailed information about requirements and examinations should contact the Committee. Committee members are currently involved with a variety of research activities, many ben - efitting from interdisciplinary cooperation. Subjects currently include aerodynamics, analysis of algorithms, asymptotic methods, bifurcation analysis, biological modeling, boundary layer theory, calculus of variations, combinatorial optimization, differential games, digital image processing, dynamical systems, economics of uncertainty, electromagnetic theory, experimental economics, fluid dynamics, fusion devices, heavy ion reaction theory, hybrid computation, integral and functional equations, interactive computer graphics, laser physics, mathematical ecology, mathematical programming, mathematical theory and measurement of social change, medical physics, microcirculation, nonlinear optics, nonlinear partial differential equations, non -numerical computing, nuclear many -body theory, numerical analysis, nuclear reactor analysis and safety, operations research, operator theory, optimal control, pattern recognition, pharmacokinetics, plasma physics, population dynamics, qualitative sociology, quantum electronics, quantum mechanics, quantum optics, reaction -diffusion equations, relativity, signal processing, simulation, singular perturbations, soil mechanics, statistics, statistical mechanics, stochastic modeling, tensor calculus, and wave propagation.

ARABIC (See Oriental Studies)

ARCHITECTURE

Professors Ronald Gourley,Dean,Fred S. Matter, Charles A. Albanese, Robert C. Giebner, El- lery C. Green, Gordon Heck, W. Kirby Lockard, Robert E. McConnell, Alvin E. Miller, Harris J. Sobin, Edward T. White, Ill. Associate Professors Harry der Boghosian, Kenneth N. Clark, Robert W. Dvorak, Franklin S. Flint, J. Douglas MacNeil, Richard L. Medlin, William P. Stamm Assistant Professors James L. Larson, Robert L. Nevins Adjunct Professor Judith Chafee Visiting Lecturers Sandra Davis Lakeman, David G. Saile

The College of Architecture offers a program leading to the second professional degree, Master of Architecture. For information concerning this degree program, seeRequirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Architectureelsewhere in this catalog.

412. Advanced Graphics (3)GC IAdvanced graphics, with specific emphasis on photographic techniques for use in portfolio preparation; general review of professional public relations presentation techniques. 2R. 6L. P, 222b, 330b. 414. History of Architecture: American Architecture (3)GC IIIThe developments in American architecture from the colonial to the early modern period. P, six units of art hist. or arch. hist. Nonmajors may petition to enroll. 422. Process and Synthesis in Design (3)GCII Traditional and contemporary models of concept formation in design, including a study of their underlying assumptions and values. P, 330b. 428. Perception of Designed Environments: Measurement and Evaluation (3)GC II(Identical with Psyc. 428) 439a -439b. Construction Contract Documents (3 -3)GCLectures examine the intent and functions of the documents and associated problems in office management and field observation. Experience is provided in the preparation of the documents. The focus is on working drawings in 439a and on specifications in 439b. 439a is not prerequisite to 439b. Nonmajors may petition to enroll. RESOURCE SCIENCES 91 ARID LANDS

Ethics and Practice (3) GC IThe role of the architect in the construction industry, his /her relations to 443. the other membersof the "building team," and the ethical problems and possible futures of the architect in a period ofrapid technological change. P, 330b. Nonmajors may petition to enroll. Architectural Design III (7 -7) GC Theory and application. P, 440b. Both 450a and 450b areoffered 450a -450b. each semester. Environmental Planning (2) GC I A lecture survey dealing with the originsand implications of the phys- 452. ical qualities of communal ordering systems. Ananalytic vocabulary is developed with which current and historic settlement patterns are visually compared todiscover spatial attributes as a dimension of human experience. P, 330b and 352b. Architectural Aspects of Urban Settlements (3) GC 11 An overview of currentarchitectural issues rele- 454. vant to the design of human settlements, with emphasis onenvironmental and resource utilization aspects. Field trips. P, 330b. Solar Utilization in the Built Environment (3) GC I Survey of solar energyutilization principles, meth- 460. ods and case studies focused upon building and site planning design. Introduction to the Conservation of Cultural Resources (3) GC I An overview of theHistoric Preserva- 461. tion movement in America, including discussion of concepts, rationalefor and methods of resource utilization, implementation of plans, legislation, etc. Field trips. Lightweight Construction Techniques (3) GC II Survey of lightweight construction techniques,including 462. pneumatics, tensile membranes, three -dimensional cable nets, grid shells and flexure stiff plates. Introduction to the Delivery Process and Economics of Housing (3) GC I The architect's role in thede- 464. velopment of housing as related to economic considerations and the overall housing industry'sdelivery process. Field trips. Computer Applications in Architecture (3) GC II Applying computer technology to the architecture pro- 470. fession. P, 330b.

472. Architectural Programming (3) GC I Programming as a predesign activity; principles and operations of gathering, analyzing, correlating, organizing and presenting information pertinent to design of buildings. P, 330b.

496. Proseminar (2) II a. Architecture and the Arid Region P, 330b. GC

596. Seminar (2 to 3) III a. Readings in Architecture (2) [Rpt.] Open to majors only. u. Interdisciplinary Environment - Behavior- Design (3) I (Identical withIdis. 596u, which is home).

597. Workshop (3 to 8) 1 11 a. Architecture [Rpt.] Open to majors only.

Individual Studies

900 (3 to 8); 909 (3 to 8); 910 (3 to 8); 930 (I to 6)

ARID LANDS RESOURCE SCIENCES

Committee on Arid Lands Resource Sciences (Graduate)

Professors Herbert E. Carter (Biochemistry), L. W. Dewhirst (Veterinary Science), Daniel D. Evans (Hydrology and Water Resources), Terah L. Smiley (Geosciences), Ervin H. Zube (Renewable Natural Resources) Associate Professor Jack D. Johnson (Arid Lands Resource Sciences),Chairman Assistant Professors Theodore E. Downing (Anthropology), David A. Mouat (Arid Lands Re- source Sciences, and Geography), Elinor C. Terhune (Arid Lands ResourceSciences)

The Committee on Arid Lands Resource Sciences offers programs leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree (but not the master's degree) with a major in arid lands resource sciences. Special interdisciplinary concentrations combining aspects of the biological, physical, and social sciences, not available in the usual major -minor degree programs, may be used by advanced students with promising research projects and strong interests in arid lands. Interested students should communicate with the coordinator of the Arid Lands Resource Sciences Doctor of Philosophy program, presenting a brief summary of their career goals and proposed dissertation research areas. 92 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Following admission, the study program will be arranged and supervised by a committee of appropriate faculty members. Doctoral students with majors in other fields may use arid lands resource sciences as a minor field.

Individual Studies

900(1to4); 920 (1 to9);930(1 to6)

ART

Professors Howard Conant, Head, Warren H. Anderson, Douglas G. Denniston, Maurice K. Grossman, Donald M. Haskin, Carl R. He1dt, Charles A. Littler, Robert W. Mc- Millan, Robert M. Quinn, Sheldon Reich, Lynn R. Schroeder, H. Todd Walker Associate Professors William G. Adams, Jerold Bishop, Michael F. Croft, James G. Davis, Mar- garet B. Doogan, Wayne E. Enstice, Charles V. Hitner, Bruce E. McGrew, Bart J. Morse, Robert P. Tobias Assistant Professors Robert L. Cardinale, Dale H. Fitzner, Donald K. Garfield, Harold H. Jones, D. Keith McElroy, Jean C. Rush, Gayle E. Wimmer Lecturers John F. Heric, Michael Stein

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Fine Arts degree with a major in art and the Master of Arts degree with a major in art history or in art education. Admission to advanced degree programs requires appropriate undergraduate preparation at this institution, or one of similar standing, not more than 10 years prior to the date of entry.

Degrees

MASTER OF FINE ARTS- Concentrations are available in painting,drawing, sculpture, the print processes, ceramics, metalwork, graphic design, photography, and fibers. For further information concerning this degree, seeRequirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Fine Arts elsewhere in this catalog. MASTER OF ARTS (Major in art history) - Applicants may be admitted with 18 units of undergraduate credit in art history or with 12 such units plus a substantial amount of creditin related areas of study. Students must complete a minimum of 6 units of 596, 3 to 6 units of 910, and 24 unitsin art history courses. With the approval of the advisor, other courses may be substitutedfor a portion of the 24 -unit art history requirement. A maximum of 9 units may be in individual studies including 900 and 910. A reading knowledge of French or German must be demonstrated before the Comprehensive Examination may be taken and the Comprehensive Examination bepassed prior to undertaking thesis work. The Comprehensive Examination may be taken no morethan twice, except by special permission. A thesis is required.

MASTER OF ARTS(Major in art education) - Applicants must have completed an undergraduate program in art education or in art with a teaching credential in art. Slides orphotographs of previous studio work must be submitted directly to the Department of Art before admissioncan be considered. All students must complete at least 15 units in studio courses or in art history coursesand 3 to 6 units in art education courses. Each student may elect to take 3 units of 910 or, inlieu of thesis, 3 units of 900. The remaining 6 to 9 units may be, with the advisor's approval,courses supporting the student's research or additional courses in studio art or art history. A finaloral examination is required.

Special facilities for graduate work include the works devoted to art within the T. E.HanleY Collection of 37,000 volumes; the Samuel H. Kress Collection of 14th to 19th CenturyEuropean art, including the surviving panels of the Retablo of Ciudad Rodrigo by FernandoGallego; the Charles Leonard Pfeiffer Collection of American art, consisting of more than 100contemporary American paintings; the Edward Joseph Gallagher Ill Memorial Collection ofcontemporary 93 ART

American paintings and European, Latin American, and Oriental objects of art; and miscella- neous collections,including the University Print Collection of notable examples of various graphic arts. TheUniversity of Arizona Museum of Art schedules exhibitions from these collections and, from timeto time, other exhibitions of general or special interest. Advanced Figure Drawing (3) [Rpt] GC III 6S. P, six units of 305. 405. Special Problems in Drawing (3) [Rpt.] GC III Individual exploration and development of visual con- 409. cepts through drawing, accompanied by individual and class critiques. 6S. P, six units of 405. Photography as an Art Medium (3) [Rpt.] GC III Current trends, philosophies and experimentation in 441. still photography. 6S. P, 241, acceptance of portfolio by Portfolio Committee.

444. Nonsilver Photography (3) GC II Familiarization with alternative processes of photographic printing. 2R, 2S. P, 241, acceptance of portfolio by Portfolio Committee. 445. Photographic Processes (3) GC I Graphic and photomechanical methods for the artist. 2R, 2S. P, 241, acceptance of portfolio by Portfolio Committee.

465. Advanced Graphic Design (3) [Rpt.] GC III Preparation of portfolio materials. 2R, 4S. P, six units of 365. 466. Advanced Illustration (3) [Rpt.] GC III Advanced studies in the techniques and concepts of advertising and editorial illustration. 6S. P, 366.

467. Production Problems in Graphic Design (3) [Rpt.] GC III Preparation of visual material for reproduction by various printing processes. 2R, 4S. P, six units of 365, three units of 466. 471. Advanced Jewelry and Metalsmithing (3) (Rpt./1] GC II I Advanced study of the various materials and methods in the construction of jewelry and metalwork. 6S. P, twelve units of metalwork. 473. Advanced Ceramics (3) [Rpt.] GC III Individual studio research and instruction, with emphasis on personal creative development. I R. 4S. P, 273. 476. Advanced Fibers (3) [Rpt.] GC III Individual interpretations of concept into finished fiber works. 6S. All -day field trips. P, 176; three of the following: 278, 279, 376, 377. 480. Advanced Painting (3) [Rpt.] GC III 6S. P, six units of 305, six units of 380. 481. Readings in Contemporary Art (3) GC I Discussion of contemporary art and artists, based upon assigned readings and slide presentations. Field trips. 483. Combining Media (3) [Rpt.] GC 1 1979 -80 Individual and group projects, including collages, construc- tions, image sequences, and elements from other art forms (sound, language, movement, etc.). 2R, 4S. 485. Advanced Watercolor Painting (3) [Rpt.] GC I II Demonstration and critique. 6S. P, 385. 487. Advanced Sculpture (3) [Rpt.] GC I 6S. P, 387. 671. Graduate Jewelry and Metalsmithing (6 to 10) [Rpt.]III Graduate study in all phases of jewelry and metalwork. 12 to 20S. 676. Graduate Fiber Studies (6 to 10) [Rpt.] 111 Graduate experimentation in all aspects of fiber work, with emphasis on the development of a personal style within the medium. 12 to 20S. Field trips. P, 476. 680. Graduate Studio (6 to 10) [Rpt.] II I P, twelve units of grad. credit in art.

Art History Courses

410. Arts of the Ancient Near East (3) GC I Architecture, painting, and sculpture in Mesopotamia and Egypt from 4000 B.C. to c. 500 B.C. P, two of the surveys (117, 118, 119), or six units of hist. or Or.s. 411. Etruscan and Roman Art and Architecture (3) GC 1 1980 -81 The origin and development of Italian art and architecture from Etruscan beginnings through the Republic to the late Empire. P, two of the surveys (117, 118, 119), cor six units of ancient hist. (Identical with Clas. 41 1)

412a -412b. Medieval Art (3 -3) GC a section, II; b section, 1 1979 -80. 412a: Arts of the nomadic invasions of Western Europe and Hiberno- Saxon, Merovingian, and Carolingian art. 412b: Survey of Ottonian, Romanesque, and Gothic art from A.D. 1000 through 1250. 4I2a is not prerequisite to 412b. 413a -413b. Renaissance Art in Italy (3 -3) GC a section, 1 1979 -80; b section. 1 1980 -81. Painting, sculpture and architecture in Italy. 413a: 13th -15th centuries. 413b: High Renaissance to 1600. P, six units of hist. or art hist. 413a is not prerequisite to 413b. 414a -414b. Netherlandish Art (3 -3) GC a section, 1 1979 -80; b section, 1 1980 -81. 414a: Development of painting in the north of Europe from the 14th through the 16th centuries. 414b: Painting, sculpture, and architecture in Holland, Flanders, England, and Germany. P. six units of hist. or art hist. 4I4a is not prerequisite to 414b. 415a -4I5b. Spanish Art and Architecture (3 -3) GC 1980 -81 415a: History of Spanish art and architecture from cave painting through the Gothic. P, six units of hist. or art hist. or Hispanic study. 415b: Painting, sculpture and architecture in Spain from the Renaissance to the present. P, two of the surveys (117, 118. 119), or six units of hist. or Span. literature. 415a is not prerequisite to 415b. 94 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

417. 19th- Century Painting(3) GC II Development of painting in Europe from the French Revolution through the end of the 19th century. P, six units of hist. or art hist. 418a -418b. 20th -Century Art(3 -3) GC Painting and sculpture in Europe. 418a: 1886 to World War I. 418b: Between the World Wars. P, six units of hist. or art hist. 418a is not prerequisite to 418b. 420. Arts of Ancient China(3) GC 1 Bronzes, jades, painting and stone sculpture in China from c. 1700 B.C. to 1000 A.D. P, six units of hist. art hist., or Or.s. 422a -4226. Pre -Columbian Art(3 -3) GC 422a: Art of the high cultures of Mesoamerica, with the focus on architecture, sculpture, painting and crafts prior to European contact. 422b: Pre -Columbian art of Central and South America, with particular attention to the Andean area. 422a is not prerequisite to 422b. (Identical with Anth. 422a -422b) 424a -424b. History of Photography(3 -3) GC 424a: From its invention to 1895; impact of photography on the art and culture of the 19th century. 424b: As an art medium from 1895 to 1965. P, six units of art hist. 424a is not prerequisite to 424b. 425. American Indian Art(3) GC II History of the art of the indigenous populations of North and Mesoam- erica; the development of design styles, the iconography, and the relation of the local media to the foregoing. 426a -426b. German Art(3 -3) GC Painting, graphics, architecture and sculpture. 426a: German Renaissance. 426b: Baroque, Classical, Romantic, and Modern Germany. P, six units of hist., art hist., or Ger. 426a is not prerequisite to 426b. (426b is identical with Ger. 426b) 427. Contemporary Art: 1945 to the Present(3) GC II The complete range of contemporary art, artists and pertinent issues in art from 1945 to the present. 498. Special Topics(3) I I a. Visual Arts of Oceania and Africa GC P, two of the surveys (117, 118, 119), or six unitsof hist.

512. Early Christian and Byzantine Art and Architecture(3) 1 1979 -80 An historical analysis of artistic changes from paleo- Christian time through the last stages of the Byzantine style. P, two of the surveys (117, 118, 119), or six units of hist. 514. 17th- and 18th- Century Art in Italy and France(3) 11 1980 -81 Painting, sculpture, and architecture of the Baroque and subsequent periods. P, six units of hist. or art hist. 519a -519b. American Art(3 -3) Art in the United States. 519a: From colonial times to the Civil War. 519b: From the Civil War to the present. P, six units of hist. or art hist. 519a is not prerequisite to 519b. 520. Hindu Indian Art(3) II 1979 -80 Architecture, sculpture and painting in Hindu Indian art. P, two of the surveys (117, 118, 119), or six units of hist. or Or.s. 521. Painting in China and Japan(3) 1 1979 -80 Chinese painting from the Han to the Sung dynasty; Japa- nese painting from the Asuka to the Edo period. P, 117 and 118, or six units of hist. or Or.s.

596. Seminar(3)III a. American Art [Rpt. /2] b. Problems in Renaissance - Baroque [Rpt. /2] Il c. Studies in Medieval Art [Rpt. /2] d. Oriental Art [Rpt. /2] f. History of Photography [Rpt. /4] P, 424a or 424b. of 615. Mexican Art and Architecture(3) 1 1979 -80 Ibero- American art and architecture from the inception colonialism to the present. P, six units of hist., art hist. or L.A.s. (Identical with M.A.S. 615) 620. Buddhist Art in Asia(3) I1 1979 -80 Architecture, sculpture and painting in India, central Asia,southeast Asia, China, K-or- ea-and Japan. P, two of the surveys (117, 118, 119), or six units of hist. orOr.s.

Art Education Courses

430. Visual Arts in Elementary Education(3) GC III Emphasis on perceptual development and art learning objectives in relation to cultural values: introduction to art elements, principles, and media throughstu- dio participation. 2R, 2S. P, Ed.P. 301 or 310. 431. Art and Art Supervision in Elementary Education(3) GC II Problems in the development and supervision of art curriculum. Open to art ed. majors only. P, 230, Ed.P. 310. the 433. Art in Society(3) GC II Analysis and interpretation of influences, attitudes, and concerns involving relationship of art and artists to contemporary society. and 434. Environmental Aesthetics(3) GC I Critical analysis and interpretation of visual forms, their content varying styles, in the everyday, man -made environment. and 435. Art and Visual Perception(3) GC Il Theories of visual perception in relation to the pictorial process the study of vision as a perceptual system: the eye, color, space, illusion, perceptual learning,current research. 95 ASTRONOMY

Issues and Recent Research in Art Education (3)I The identification of problems in art education at 633. various curricular levels; examination of related research with possible implications for practice. P, S.Ed. 339 (in art), or teaching experience.

Individual Studies

693 (I to6); 694 (I to 4); 699 (1 to 5); 900 (1 to 4); 910 (3 to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 930 (l to 6)

ASTRONOMY

professors Peter A Strittmatter, Head, J. Roger Angel, Walter S. Fitch, William F. Hoffmann, J. R. Jokipii, Frank J. Low, Aden B. Memel, Elizabeth Roemer, Thomas L. Swihart, William G. Tifft, Ray J. Weymann, Robert E. Williams, Neville J. Woolf Associate Professors William J. Cocke, Andrzej G. Pacholczyk, George H. Rieke, Rodger I. Thompson Assistant Professors David Dearborn Lecturer Raymond E. White The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major in astronomy. Specializations are available within the department in theoretical or observational astrophysics and in astronomical instrumentation. In addition, the Department of Planetary Sciences offers a concentration in solar system astronomy and the Committee on Optical Sciences, through the Optical Sciences Center, offers advanced degrees and research in its own field of specialization. For further information see Optical Sciences and Pla- netary Sciences elsewhere in this catalog. In view of the heavy demand for admission to the graduate program, applicants are required to submit scores from the Graduate Record Examination (Aptitude and Advanced Test in Physics). Applications for financial aid must be supported by letters of recommendation. Under- graduate majors in physics, mathematics, or astronomy are preferred, but exceptions may be made for applicants with other majors in special circumstances. For the Master of Science degree, a written document, but not a formal thesis, is required. One foreign language is recommended, but not required. A final oral examination is required'. For the Doctor of Philosophy degree the language requirement may be satisfied with Rus- sian, German, or French. Successful completion of the introductory course sequence [(5I5, 502a, 522, 575) or (502b, 535, 500, 585) alternate years], as well as 3 graduate physics courses, constitutes demonstration of qualification for more advanced graduate work in either the Master of Science or the Doctor of Philosophy program. Doctoral students from other departments who elect to minor in astronomy must complete 12 acceptable graduate units in astronomy, including at least 6 units at the 500 level.

The facilities of the University of Arizona Observatories, which are associated with the Depart- ment of Astronomy, are available for student research. The 90 -inch, 36 -inch, and 20 -inch reflecting telescopes are located at the Kitt Peak Observing Station, 48 miles southwest of Tucson and within the grounds of the Kitt Peak National Observatory. A dormitory and office building provide facilities for overnight and extended observing periods. The Steward Observatory, in collaboration with the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, has constructed a 6- element Multiple Mirror Telescope equivalent inlight gathering power to a conventional 176 -inch telescope. Campus observing facilities include a 21 -inch reflector, the 5 -inch James refractor, and the War- ner and Swasey transit instrument. The 7 -inch Bailey photographic refractorislocated on Tumamoc Hill, within a few minutes' drive of the campus. All telescopes have a wide range of modern auxiliary photometric, spectroscopic, and photographic equipment. The 90 -inch telescope has, as well, TV acquisition and guidance systems and provision for computer -controlled telescope operation and data acquisition. The campus buildings provide lecture rooms, research laboratories, staff and student offices, and technical facilities. Instrumental equipment at the observing stations located in the Catalina Mountains includes a 61 -inch reflecting telescope used for a variety of investigations, including high -resolution photography of the moon and planets; a five -foot reflector, a 40 -inch reflector, and a 28 -inch reflector, all used principally for photoelectric photometry, including investigations in the infrared; 96 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

an 18/27/48 -inch Schmidt telescope for wide -field infrared photometry; and several smaller instruments. A 21 -inch telescope for planetary photography is located on Tumamoc Hill. Staff members of the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory participate in supervision of doctoral dissertations. The principal areas of research at the Steward Observatory include galactic and extragalactic investigations, both observational and theoretical; infrared astrophysics: spectrographic and photometric research on single and multiple stars; astronomical instrumentation, theoretical investigations of stellar atmospheres and interiors, and magnetohydrodynamics and general relativity applied to astrophysical problems.

400a -400b. General Astronomy (3) GC A mathematical introduction. P, 171, CR in Phys. 410. 400a is not prerequisite to 400b. 403. Introduction to the Solar System (3) GC I (Identical with Pty.,S. 403) 404. Man's Exploration of the Solar System (3) GC S (Identical with Pty.S. 404) 411. Astrometry and Practical Astronomy (4) GC 11979 -80 Coordinate systems and time; astrometry; adjustment of instruments; the photographic process and its applications to astrometry and photometry; reduction and analysis of observations. 3R, 3L. P, 400b. Roemer 440. Basic Properties of Galaxies (3) GC II 1980 -81 Classification, mass determination, photometric properties, dust and gas content, stellar content, systems and clusters, distance scales. 500. Observational Stellar Astronomy (3) II1981 -82 Basic observational spectroscopy and photometry, the stellar distance scale, stellar masses and diameters, variable stars, interstellar matter, star clusters and galactic structure, with emphasis on observational methods, data, and basic theories. Open to majors only. 502a -502b. Introductory Astronomical Instrumentation and Technique (3 -3) Survey of instrumentation and techniques applicable to astronomical problems; noise sources, mechanical and optical technology, spectrum analyzers, polarimetry, image analyzers, photometry, video and electronic techniques, data logging and control systems. 502a is not prerequisite to 502b. 509. Star Formation and Origin of the Solar System (3) II 1979 -80 (Identical with Pty.S. 509)

510 Stellar Dynamics (3) 1 1979 -80 Kinematics and dynamics of stellar motions in our rotating galaxy; dynamics of star clusters; interpretation of spiral structure. 515 Gaseous Nebulae and the Interstellar Medium (3) II 1979 -80 Ionization equilibrium; heating and cooling of H I and H II regions; determination of physical conditions from emission -line spectra; dark and reflection nebulae; interstellar grains. Williams

516. Introduction to Celestial Mechanics (3) 1 1980 -81 (Identical with Pty.S. 516) 522. Astronomical Spectroscopy (3) II 1980 -81 Astronomical spectrographs; measurement and reduction of spectrograms; interpretation of spectra; spectral classification; observational problems. P, Phys. 420.

535. Stellar Processes (3) I 1979 -80 Virial theorem; gas spheres in hydrostatic equilibrium; polytropes; convective and radiative equilibrium; equations of state; opacities; nuclear reaction rates; stellar model computation; stellar atmospheres and evolution. Strittmatter /Weymann 551. Satellite and Planetary Perturbation Theory (3) II (Identical with Pty.S. 551) 556a -556b. Electrodynamics of Conducting Fluids and Plasmas (3 -3) 1980 -81 (Identical with Pty.S. 556a -556b) 575. General Relativity and Cosmology (3) II 1980 -81 General relativity, with applications to cosmology and stellar structure; formation of stars and galaxies. Locke /Weymann

585. Radio Astrophysics and Cosmic Rays (3) 1 1979 -80 Nonthermal processes in galactic and extragalactic radio sources. Pacholc:rk /Jokipii

Individual Studies

699 (I to 5); 900 (I to 8); 910 (2 to 4) maximum total, 8 units; 920 (I to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES

Professors Louis J. Battan, Head, George A. Dawson, Walter H. Evans, Benjamin M. Herman, A. Richard Kassander, Jr., Richard M. Schotland, William D. Sellers, Dean O. Staley, Sean A. Twomey Associate Professor E. Philip Krider Assistant Professors Robert L. Gall, Kenneth C. Young ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES 97

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major in atmosphericsciences. In conjunction with the facilities of the Institute ofAtmospheric Physics, concentrations are available in physical meteorology, physical climatology, atmospheric electricity,and atmospheric radiation. An undergraduate major or minor in meteorology is not required for admission, but some knowledge of the field is desirable. Applicants withundergraduate majors in physics are particularly encouraged to apply.Applicants are required to submit scores on the Graduate Record Examination.

Degrees

MASTER OF SCIENCE - Atmo. 441a-441 b or the equivalent from anotheruniversity, plus 30 units, including Atmo. 451, Math. 461, and three500 or 600 -level atmospheric sciences courses, are required.All candidates must submit a thesis or a manuscript which has been approved for publication in an approved scientific journal. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - The program requires completion of the requirements forthe Master of Science degree and additional courses in the major and minorfields.

421. Physical Climatology (3) GC II Heat and water balances of the earth -atmosphere system viewed from both the local and global scales; paleoclimatology and theories of climatic change; man's impact on climate. P, 171. 427. Bioclimatology (3) GC II Dynamic interaction of climate, plants, and man with particular reference to the special micrometeorological and hydrometeorological conditions in arid regions. P, 171. (Identical with Ws.M. 427) 441a -441b. Dynamic Meteorology (3 -3) GC Thermodynamics and its application to planetary atmospheres, hydrostatics, fundamental concepts and laws of dynamic meteorology. P, Phys. 121; Math. 253 or 254. 451. Physical Meteorology (3) GC I Introduction to atmospheric physics, including gravitational phenomena, fluid mechanics, aerosol physics, cloud physics, atmospheric optics, and atmospheric electricity.P, Math. 322, Phys. 121. 471. Synoptic Analysis (3) GC 1 1980 -81 Principles of meteorological analysis, including surface and upper - level charts, cross sections, kinematic analysis, structure of the tropopause and tropospheric systems, thermodynamic diagrams. 1 R, 6L. P, CR 441a, or 200. 472. Advanced Synoptic Analysis and Weather Forecasting (3) GC II 1980 -81 Techniques for weather forecasting and actual forecasting experience; advanced synoptic analysis, including isentropic analysis trajectory analysis and mesoscale analysis. 1R, 6L. P, 471. 544. Physics of the High Atmosphere (3) II 1979 -80 (Identical with Pty.S. 544) 561. Radar Meteorology (3) II 1980 -81 Propagation, scattering, and attenuation of microwaves in the atmosphere and the use of radar of observing clouds, precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and other meteorological phenomena.

575. Atmospheric Aerosols (3)1 1979 -80 Physics, mechanics, and optics of individual atmospheric aerosol particles. Topics include formation dynamics, nucleation and growth, coagulation, scattering and absorption of radiation. 589. Atmospheric Electricity (3)II1979 -80 Processes of atmospheric ionization, tropospheric ions, fair weather electricity, thunderstorm charge separation, lightning discharge, lightning protection, and atmospheric radio noise. P, Math. 322, Phys. 116. (Identical with E.E. 589)

595. Colliquim ( 1 to 3) II 1 a. Meteorological Aspects of Air Pollution 1 1979 -80 b. Micrometeorology and the Theory of Turbulence 1 1980 -81 c. Oceanography (Air -Sea Interactions) 1 1979 -80 d. Atmospheric Measurement Techniques 1 1980 -81 631. Numerical Methods in the Atmospheric Sciences (3) I1 1979 -80 Techniques for numerical simulation of geophysical fluid motions; objective analysis of meteorological data and numerical weather prediction. P, 441 b. 641. Theoretical Meteorology (4) I Methods of solution of the hydrodynamic equations; application of solution methods to atmospheric tides, flow over mountains, baroclinic waves, numerical forecasting, general circulation, and other problems. P, 441 b. 651. Cloud Microphysics (4) II 1980 -81 Activation of condensation nuclei, condensation growth, collection efficiency and coalescence, drop breakup, ice phase nucleation, ice crystal habits, accretion and aggrega- tion. P, 451. 98 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

652. Precipitation Physics (3) 11979 -80 Cloud formation and structure, buoyancy and entrainment, precipitation mechanics, rain and snow enhancement, hail and its suppression, fog formation and dispersal, evolution of cirriform clouds. P, 651. 656a -656b. Atmospheric Optics and Radiation (3 -3) 1980 -81 Theory of atmospheric radiative transfer processes; specific methods for solving relevant equations; applications to problems in radiative transfer and optics. P.Phys. 420. (Identical with Opti. 656a -656b) 683. Principles of Atmospheric Remote Sensing (3) II 1979 -80 Using remote sensing measurements, mathematical methods are developed to infer the physical properties of the atmosphere. Active and passive .techniques using optical and microwave frequencies are examined for their information content. P, 656b or 686; Math. 253. (Identical with E.E. 683) 686. Propagation of Radio Waves (3) 11979 -80 (Identical with E.E. 686)

Individual Studies

900 (1 to 6); 910 (I to 4) maximum total, 4 units; 920 (I to 9); 930 (I to 6)

BILINGUAL /BICULTURAL EDUCATION (See Educational Foundations and Administration)

BIOCHEMISTRY

Professors Herbert E. Carter,Head,John A. Rupley, Gordon Tollin, Michael A. Wells Associate Professors Don P. Bourque, Michael A. Cusanovich, William J. Grimes, Mark R. Haussier, Richard G. Jensen, F. Raymond Salemme Assistant Professors Nancy Downer, Larry A. McReynolds, Howard D. White

Teaching and research in biochemistry are carried out in several locations at the University and involve the efforts of the above -listed faculty members. These individual faculty members constitute the newly formed University Department of Biochemistry, which is responsible for instruction in biochemistry in the Colleges of Agriculture, Liberal Arts, and Medicine. The Department of Biochemistry offers the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Except in unusual circumstances, however, the department will only admit graduate students whose stated objective is the Doctor of Philosophy degree. The department also offers undergraduate instruction in programs of the Colleges of Agriculture, Liberal Arts, and Medicine, and undergraduate Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts degrees in biochemistry. Undergrad- uates who wish to pursue careers in biochemistry are advised to major in chemistry and to enroll in appropriate biochemistry courses. Research areas in which graduate studies may be pursued include nucleic acid metabolism, biochemical virology, enzymology, lipid metabolism and chemistry, membrane structure and function,neurobiochemistry, complex polysaccharides, mammalian cellculture, mechanism of hormone action, biochemistry of vitamins and coenzymes, protein structure and function, bioenergetics,biological oxidations, photosynthesis, rapidreaction kinetics, visualprocesses, plant biochemistry, and biochemistry and genetics of cell organelles.

460. General Biochemistry (4) GC IFundamentals of biochemistry, including proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes, carbohydrates and lipids and their metabolic relationships. Open to nonmajors only. P, Chem. 241b. (Identical with Chem. 460) 462a -462b. Biochemistry (3 -3) GC An introduction to the properties and metabolism of proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes, carbohydrates and lipids. Designed primarily for majors and minors in chem. and bioc. P, Chem. 241b, 325, 480b (Identical with Chem. 462a -462b and Tox. 462a -462b)

501. Medical Biochemistry (5) Phase I Comprehensive treatment of general biochemistry, oriented towards human biology, with emphasis on basic concepts; protein and nucleic acid chemistry and metabolism, enzymology, metabolism of lipids and carbohydrates, metabolic regulation and closely related topics, Open only to medical students except by permission. P, Chem. 103b, 104b, 241b, 245b; Phys. 102b. SCIENCES 99 BIOLOGICAL

Introduction to Biochemical Literature (1 -1) Designed to supplement 462a -462bwith a more de- 56la-561b.tailed consideration of subject matterof lectures. Primarily for those students planning a career in bioc. and wishing to preparethemselves for future grad. study. P, CR 462a -462b. 561a is not prerequisite to 561b. (Identical with Chem. 561a-561b) Chemistry of Proteins (3) 1 1980 -81 Isolation,characterization, and chemical properties of amino acids 565. and proteins. P, 462a. (Identical with Chem.565) Mechanism of Enzyme Action (3) II 1980 -81 Advanced discussion of current aspectsof enzymic mecha- 566. nisms. P, 462a (Identical with Chem. 566) Physical Techniques in Biochemistry (3)1 1980 -81 Hydrodynamic, equilibrium and spectroscopic tech- 567. niques used in the study oftiological macromolecules.P, 462a (Identical with Chem. 567) Nucleic Acids (3) 1 1979 -80 Chemistry and biological functions of nucleicacids; mechanism and regula- 568. tion of nucleic acid and protein synthesis. P, 462a -462b.(Identical with Chem. 568) Biochemistry of Lipids (3) II 1980 -81 Chemistry and metabolism of simple and complexlipids, includ- 569. ing aspects of membrane structure and function. P, 462a-462b. (Identical with Chem. 569)

Molecular Photobiology (3) 1 1979 -80 Photosynthesis, biochemistry of vision, effects of radiation on 570. nucleic acids and proteins, and other pertinent aspects of photobiology. P,462b (Identical with Chem. 570) Molecular Mechanisms in Endocrinology (3) 1 1979 -80 Advanced treatment of thebiochemical aspects 572. of hormone action. P, 462a -462b. (Identical with Chem. 572) Molecular Biology of Eucaryotic Cells (3) II 1979 -80 In -depth consideration of the molecularbiology of 577. higher cells, including cell structure and function, and controls of gene expression in developmentand in cancer. P, 462a -462b. (Identical with Chem. 577)

617. Steroid Chemistry and Biochemistry (3) II 1980 -81 (Identical with N.F.S. 617) Chemistry and Metabolism of the Nucleic Acids (3) II 1979 -80 (Identical with N.F.S. 618) 618. II Supervised research experiences in the labs. of indi- 681. Introduction to Biochemical Research (I to 2) 1 vidual faculty members. 3 or 6L. Open only to first -year majors. P, CR 561a -561b.

696. Seminar (1 to 3) 111 a. Biochemistry I (1 to 3) I b. Biochemistry 11 (1 to 3) 11

Individual Studies

599 (I to 5); 900 (1 to 5); 910 (1 to 5), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES

Graduate work and research in the biological sciences are carried out in a number of different locations at The University of Arizona. For information concerning degree programs, see the following headings elsewhere in this catalog:

Agricultural Biochemistry & Nutrition Genetics Anatomy Microbiology & Medical Technology Animal Physiology Molecular Biology Animal Sciences Physiology Biochemistry Plant Pathology Cellular & Developmental Biology Plant Protection Ecology & Evolutionary Biology Plant Sciences Entomology Renewable Natural Resources General Biology

In addition, a number of other departments offer graduate work in areas related to the biological sciences but more closely associated with professional health care. Among these are:

Engineering (Biomedical option) Pharmacology Home Economics (Dietetics option) Pharmacology & Toxicology Nursing Speech & Hearing Sciences Nutrition and Food Science Toxicology Pharmaceutical Sciences 100 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING (See Engineering)

BOTANY (See Ecology and Evolutionary Biology)

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Committee on Business Administration: Professors J. W. Newman (Marketing), Jay F. Nunamaker (Management Information Systems), Richard W. Reeves (Geography, Regional Development and Urban Planning), Arthur L. Silvers (Urban Planing), Robert E. Tindall (Management), Don W. Vickrey (Accounting), Joseph J. Walka (Economics), J. E. Wert (Finance and Real Estate) Associate Professor, David E. Pingry (Economics)

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Business Administration and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in business administration. These programs arede- signed to meet the demands for teachers, consultants, and management personnel trained in the application of scientific research to business problems. All applicants are required to submit scores on either the Graduate. Management Admis- sions Test (formerly known as the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business) or the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination.

Degrees

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - For information concerning this degree, see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Business Administration elsewhere in this catalog.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - The degree program is interdisciplinary, involving both the basic disciplines and the application of those disciplines. Applicants may come from eitherof two groups: (1) those with either undergraduate study or one year ofgraduate work in an area of business administration, or (2) those with undergraduate study eitherin a basic discipline applicable to business problems or in engineering. Individual programs may vary to takeadvantage of differ- ing backgrounds or to accommodate different special interests. During the first year of residence each student must pass a qualifying examination designed to check individual aptitude for continuance in the program and to facilitate the designof individual graduate programs by revealing areas of strength and weakness. All students must take a uniform core of courses in accounting, business finance, management,marketing, statistics, micro and macroeconomic theory and management information systems. In addition to the core, the program requires a major in one of the concentration fields available in the College: accounting, finance, management, marketing, quantitative methodsin business, area development, and management information systems. The minor may be chosen from any department other than the major field but must have prior approval of the minor department.

Individual Studies

699 (1 to 3); 900 (1 to 4); 920 (1 to 9); 930 (1 to 6) BUSINESS AND CAREER EDUCATION 101

BUSINESS AND CAREER EDUCATION

professors Herbert J. Langen, Head, Richard A. Kidwell Associate Professor Violet S. Thomas Lecturer William H. Antrim

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Education degree with majors in business education or distributive education. Technical and professional courses are offered for advanced degree programs for teachers of business and distributive education in secondary and postsecondary schools. Work is also provided for secondary, postsecondary, and vocational certification of graduate students in business and distributive education and for the planning and implementation of career education concepts in all fields. A minor in business education or in distributive education is available for doctoral students with majors in other disciplines. For information concerning the Master of Education degree, see Requirements for Mas- ters' Degrees /Master of Education elsewhere in this catalog.

461. Techniques in Teaching Business Skill Courses (1 to 3) GC 1 Review of current research, evaluation of innovative techniques, and improving teaching methodology in shorthand or typewriting. 464. Techniques in Teaching Nonskill Business Courses ( Ito 3) GC II Review of research and teaching systems for nonskill courses; development of improved teaching methods and materials.

471. Office Procedures and Problems (3) GC II Effective procedures in handling routine office duties; crea- tivityin planning for innovationinthe solution of office problems; emphasis on preparation for advancement to administrative positions. 472. Office Administration (3) GC I Analysis of functions of office departments, their organization and administration; development and use of office manuals, selection, training, and promotion of office employees; quality and quantity of office production.

473. Professional Written Communication (3) GC 11 Principles and practice of the communication process in today's business and professional communities. 482. Teaching Vocational Office and Distributive Education (3) GC I The development of vocational and career education; the organization and methods of teaching office and distributive education programs. (Identical with S.Ed. 482) 483. Development and Instruction of Adult Vocational Education Programs (3) GC II980 -8I Organization, administration, promotion, curriculum construction, teaching methods, and evaluation of instruction in adult education programs. (Identical with S.Ed. 483) 484. Organization and Supervision of Vocational Education Programs (3) GC 11979 -80 The organization, administration, and supervision of vocational education programs, including a study of vocational curricula, funding, reporting, training, personnel, coordination, and evaluation, with primary emphasis on reimbursed vocational business education programs. (Identical with S.Ed. 484) 485. Cooperative Vocational Education Programs (3) GC II The role of the teacher -coordinator in the coordination, teaching, guidance, public relations, and administration of work -experience programs. (Identical with S.Ed. 485) 608. Vocational and Career Development Programs in Higher Education (3) II (Identical with H.Ed. 608) 695. Colloquium (I to 4) 111 a. Distributive Education Curriculum Construction b. Research in Business Education

Individual Studies

699 (1 to 3)

CELLULAR AND DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY

Professors Neil H. Mendelson, Acting Head, H. Vasken Aposhian, Wayne R. Ferris, Konrad Keck, James W. O'Leary, Peter E. Pickens Associate Professor Kaoru Matsuda Assistant Professors Wah Chiu, Jennifer D. Hall, Martinez J. Hewlett, Nobuyoshi Shimizu 102 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Phi- losophy degrees with a major in cellular and developmental biology. Applicants for admission should be prepared in chemistry, physics, and mathematics and must submit scores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination. Applicants must communicate directly with the department regarding other admission requirements. The deadline for completion of all application files for admission to the programs beginning with the fall semester is May 1 (March 15 for applicants desiring financial assistance). Students are expected to specialize in areas of interest to the faculty. These include viral oncology, regulation of gene expression, neurobiology of simple systems, cellular ultrastructure and function, structure and function of nucleic acids, developmental biology of higher plants, environmental plant physiology, and gene transfer systems for mammalian cells. A listing of the faculty of the department and their research interests may be obtained from the department on request. A thesis is required for the master's degree.

404. Ethical, Social and Legal Implications of Advances in Biomedical Research (3) GC II Advances in biomedical research will be reviewed and their ethical, social and legal implications discussed. P, one course in bioc, or bio.; botany not acceptable. 410. Advanced Cell Biology (3) GC II Physiology at the cellular level, regulatory mechanisms, nature, function, and integration of organelles and ultrastructural components of the cell. P, 110b (for majors). Chem. 243a or 480a. (Identical with G.Bio. 410) 412. Radioisotopes in Biology (3) GC I Advanced techniques in the application of radioactive tracers to problems of molecular biology; kinetics of labeling, fractionation procedures; detection systems and processing of data. 2R, 3L. P, Chem 103b, 104b, Phys. 102a -102b. 413. Advanced Cell Biology Laboratory (2) GC 11 Basic cell biology lab. techniques. 6L. P, CR 410. 428R.Advanced Microbial Genetics (3) GC 11 Modern concepts of microbial genetics; basic genetic theory, the molecular architecture, biosynthesis and genetic regulation of bacterial cell structure, control of growth and cell division. P. Mier. 120, 228, G. Bio. 320 or 321. (Identical with G. Bio, 428R and Micr. 428R) 428L.Advanced Microbial Genetics Laboratory (2) GC II Individual research projects within the framework of microbial genetics, with emphasis on the genetic system of Bacillus subtilis. P, CR 428R. (Identical with G. Bio. 428L and Mier. 428L) 456. Developmental Biology (4) GC IDescriptive aspects of development. 3R, 3L. P, 110b. (Identical with Ecol. 456) 457. Experiments in Developmental Biology (4) GC II Experimental analysis of the principles of development. 2R, 6L. P, 456, Chem. 241b. 460 Plant Physiology (4) GC IIntroduction to water relations, photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development of higher plants. 3R, 3L. P, Chem. 241a, 243a. (Identical with Ecol. 460) 462. Neurobiology Laboratory (1) GC I Techniques in neurobiology. P, 463. (Identical with Ecol. 462) 463. Introduction to Neurobiology (3) GC I Physiology and anatomy of invertebrate and vertebrate nervous systems. P, eight units of bio. (Identical with Ecol. 463) 464aR- 464bR. Human Physiology (3 -3) GC (Identical with G.Bio. 464aR-464bR) 464aL- 464bL. Human Physiology Laboratory (I -1) GC (Identical with G.Bio. 464aL- 464bL) 530. Regulation of Gene Expression in Eucaryotic Cells (3) II Mechanisms and regulation of the expression of eucaryotic genetic information at the molecular level; recent advances in understanding of the control of RNA and protein synthesis in higher cells. P, Chem. 462b. 562a -562b. Advanced Plant Physiology (3 -3) 562a: Selected topics in plant metabolism and photosynthesis. 562b: Growth and development. P, 460. 562a is not prerequisite to 562b. (Identical with PI.S. 562a- 562b) 563. Plant -Water Relations (3)II Analytic approach to the study of water movement into and through plants; development of internal water deficits and their significance to physiological processes. P, 460. (Identical with Ws.M. 563) 612. Principles of Electron Microscopy (4)I Principles and practice of electron microscopy; specimen preparation, micrograph interpretation, and operation and maintenance of electron microscopes. 2R, 6L. 614. Ultrastructural Cytology (3)I Study of the ultrastructure, morphology, and physiology of the cell. P,

II Ob. Chem. 241a. 617R.Biophysics (3) II 1980 -81 Physical principles underlying the characterization of subcellular structures and macromolecules. P, Math. 125e, Chem. 480b. 6171.Biophysics Laboratory (2) II 1980 -81 P, CR 617R, 761. Methods in Cell Biology (3)I Current techniques for qualitative and quantitative studies. 9L. Open to majors only. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 103

Individual Studies

699 (1 to 5); 900 (I to 8); 910 (I to 8), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930 (I to 6)

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Professors Joseph F. Gross, Head, Richard M. Edwards, Alan D. Randolph, Thomas R. Rehm, Donald H. White Associate Professors William P. Cosart, Jost O. L. Wendt, James W. White Assistant Professor Thomas W. Peterson

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Phi- losophy degrees with a major in chemical engineering. The graduate program is designed to provide advanced work in a core of transport phenomena, thermodynamics and mass transfer with additional selected work in reaction kinetics, heat transfer, fluid dynamics, control theory, and process simulation. The following interdisciplinary options are also available: biomedical engineering, energy systems engineering, or materials engineering. For details concerning these options see Engineering elsewhere in this catalog.

Degrees

MASTER OF SCIENCE - Each student program must include 505, 506, and 604 or 605, and at least 9 additional units of course work in chemical engineering or allied fields. A research project on an appropriate chemical engineering topic and proficiency in computer techniques are required. Ordinarily a thesis is required but, under extraordinary circumstances and with advance approval, a nonthesis program consisting of 33 units of approved course work plus 2 units of 696 is possible.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - In addition to the requirements for the Master of Science degree, advanced work in mathematics, chemistry, physics, or other engineering fields is required. No foreign language is required.

402. Intermediate Engineering Analysis (3) GC I Solution of complex chemical engineering problems utilizing both analytical and numerical techniques. P, Math. 254, Ch.E. 202, CR 204. Peterson 412. Chemical Engineering Data Analysis (2) GC II Analysis of data related to chemical engineering problems, probability and statistics, design of experiments, experimental models, regressions, and product control. 413. Elements of Automatic Process Control (2) GC I Elementary theory of linear automatic control as applied to simple chemical engineering processes. Randolph 418. Physiology for Engineers (4) GC II (Identical with Psio. 418) 419. Physiology Laboratory (2) GC Il (Identical with Psio. 419) 421. Real -Time Computing in the Process Industries (3) GC IIntroduction to real -time digital computing using FORTRAN IV; includes experiments on process transducers, chemical process- computer interfac- ing, process data acquisition and process control. 2R, 3L. J. W. White 430. Chemical Reaction Engineering (3) GC I Application of thermodynamic and kinetic fundamentals to the analysis and design of chemical reactors. P, 306. Shadman 435. Corrosion (2) GC II (Identical with Met. 435) 441. Chemical Engineering Design Economics (2) GC I Economic principles associated with equipment design, preliminary process design, and capital and operating cost estimation. P, CR 442. 442. Chemical Engineering Design Principles (2) GC I Basic design principles associated with pumps, compressors, heat exchangers, reactors, and distillation columns. P, 305, 304; CR 430, 441. 443. Chemical Engineering Plant Design (2) GC IlDesign project from scoping and process selection, through material and energy balances, equipment design and sizing, to economic analysis of capital cost and operating expense. P, 441, 442. 445. Principles of Fuels Processing (3) GC II Processing steps for obtaining clean fuels from coal, petroleum, natural gas, oil shale, tar sands, and geothermal sources. P, Chem. 103b, Math. 125e. Rehm 104 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

451. Chemical and Physical Fundamentals of Air Pollution (3) GC II Study of the kinetics, transport phenomena and phase equilibria of urban air pollution problems. P, 305, 430.

461. Chemical Process Simulation (2) GC II Use of continuous system simulation languages for study of complex transient process systems; mathematical modeling of unit processes, with emphasis on control applications. P, 402. J. W. White

465. Current Problems in Energy and Power (1 to 4) GC 111 (Identical with E.E. 465) 467. Solar Energy Engineering (3) GC I (Identical with A.M.E. 467) 470. Fundamentals of Polymeric Materials (3) GC 11 1980 -81 Fundamental chemical, physical, and mechanical properties of organic plastics, fibers, and elastomeric polymers. P, Chem. 241b, 480b, and Met. 23 I R. D. H. White 471. Coatings and Composites (3) GC II 1979 -80 Polymeric surface coatings and the basic related principles of surface chemistry, composites, adhesive theory, and corrosion theory are emphasized. P, Chem. 241b, 480b, and Met. 231 R. D. H. White

485. Biomedical Transport Phenomena (3) GC I Transport processes in the cardiovascular system, hemor- heology, pharmacokinetics, enzyme kinetics, extracorporeal mass transport devices, biocompatible materials. P, 305 or A.M.E. 33la, and Math. I25c. Gross

498. Special Topics ( 1 to 3 )11 1 a. Reaction Rate Process GC 502. Advanced Engineering Analysis (3) I1 1979 -80 Process modeling techniques, residence time distribution theory, dynamics of distributed parameter systems, nonlinear parameter estimation. P, 402.

505. Advanced Chemical Engineering Transport Phenomena (3)I Momentum, energy and mass transport in continua, solution of multidimensional laminar flow problems, turbulence, boundary layer theory. P, 305.

506. Advanced Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3) I Advanced applications of First and Second Laws, nonideal gases and liquids and their mixtures, principles of chemical equilibrium, and molecular theory. P, 306.

513. Advanced Automatic Process Control (3) I Analysis and deisgn of automatic control systems for chemical engineering operations and processes. P, 413.

514. Particulate Systems (3) 1 1979 -80 Dispersed -phase dynamics, population balances, particle growth kinetics,birth -death functions, phase space particle distributions, suspended -phase reactors, crystallization, and comminution. Randolph

530. Advanced Reaction Rate Processes (3) II 1980 -81 Kinetics of heterogeneous reaction systems, nonideal flow reactor models, reactor stability, analysis of industrial reactors. P, 430. Shadman

545. Combustion Generated Air Pollution (3) II (Identical with A.M.E. 545) 567. Advanced Solar Engineering (3) II (Identical with Nu.E. 567) 585. Advanced Biomechanics (3) II 1980 -81 (Identical with A.M.E. 585) 586. Advanced Biomedical Engineering (3) II 1979 -80 Analytical methods applied to problems in biochemical and biomedical engineering. Course includes invited lecturers, journal critiques, and preparation of an original paper. P, Math. I 25c. Gross

604. Advanced Chemical Engineering Mass Transfer (3) II Advanced study of interphase mass transfer with applications to gas- liquid and liquid -liquid operations. P, 505. Rehm

605. Advanced Mass Transport Theory (3) II 1980 -81 Theoretical aspects of binary and multicomponent systems utilizing penetration, surface renewal, and boundary layer transport concepts. P, 505.

61 1. Advanced Chemical Engineering Fluid Flow (3) 1 1979 -80 Advanced boundary layer theory, viscous flow, two -phase flow, including fluidized beds. P, 505.

612. Advanced Chemical Engineering Heat Transmission (3) 1 1980 -81 Advanced level studies in heat transmission and their application to equipment design and process calculations. P, 505. Rehm

696. Seminar (1) II 1 a. Chemical Engineering [Rpt. /61

Individual Studies

900 (I to5);910(i to6);920(I to9);930(I to 6) CHEMISTRY 105

CHEMISTRY

Professors Michael Barfield, Robert B. Bates, Herbert E. Carter, Robert D. Feltham, Quintus Fernando, Leslie S. Forster, Henry Freiser, H. K. Hall, Jr., Lee B. Jones, Philip C. Keller, Alec E. Kelley, W. T. Lippincott, Carl S. Marvel, James E. Mulvaney, John P. Schaefer, Millard G. Seeley, Cornelius Steelink, Edward N. Wise Associate Professors William R. Salzman, Head, Michael F. Burke, M. Bonner Denton, John H. Enemark, Richard S. Glass, Victor J. Hruby, Stephen C. Kukolich, John V. Rund, G. Krishna Vemulapalli, George S. Wilson Assistant Professors Neal R. Armstrong, Dennis L. Lichtenberger Lecturer Walter B. Miller, III

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in chemistry. Concentrations are available in analytical,inorganic, organic and polymer, and physical chemistry; biochemistry; and several interdisciplinary fields. The department also, in cooperation with the College of Education, offers work leading to the Master of Education degree with a major in chemistry. For information concerning this degree see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Education elsewhere in this catalog. Interested doctoral students may elect a concentration in chemical physics with a major in either chemistry or physics. New students are assisted and advised by the departmental Graduate Study Committee until they are prepared to select a research program and a research advisor. The Committee administers examinations for all new students during the week before registration each semester. These examinations cover various branches of chemistry and the results are used to help students plan an appropriate graduate program.

Degrees

MASTER OF ARTS -- This program is designed for those who do not plan to be professional chemists nor to work toward the Doctor of Philosophy degree. Students who plan to teach chemistry in secondary schools will find this program adapted to their needs. Of the required 15 units in the major subject, not more than 5 may (with the approval of the head of the department) be in a closely related field. At least 6 units, not including the thesis, must be in 500 or 600 -level courses, excluding 501, 502, and 503. A thesis is required but, at the discretion of the head of the department, it need not embody the results of original laboratory research. In no case will more than 4 units be earned for the thesis and, if the course work is divided between chemistry and another subject, not mdre than 2 units may be earned for the thesis. If supporting work is not in a scientific discipline, not more than 10 units may be devoted thereto. All students must pass a final oral examination.

MASTER OF SCIENCE - Reading proficiency in a foreign language and a thesis based upon original laboratory research are required. All students must pass a final oral examination.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - The foreign language requirement must be met in a language approved by the student's Dissertation Advisory Committee. Since teaching experience strengthens an individual's grasp of principles, a year of teaching is generally required of each student.

400a -400b. Chemical Measurements Laboratory (2 -2) GC 11I Lab. work in modern chemical measurements and instrumentation. IR, 6L. 400a; P, 424 or CR; for majors, S.I.E. 170 or 272. 400b: P, 480b. 410. Inorganic Chemistry (3) GC I Fundamentals in inorganic chemistry. P, 480a or CR. 424. ** Instrumental Analysis (3) GC II Principles of modern instrumental methods of analysis treating basic instrumentation and data acquisition, spectrochemical methods, mass spectrometry, gas chromatography, and electroanalytical and thermal methods. P, 241b, 325 or 322, Phys. 102b or 103b, 180b. 440. Qualitative Organic Analysis (3) GC II 1979 -80 The systematic classification and identification of organic compounds. IR, 6L. P, 241b, 243b or 245b, 325 or 322. 446. Organic Preparations (3) GC II 1980 -81 Special experimental methods for the synthesis of organic compounds. IR, 6L. P, 241b, 243b or 245b. 106 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

460. * *General Biochemistry (4) GC I (identical with Bioc. 460) 462a -462b. * *Biochemistry (3 -3) GC (Identical with Bioc.462a -462b) * *Credit is allowed for one courseonly in each of the following groups: 101b, 241a-241b; 102b, 243a -243b. 245a -245b;325, 322; 324, 424; 326, 313; 460, 461a -4621).

480a -480b. Physical Chemistry (3 -3) GC Fundamental principles of physical chemistry. P, 103b and 104b, or 105bH; Math. 125c; Phys. 102b or 103b or 116 or CR. 501. Intermediate Analytical Chemistry (3) I Survey of principles of modern analytical chemistry. P, 480b. 502. Intermediate Organic Chemistry (3) I Survey of the principal classes of organic reactions. P, 241 b. 503. Intermediate Physical Chemistry (3) 1 General survey of physical chemistry, including thermodynamics, structure, kinetics and electrochemistry. P, 480b. 510a -510b. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3 -3) Survey at the advanced level of the chemistry of the elements. P, 410. 512. Advanced Inorganic Preparations (2 to 4) I Modern inorganic syntheses, including instruction in the use of high pressure, temperature, and vacuum techniques and in the manipulation of unstable compounds. 6 to 12L. 517. Structural Chemistry (3) I1 1979 -80 Introduction to the determination of structures of complex molecules by X -ray crystallography; the evaluation of structural information; current topics in structural chemistry. 2R, 3L.

520. Advanced Analytical Chemistry (3)IStatistical treatment of data, separation processes, kinetic and thermal methods of analysis. P, 480b. 521. Advanced Instrumental Analysis (4) II Topics in spectrophotometry, emission spectrometry, chromatography, electroanalysis, principles of instrumentation and data acquisition at an advanced level. 3R, 3L. P, 424, 480b. 522. Electroanalytical Methods (3) II 1979 -80 Principles of electrochemistry and electroanalysis, including topics on electrochemical equilibrium and kinetics, potentiometry, voltammetry, amperometry, coulome- try, chronopotentiometry, and modern cyclic and pulse methods. P, 480b. 523. Applications of Equilibrium Principles in Analysis (3)II Mathematical description of equilibria in aqueous and nonaqueous systems; theoretical basis of analytical determinations. P, 480b. 524. Chemical Instrumentation (4)I Data acquisition and experiment control by analog and digital techniques; design of chemical instrumentation. 3R, 3L. P, 424.

525. Chemistry of Metal Chelates (3) 1 1979 -80 Theory underlying the application of organic reagents in chemical analysis. P, 523. 526. Spectrochemical Techniques (3) 1 1979 -80 Fundamentals and application of spectroscopic methods for chemical analysis. P, 521. 527. Analytical Separations (3) II 1980 -81 Fundamentals of separation processes - single and multistage; differential migration methods. P, 520. 530. Radiochemistry and Radiation Detection (3) I (Identical with Nu.E. 530) 540. Organic Syntheses (3) I Organic reactions and the methods by which they are applied to synthetic problems in organic chemistry. P, 241b, 480b. 541. Mechanisms of Organic Reactions (3) II Detailed analysis of the factors which influence the rates and courses or organic processes. P, 241b, 480b. 543. Structural Organic Chemistry (3) I I Structure determination of organic molecules. P, 241b, 480b. 549. Organic Geochemistry (3) II (Identical with Geos. 549) 561a -561b. Introduction to Biochemical Literature (l -1) (Identical with Bioc. 561a -561b) 565. Chemistry of Proteins (3) 1 1980 -81 (Identical with Bioc. 565) 566. Mechanism of Enzyme Action (3) II 1980 -81 (Identical with Bioc. 566) 567. Physical Techniques in Biochemistry (3) 1 1980 -81 (Identical with Bioc. 567) 568. Nucleic Acids (3) 1 1979 -80 (Identical with Bioc. 568) 569. Biochemistry of Lipids (3) II 1980 -81 (Identical with Bioc. 569) 570. Molecular Photobiology (3) 1 1979 -80 (Identical with Bioc. 570) 572. Molecular Mechanisms in Endocrinology (3) 1 1979 -80 (Identical with Bioc. 572) 577. Molecular Biology of Eucaryotic Cells (3) II 1979 -80 (Identical with Bioc. 577) 580. Chemical Bonding and Structure (3)I An introduction to quantum mechanics, with applications to atomic structure and spectra, the nature of chemical bonding and molecular structure. P, 480b. 581. Chemical Thermodynamics (3) I1 Advanced concepts in both classical and modern thermodynamics, with particular emphasis on thermodynamics in solution. P, 480b. 582. Statistical Thermodynamics (3) II Introduction to classical and quantum statistical thermodynamics with application to ideal gases and simple solids; equations of state and elementary solution theory. P, 480b. CIVIL ENGINEERING AND ENGINEERING MECHANICS 107

583. Chemical Kinetics (3) 1 1979 -80 Classical and modern techniques in studies of chemical reactions. P, 480b. 614. Organometallic Compounds (3) I 1980 -81 Compounds containing carbon -to -metal bonds, with emphasis on those of the transition elements, and the determination of their structures. P, 410. 615. Coordination Chemistry (3) II 1980 -81 Selected topics in the area of coordination compounds of transition metals, with particular emphasis on ligand field theory, the symmetry aspects of the spectral properties of transition meta' complexes and their magnetic behavior. P, 510b or CR. 616. Chemistry of the Main Group Elements (3) I 1979 -80 Theory, structure, and chemistry of the group Ill, IV, and V elements. The chemistry of the hydrides, particularly of boron, are emphasized. Current theoretical approaches and experimental techniques are stressed. P, 510a. 617. Steroid Chemistry and Biochemistry (3) II 1980 -81 (Identical with N.F.S. 617) 618. Chemistry and Metabolism of the Nucleic Acids (3) II 1979 -80 (Identical with N.F.S. 618) 642a -642b. Polymer Chemistry (3 -3) 1979 -80 Synthesis, stereochemistry, and mechanisms of formation of high polymers. 642a: Condensation and ring -opening polymers. 642b: Vinyl polymers. P, 540. 642a is not prerequisite to 642b.

644. Heterocyclic Compounds (3) 1 1979 -80 The behavior of the more important heterocyclic systems. P, 540. 645. Chemistry of Natural Products (3) II 1980 -81 Isolation, structural elucidation, total synthesis, biogene- sis, metabolism, and physiological importance of natural products. P, 540. 680. Quantum Chemistry (3) II Principles of quantum mechanics with applications to the properties of molecules. P, 580.

682. Statistical Mechanics (3) 1 1979 -80 Fundamental principles of classical and quantum statistical mechanics, the Darwin- Fowler method, Mayer cluster theory of gases, theory of fluids and related topics. P, 582. 684. Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (3) II 1979 -80 The use of nuclear magnetic resonance and electron spin resonance in studies of molecular systems. P, 580. 687. Molecular Spectroscopy (3) I 1980 -81 Applications of quantum mechanics to the interpretation of the spectra of molecules of chemical and biological interest. P, 580. 696. Seminar (1 to 3) I 11 a. Analytical Chemistry b. Inorganic Chemistry c. Organic Chemistry d. Physical Chemistry and Chemical Physics

Individual Studies

599 (I to 3); 900 (I to 5); 909 (1 to 5); 910 (1 to8);920(I to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

CHINESE (See Oriental Studies)

CIVIL ENGINEERING AND ENGINEERING MECHANICS

Professors Quentin M. Mees,Head,Thomas Carmody, Donald A. DaDeppo, David J. Hall, Si- mon Ince (Hydrology and Water Resources), Rudolf A. Jimenez, James D. Kriegh, Emmett M. Laursen, Allan J. Malvick, Haaren A. Miklofsky, Richmond C. Neff, PhilipB.Newlin, Robert A. Phillips, Ralph M. Richard, Raymond A. Sierka, Hassan A. Sultan, Terry Triffet Associate Professors Robert H. Wortman, Edward A. Nowatzki Assistant Professors Gary Amy, Harry F. Hillman, MichaelB.Stephenson

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Phi- losophy degrees with majors in civil engineering or engineering mechanics. Work is directed toward research and professional development in such areas as applied mechanics, engineering materials, regional development and urban planning, highway engineering, hydraulics and fluid dynamics, sanitary and environmental engineering, soil mechanics and soils engineering, surveying 108 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION and mapping, water resources, structural engineering, and transportation. Certain interdisciplinary options are available; master's degree students may select sanitary and environmental engineering or materials engineering and doctoral students may select sanitary and environmental engineering. For further information concerning these options see Engineering elsewhere in this catalog. Applicants should have completed an undergraduate major in civil engineering or engineering mechanics but those with majors in the physical sciences or other engineering disciplines are also encouraged to apply since such backgrounds provide excellent preparation for the approach to some areas of graduate work within the department.

Degrees

MASTER OF SCIENCE -A thesis or engineering report is required. At the option of the department, the degree may be awarded, without a thesis or engineering report, to candidates for the Doctor of Philosophy degree who have passed the Preliminary Examination. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY -A minor field may be selected from architecture, chemistry, geology, mathematics, mechanical engineering, metallurgy, mining engineering, nuclear engineering, physics, systems engineering, or within the Department of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. Still other fields are available as a minor with the approval of the head of the department.

Civil Engineering

In addition to the courses listed below, the Department of Civil Engineering and Engineer- ing Mechanics faculty is prepared to offer temporary courses in the following areas, subject to faculty availability and student interest: public works planning and engineering, construction engineering, hydraulic engineering, sanitary and environmental engineering, structural engineering, soils engineering, transportation engineering, surveying and mapping, and urban planning and engineering. Credit for these courses is offered in both civil engineering and engineering mechanics.

402. Computer Methods in Civil Engineering (3) GC II Development of digital computer programs for solving problems in various civil engineering fields, with emphasis on methods of treating large systems. P, 302, 331, 321. 422. Water Control in Agriculture (3) GC It (Identical with S.W.E. 422) 423. Hydrology (3) GC I Elementary treatment of major topics in hydrology, including rainfall, evaporation, groundwater, and runoff. Field trips. P, 321. 424. Hydraulic Engineering Design (3) GC lHydraulic criteria for design of bridges, stilling basins, gates, open -channel distribution and collection systems; sediment- transport effects; pipe networks and pumping systems. P, 322. 432a -432b. Advanced Structural Engineering Design (3 -3) GC Advanced problems in the analysis and design of concrete, steel, and wood structures; yield line and plastic design methods, lateral and vertical load analysis of bridges and multistory buildings; introduction to seismic design; use of structural computer programs. 432a: P, 336. 432b: P, 337. 440. Foundation Engineering (3) GC I1 Site and subsurface investigations, design of footings and pile foundations, retaining walls, cofferdams and sheet piles, slopes; construction problems. P, 340. 452. Engineering Surveys (3) GC I Solar and Polaris observations; mineral, public, and private land surveys; route surveying, curves, and earthwork; triangulation, photogrammetry, and modern engineering surveys. 2R, 3L. P, 151. 454. Photogrammetry (3) GC 111 Reading, interpretations, and geometric characteristics of aerial photographs; stereoscopic principles and their application in the production of planimetric and topographic maps. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, 151, Math. 125a. 456. Boundary Surveys and Legal Principles (3) GC I Boundary control; property descriptions; public land surveys; writing and interpretation of deeds; subdivision standards; legal aspects; rights, duties and lia - bilities of land surveyors. Field trip. 462. Bituminous Materials (3) GC I1 Development tests, manufacture, and controls of bituminous materials used in highway construction and maintenance. 2R, 3L. P, 340. 463. Traffic Engineering (3) GC I Methods for the efficient and safe operation of transport facilities through analysis of capacity, safety, speed, parking, and volume data. 2R, 3L. P, 360. CIVIL ENGINEERING AND ENGINEERING MECHANICS 109

465. Urban Systems Modeling (3)GC II Use of systems analysis in contemporary planning, including consideration of social, environmental and physical constraints; study of general and special purpose manual and computer -based simulation and gaming as an engineering and planning tool. 2R, 3L. 471. Water Quality Control (3)GCIIAspects of water quality maintenance; physical, chemical and biological factors in water and wastewater treatment and natural purification. 2R, 3L. Degree credit available for nonmajors only. P, Chem. 103b. (Identical with Hydr. 471 and Ws.M. 471) 473. Urban Sanitation (3)GC I Problems of sanitation bearing on community health and related factors for consideration in urban planning. Advanced degree credit available for nonmajors only.P.Pol. 412 or CR. (Identical with U.PI. 473) 479. Environmental Air Pollution(3) GC 1 Air pollution sources and pollutant control, with special consideration of the meteorological, urban, rural, industrial, and health aspects. 481. Construction Methods(3) GC IIIntroduction to estimating; construction planning and methods; selected topics of fundamental importance in construction, including the Critical Path Method and PERT. 2R, 3L. P, 336 or 337, 380 or CR. 483. Radiation Shielding for Buildings(3) GC 11980 -81 Effects of nuclear weapons; radioactivity, attenuation of nuclear radiation; shielding methodology, space and environmental engineering; biological effects of radiation; shelter criteria; shelter improvement methods.

486. Occupational Health and Safety(3) GCIThe interactions, interrelationships, health and safety effects of the OSHA program as regards a broad segment of the business and industrial sector. Field trip. Credit allowed for this course or Mn.E. 425, but not for both. (Identical with Fin. 486 and U.S.H. 486)

498.*Special Topics ( Ito5) GC II I 507. Drainage of Irrigated Lands(3) II (Identical with S.W.E. 507) 532. Advanced Theory of Structures(3)I Advanced problems in structural analysis, including curved beams, arches, and closed rings; shear and torsional deflections; slope deflection and moment distribution for members of variable I; principle moments of inertia; influence lines for indeterminate structures. P, 331. 539. Long -Span Structures(3) II 1980 -81 Analysis of guyed towers, suspension, arch, cable- stayed and seg- mental bridges by elastic and deflection theories, interaction diagrams and computer techniques. P, 432a, 336. 548. Numerical Methods in Soil Mechanics(3) 1 Introduction to numerical methods in geotechnical engineering; the finite element method and its application to selected soil engineering problems; the method of characteristics in problems involving plastic equilibrium. P, 340, 402. 561a -561b. Structural Design of Pavements(3 -3) Analysis of pavements, loads, stresses, material characteristics, for the theoretical and practical design, construction and maintenance of pavements. 561a: Bituminous. 561 b: Portland cement. P, 361.

564. Transportation Economics(3)IEconomic analysis of transport projects, including rural and urban

roadways, control systems, and mass transit; discussion of environmental and financial factors. P, Econ. . 210. 565a -565b. Principles of Transportation Planning(3 -3) 565a: History and concepts of transportation and its planning in relation to urban development. 565b: Theory and application of transportation planning techniques. 2R, 3L. (Identical with U.PI. 565a -565b)

575. Microbiology of Sanitary Engineering(3) I Microbiological concepts and their application to natural and engineered systems for upgrading water and wastewater quality. 2R, 4L. P, 370. 576. Chemistry of Sanitary Engineering(3)I Chemistry of natural waters and water and wastewater treatment processes. Chemical thermodynamics, equilibria and kinetics are applied to environmental systems. Lab. emphasizes analytical methods. 2R, 3L. P, 370. 577. Environmental Impact of Resource Utilization(2 to 3) II Environmental impact resulting from major resource development and utilization. Both legal and technological approaches to restoration of ecological balance will be reviewed. 596. Seminar (lto 3) II a. Sanitary and Environmental Engineering

598.'Special Topics ( 1to 5) II I *Note:The following subtopics apply to asterisked courses ( *). No more than two will be offered in any one semester. a. Civil Engineering b. Public Works Planning and Engineering c. Construction Engineering d. Hydraulic Engineering e. Sanitary and Environmental Engineering f Structural Engineering g. Soils Engineering h. Transportation Engineering i. Surveying and Mapping j. Urban Planning and Engineering 613. Theory of Elastic Stability(3)II Bending and buckling of prismatic bars, beams, rings, curved bars, thin shell, and thin plates under axial and lateral loads.P,217, 302, or S.I.E. 270. 110 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

621. Sediment Transportation (2) I Erosion, transportation and deposition of sediments by flowing water; sediment properties and their measurement; bed load and suspended load movement; river behavior and control. P, 321.

622. Open -Channel Flow (3) 1 1980 -81 Continuity, energy and momentum principles applied to steady and unsteady flow in open channels: channel controls, transitions, flood routing, and models. P, 322. 623. Flow through Hydraulic Structures (3) II 1980 -81 Subcritical and supercritical flow through culverts, bridges, spillways, stilling basins, transitions, bends; hydrologic effects on inflow; pumps and turbines. P, 322. 624. Planning and Design of Multipurpose Water Resources Projects (3) II Design of water resource systems for surface water supply, flood control, hydropower and navigation, either as single purpose or as multipurpose projects; brief review of environmental, economic and legal aspects. Field trips. P, 321, 423. 640a -640b. Advanced Soil Mechanics (3 -3) Advanced theories and engineering applications of soil mechanics. 640a: Consolidation, settlement, shear strength, bearing capacity, pile foundation. 640b: Lateral pressures, bulkheads, slope stability, seepage. P, 340. 642. Advanced Soil Mechanics Laboratory (3) II Advanced aspects of the mechanical, physical and hydraulic properties of soils as an engineering material.I R, 6L. P, 640a.

643. Physicochemical Soils Laboratory (3) 1 1980 -81 Physicochemical properties of soil minerals, including X -ray diffraction, infrared spectrophotometry, differential thermal analysis, ion exchange capacity, electron microscopy. I R, 6L. P, 340. 644. Soil Stabilization (3) II Purpose of soil stabilization; stabilization using mechanical means, cement, as- phalt, lime, salt and resins; factors governing stabilization techniques; special applications. P, 340.

645. Physicochemical Soil Behavior (3) 1 1979 -80 Physicochemical principles in soil engineering, including basic clay mineralogy, colloidal phenomena, double -layer theory, ion exchange, soil fabric. P, 340. 646. Theories of Soil Behavior (3) II 1980 -81 Theories of failure and dilatancy, advanced consolidation theories, foundation vibrations, rate process theory in soil behavior. P, 640a. 647. Seepage and Earth Dams (3)I Principles governing the flow of water through soils and their application in the design of earth dams; methods of earth dam design, including earthquake design; theory of wells and groundwater flow. P, 340. 671. Advanced Water and Wastewater Analysis (3) II Advanced chemical, physical and microbiological analyses as related to water and wastewater quality and advanced treatment process design. 1R, 6L. P, 371. 673. Advances in Water and Waste Reclamation and Reuse (3) II Theory, application, and evaluation of currently developing techniques in water and waste reclamation and reuse. P, 675. 675. Advanced Wastewater Disposal System Design (3) 1 Administration, financing, design, construction, and operation of wastewater disposal systems. P, 371. 676. Advanced Water Distribution and Treatment System Design (3)II Administration, financing, design, construction, and operation of water treatment plants and distribution systems. P, 371.

Individual Studies

593 (I to 5); 594 (1 to 3); 599 (I to 5); 900 (I to 3), maximum total, 3 units; 909 (I to 3); 910(1 to 6), maximum total, 6 units; 920 (I to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

Engineering Mechanics

In addition to the courses listed below, the Department of Civil Engineering and Engineer- ing Mechanics faculty is prepared to offer temporary courses in the following areas, subject to faculty availability and student interest: analytical mechanics, plates and shells, structural dynamics and earthquake engineering, experimental mechanics, and fluid mechanics. Credit for these courses is offered in both civil engineering and engineering mechanics.

498.*Special Topics (I to 5) GC II I 505a -505b. Methods in Engineering Mechanics (3 -3) Application of series, approximate and energy methods, and coordinate transformations to solution of the equations of engineering mechanics. P, C.E. 402. 539. Advanced Structural Mechanics (3) II (Identical with A.M.E. 539)

598.*Special Topics (I to 5) I 11 'Note.: The following subtopics apply to asterisked courses ( *I. No more than two will be offered in any one semester. a. Engineering Mechanics b. Analytical Mechanics c. Plates and Shells d. Structural Dynamics and Earthquake Engineering e. Experimental Mechanics f. Fluid Mechanics CLASSICS 111

603. Applied Elasticity (3)II979 -80 General equations of elasticity, problems in plane stress, plane strain, extension, flexure, and torsion; energy principles, including virtual work, stationary potential energy, and stationary complementary energy; application to rings, curved beams, plates, torsion, and other elastic systems. P, C.E. 217. 302 or S.I.E. 270.

633. Structural Dynamics and Earthquake Engineering (3) II Vibrations and dynamic response of structural systems to periodic and arbitrary loadings and support motion; response spectrum and step -by -step formulations for seismic analysis and design. P, E.M. 635, A.M.E. 332, 436.

635. Matrix Methods in Structural Mechanics (3) I Formulation of the force and displacement methods; the finite element method, with application to bar, beam, plate, and shell structures; organization and development of computer programs; linear and nonlinear systems. P, C.E. 331 or A.M.E. 436.

637. Plates and Shells (3)I Theory and analysis of circular, rectangular and continuous plates by classical, numerical and approximate methods; introduction to in -plane forces and shells. P, C.E. 336 or A.M.E. 434.

Individual Studies

593 (I to 5); 599 (I to 5); 900 (I to 3), maximum total, 3 units; 909 (I to 3); 910 (1 to 6), maximumtotal, 6 units; 920 (I to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

CLASSICS

Associate Professors Thomas D. Worthen, Head, Richard C. Jensen Assistant Professor Sterling P. Vinson

No advanced degree in classics is offered. In addition to a number of courses open, with the consent of the instructor, to all graduate students, the department offers one course, 599, restricted to those who are doing research involving the use of the Greek and Latin languages and who have been admitted to advanced degree programs in The University.

401. Latin Reading Course (3) [Rpt.] GC IIf Extensive readings in one of the following: epic, lyric, drama, history, oratory, satire. epistles, novel, philosophical, technical or medieval literature. P, 301. 402a -402b. Greek Reading Course (3 -3) [Rpt.] GC Readings from Greek literature; conferences and reports. P, 202b. 403a -403b. History of Greece (3 -3) GC (Identical with Hist. 403a -403b) 404a -404b. History of Rome (3 -3) GC (Identical with Hist. 404a -404b) 411. Etruscan and Roman Art and Architecture (3) GC 1 1980 -81 (Identical with Art 41 1) 417a -417b. Sanskrit Grammar and Texts (3 -3) GC 1980 -81 (Identical with Or.S. 417a -417b) 443. The Archaeology of Preclassical Greece (3) GC 11979 -80 History, art and culture of Neolithic and Bronze Age Greece through the study of archaeological excavations. P, six units or CR in clas., hist. or anth. (Identical with Anth. 443) 444. The Archaeology of Pre -Roman Italy (3) GC II 1979 -80 The Neolithic, Bronze, and Early Iron Ages of Italy through the study of archaeological excavation. P, six units or CR in ancient hist., anth. or clas. (Identical with Anth. 444)

Individual Studies

599 (2 to 8)

CLINICAL ENGINEERING (See Engineering)

COMPOSITION (See Music) 112 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Professors Ralph E. Griswold,Head,Jay F. Nunamaker, Jr. (Management Information Systems) Associate Professors David P. Dobkin Assistant Professors Peter J. Downey, Christopher W. Fraser, David R. Hanson, DeloresA. Marik The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctorof Phi- losophy degrees with a major in computer science. Doctoral students majoring in other fields may minor in computer science by completing a sequence of courses approved by the department. Besides an undergraduate major in computer science or other appropriate field, applicants must have a background in mathematics and proficiency in a high -levelprogramming language and in assembly -language programming (for example, credit for C.Sc. 122 and 237). The master's degree program is designed to provide the student with a broad background in computer science. A thesis is not required but students with a strong background mayelect, with the approval of the department, to submit one. Doctoral students must complete the requirements for the master's degree plus additional courses determined by the department. A minor in a related fieldis required.

402. Mathematical Logic (3) GC II 1979 -80 (Identical with Math. 402) 421a -421b. Systems Modeling and Simulation (3 -3) GC (Identical with M.I.S. 421a -421b) 427. Comparative Programming Languages (3) GC I II Introduction to several major high -level programming languages and their characteristics. Programming projects are required in at least four languages. P, 121, 122, or 123. (Identical with M.I.S. 427) 430. Software Tools (3) GC III Techniques for the design and implementation of programs that assist in programming; filters; file maintenance, macroprocessors; editors; preprocessors. P, 427. 431. File Organization and Data Management Systems (3) GC IIf (Identical with M.I.S. 431) 442. Data Structures (3) GC III Detailed study of data structures and their implementations. Each data structure will be presented in three stages: essential properties, applications andimplementations. P, 427, Math. 362. (Identical with M.I.S. 442) 443. Theory of Graphs and Networks (3) GC II 1979 -80 (Identical with Math. 443) 453. Translators and Systems Software (3) GC I Design and implementation of translation- oriented systems programs; assemblers; loaders; linkers; introduction to compilers and operating systems.P, 237,427. 472. Continuous- System Simulation (3) GC I (Identical with E.E. 472) 473a -473b. Mathematical Theory of Computability (3 -3) GC (Identical with Math. 473a -473b) 474. Digital Logic Design (3) GC 1II (Identical with E.E. 474) 475a -475b. Mathematical Principles of Numerical Analysis (3 -3) GC (Identical with Math. 475a -475b) 476. Computer Architecture (3) GC IFunctional overview of computer systems; interconnection of basic components; input /output; interrupts; virtual addressing; stack architecture; microprogramming;microprocessors. P, 237. (Identical with E.E. 476) 478. Computational Methods of Linear Algebra (3) GC I (Identical with Math. 478) 479. Game Theory and Mathematical Programming (3) GC I 1 1979 -80 (Identical with Math. 479) 480. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence (3) GC I Survey of concepts and problems in artificial intelligence, including heuristic search, pattern recognition, game playing, and theorem proving. P, 427. 520. Principles of Programming Languages (3) II Global semantics of algorithmic languages, including scope of declarations, data types, retention, block structure, binding time, subroutines, coroutines, extensibil- ity: implementation issues. P, 427. 521a -521b. Advanced Systems Modeling and Simulation (3 -3) (Identical with M.I.S. 521a- 521b). 541a -541b. Computer -Aided Information Systems Analysis and Design (3 -3) (Identical with M.I.S. 541a-541b) 545. Analysis of Algorithms (3) I Detailed study of algorithms; analytic determination of length of computation and storage requirements. P, 442. 550a -550b. String and List Processing (3 -3) 1980 -81 Data representation, pattern matching, structures;applications in symbolic mathematics, text analysis, document formatting, cryptography, etc. P, 442. Griswold 552. Principles of Operating Systems (3)II Concepts of modern operating systems; concurrent processes; mutual exclusion; synchronization primitives; monitors; resource allocation; store management; file systems; protection mechanisms. P, 237, 427, 442; 430 or 453. COUNSELING AND GUIDANCE 113

555. Principles of Compilation(3) II Finite automata and lexical analysis; context -free grammars; parsers; parser generators; code generation; graph- theoretic approaches to optimization.P,237, 427, 442; 430 or 453.

560. Formal Language Theory(3) II Basic concepts of languages and their representations; types of grammars and their relation to programming languages and automata ambiguity; decidability questions for languages.P,Math. 119.

571. Digital Systems Design(3) III (Identical with E.E. 571)

573. Microprocessors, Minicomputers and Analog /Digital Linkages(3) II (Identical with E.E. 573) 575a -575b. Numerical Analysis(3 -3) (Identical with Math. 575a -575b)

577. Recursive Function Theory(3)II(Identical with Math. 577)

674. Sequential Circuits and Automata(3) I (Identical with E.E. 674)

Individual Studies

699 (1to 4); 799 ( I to 4); 900 (1 to 6); 910 (3 to 6); 920 ( I to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

CONDUCTING (See Music)

COUNSELING AND GUIDANCE

Professors Paul J. Danielson, O. C. Christensen, Roger J. Daldrup, Bill W. Hillman Associate Professors Philip J. Lauver, Acting Head, Harley D. Christiansen, Richard L. Erickson, Gordon A. Harshman Assistant Professor Elizabeth B. Yost Assistant Research Professor Betty J. Newlon

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts, Master of Education, Doc- tor of Philosophy, and Doctor of Education degrees with a major in counseling and guidance. Concentrations are available in elementary and secondary school counseling, classroom guidance, community program and agency counseling, career education, and student personnel work in higher education. A minor program of 15 units minimum is available for doctoral students majoring in other fields. Forms and statements regarding application procedures for masters' degree programs are obtainable on request from the department. Doctoral application materials may be obtained from the Office of Graduate Study in Education. Masters' degree applicants must submit a personal data blank, a candidate's statement, letters of recommendation, and Miller Analogies Test score to the department. The usual requirement of 15 units of undergraduate credit in education may be waived for masters' students electing to concentrate in community program or agency counseling or in student personnel work in higher education where evidence of other appropriate course work or experience is presented. Doctoral applicants must hold a master's degree in counseling and guidance or in an equivalent program and must submit, to the Office of Graduate Study in Edu- cation, scores on the Aptitude test of the Graduate Record Examination. Doctoral applicants must also have completed, before admission, a minimum of one year of successful, full -time, post- master's, professional experience in the proposed area of concentration. All application material for fall admission must be received by March 1 and by October 1for spring admission. Individual masters' programs will be planned with and approved by an advisor. These may vary both in course work and in total units, depending upon the area of concentration and upon past experience and training. Because of course sequencing and practicum requirements, masters' students should plan on devoting three academic semesters or one academic year and two summer sessions to complete degree requirements. Recommended or typical programs may be obtained on request from the department. A thesis is required for the Master of Arts degree. For information 114 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION concerning the Master of Education degree, seeRequirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Education elsewhere in this catalog. Doctoral programs are individualized after consideration of professional goals and past experience and training. An outside minor is required.

421. Techniques of Interviewing (3) GC III Types and functions, process, and application of the interview in various settings. 2R, 3L. 501. The Guidance Function in Education (3)1 Guidance services in school and college; overview of history, purpose, theory, techniques, staff functions and relationships, trends; designed for nonmajors.

503. Guidance Techniques (3) 1 II Techniques for the study of human behavior; implications for improving adult -child relationships, with emphasis on Adlerian principles. 2R, 3L.

531. Career Education (3)III Concepts and goals, elements and systems of career education, with emphasis on development of materials and teaching strategies for implementing objectives in the elementary and secondary classroom. 2R, 3L. (Identical with Elem. 531 and S.Ed. 531)

549. Counseling and Guidance Laboratory (1 to 3) 1 II Supervised observation and participation in selected counseling and guidance activities: campus, public school, and community settings. P, nine units of guid. or CR. 557. Marriage Counseling (3) 11 1980 -81 (Identical with H.Ec. 557) 581. Communication and Interpersonal Skills Development (3)I An interdisciplinary lab. for development of communication and interpersonal skills and their applications in home, school, college, business and community agency settings. (Identical with Ed.F.A. 581 and Elem. 581)

597. Workshop ( 1to 3) 1I I a. Classroom Application of Guidance Techniques (3) II P, 503. b. Classroom Group Guidance (3) S

601. Foundations of Guidance (3)III Relationship and contributions of various fields to the work of the counselor at all levels, in current and historical perspective; derivation of principles and objectives; integrated lab. experience in selected settings. Open to majors only. 2R, 3L.

602. Foundations of Student Personnel Work in Higher Education (3)IOrientation to student personnel work in colleges and universities; interdisciplinary foundations; professional aspects; integrated lab. experience in selected campus settings. 2R, 3L. (Identical with H.Ed. 602)

603. Developmental Guidance in the Schools (3)III Developmental approach to counseling, guidance, and consultation in the elementary and secondary school; observation and practice. 2R, 3L. P, 644. 607. The College Student (3)1 Characteristics of the college student; interactions with campus environmental influences; developmental and normative trends. (Identical with H.Ed. 607) 614. Student Personnel Services in Higher Education (3) II Student personnel services; purposes; procedures; representative programs; current trends. (Identical with H.Ed. 614)

622. Appraisal of the Individual (3)III Methods of appraising and reporting individual behavior, with emphasis on nonpsychometric data. 2R, 3L.

623. Measurement for Guidance (3)II1 Evaluation and selection of psychological tests for guidance; use of psychometric data in counseling. 2R, 3L. Open to majors only.

631. Career Counseling (3)III Theories of vocational development; types, sources, and use of occupational and educational information in career counseling and decision making. P, 601 or CR.

644. The Counseling Process (3)III Introduction to theories of counseling; collation and interpretation of counseling data; the counseling process; study of cases. P, 601, 622. 645. Theories of Counseling (3) II Rationale, development, and research underlying major counseling theories. P, 631, 644.

648. Procedures in Family Counseling (3)III Theory and process in family counseling; problem solving techniques applied to parent -child conflict; lab. experience. 2R, 3L. P, 503. (Identical with H.Ec. 648)

651. Supervised Practice in Counseling (1 to 9)I P, 644, and nine additional units of couns. Supervised counseling experience is offered on the basis of need and demand in the following settings: a. Elementary School e. Family b. Secondary School f. Group c. Higher Education g. Pastoral d. Agency h. Marriage i. Career Guidance 661. Organization and Administration of Guidance Programs (3) II Organization and management of guidance programs in the public schools. 2R, 3L. P, 601, and six additional units of guid. 665. Organization and Administration of Student Personnel Programs in Higher Education (3) II Principles of organization and administration of college student services; comparative organizational structures as related to student and institutional needs. Field trip. P, 602, 614 or CR. (Identical with H.Ed. 665) 667. Law for Teachers and Student Personnel Workers (3) II (Identical with Ed.F.A. 667) DRAMA 115

682. Group Techniques(3)I II Group techniques and underlying theories; applications in schools and agencies; interrelationship of group and individual approaches in counseling and related programs. P, 622, 601 or CR. 683. Group Counseling(3)I Theory and process in group counseling; applications in school, college, and community settings; lab. experience. P, 644, 651 or CR.

795. Colloquium( 1 to 3) II I a. Foundations b. Professional Practice c. Counselor Education and Supervision d. Counseling Theory (Theory varies) [Rpt.] e. Counseling and Ethnic Differences f. Career Development P, 531, 631, Ed.F.A. 603.

Individual Studies

693 (1to 9)[a. Counseling] [b. Student Personnel Services] [c. Career Guidance]; 699 (1 to 4); 900(2 to 4);910 (4), maximum total, 4 units;920(1 to 9);930(1 to 6)

CREATIVE WRITING (See English)

DAIRY SCIENCE (See Animal Sciences)

DIETETICS (See Home Economics and Nutrition and Food Science)

DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION (See Business and Career Education)

DRAMA

Professors Robert C. Burroughs, Head, Robert A. Keyworth, Peter R. Marroney Associate Professors J. Michael Gillette, Rosemary P. Gipson, Peggy J. Kellner, William A. Lang Assistant Professors William L. Prosser, Jeffrey L. Warburton Instructor Dale R. Luciano

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts and the Master of Fine Arts degree with a major in drama. The Master of Arts degree program aims at a balance in developing the scholarly and artistic potential of the student. The Master of Fine Arts degree program is a professional program emphasizing artistic achievement. For further details concerning this program see, Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Fine Arts elsewhere in this catalog. Students working toward the Master of Arts degree may specialize in acting, directing, drama education, dramatic criticism, playwriting, technical production or theatre history. All students are required to complete 600 and 9 units selected from 640, 641, 642a -642b, and 644. Each student must present a thesis or pass a comprehensive written examination. The proposed study program of each student must be approved by the faculty of the department. Students working toward the Master of Arts degree specializing in motion pictures are required to complete 570, 471, 472, 670, and 9 units selected from 696a, e, f or g. The remaining 1 16 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

courses must be chosen in related fields of study. The student must submit a film on a subject or theme approved by the student's advisor and by the head of the department.

410. Creative Drama (3)GC IPrinciples and procedures of improvisation, role -playing, creative playwriting techniques, and program development in creative dramatics applicable to the elementary and secondary school levels. P, twelve units of dram. or ed. 412. Theatre for Children (3)GC IIPrinciples and techniques of selecting plays, playwriting, directing, designing and producing theatre for children. 2R, 3L. P, twelve units of dram. or ed. 420. Problems of Stage Lighting (3)GC ISpecial problems, practice and trends in modern lighting, instrument selection, cost and adaptability. P, 220b. 421. Sound Systems and Visual Effects for the Theatre (3)GCIl Design, operation and maintenance of sound systems, film and visual effects for the theatre. P, twelve units of dram. 423a -423b. Advanced Technical Theatre (3 -3)GCTechniques and methods of scenic painting, design and construction techniques for stage properties. P, twelve units of technical theatre.

426. Stage Management (2) [Rpt./ I]GC II IPrinciples and techniques of stage management; practical applications, problems and analysis of stage managing. P, 121b, 125, 220a, 223a. 427a -427b. Problems of Theatre Organization and Management (2 -2)GCTheatre management, organization, publicity, financing, and other phases of professional, educational, and community theatre. P, twelve units of dram. 428. New Scenographic Materials (3)GC li1979 -80 Analysis of new materials for use on the stage, including fabrication, experimentation and treatment techniques. 2R, 3L. P, 121b, 180a, 220a, 223a. 440a -440b. History 'of the Modern Theatre (2 -2)GCMajor developments in theatrical art from 19th -century realism to the theatre of the present. P, 140a -140b. 450a -450b. Advanced Studies in Acting (3 -3)GCResearch in theory and contemporary problems; directed projects in acting designed to build a firm professional technique; analysis of ensemble and repertory playing; audition material and techniques. 2R, 3L. P, 350b. 455a -455b. Stage Direction (3 -3)GCTechnique of stage direction, with a study of factors leading to a corn - pletedproduction; directionof one -act andfull- lengthplays.2R, two. 3-hour rehearsals, and performance. P, 245, 220b. 223b, 350b. 460a -460b. Writing for Stage and Screen I (2 -2)GCPreparation and analysis of brief scripts for stage and motion pictures; staged readings and lab. productions. 471. History of American Motion Pictures (3)GC IHistorical and critical survey, with examples, of Ameri- can motion pictures both as a developing art form and as a medium of mass communication. 2R, 3L. 472. History of World Motion Pictures (3) GC II Historical and critical survey, with examples, of world motion pictures both as a developing art form and as a medium of mass communication. 2R, 3L. 480a -480b. Advanced Stage Costuming (3 -3)GC1980 -81 Advanced techniques in costume design and construction, including period pattern design, cutting and draping techniques. 2R, 3L. P, 180b. 521. Advanced Stagecraft (3) II 1979 -80 Advanced studies in scenic construction methods and techniques. 2R, 3L. 523. Applied Studies in Theatrical Design ( 1to 6) [Rpt./ 1 0 units] II I Advanced studies in the design of sce- nery,lighting,costume, and makeup. Regularly scheduled classmeetings withindividualized assignments for accomplishment in and outside of class. P, 180b, 220b, 223b. 524. Applied Studies in Technical Theatre (1 to 6) [Rpt./ 10 units] I Advanced studies in technical theatre supervision and management involving scenic, costume, lighting, makeup and technical production, organization, construction and management. Regularly scheduled class meetings with individualized assignments for accomplishment in and outside of class. P, 180b, 220b. 223b. 560a -560b. Writing for Stage and Screen II (3 -3) Preparation and analysis of full- length scripts for stage and motion pictures. Production possible for selected scripts. 2R, 6L.

570. Film Project I (3) [Rpt./ 1 ]III Completion of a short film, including its writing, production and editing. University provides editing and projection equipment only; student provides camera, film, audiotape, and pays all processing and lab. charges.

600. Introduction to Graduate Study of Drama (2) I Methods and materials for research in theatre and drama; introduction to the bibliography of these fields; organization and form of thesis. 605a -605b. Movement for the Actor (2 -2) Study and exercise in movement for the actor: relaxation, physical freedom, improvisation, period customs, manners, and movement. 1R, 3L. 625a -625b. Advanced Performance Techniques (2 -2) Study and exercise in performance techniques for the actor: breathing, resonance, and -articulation as related to acting. Dialects are also studied for stage purposes. I R, 3L. 640. Dramatic Criticism: Tragedy (3) I Comparative analysis of tragedy and theories of tragedy from antiquity to the present for stage and screen; writing of critical papers. ECOLOGY AND EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY 1 17

641. Dramatic Criticism: Comedy (3) II Comparative analysis of comedy and comic theory from antiquity to the present for stage and screen; writing of critical papers.

642a -642b. Studies in Theatre History (3 -3) Concentrated study in theatre history, with major emphasis on the physical theatre, standard scholarly works, and source materials. 642a: Beginnings to circa 1660. 642b: Circa 1660 to 1900.

644. History of the American Theatre (3) II Studies in the American theatre and drama. Directed and individual projects will be assigned.

6505 -650b. Experimental Theatre Acting Techniques (3 -3) Study of post -Stanislaysky techniques and theories contributing to the contemporary experimental theatre; present -day avant -garde practitioners explored; rehearsal and performance based upon study. 2R, 3L. P, 450b.

655a -655b. Problems of the Producing Director (3 -3) Emphasis on production of original and experimental dramas; the adaptation of directorial philosophies. 655a: Directing the premodern play for the contemporary audience. 655b: Modern theatre movements and types of dramas. 2R, daily rehearsal lab. and performance.

670. Film Project 11 (3) 11 Completion of a second film, including its writing, production and editing. Uni- versity provides equipment and space; students provide film, audio and /or magnetic film tape, and pay all processing costs. P, 570, 471, 472.

696. Seminar ( Ito 3) II I a. Contemporary Trends in Theatre or Motion Pictures b. Acting Theories and Techniques c. Directing the Dramatic Production d. Directing and Staging the Musical Production e. Directing the Full- Length Motion Picture f. Film Editing g. Documentary and Educational Films

Individual Studies

593 (1 to 3); 594 (1 to 3); 599 (1 to 5); 693 (I to 6); 694 (1 to 3); 699 (1 to 5); 900(1 to 5); 909 (1 to 3); 910 (2 to 4) maximum total, 4 units; 930 (1 to 6)

ECOLOGY AND EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY

Professors E. Lendell Cockrum, Head, James H. Brown, William A. Calder, William B. Heed, John R. Hendrickson, Robert W. Hoshaw, Charles H. Lowe, Jr., Charles T. Mason, Jr., Michael L. Rosenzweig, Donald A. Thomson Associate Professors Stephen M. Russell, William M. Schaffer, Oscar G. Ward Assistant Professors Arthur C. Gibson, Astrid Kodric- Brown, Richard E. Michod Lecturer Thomas Caraco

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Phi- losophy degrees with majors in ecology and evolutionary biology and in botany. Concentrations are available in botany, environmental physiology, evolution, genetics, marine biology, population and community ecology, and vertebrate biology, and systematics. The department maintainsex- cellent collections of fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mammals. An extensive herbarium is shared with the College of Agriculture. Field work is facilitated by a Marine Biology Station at Peurto Peñasco, Sonora, Mexico and by the availability of the Southwestern Research Station, Portal, Arizona, and the Research Ranch, Elgin, Arizona. Applicants are required to furnish the department with completed departmental application forms, scores on the Aptitude and Advanced (any discipline) tests of the Graduate Record Examination, transcripts of all college work (in addition to those required by the Graduate Col- lege), and three letters of recommendation from persons qualified to evaluate the applicant's scholarly potential. Applications should be submitted by January 15; admission is normallyap- proved only for students beginning their graduate studies with the fall semester. Applicantsare encouraged to seek external financial support from institutions suchas the National Science Foundation and the Danforth Foundation. The department will makeevery effort to offer financial aid to matriculating students in the form of teachingor research assistantships. 1 18 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Course work, while necessary for acquiring needed information and skills, is no substitute for scholarship. Accordingly, particular emphasis is placed on the student's ability to formulate and pursue original research problems. One course, Research in Ecology and Evolution (610a- 610b), is required of all new graduate students. The remainder of the program is designed to meet the individual needs of each student.

412. Plants Useful to Man (2)GCS(Identical with G.Bio. 412) 413. The Plant Kingdom (3)GCS Designed for public school teachers and others wishing to become familiar with the major plant groups in our environment; collecting and growing plants. Field trip. 414. Plants of the Desert (2)GCS Designed for teachers and others wishing to become familiar with common native and cultivated plants; identification, ecology, and uses. 431. Subjects in Environmental Physiology (3)GC II1980 -81 Analysis and synthesis of recent studies of the physiological responses of animals to their environments. P, 468. 434. Population Interactions (3)GC IEmpirical and theoretical treatment of competition, exploitation, and mutualism. P, 235, Math. 125e. 435. Population and Community Ecology (4)GC I IEcological concepts, with emphasis on theory and models: foraging and reproductive strategies, population dynamics, community and biogeographic theory. 3R, 3L. P, 235, CR Math. I25c. 436. Plant Ecology(4) GC I(Identical with G.Bio. 436) 437. Floras of North America (2)GC II(Identical with G.Bio. 437) 438. Biogeography (3)GC IIPrinciples and concepts concerning the great regional patterns of distribution of the animals and plants of the world, both past and present. P, G.Bio. 101a or Ecol. 105a. 440R.Oceanography (2)GC IIIntroduction to the physical, chemical, geological, and biological dimensions of the oceans, with emphasis on their importance as biological environments. P, six units of a physical sci. 440L.Oceanography Laboratory (2)GC IIField and lab. investigations of the Gulf of California, with emphasis on research techniques important to biological oceanography. Weekend field trips. P, 440R or CR. 441. Limnology (4) GC I (Identical with Fish. 441) 442. Marine Ecology (5)GC IDistribution and abundance of marine organisms in relation to physical, chemical and biotic factors of their environment; includes field and lab. investigations in the Gulf of California, and individual research projects. Field trips. P, 235. 447. Ecology of Wildlife Reproduction (2)GC II(Identical with Wldl. 447) 450. Developmental Plant Anatomy(4) GC IOrigin, development, and maturation of vascular plants. 3R, 3L. P, G.Bio. 101b or Ecol. 105b. 456. Developmental Biology (4) GC I (Identical with Cell. 456)

458. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4)GCI (Identical with V.Sc. 458) 460. Plant Physiology (4)GC I(Identical with Cell. 460) 462. Neurobiology Laboratory ( I )GC I I(Identical with Cell. 462) 463. Introduction to Neurobiology (3)GCI (Identical with Cell. 463) 467R.Endocrinology (3) GC II (Identical with G.Bio. 467R) 467 L.Endocrinology Laboratory (1) GC II (Identical with G.Bio. 467L) 468. Evolutionary and Ecological Physiology (4)GCI Comparative approach to the responses of physiological systems tothe environment; energy exchanges, respiration, thermal and osmotic regulation, locomotion, behavioral regulation, and integration of response. 3R, 3L. P, 235. 470. Plant Diversity and Evolution (3) GC 11980 -81 Survey of the plant kingdom, with emphasis on comparative structure and evolution of major plant divisions. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, four units of bio. or pl.s. 472. Systematic Botany (4) GC II Evolutionary relationships of orders and families of spermatophytes; systems of classification; collection and identification of local flora. 2R. 6L. 473. Legumes, Grasses, and Composites (2) GC 11980 -81 Identification and classification of the three largest flowering plant families of the Southwest. 6L. 475. Freshwater Algae (3) GC I1979 -80 Systematics, structure, ecology, physiology and life histories of planktonic and benthic species; techniques for field collection and lab. culture. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, four units of bio. or pls. 476. Marine Algae (4)GCII Systematics, structure, ecology, physiology, and life histories; techniques for field collection and lab. culture; study of marine environment. 2R, 6L. Field trips. P, four units of bio. or pl.s.

477. Aquatic Plants (3)G('IIdentification, ecology and economic importance of freshwater aquatic plants, as related to fisheries, wildlife management, limnology, plant ecology and aquatic biology. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P. four units of bio. or pl.s. 4811. Invertebrate Zoology (4)GC II (Identicalwith G.Bio. 480) ECONOMICS 119

482. Ichthyology (4)GCI Ecology, evolution and systematics of fishes, with field and lab. emphasis on Gulf of California and Arizona fishes. 2R, 61.. Weekend field trips. P. 105b. (Identical with Fish. 482) 483. Herpetology (4)GCII Systematics, ecology, and evolution of the amphibians and reptiles. 2R, 6L or field work. P, 105b. 484. Ornithology (4)GC IINatural history of birds and its bearing upon the problems of animal behavior, distribution, and evolution. 2R, 2L. Field trips. P, 105b. (Identical with Wldl. 484) 485. Mammalogy (4)GC'I Systematics, ecology, and evolution of mammals. 2R, 6L or field work. P, 105b. (Identical with Wldl. 485) 487. Animal Behavior (3)GCI Concepts and principles of the evolution, development, causation and function of behavior, with emphasis on the adaptiveness of behavior; discussion and films. P, eight units of bio.

488. Selected Behavioral Problems (2)GCI Lab. and field exercises in animal behavior. 6L. Field trips. P, 487 or CR. 489. Parasitology (4)GCI (Identical with G.Bio. 489) 500a -500b. Advanced Population Biology (4 -4) 500a: Conceptual basis of modern population ecology and genetics; evolution of life- histories strategies, community structure, biogeographic theory and theory of optimal behavior. P, 435. 500b: Testing ecological theory in desert ecosystems. 3R, 3L. Field trips. 523. Cytogenetics (3) II Investigation into the structure and function of chromosomes and their role in heredity and evolution. 2R, 3L. P, 320. 525. Speciation (2) [Rpt.] II Mechanisms of evolution in the formation of races and species of animals and plants. P, 320. 526R.Genetics in Populations (2) II Genetic system in experimental and natural populations of animals and plants. P, 320. 526L.Genetics in Populations Laboratory (2) II Lab. and field methods in the study of populations; organisms of special interest to the student may be chosen for study. P, 526R or CR. 527. Laboratory Techniques in Genetics (2)I Methods and analysis in experimental material and population data. 6L. P, 320. 535. Tropical Ecology (2) II Attributes of tropical ecosystems, particularly tropical rain forests; special applications of ecological theory to tropical biotas; survey of recent literature. P, 235. 537. Advanced Ecology (2) [Rpt.] II Special topics in field ecology, with emphasis on study of natural habitats in the southwestern United States and northwestern Mexico. Field trips. P, 235. (Identical with Fish. 537 and Geos. 537) 538. Evolutionary Strategies (3) Il Theory of natural selection, as applied to the evolution of ecological strategies and interactions. P, 320, 435, Math. 125e. 540. Advanced Studies in Marine Biology (2) [Rpt.] I Analysis and discussion of current advances in the marine biological sciences. 574. Recent Advances in Botany (2 to 3) [Rpt.] III Recent advances in fields of botany selected on the basis of need and demand. 584. Selected Studies of Birds (2) [Rpt.] III Recent advances in ornithology. IR, 3L or field trip. P, 484. (Identical with WIdI. 584) 585. Selected Studies of Mammals (3) [Rpt.] II Recent advances in mammalogy. 2R, 3L or field trip. P, 485. (Identical with WIdI. 585) 586. Animal Design (3) II 1979 -80 Allometric evolution of body size and the scaling of physiological, morphological and ecological requirements, biomechanics, functional morphology, and dimensional analysis. P, 235.

596. Seminar ( I )I I 1 b. Population Biology [Rpt. /6] Open to majors only. 610a -610b. Research in Ecology and Evolution (2 -2) Introduction to the research currently being pursued by faculty and staff in the dept. 6L. 610a: Three -day field trip. Open to majors only. 620. Applications and Techniques of Human Genetics (3)I (Identical with Gene. 620)

Individual Studies

599 (I to 4); 900 (I to 8); 910 (I to 8), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (I to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

ECONOMICS

Professors John E. Buehler,Head,Phillip J. Bryson, Helmut J. Frank, Bernard P. Herber, Robert H. Marshall, Leahmae McCoy, Vernon L. Smith, Lester D. Taylor, Donald A. Wells, John T. Wenders 120 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Associate Professors Richard D. Auster, James C. Cox, Donald G. Heckerman, James C. Mc- Brearty, Ronald L. Oaxaca, David E. Pingry, Gerald J. Swanson Assistant Professors Daniel R. Alger, Arthur T. Denzau, John Z. Drabicki, Josephine G. Gordon (Public Administration), Sharon Bernstein Megdal, Carol A. Taylor, Joseph J. Walka, James M. Walker Lecturers R. Bruce Billings, Marilyn K. Spencer The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in economics. The department also offers supporting work for the Master of Public Administration degree, the Master of Business Administration degree and Doctor of Phi- losophy degree with a major in business administration. For information concerning these degrees see, Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Public Administration and Master of Business Administration, as well as the Public Administration and Business Administration headnotes elsewhere in this catalog. Applicants must have completed an undergraduate major or minor in economics and must submit scores on the Aptitude and Advanced Economics Tests of the Graduate Record Examina- tion.

Degrees

MASTER OF ARTS - All students must complete the core program consisting of 421, 50la, 502a, 422, and 597a, and a 9 unit field of specialization. (A minimum of 30 total units is required.) The field of specialization may be in economics or a related area and must be approved by an advisor. The student will be given a comprehensive exam over the core program and field. No thesis is required. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - All students must complete the core program consisting of 421, 501a-501b, 502a -502b, 503, 520, and 522a -522b and 12 units of 696 economics seminar courses. A minimum of 66 heure is required.

401. Studies in Microeconomics (3)GC lI Studies inmicroeconomics, such as the economics of imperfect information and uncertainty, externalities and public goods, and imperfect competition. P, 361, Math. 125b. 405. Comparative Economic Systems (3) GC II Analysis of economic policy in market (capitalist) economies and of economic ideology and planning in command (Soviet -type) economies. P, 300 or 36 I . 406. Introduction to Experimental Economics (3) GC II Lab. experimental studies of economic behavior; applications to monopoly, bilateral bargaining, and competitive markets under various exchange rules; speculation, voting processes, public goods. 2R, 3L. P, 361 or 421. 409. Economic Athropology (3) GC II (Identical with Anth. 409) 411. Economic Development (3) GC II Analysis of the economic development process of newly developing nations. P, 201b or 210. 412. International Agricultural Economic Development (3) GC II (Identical wit7h A.Ec. 412) 421. Introduction to Mathematical Economics (3) GC I Comparative statics, stability, classical optimization, the Kuhn -Tucker theory, calculus of variations, linear algebra, and game theory, and the application of these techniques in economic analysis. P, six upper- division units in econ.; Math. I25b. 422. Introduction to Econometrics (3) GC II Measurement in economics: correlation and regression models, bivariate and multivariate; discussion of the results of violation of the model assumptions and interpretation of standard multiple -regression programs. P, 439. 435. Public Sector Economics (3) GC III The influence of governmental revenue and expenditure decisions on resource allocation, income distribution, and aggregate economic performance. P, 201b or 210. 436. Economics of State and Local Governments (3) GC 1 Analysis of the economic factors affecting state and local government decisions regarding taxation and expenditures, including planning, programming, budgeting, and benefit -cost analysis. P, 201b or 210. 439. Economic Statistics (3) GC' III (Identical with A.Ec. 439) 441. International Trade Theory (3) GC II General equilibrium analysis of the exchange of goods and services between both individuals and countries. P, 300 or 361. 442. International Economics (3)GC 1Financial aspects of international trade relations and commercial policy. P. 300 or 330. 460. Economic Organization and Governmental Policy (3)GC IStructure, conduct, and performance of American industry; governmental institutions and policies affecting business. P, 300 or 361; 439. 121 ECONOMICS

Economics of Regulated Industries (3) GC IIEconomic analysis of the regulated sector of the American 461. communications, transportation and energy industries; impact of existing and alter- economy, including native public policies. P, 300 or 361. Natural Resource Economics (3) GC II(Identical with A.Ec. 476) 476. for labor; analyses of government, union and other con- 481. Wage Theory (3) GC I The supply and demand straints on the competitive system of wagedetermination; the theory of human capital formation. P, 300 or 361 of labor economics; unemployment- causes and cures; 482. Labor and the Economy (3) GC II Macro aspects unemployment and inflation; distribution of income. P, 300 or 361. Urban Economics (3) GC I I Problems of metropolitan areas;evaluation of alternative solutions. P, 201 b 483. or 210. (Identical withBI.S. 483) Regional Economics (3) GC I Location theory, regional growth,techniques of regional analysis. P. 300 484. or 361. Health Economics (3) GC II A study of pricing, allocation,and distribution in the health -care industry, 487. with particular emphasis on the economic effects of currentgovernmental policy. P, 201 b.

500a -500b. Micro -Macroeconomics(3 -3) 500a: Theory of price and its application. P, Math. 117. 500b: Theory of income, employment, interest rates and the price level.Both 500a and 500b are offered each semester. 501a -501b. Microeconomic Theory (3 -3)501a: Value and distribution. P, 361, Math. 123. 5016: General equilibrium, welfare economics, other selected topics. 502a -502b. Macroeconomic Theory (3 -3) 502a:National income analysis. P, 332, Math. 123. 502b: Theory of investment, consumption, and money demand and economic growth.P, 421. from ancient times to the 503. Development of Economic Theory (3) II Development of economic thought present. P, 300 or 361.

504. Production Economics (3) I (Identical with A.Ec. 504) 513. Agricultural Price and Marketing Analysis (3) II (Identical with A.Ec. 513) 515. Operations Research in Applied Economics (3) I (Identical with A.Ec. 515) basic concepts of statistics and 520. Theory of Quantitative Methods in Economics (3) 11 Introduction to the their application to the analysis of economic data. P, 421. 522a -522b. Econometrics (3 -3) 522a: Least squares estimation,statistical inference in the linear regression model. P, 520. 522b: Simultaneous equation estimation, identification,forecasting with econometric models; Bayesian econometrics.

534. Public Finance (3) III The study of public fiscal economics, with emphasis on relevant topics for public administration and urban planning grad. students: public goods, tax and nontax revenues,intergovernmental issues, benefit -cost analysis. P, 500a. interpreta- 553. Business and Economic Forecasting (3) II Forecasting techniques used in business; assembly, tion and use of economic data; analysis of business conditions; examination of relatedenvironmental factors; construction of actual industry sales forecasts. P, 500b, Mgmt. 552.

564. Agricultural Policy Analysis (3) II (Identical with A.Ec. 564) 576a -576b. Advanced Natural Resource Economics (3 -3) (Identical with A.Ec. 576a -576b)

597. Workshop (3) I a. Practical Applications of Economic Theory P, 421, 422, 501a,502a.

696. Seminar ( 1 -3 ) 1 I 1 a. Experimental Economics 2R, 3L. P, 50Ib. b. Mathematical Economics P, 421, 501b, 502b. c. Advanced Microeconomic Theory P, 501 b. d. Comparative Economic Systems P, 361. e. Advanced Econometrics P, 522b. f. Monetary Economics IP, 502b. g. Monetary Economics 11 P, 696f. h. Labor Economics IP, S01 a; 361 or Math. 123. i. Labor Economics II P, 501a; 361 or Math. 123. j. Public Sector Economics I P, 501 a; 361 or Math. 123. k. Public Sector Economics II P, SOIa; 361 or Math. 123. I. International Trade and Finance I P, 421; 361 or 501a. m. International Trade and Finance II P, 300, 330, or 361. n. Economic Growth and Development I P, SOIa, 502a. o. Economic Growth and Development I I P, 501 a, 502a. p. Industrial Organizations I P, SOIa; 361 or Math. 123 q. Industrial Organizations II P, 501a; 361 or Math. 123. r. Regional and Urban Economics I P, 501a; 361 or Math. 123. 122 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

s. Regional and Urban Economics II P, 501a; 361 or Math. 123. t. Natural Resources and Environmental Economics P, 501a; 361 or Math. 123. u. Economics of Regulated Industries P, 501a; 361 or Math. 123

Individual Studies

900 (2 to 4); 909 (3); 910 (4), maximum total, 4 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

EDUCATION

Within the College of Education, programs are offered leading to the Master of Arts (M.A.), Master of Education (M.Ed.), Master of Science (M.S.), Master of Teaching (M.T.), Educational Specialist (Ed.S.), Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.), and Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) degrees as indicated in the following list of departments and majors:

Business and Career Education business education M.Ed. distributive education M.Ed. Counseling and Guidance counseling and guidance M.A. /M.Ed. /Ph.D. /Ed.D. Educational Foundations and Administration foundations of education M.A. /M.Ed. /Ph.D. /Ed.D. bilingual /bicultural education M.A. /M.Ed. educational administration M.A. /M. Ed. /Ed.S. /Ph.D. /Ed.D. Educational Psychology educational psychology M.A. /M.Ed. /Ed.S. /Ph.D. /Ed.D. Elementary Education educational media M.Ed. /Ed.S. elementary education M. A. /M.Ed. /M.T. /Ed.S. /Ph.D. /Ed.D. Higher Education higher education M.A. /M.Ed. /Ph.D. /Ed.D. Library Science school library science M. Ed./ M. L.S. Reading reading M.A./M.Ed./Ed S./Ph.D./Ed.D. Rehabilitation rehabilitation M.S. /Ph.D. /Ed.D. Secondary Education general biology, chemistry, English, French, geography, German, health education, history, home economics, Latin, mathematics, Oriental studies, physical education, physics. Russian, Spanish, speech communication, etc. (most subjects commonly taught in secondary schools) M.Ed. secondary education M. A. /M.Ed. /M.T. /Ed.S. /Ph.D. /Ed.D. educational media M.Ed. /Ed.S. Special Education special education M.A. /M.Ed. /Ed.S. /Ph.D. /Ed.D.

EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS AND ADMINISTRATION

Professors Robert T. Grant, Head, Roy F. Blake, Henry E. Butler, Jr., John H. Chilcott, F. Rob. ert Paulsen, T. Frank Saunders, Marsden B. Stokes, William H. Strand, Herbert Bl. Wilson Associate Professors Donald B. Holsinger, Macario Saldate IV Assistant Professors Ernest Y. Flores, Karen A. Forys, Stephen M. Yulish EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS AND ADMINISTRATION 123

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts and the Master of Educa- tion degrees with majors inbilingual /bicultural education, educational administration, and foundations of education. The Educational Specialist degree is offered with a major in educational administration. The Doctor of Education and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered with majors in educational administration and in foundations of education. An undergraduate grade point average of at least 3.00 is required for admission to full graduate standing in a master's degree program; however, Arizona applicants with averages above 2.50 may be admitted to provisional standing. Applicants for admission to a specialist or doctoral degree program must have an undergraduate grade point average of at least 3.00, a graduate grade point average of at least 3.33, and satisfactory scores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination. Applicants for specialist or doctoral programs are required to submit a personal data form, three or more letters of recommendation, and some evidence of professional skills, e.g., writing. Applicants wishing to begin graduate work with either the summer session or the fall semester must complete their application files by April 1. Those intending to begin with the spring semester must complete their application files by October 15. A thesis is required for the Master of Arts degree. Doctoral degree programs, in addition to course work and dissertation, require participation in a variety of professional activities selected by the student in consultation with the advisory committee. Two foreign languages or one foreign language with high proficiency or one foreign language plus 9 units of" course work approved by the major advisor in subjects collateral to the major field are required for the Doctor of Philoso- phy degree. Courses taken as a part of this last option are excluded from the Graduate Study Program and are in addition thereto. Equivalent courses completed at other institutions may, if they meet all conditions including time limitations, be used for satisfying this option. Grades for courses taken to satisfy this option may be excluded from the graduate grade point average if they are declared, in the Office of the Dean of the Graduate College, as "not for graduate credit" at the time of enrollment for the course(s) in question. Additional degree requirements for each of the available majors are given below.

Majors

BILINGUAL /BICULTURAL EDUCATION -This program is designed for those who are teaching children whose native language is Spanish and who have a limited knowledge of English. interested students should consult with the Coordinator of Bilingual Education. All studentsare required to complete 425, 427, 440, 603; Engl. 408; Rdng. 508; Elem. 426; and Span. 441 and 473.

EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION -Certification programs are available which lead to professional careers as superintendents of schools, principals of elementary and secondary schools, instructional supervisors, and school business managers. Programs leading to other specialized administrative positions may be arranged on an individual basis. All studentsare required to complete 603 or the equivalent. Doctoral students are also required to complete Ed.P. 640.

FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION -Concentrations are available in history of education, philosophy of education, comparative education, and social foundations of education. A master's degree (any field) is prerequisite to admission to a doctoral program. All studentsmust complete 489, 603, 606, 610, 612, 678, and either 695m or 695n or 695o, in additionto any courses which are required by the College of Education. Doctoral students are also required to complete Ed.P. 640.

401. Environmental Education (3) GC! II (identical with Geos. 401) 408. English as a Second Language in Bilingual Education (3) GC III (identical with Engl. 408) 425. Educating the Bilingual Learner (3) GC 1II Historical aspects, rationale, characteristics, and needs of the bilingual child; theory and practice of bilingual learners. 427. Bilingual /Bicultural Education Curriculum Development (3) GC II Theory and application ofcurriculum development to bilingual instructional program: designs, organizationalpatterns, materials and media, change strategies, and evaluation. (Identical with Elem. 427, S.Ed. 427, and Spec. 427) 429. Pedagogical Linguistics: Applied Linguistics for Language Teachers (3) GC I1(Identical with Or.S. 429) 124 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

437. Issues in Indian Education(3)GC 11An interdisciplinary approach to give school administrators, teachers, students, and laymen insight into the governmental, anthropological, public school, and Indian points of view relating to Indian education. (Identical with A.In.S. 437) 440. Issues in Educating Mexican -American Children(3)GC IllThe application of social science theory and methodology to the problems of American children with a Mexican heritage, an examination of the research and published statements related to bilingualism, cross -cultural education, and the goals of education in a pluralistic society. 476. Philosophical Foundations of Education(3)GCII Introduction to philosophy as general educational theory; logic for teachers, major philosophic thinkers, value theory and epistemology. 489. Anthropology and Education(3)GC 1II The application of anthropological theory and methodology to education. ( Identical with Anth. 489) 508. Bilingual Reading(3) II (Identical with Rdrg. 508) 581. Communication and Interpersonal Skills Development(3) 1 (Identical with Coun. 581)

601. Current Problems in Education(3)III The problems found in current educational literature, research studies, and school reports. 603. Introduction to Educational Research(3) 111 Educational problems, research techniques in education, the interpretation of data and the reporting of results. 604. Educational Administration inAnthropologicalPerspective (3)I The application of anthropological field techniques and theory to specific educational problems associated with school administration. (Identical with Anth. 604) 605. Social /Cultural Perspectives of School Administration(3) II The use of social science theory and methodology in analyzing school administration problems and solutions.

606. Comparative Education(3)III Emphasis on comparative education methodology; analysis of selected national education systems, with focus on sociocultural foundations; curriculum and instruction; administration; teacher education; contemporary trends and issues; implications for education in the United States. 607. Pragmatic Philosophies of Education(3) 1 Intensive analysis of modern philosophies and their relationships to American educational thought; the emergence of the "pragmatic" curriculum.

610. Philosophy of Education(3) III Analysis of values and conflicts in American culture as these direct educational policy; critical examination of contending philosophies in the light of democratic ideals.

611. History of Western Education(3)II1 The historical development of western educational thought from its origins to the present.

612. History of Education in the United States(3) III The development of American educational thought from its colonial origin to the present. 614. State School Systems and School Law(3) II Legal provisions for the government of state school systems; legal basis of local, state and federal relations in education; legal principles relating to pupils, teachers, and school administrators. P, nine grad. units in ed. 615. Public Relations for Teachers and Administrators(3)I Nature of the school community: interagency relationships, influence and use of media, public opinion polls. public relations programs. 616. General School Administration(3)I Organization structures and purposes through which societal demands for education are met; administrative competencies and skills. (Identical with Spec. 616) 620. Education and the Culturally Diverse(3) III Issues in the education of the culturally, socially, and economically diverse. 627. Elementary School Administration and Supervision(3) 111 The administrative and supervisory problems of the principal of an elementary school, with special emphasis on teacher participation in planning and administering the educational program. (Identical with Elem. 627)

637. Secondary School Administration and Supervision (3) 1 II The internal administration of secondary schools; supervision and the improvement of instruction; emphasis on responsibilities of all staff members in secondary schools. (Identical with S.Ed. 637) 664. Theory and Behavior in School Administration(3) II Theory in administration: patterns of theory classi- fications; relationship of theory to administrative function and organizational dynamics. P, nine grad. units in ed.f.a. (Identical with Spec. 664)

666. Educational Research and Project Administration(3)I11 Problems and procedures in the development and administration of projects authorized under federal, state, foundations, or other programs for school improvement, educational research, or service. P, fifteen grad. units in ed. 667. Law for Teachers and Student Personnel Workers(3) 11 Law in the school and university setting; nature of the legal process; forces behind law and education; law and education as social processes and institutions; legal rights and responsibilities. (Identical with Coun. 667, Elem. 667, and S.Ed. 667) 670. Personnel Administration in Education(3)1 Composition school staffs and the functions of various personnel; patterns and practicesinschool personnel management; issues,trends, and prospects in personnel management. P, fifteen grad. units in ed. or CR. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 125

School Finance (3) I Historical background of the financing of education in the United States; econom- 671. ics and principles; sources and distribution of funds for education; budgeting, accounting, and reports. (Identical with Spec. 671)

672 School Business Management (3) II The general management of school business; administration and accounting of school funds; administration of equipment and supplies; other business operations. P, nine grad. units in school admin. Planning and Maintenance of School Facilities (3) II Problems in the planning, construction, and main- 673. tenance of school facilities; visitation and evaluation of school facilities.

675. The Law and American Education (3)I The analysis of educational questions as influenced by legal principles and the case law; effect of legal provisions upon administrative and other educational decisions and upon social policy. (Identical with H.Ed. 675 and Spec. 675)

676. Supervision of the Instructional Program (3) II Purposes of instructional supervision: organization, techniques and skills for supervisory competency.

677. Higher Education and the Law (3) II (Identical with H.Ed. 677)

678. Educational Sociology (3)III The school as a social institution; social functions of the school; social processes, socialization, and stratification in education; informal and formal systems and the bureaucratic structure of the school.

680. Administrative Leadership (3)ILeadership as a complex phenomenon; theories of styles and traits; use of power and authority. P, fifteen grad. units in ed.f.a.

695. Colloquium ( I to 4 )1 1 1 a. Theory into Practice b. Man and the Organization c. The Politics of Decision Making d. Student Rights -Teacher Rights e. The Instructional Program f. Computer Applications in Educational Administration i. Information Resources for the Spanish- Speaking (Identical with Li.S. 695i, which is home) m. Philosophy of Education n. Social Foundations of Education o. History of Education

696. Seminar (3) I a. Bilingual Education

697. Workshop ( 1to 3) II I a. Collective Negotiations (Identical with H.Ed. 697a) c. Teacher Evaluation Systems [Rpt. /l ] d. Leadership and the Mexican- American Educator [Rpt./ I] n. Problems and Processes inTeacher Appraisal (Identical with S.Ed. 697n)

Individual Studies

593 (1 to 6); 594 (1 to 6); 599 (Í to 4); 693 (1 to 9); 694 (I to 6); 699 (l to 4); 900(2 to 4); 910 (4), maximum total, 4 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

EDUCATIONAL MEDIA (See Elementary Education and Secondary Education)

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

Professors David C. Berliner, Head, Lawrence M. Aieamoni, John R. Bergan, Robert E. Calmes, Lotus M. Knief, Curtis B. Merritt, Glen I. Nicholson, Darrell L. Sabers, Hershel D. Thornburg Associate Professors Sarah M. Dinham, Joseph D. Gullo, Ann Marie Haase, Thomas R. Kra- tochwill, Shitala P. Mishra Assistant Professors Anthony A. Cancelli, Keith E. Meredith, Rosemary A. Rosser, Diane Schallert 126 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts, Master of Education, Edu- cational Specialist, Doctor of Philosophy, and Doctor of Education degrees with a major in educational psychology. The Specialist degree program offers a concentration in school psychology. Concentrations are availablefor specialist and doctoral degree programs in school psychology, human learning and development, and in measurement, research and statistics in education. Applicants must have completed a bachelor's degree including at least 15 units in education, except that this requirement may be waived for applicants planning to concentrate in school psychology if there is evidence of other appropriate background. For full graduate admission to the masters' degree programs, applicants must have an undergraduate grade point average of at least 3.00 but those with undergraduate grade point averages of 2.50 may be admitted on a provisional basis. Applicants for the specialist or doctoral programs must present documentation showing a superior academic record, superior scores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination, and three letters of recommendation. Provision is made for the admission of students who do not meet the minimum entrance requirements, but who demonstrate special skills deemed desirable in the field of educational psychology. Applications should be received by March 15 for fall admission and by December 1for spring admission. Students working toward masters' degrees are required to complete 21 units in the major area. A thesis is required for the Master of Arts degree. Internships are required for the specialist and doctoral degrees with a school psychology emphasis, and a professional competency isrequired for the doctoral degrees. Professional competency consists of two of the following: an approved 6 -unit sequence in computer programming, an approved 12 -unit sequence in statistics and research methods, an approved 9 -unit sequence in a cognate area, or an approved language competency. For further information concerning these degrees, see Requirements for Graduate Degrees elsewhere in this catalog.

414. Mental Hygiene in Education (3)GC111 The principles of mental hygiene and their application to the educational setting. P, 301 or 302 and 310. 458. Psychological Measurement in Education (3)GC111 Concepts of standardized psychological measurement in educational settings, with emphasis on mental ability, special aptitudes, multifactor aptitudes and achievement.

501. Growth and Development of the Child (3)III Intensive study of all aspects of growth and development and their influence on the behavior of the school -age child, with emphasis on research findings. P, 301. 502. Growth and Development of the Adolescent (3) II The interrelatedness of all phases of growth and development from junior high through college age, with emphasis on research findings. P, 302.

510. Psychology of the Educational Process (3)III General educational psychology at an advanced level, with introductions to theories of learning, motivation, personality and social behavior. P, 310. 512. Individual Differences (3) II Physical, social, emotional, and intellectual differences among learners, and their implications for education. P, 310 or 510. 517. Classroom Application of Behavior Modification Techniques (3) IIIPractical application of behavior modification techniques with school- related behavior. P, 510 or CR.

540. Statistical Methods in Education (3) I II Elementary methods of dealing quantitatively with school data and data resulting from experimental investigation.

558. Educational Tests and Measurements (3)IPrinciples of standardized psychological measurement in educational settings, with applications to test construction and interpretation. P, 540.

595. Colloquium (I to 3)I II a. Technology in Instruction b. Creativity c. Preadolescent Development 597. Workshop (1 to 3) 111 a. Development of Values 600. Theories of Human Development (3)I An analysis of psychological theories of human development and a comprehensive overview of developmental systems. P, 501 or 502. 610. Psychological Theory in Educational Practice (3)I Current psychological theories and their implications for education. P, 510. 612. Cognitive Processes in Education (3)II Cognitive theory and research as they bear upon educationa practices. P, 600. 614. Learning and Instruction (3) II Application of contemporary psychological systems to the design of instruction. P, 610.

615. Adult Learning and Development (3) I Analysis of adult learning and development: characteristics of adult learners and behavior throughout adult life. P, 510 or CR. (Identical with H.Ed. 615) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 127

618. Research on Teaching (3)I I To acquaint educational researchers with the models, paradigms, strategies, and empirical research that are the basis for understanding how classroom teaching and learning are related. P, 510, 540, 558. 630. School Psychology (3)I Roles of the school psychologist; implementing programs in the public schools; and legal and ethical issues in school psychology. 2R, 3L.

638. Behavioral Consultation in Educational Settings (3)III Principles and techniques of conducting behavioral consultation in educational settings to promote learning and development of children and youth. 2R, 3L. P, 517, 630. 640. Advanced Statistical Methods in Education (3) III Further methods of dealing quantitatively with educational data. P, 540. 646. Multidimensional Methods in Educational Research (3) II Designed to provide an understanding of and facility with research application of multivariate correlational techniques, such as multiple, part, and partial correlation, and discriminant function. P, 640. 658. Theory of Measurement (3) II Major topics include the functions of measurements in education, construction of achievement tests, and theory of measurement. P, 458; 640 or CR. 667. Research Design in Education (3) I Problems in the design of experimental studies in education; statistical adaptations to specific educational problems. P, 640, Ed.F.A. 603.

671. Theories of Intellectual Assessment (2)IIl Introduction to various theories and models of intelligence and their implications for assessment. P, 458 or CR. 672a -672b. Field Experience in Intellectual Assessment in Education (I -2) Supervised field experience in the administration, scoring and interpretation of various intellectual assessment devices. 672a: Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. 6726: Intellectual assessment techniques. Open to majors and minors only. Credit allowed for 672a or 672b, but not for both. P, 671 or CR. 673. Individual Assessment Techniques in the Schools (3) II Techniques for assessing personality and social behavior; practice in implementing programs derived from assessment techniques. Open to majors and minors only. P, 630; 671, 672b and 517, or CR. 674. Psychoeducational Assessment in the Schools (3)I Psychoeducational assessment techniques; practice in prescribing remedial programs. Open to majors and minors only. P, 630; 671, 672b and 517, or CR.

695. Colloquium ( 1to 3) II I a. Cognition f. Measurement and Evaluation b. Cross -Cultural Perspectives g. Motivation for Learning c. Human Development h. Personality and Adjustment d. Instructional Technology j. School Psychology e. Learning and Development

696. Seminar (I to 3)II I a. Research Design and Techniques

Individual Studies

593 (Ito 6) [Rpt. /2 for each subtopic] Open to majors only. [a. Research and Evaluation] [b. College Teaching] [c. Learning and Development] 594 (Ito 6); 599 (Ito 4); 693 (1to 6)[ Rpt./ 12 units][a. Research and Evaluation][b.College Teaching][c.Learning and Development][d.School Psychology]; 694 (3) [Rpt./ I][a. Research and Evaluation] [b. Learning and Development] [c. School Psychology]; 699 (I to 3); 900 (2 to 4); 910 (4), maximum total, 4 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Professors Roy H. Mattson, Head, Robert N. Carlile, Donald G. Dudley, Jr., Walter H. Evans, Walter J. Fahey, Douglas J. Hamilton, Charles R. Hausenbauer, Robert A. Ressemer, Fredrick J. Hill, Stuart A. Hoenig, Lawrence P. Huelsman, Roger C. Jones, William J. Kerwin, Granino A. Korn, Gerald R. Peterson, John A. Reagan, John V. Wait Associate Professors Reginald L. Call, William G. Gensler, Allen Q. Howard, Vern R. Johnson, Kenneth C. Mylrea, James H. Parry, Larry C. Schooley, Theodore L. Williams

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Phi- losophy degrees with a major in electrical engineering. Master's degree students may also select one of the following interdisciplinary options: biomedical engineering, clinical engineering, energy systems engineering, or materials engineering. For details concerning these options, see Engineer- ing elsewhere in this catalog. 128 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

For the Master of Science degree, the required 30 units must include at least 15 units (other than the thesis) in the major field and no more than 9 of these may be at the 400 level. A 6 -unit minor in another department is normally required. Under Plan "A," the student is also required to submit a thesis and pass a final oral examination. Under Plan "B," the student is required to complete at least 6 additional units in electrical engineering in lieu of a thesis and to pass a comprehensive examination. Exceptions to these requirements are made for students selecting one of the interdisciplinary options indentified above. Additional details concerning the requirements for the master's or doctoral degrees may be obtained on request from the department.

411. Electronic Instrumentation (1 to 3) GC II Individualized instructional units in specific areas: light, temperature, psychometry, reference electrodes, gas analysis, basic electric circuits, signal processing. Open only to majors in engr., and the physical, life and social sci. P, college phys. 415. Medical Instrumentation (3) GC I Theory and application of transducers and instrumentation used in general medical care; includes electrical safety, an introduction to pertinent physiology, and lab. experiments with medical equipment. 2R, 3L. P, sr. engr. 417. Clinical Engineering (3) GC II Activities and responsibilities of clinical engineers; hospital facilities, medical equipment specifications and control, safety, management, health care, and developing and selling new ideas. Field trips. (Identical with A.M.E. 417) 418. Physiology for Engineers (4) GC 1 (Identical with Psio. 418) 419. Physiology Laboratory (2) GC I (Identical with Psio. 419) 422. Active and Passive Filter Design (3) GC I Methods for realizing Butterworth, Chebychev, Thomson and Elliptic filters; verification and testing of realizations. P, 322. 426. Modern Filtering and Signal- Processing Techniques (3) GC I Operational amplifier circuits; basic active RC filter design; nonlinear wave shaping; analog switches; A/D and D/A conversion. P, 322. 431. Principles of Communication Systems (3) GC I Signal analysis techniques associated with modulation and demodulation in systems such as AM, FM, and PCM, with special emphasis on digital communication. Open to majors only. 432. Noise in Communication Systems (3) GC 11 Principles of communication in the presence of noise; discussion of basic statistical techniques, noise sources, SNR, and error rates. 436. Introduction to Coding Techniques (3) GC II Error -correcting codes used in modern digital communications systems, with emphasis on hardware implementations and performance on real channels. 441. Automatic Control (3) GC III Linear control system representation, analysis, stability and design. P, 322. 452. Solid -State Device Design (3) GC II Properties of semiconductors, impurity behavior, solid -state effects; the operation of p -n junctions, transistors, photocells, tunnel diodes, surface devices. P, 381. 455. Elementary Digital Circuit Design (3) GC II Emphasis on first -order analysis and design; integrated bipolar digital and MOS logic circuits. P, 352. 457. Integrated Circuit Technology Laboratory (3) GC III Theory of and experiments in diffusion, oxidation, etc.; fabrication of an integrated circuit. (Identical with Met. 457) 458. Solid -State Circuits (3) GC IIntermediate level circuitry and devices, with applications ranging from DC to the microwave and optical regions; consideration of discrete and integrated circuits. P, 322, 352. 459. Laser Engineering (3) GC ll Introductory laser theory, device and systems engineering, including demonstrations and design problems of current importance. P, 351, 381. 461. Energy Conversion (3) GC IPrinciples and operating characteristics of rotating machinery and electro magnetic transducers, single -phase and polyphase transformer operation, variable -frequency transformers. P, 322, 381. 462. Symmetrical Components (3) GC I Three -phase circuit analysis; analysis of fault conditions in power systems. Field trip. P, 322. 463. Electric Power Systems (3) GC II Analysis of a balanced utility power network; load flow and economic dispatch solutions by interactive computer systems. P, 322. 465. Current Problems in Energy and Power ( 1to 4) GC I I A multidisciplinary course with guest lecturers who are practicing professionals from the energy and power industry; a number of week -long, self - contained minicourses, with topics varying from year to year. (Identical with A.M.E. 465. Ch.E. 465, and Nu.E. 465) 467, Solar Energy Engineering (3) GC I (Identical with A.M.E. 467) 468a -468b. Introduction to Plasmas and their Applications (3 -3) GC Fundamentals of plasma physics required to understand the plasmas of interest to the engineer and scientist, with emphasis on fusion reactor design and materials considerations. P, Math. 422b. (Identical with A.M.E. 468a -468b and Nu.E 468a- 468b) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 129

472. Continuous -System Simulation (3)GC IInterdisciplinary introduction to continuous -system simulation, mainly digital; modeling, state equations, languages, sensitivity and optimization.P, FORTRAN. (Identical with C.Sc. 472) 474. Digital Logic Design (3) GC III Truth -functional calculus, Boolean algebra, map tabular minimization, coding, synthesis of sequential circuits, selected lab. exercises. 3R, 3L. P, 171 or C.Sc. 476. (Identical with C.Sc. 474)

475. Microcomputer -Based Design (3)GCIII Computer architecture and operation; memory, registers, and data manipulation; input -output operations and interface hardware; hardware and software design; algorithmic processes. 2R, 3L. P, 171. 476. Computer Architecture (3)GC I(Identical with C.Sc. 476) 481. Microwave Measurements (3)GCII Measurement techniques and applications of devices used in microwave research. 2R, 3L. P, 381. 482. Electric and Magnetic Fields II (3)GCIII Continuation of 381: wave propagation on transmission lines and in wave guides; resonant cavities; power flow in propagating waves; antennas and radiation; interaction of electromagnetic waves with matter. P, 381. 483a -483b. Controlled Thermonuclear Energy (3 -3)GC(Identical with Nu.E. 483a -483b) 501. Linear Systems Theory (3) I Techniques for the analysis of continuous and discrete -time linear systems; state variable representation, time domain and frequency domain methods; Laplace, Fourier, Z transforms. 502. Analytical Methods in Electrical Engineering (3) 1 Electrical engineering phenomena in terms of partial differential equations; solutions by Green's functions, eigen function expansions, and transform methods; the special functions, including Bessel and Legendre functions; application to practical analysis problems.

503. Introduction to Statistical Communication Theory, Random Processes, and Noise (3)IProbability, random variables, stochastic processes, and their relation to communications systems analysis; correlation functions and spectra, impulse noise and other simple random wave forms, noisy networks. 504. Optimal Control of Dynamic Engineering Systems (3) II 1979 -80 (Identical with A.M.E. 504) 515. Advanced Medical Instrumentation (3) II Analysis, design and development of measurement techniques and instrumentation used in specialized medical care and biomedical research; includes independent lab. investigation. 2R, 3L. P, 415. 521. Network Synthesis (3)I Synthesis of active and passive low - -, high -, and band - pass network functions, time and frequency domain approximation, use of optimization techniques,properties of distributed elements. 522. Active RC Filters (3) 11 Modern techniques for realizing active RC filters, using lumped and distributed elements and operational amplifier gain blocks; determinationof sensitivity. 539. Algebraic Coding Theory (3) 11 1979 -80 (Identical with Math. 539) 541. Synthesis of Control Systems (3) 1 Application of state variable techniques to the analysis and synthesis of linear control systems. P, CR 501. 542. Sample -Data and Digital Control Systems (3) II Application of discrete time control to continuous time systems; time and frequency domain analysis of sample -data systems; quantization, discrete optimal control. P, 501. 546. Nonlinear Control Systems (3)1 1980 -81 Problem formulation and stability based upon the state function approach; application of phase plane and describing function techniques; the second method of Liapunov; computational techniques. P, 541. 551. Microelectronics (3) II Emphasis on linear integrated circuits; monolithic integrated- circuit fabrication; characteristics of active and passive integrated components; design of linear integrated circuits. 552. Linear Circuit Design I (3) I Design of discrete and integrated solid -state circuits for small -signal applications; flow graph analysis; DC operational and wide -band amplifier design; power amplifier design. 553. Linear Circuit Design II (3) II I.F. and R.F. band -pass amplifier design using solid -state devices; stag- ger -tuned 1.F. amplifier and UHF band -pass amplifier design methods; fundamental concepts of design engineering. P, 552. 556. General Physical Electronics (3) I Fundamentals of plasma, solid -state and optical electronics. Specific topics include lasers, thermoelectricity, solid -state and plasma devices. 557. Plasma Waves (3) III Linear theory of waves in a plasma, with application to fusion devices, P, 556. 567. Advanced Solar Engineering (3) II (Identical with Nu.E. 567) 571. Digital Systems Design (3) 111 Computer organization, memory systems, AHPL, control unit design, microprogramming, input- output, computer arithmetic, features of large computers, time sharing. P, computer programming. (Identical with C.Sc. 571) 572. Computer and Microcomputer Organization and Interface Design (3) II Computer input -output, inter - `ace design, microcomputers, memory organization, hardware description languages, A.H.P.L. compiler - simulator, instruction lookahead. P, 571. 130 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

573. Microprocessors, Minicomputers and Analog /Digital Linkages (3) II Microprocessors, minicomputers, displays, linkage systems for simulation, instrumentation, control; interrupts, direct memory access systems. P, FORTRAN. (Identical with C.Sc. 573) 581. Electromagnetic Field Theory (3)1 Development and application of electromagnetic field theory required in advanced studies; topics chosen to apply to many electrical engineering subdisciplines. 584. Antenna Theory (3)II1979 -80 Electromagnetic radiation and diffraction; dipoles, slots, open wave guides, and horns; apertures, reflectors, and arrays; mechanical and electronic scanning; applications to practical radar and communications problems. P, 581. 589. Atmospheric Electricity (3) 11 1980 -81 (Identical with Atmo. 589) 635. Random- Process Simulation and Measurements (3) II 1979 -80 Random phenomena in control, communication, and instrumentation; direct, ajoint- system, and Monte -Carlo simulations; measurement of distributions, spectra, correlation, and expected values with computers; fast Fourier transforms. P, 503. 636. Information Theory and Coding (3) II 1980 -81 Definition of a measure of information and study of its properties; introduction to channel capacity and error -free communications over noisy channels; encoding and decoding systems, with emphasis on error correcting and error detecting codes for noisy binary channels. P, 503. (Identical with Math. 636) 639. Methods of Communication and Detection Theory and Signal Extraction (3) I 1980 -81 Communication, detection and measurement as statistical decision problems; principles of communication in the presence of noise; discussion of AM, FM, and PCM; matched filter and correlation detection; coherent detection, phase -locked loops. P, 503. 652. Analysis and Design of Semiconductor Junction Devices (3) II 1979-80 Analysis of physical phenomena in semiconductors, including carrier transport, injection, and lifetime, with emphasis on how these phenomena affect design and operation of junction devices. P, 556. 653. Advanced Device Engineering (3)I Consideration of the design of devices: photoconduction, photovol- tage,tunneling, surface effects, junction avalanche, solid -state microwave generation, thermosemiconductors and Hall effect.

655. Fusion Plasmas (3)III Fundamentals of fully ionized plasmas; case studies; experimental lab. machines; the tokamak; theta -pinch machine. P, 556. 674. Sequential Circuits and Automata (3) I Analysis and synthesis of sequential circuits, partitioning and state assignment, linear sequential circuits, iterative networks, and threshold logic. P, 474. (Identical with C.Sc. 674) 683. Principles of Atmospheric Remote Sensing (3) II 1979 -80 (Identical with Atmo. 683) 686. Propagation of Radio Waves (3) 1 1979 -80 Problems of electromagnetic propagation through the atmosphere, with emphasis on ground, ionospheric, and tropospheric waves. P, 581 or Phys. 515a. (Identical with Atmo. 686) 688. Advanced Electromagnetics (3) II 1980 -81 Methods of solution of boundary value problems in electromagnetics; Green's function and eigen- function expansion techniques; approximation methods and numerical evaluation by computing machine. P, 502, 581.

Individual Studies

693 (2 to 3) [c. Clinical Engineering P, enrollment in clinical engr. option]; 699 (1 to 5); 900 (2 to 5); 910 (1 to 8), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

Professors Milo K. Blecha, Head, R. Van Allen, Edward D. Brown, Joseph M. Fillerup, Kenneth S. Goodman, Yetta M. Goodman, Pat N. Nash, Bill J. Ranniger Associate Professors Ruth A. Beeker, Evelyn M. Carswell, Vivian E. Cox, Vivian F. Dutton Assistant Professors Jaunita Boggs (Visiting), Louise Butts, Luisa Chávez, Willis J. Horak, Carol Novillis

Applicants for masters' degree programs may be required to submit scores on the Miller Analogies Test. Applicants for specialist and doctoral degree programs must submit scores on the Aptitude and Advanced (Education) Tests of the Graduate Record Examination, a personal data blank, and letters of reference to the Office of Graduate Studies in Education. Graduate study programs are individually planned with each student to fulfill individual academic and professional objectives. These programs draw heavily on interdisciplinary course work. A thesis is required for the Master of Arts degree.

403. Study of Exceptional Children (3) GC III (Identical with Spec. 403) 408. English as a Second Language in Bilingual Education (3) GC 111 (Identical with Engl. 408) 417. Visual and Auditory Aids in Teaching (3) GC II1 (Identical with S.Ed. 417) 426. Methods and Materials in Bilingual Education (3) GC III Evaluation and study of methods and materials used in bilingual education programs. (Identical with S.Ed. 426 and Spec. 426) 427. Bilingual /Bicultural Education Curriculum Development (3) GC II (Identical with Ed.F.A. 427) 531. Career Education (3) I (Identical with Coun. 531) 581. Communication and Interpersonal Skills Development (3) I (Identical with Coun. 581) 597. Workshop (3) 1I1 S a. Evaluating Elementary School P, Ed. P. 301 or 310. c. Elementary School Science (Rpt. /1) P, Ed.P. 301 or 310. d. Techniques of Written Language Development P, Ed.P. 301 or 310. e. Newspaper in the Classroom P, Ed.P. 301 or 310. 613. Teaching of ESL (3) 1 (Identical with Engl. 613) 616. Coordination of Instructional Media Programs (3) II (Identical with S.Ed. 616) 617. Preparation of Instructional Materials (3) 1 (Identical with S.Ed. 617)

620. Science Curriculum in the Elementary School (3)III Trends in the science curriculum of the elementary school, with emphasis on selection of content, concepts and activities, methods of teaching, needed equipment, and community resources. Primarily for in- service, public -school personnel. P, twelve units of elem.

623. Constructing the Elementary School Curriculum (3)III The elementary school curriculum and its relationships; basic theories and techniques of curriculum construction discussed, evaluated and applied. P, twelve units of elem. 624. Mathematics Curriculum in the Elementary School (3) III Emphasis on selection and placement of content, coordination of concepts with strategies of teaching, and selection and use of materials and resources. P, twelve units of elem.

625. Developing the Language Arts Curriculum in the Elementary School (3) 1 I I Trends in the language arts curriculum of the elementary school, with emphasis on linguistic theory and its application to the instructional program. P, twelve units of elem.

626. Social Studies Curriculum in the Elementary School (3) 1 II Trends in the social studies curriculum of the elementary school, with emphasis on selection of content, grade placement of concepts and activities, methods of teaching, needed equipment, and community resources. Primarily for in- service, public - school personnel. P, twelve units of elem.

627. Elementary School Administration and Supervision (3) III (Identical with Ed.F.A. 627)

628. Curriculum in Early Childhood Education (3)I11 Emphasis on selection of criteria to determine classroom organization, curriculum construction, and instructional programs. P, twelve units of elem.

629. Investigations in Elementary Education (3) 1 II Critical study and evaluation of the investigations and experimental evidence basic to the aims and instructional practices of the elementary school.

630. Perspective in Elementary and Junior High School Mathematics (3)III Curricular and instructional reform, with emphasis on historical background, goals, curriculum content and learning theory. P, 624 or S.Ed. 405. (Identical with S.Ed. 630) 631. Curricular Studies in School Mathematics (3) II 1980 -81 (Identical with S.Ed. 631) 632. Diagnosis and Remediation in School Mathematics (3)II Techniques for identifying mathematical learning difficulties and strengths; strategies for designing systematic instruction for correcting identified difficulties. 3R, I L. P, 326. 633. Language Acquisition and Development (3)I Study of the development of language in young children, and exploration of instructional techniques to maximize that development.

634. Day Care Education (3) 1 History, types, goals, environments, planning for adults, standards and licen- sing requirements, understanding public responsibility of comprehensive child care. Field trips. 635. Applied Linguistics in Education (3)I The application to curriculum, teaching and learning of concepts from linguistics, psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics. 132 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

636. Research Methodology in Educational Linguistics (3) II Applied research methodology using insights from linguistics, psycholinguistics, sociolinguistics and information theory; cognitive and linguistic development in school and life. P,633 or 635. 637. Application of Miscue Analysis (3) II 1979 -80 Study of miscue analysis to explore the reading process, reading research, and readability, as well as to evaluate readers; applications to reading strategies and curriculum; focus on comprehension. P, 635, Rdng. 633. (Identical with Rdng. 637) 667. Law for Teachers and Student Personnel Workers (3) II (Identical with Ed.F.A. 667)

695. Colloquium ( 1to 4 ) 1 1 1 a. Elementary Education b. Early Childhood Education

697. Workshop (1 to 3) 111 S b. Teacher Self- Appraisal (3) S (Identical with S.Ed. 697b, which is home). f. Simulation and Gaming in the Classroom (3) S (Identical with S.Ed. 697f, which is home) n. Problems and Processes in Teacher Appraisal (Identical with S.Ed. 697n)

Individual Studies

693 (I to 6); 694 (I to 4); 699 (I to 4); 900 (2 to 4); 910 (4), maximum total, 4 units; 920 (1 to9); 930 (1 to 6)

ENERGY SYSTEMS ENGINEERING (See Engineering)

ENGINEERING

Within the Colleges of Engineering, Agriculture, and Mines, programs are offered leading to the Master of Science (M.S.) and the Doctor of Philosophy(Ph.D.)degrees as indicated in the following list of departments and majors:

Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering aerospace engineering M.S. /Ph.D. mechanical engineering M.S. /Ph .D. Chemical Engineering chemical engineering M.S. /Ph.D. Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics civil engineering M.S. /Ph.D. engineering mechanics M.S. /Ph.D. Electrical Engineering electrical engineering M.S. /Ph.D. Metallurgical Engineering metallurgy M.S. /Ph.D. Mining and Geological Engineering mining engineering M.S. /Ph.D. geological engineering M.S. /Ph.D. mineral economics M.S. /Ph.D. Nuclear Engineering nuclear engineering M.S. /Ph.D. Soils, Water and Engineering agricultural engineering M.S. soil and water science M.S. /Ph.D. Systems and Industrial Engineering systems engineering M.S. /Ph.D. industrial engineering M.S.

Qualified students working toward an advanced degree in various engineeringprograms may select certain options which are interdisciplinary or interdepartmental in nature. The programs in which these options are available and descriptions of the options follow. ENGINEERING 133

BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING -- This option is available in the Departments of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, and Nuclear Engi- neering. Biomedical engineering is a multidiscipline in which physical scientists and engineers inter- act with life scientists and physicians to solve problems ranging from basic investigations to applications in clinics and related health service facilities. The work is coordinated by a Commit- tee on Biomedical Engineering.

CLINICAL ENGINEERING - This option is available in the Department of Electrical Engi- neering. Clinical engineering can be defined as the application of engineering methods and technology to the problems and needs of medicine and health care delivery. Clinical engineering implies bedside or patient -related engineering and involves the use of the engineer's background and skills as a part of the total health care team. The option includes specific and elective course work, laboratories, a thesis project, and a 9- to 12 -month clinical engineering internship ina hospital.

ENERGY SYSTEMS ENGINEERING - This option is available in the Departments ofAero- space and Mechanical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, and Nuclear Engineering. This program is designed to encourage engineering study and research efforts directed toward society's energy needs. The scope of interest includes energy sources (fossil, geothermal, hydro, nuclear, and solar); systems to convert and transfer energy and power; efficientenergy utilization; and environmental controls. Applied research and industrial interactionare stressed. The program is coordinated by a Committee representing the departments in which the option is available.

MATERIALS ENGINEERING - This option is available in the Departments of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics, Electrical Engineering, Metallurgical Engineering, and Nuclear Engineering. Students interested in the materials problems of their major disciplinemay elect several courses within their various majors in order to pursue those interests. Those students who have a broader interest in materials in general should consult with the interdisciplinary Materials Engi- neering Committee regarding an appropriate degree program.

RELIABILITY ENGINEERING - This option is available in the Department of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering.

This option provides the theoretical and practical tools whereby the probability andcapa- bility of components, products, and systems to perform their required functions without failure in specified environments, for desired periods, as well as their maintainability, availability, and quality can be predicted, designed in, tested, and demonstrated. Courses in this optionare A.M.E. 406, 408, 412, 413a -413b, 506, 512, 518, and 908.

SANITARY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING- This option is available in the Department of Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics. Students may choose to emphasize, at both the master's and doctoral levels, the broad field of sanitary, environmental, and water resources engineering. Students witha background in science and engineering can expect stimulating challenges in this area of study, which is geared to the solution of many environmental problems associated with air, water, and environmental health.

ENGINEERING MECHANICS (See Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics) 134 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

ENGLISH

Professors Edgar A. Dryden, Head, L. D. Clark, Sigmund Eisner, Richard Hosley, Billie Jo In- man, Wilfred T. Jewkes, Carl H. Ketcham, John H. McElroy, Gerald McNiece, Harry F. Robins, Cecil Robinson, Paul Rosenblatt, Oliver F. Sigworth Associate Professors Susan H. Aiken, Roger Bowen, Alan R. Burke, J. Douglas Canfield, Mary Jane Cook, Roger Dahood, Charles E. Davis, Robert C. S. Downs, Margaret B. Flem- ing, Robert W. Houston, Arthur M. Kay, Gene S. Koppel, Peter E. Medine, John A. Mills, Steve L. Orlen, Frank P. Pialorsi, Charles W. Scruggs, Richard W. Shelton, Sidonie Ann Smith, Richard I. Smyer, John C. Ulreich, Jr., J. Peter Wearing, Peter T. Wild Assistant Professors Marcus K. Billson, III, William M. Christie, Jr., Lawrence J. Evers, Roseann D. Gonzalez, Jerrold E. Hogle, John W. Hollowell, Frederick P. Kiefer, Jr., Richard R. Pemberton, Jonathan D. Penner, Charles E. Poverman, Suresh Raval, Maura F. Stanton Lecturers Christopher F. Carroll, Tom J. Collins

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts degree with a major in En- glish or in English as a second language, the Master of Fine Arts degree witha major in creative writing, and the Doctor of Philosophy degree with a major in English. In cooperation with the College of Education, the department also offers work leading to the Master of Education degree with a major in English and the Doctor of Philosophy degree with a major in English education. A specialized Master of Arts degree is available to meet the requirements for teacher certification in Arizona community colleges.

Degrees

MASTER OF ARTS (Major in English) - To be admissible, applicants must have completed the equivalent of the undergraduate major in English with a grade point average of at least 3.50 in courses in English. Applicants must submit scores on the Aptitude and Advanced Literature in English Tests of the Graduate Record Examination and a short sample of their scholarlyor criti- calwriting. Applicants must also arrange to have the department receive three letters of recommendation. These materials should be addressed to the Director of Graduate Study of the Department of English.*

MASTER OF ARTS (Major in English as a second language)- No Graduate Record Examina- tion scores are required but applicants must present evidence of the completion of twoyears of college study in a foreign language or demonstrate equivalent proficiency by examination.*

MASTER OF FINE ARTS - For information concerning this degree, see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Fine Arts elsewhere in this catalog.*

MASTER OF EDUCATION - Applicants must have completed an undergraduate majoror minor in English, including a minimum of 20 units in English with a year'ssurvey of English literature, a course in the history of the English language, and a course in modern grammar. Graduate Record Examination scores may be required of applicants whose undergraduateprepa- ration seems weak. For further information concerning this degree see, Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Education elsewhere in this catalog.*

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - -- The admission requirements for this degreeprogram are the same as those set forth for the Master of Arts with a major in English above. At least 24 units of 300 -level work (beyond the requirements for the Master of Arts degree) must be completed in addition to the dissertation. All students mustpass a qualifying examination in English and American literature equivalent to the final examination for the Mas- ter of Arts degree with high pass performance. The dissertation for students with English majors ENGLISH 135

may take the form of three extended essays and students with English education majors will normally take that form.* *Details of specific departmental requirements for the various degree programs should be obtained from the Director of Graduate Study of the Department of English.

401. Advanced Nonfiction Writing (1 to 4) [Rpt. /2] GC I II P, 301. 402. Business Report Writing (3) GC 1II Study and development of written reports in business. 403 Advanced Scientific Writing (3) GC III Preparation of professional literature for publication. 404. Advanced Fiction Writing (1 to 4) [Rpt. /2] GC I II P, 304. 405. History of the English Language (3) GC III The evolution of English sounds, inflections, and vocabulary from earliest times to the present, with attention to historical conditions. Dahood /Eisner 406. Modern Grammar and Usage (3) GC 111 Principles of traditional, structural, and transformational grammar in relation to current American English. 408. English as a Second Language in Bilingual Education (3) GC III Methodology for the teaching of En- glish as a component of bilingual education; grammar, phonology, and syntax as they apply to the teaching of language skills. (Identical with Ed.F.A. 408, Elem. 408 and S.Ed. 408) 409. Advanced Poetry Writing (1 to 4) [Rpt. /2] GC III P, 309. 410. Teaching of Composition (3) GC III Theory and practice of teaching writing in secondary schools and colleges. P, 306. (Identical with S.Ed. 410) 411. Teaching of Literature (3) GC II1 Theory and practice of teaching literature, with intensive study of genres and works commonly taught in secondary schools. P, nine units of lit. (Identical with S.Ed. 411) 412. Teaching of the English Language (3) GC III Theory and practice of teaching various aspects of language in the secondary schools. P, 405, 406. (Identical with S.Ed. 412) 414. Literature and Writing in the Elementary School (3) GC lI Critical approaches to children's literature; theoretical and practical preparation for teaching writing. P, 207, and six units of upper- division lit. Davis 415. General Linguistics (3) GC I General survey of the principles and history of modern general linguistics. Christie 461. Linguistics and the Study of Literature (3) GC II 1980 -81 (Identical with Ling. 461) 469a -469b. Germanic Folklore: An Introduction to Nonliterary Forms (3 -3) GC 1980 -81 (Identical with Ger. 469a -469b) 503. Poetry Writing in Forms (3) II Explores English prosody through discussing and writing major and minor forms; research paper. Open to creative writing majors only. P, 309. 515. Literary Criticism (3) I History of criticism from Plato to the 20th century. 516a -516b. Theories of Linguistic Structure (3 -3) 516a: The American tradition in linguistics. 516b: The Euro- pean tradition in linguistics. 5I6a is not prerequisite to 516b. Christie 524. Old English Literature (3) 1 Reading of representative prose and poetry, with appropriate study of the language. 525. Beowulf (3) II 527. Studies in Medieval Literature (3) I 531. Studies in Renaissance Drama (3) 1 533. Studies in Renaissance Prose and Poetry (3) II 541. Studies in the Restoration and Eighteenth Century (3) 11 555. Studies in the Nineteenth Century (3) 1 557. Studies in the Twentieth Century (3) II 565. Studies in American Literature (3) II 596. Seminar (3) [Rpt.] 1II a. Medieval Literature h. Modern Literature (Open to b. Renaissance Literature creative writing majors only.) c. Restoration and Eighteenth- Century i.Linguistics Literature j.Linguistics for ESL d. Nineteenth -Century British Literature k. Dissertation Seminar e. Twentieth- Century British Literature 1. Criticism f. American Literature u. Indo- European Linguistics 11 1979 -80 g. Comparative Literature (Identical with Or.S. 596u, which is home) 597. Workshop (3) 111 S o. The Teaching of English [Rpt.] (Identical with S.Ed. 597o) 604. Writing Project in Fiction (3 to 6) [Rpt.] 1II For M.F.A. candidates working on the book- length writing project in fiction. 136 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

609. Writing Project in Poetry (3 to 6) [Rpt.] III For M.F.A. candidates working on the book- length writing project in poetry. 612. English Grammar for ESL (3) I Problems analysis of ESL: remedial ESL composition. (Identical with S.Ed. 612) 613. Teaching of ESL (3) I Basic approaches to the teaching of English as a second language, with emphasis on the aural -oral method. P, 612 or CR. (Identical with Elem. 613 and S.Ed. 613)

Individual Studies

594(1 to6);599(1 to5);693(1 to6) [a. Applied ESL (3) II P,612,6131;900(1 to3);920(1 to9);930(I to6)

ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE (See English)

ENGLISH EDUCATION (See English)

ENTOMOLOGY

Professors George W. Ware, Jr., Head, Paul D. Gerhardt, Leon Moore, Mervin W. Nielson, Wil- liam L. Nutting, Donald M. Tuttle, Theo F. Watson, Floyd G. Werner Associate Professors Larry A. Crowder, Roger T. Huber Assistant Professors Dave T. Langston, Robert L. Smith Assistant Research Scientist Brian M. Spears Adjunct Professors David N. Byrne, Harry M. Graham, Norbert M. Kauffeld, Gordon D. Waller

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major in entomology. Concentrations are available in acarology, apiculture, behavior, biological control, bionomics, ecology, host plant resistance, insect pest management, morphology, physiology, range /forest, taxonomy, toxicology, urban, veterinary, and public health entomology. Admission requirements include, generally, the completion of an undergraduate major in entomology or another appropriate field in the biological, physical, or agricultural sciences. The undergraduate program should include course work in the biological sciences, physics, organic chemistry, and statistics or calculus. Applicants should submit scores on the Aptitude and Ad- vanced Tests of the Graduate Record Examination and three letters of recommendation from persons in a position to predict the potential as a graduate student. Inquiries concerning financial aid should be addressed to the department. Graduate study programs are individually planned and approved by the guidance committee. Master's degree students, regardless of the area of concentration, will be required to complete courses in systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology, and toxicology. A thesis is ordinarily required. The doctoral program requires, in addition to the requirements for the master's degree, courses in biochemistry, computer programming, and statistics, and the equivalent of one semester of teaching experience.

401 Aquatic Entomology (2) GC II 1980 -81 Morphological, physiological and behavioral adaptations of insects to life in water; taxonomy and ecology of aquatic insects. IR, 3L. Field trips. P, G.Bio. 101b. (Identical with Fish. 401) Smith 402. Introduction to Pesticides and Their Use (2) GC II (Identical with PI.P. 402) 403. Parasites of Domestic Animals (2) GC I (Identical with V.Sc. 403) 404. Insect Morphology (4) GC 11980 -81 External and internal anatomy as related to identification, function and phylogeny of insects and other arthropods; modifications in development and habits peculiar to the insects. 2R, 6L. P, three units of ento. or invertebrate zoo. Nutting FINANCE AND REAL ESTATE 137

407. Insect Physiology (4) GC II 1980 -81 Principles of the physiological systems of insects and lab. methods for their study, with emphasis on the functioning of these systems in the environment. 2R, 6L. P, three units of organic or bioc. Crowder 415. Agricultural Entomology (3) GC I Theory and practice of agricultural entomology, factors affecting insect abundance and injury, recognition and treatment of insect problems. chemical and nonchemical methods of control. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, 201 R. Huber 425. Insect Pest Management (3) GC II Concepts and methods of pest management; the integration of all control methods compatible with optimum crop production practices. 2R, 3L. Field trips.P, 20I R. Watson /Moore 450. Forest and Range Entomology (2) GC II 1980 -81 Insects damaging range and forest from seedling to log, ecology of injurious populations, control of damaging species and pests in campgrounds. (Identical with Ws.M. 450) Spears 502. Acarology (2) 1 1980 -81 A survey of the Acarina, or mites, followed by more detailed study of the recognition and biology of plant feeding forms. 1R, 3L. Tuttle 506. Plant Resistance to Insects (2) II 1980 -81 Insect -plant relationships pertaining to resistance and related factors in crop plants; methods, problems, and research techniques involved in developing resistant varieties. (Identical with PI.S. 506) Nielson 508. Insect Toxicology (3) II 1979 -80 Insecticides and related chemicals; their modes of action, detoxication, resistance in arthropods, and environmental distribution and effects. P, three units of organic or bioc. (Identical with Tox. 508) Crowder /Ware 511. Insect Ecology (3) II 1979 -80 Relationship of insect populations to their environment, with emphasison factors affecting distribution and abundance. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, three units of stat. Smith 512. Insect Behavior (3) II 1979 -80 The physiological basis of insect behavior, with examples and methods of study of the diverse types of behavior exhibited by insects and other land arthropods. Nutting

514. Biological Control (3) 1 1980 -81 Principles of the biological control of arthropods, with emphasis on their application to agricultural entomology. Watson 516. Applied Insect Taxonomy (4) 1 1979 -80 Principles and methods in the development of a classification of insects in limited areas and habitats, with emphasis on groups of economic importance. 3R, 3L. Field trips. Werner 534. Public Health Entomology (3) II 1979 -80 Arthropods as disease vectors, their life cycles, ecological relationships with pathogens of man, and their management. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, three units of ento. or parasitology. Smith 696. Seminar ( I ) II I a. Entomology [Rpt. /6]

Individual Studies

599 (1 to 5); 900 (2 to 4); 910 (2 to 8), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

FINANCE AND REAL ESTATE Professors Clark A. Hawkins, Head, Nestor R. Roos, James E. Wert Associate Professors Erich K. Bleck, John T. Emery, Joseph S. Gerber Assistant Professors Eric H. Sorensen, Alan A. Stephens Lecturers Allen McHose, Thomas C. Moses, Sanders K. Solot The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science degree with a major in finance. Concentrations are available in finance or real estate. The department also participates in the programs leading to the Master of Business Administration and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in business administration. For information concerning these degrees see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Business Administration and the headnotes of Business Administration elsewhere in this catalog. For admission, the applicant is expected to have completed undergraduate work in mana- gerialaccounting, economics,finance,marketing, organizationalbehavior,businesspolicy, statistics, and mathematics through calculus (Math. 119 and 123). A score on the Graduate Management Admissions Test in the 60th percentile or above and an academic average of approximately "B" or better are required for admission consideration. The program for the Master of Science degree with a major in finance includes a minimum of 16 units at the 500 level and either a thesis or a research report.

412. Corporate Financial Problems (3) GC III Advanced financial problems of the firm: capital structure, valuation, reorganization, recapitalization, growth, and failure. P, 31 I. 138 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

421. Investment Portfolio Management (3)GC III Theory underlying construction and management of investment portfolios; investment risks; analysis of the stock, option and commodity markets. P, 311. 422. Securities Analysis (3)GC III Current practices and techniques of evaluating common stocks, bonds, stock options and warrants. P, 421. 431. Financial Intermediaries (3)GC 1II Financial markets and institutions; effects of economic conditions and government policy on financial institutions, the flow of funds, and interest rates; term structure of interest rates; financial institution management. P, 311, Econ. 330. 453. Risk Management (3)GC 111Analysis of a logical and systematic approach to uncertainty regarding loss; the identification, analysis, and evaluation of risk and the selection of the most advantageous method of treating it. P, Acct. 200b, Econ. 201b. 455. Safety Management (3)GC IlDefinition of functional requirements of a safety program, management's responsibilities, relationship to insurance; the effect on business of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and similar state laws. 461. Real Estate Law (3)GC 1Il Principal areas of the law of real estate. P, 261. 462. Real Estate Appraisals (3)GC 111 Factors influencing real property values; application of three approaches in determining the value of residential, commercial, and industrial properties. P, 261. 463. Real Estate Investment and Taxation (3)GCI1 Professional management and use of real estate for income production; tax influences. P, 361, 462, Acct. 320. 471 Policy Formulation and the Finance Function (3)GC IIntegrative course utilizing the case study approach and focusing on the financial impact of marketing and production strategies. P, 412, Mgmt. 305, 373, Mktg. 361. 486. Occupational Health and Safety (3)GCl (Identical with C.E. 486) 511. Business Finance (3) 111 Integration of the basic principles and theory of business finance, with emphasis on analytical financial management of the firm. Students with credit in 412 should take 512. P, Acct. 550. 512. Advanced Corporation Finance (3) Il Theory and practice of capital investment decisions in the corporation, including replacement, refunding, risk and uncertainty. P, 412 or 511. 513. Theory of Finance (3) I Theoretical models pertaining to financial decisions. P, 412 or 511.

521. Advanced Portfolio Management (3) 1 Portfolio theory, capital markets, risk behavior, and portfolio choice. P, 421. 522. Advanced Securities Analysis (3) II Examination of securities risk, return, and price behavior in competitive markets. P, 422 or 521. 555. Advanced Safety Management (3) II Relating safety management to modern motivation theories; coordinating control of environment and behavior; interaction of unions, business, government, and other societal institutions. P, 455. 556. Safety Law (3) II History of law; tort and contract law; court procedure and trial; administrative law; worker's compensation, O.S.H.A., and C.P.S.-A. law and cases; safety professional's responsibilities. 557. Safety and Institutional Policy (3) S Occupational safety problems; society's organization of safety; early legislation; successes and failures of early safety efforts; consumerism; institutions bearing on safety problems. P, 555. 561. Advanced Subjects in Real Estate (3) I Syndication, feasibility studies, tax -free exchanges, and advanced appraising. P, 361. 651. Survey of Insurance (3) 1 Principles of property, casualty, and life insurance; analysis and application of basic contracts; organization and regulation of insurance companies. Not open to those with undergrad. or grad. credit in any insurance course.

696. Seminar (1 to 3) II1 a. Investment Analysis d. Capital Budgeting f. Insurance

Individual Studies

900 (1 to 4); 909 (3); 910 (3 to 6). maximum total, 6 units; 930 (I to 6)

FISHERIES SCIENCE (See Renewable Natural Resources) GENERAL BIOLOGY 139

FOOD SCIENCES (See Nutrition and Food Science and Home Economics)

FRENCH (See Romance Languages)

GENERAL BIOLOGY

Professors Ivan Lytle, Head, Joseph T. Bagnara, Mac E. Hadley, Robert M. Harris, William J. McCauley, Albert R. Mead, Walter B. Miller, Newell A. Younggren Associate Professors Russell P. Davis, Robert S. Mellor, Willard Van Asdall Lecturer Donald B. Sayner

The department offers graduate programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in general biology. In cooperation with the College of Educa- tion, the department also offers work leading to the Master of Education degree with a major in general biology. For further information concerning this degree, see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Education elsewhere in this catalog. Applicants for admission should be prepared in chemistry, physics, and mathematics and must submit scores on the Aptitude and Advanced tests of the Graduate Record Examination. All applicants must communicate directly with the department regarding other requirements for admission. The application files of students desiring financial assistance should be completed by June 1. The final deadline for the completion of all application files is June 15 for fall semester admission. Students are normally expected to specialize in areas of interest to members of the faculty. These would include, but not be restricted to, botany, ethnobotany, genetics, invertebrate zoology, parasitology, and physiology. A listing of the faculty of the department and their research interests can be obtained from the department on request. Students desiring to major in fisheries science or in wildlife ecology should apply to the School of Renewable Natural Resources.

401. Biological Materials (2) GC I Study of new methods in instruction and ideas on course content and behavioral objectives. Designed for prospective bio. teachers in secondary schools. 1R, 3L. P, twelve units of bio. 402. History of Biology (2) GC II Great writings in biology and medicine. 403. Techniques of Biological Literature (2) GC II Selecting the research problem, sources of reference, recording and assembling data, preparation of the scientific report, publication procedure. 410. Advanced Cell Biology (3) GC II (Identical with Cell. 410) 412. Plants Useful to Man (2) GC S Lecture -demonstration course for teachers and others wishing information on the uses of plants: foods and food plants, medicinal plants, plants and industry, plants in textiles and other manufacturers. (Identical with Ecol. 412) 415. Human Reproductive Biology (2) GC II Basic understanding of the human reproductive system: its development, functions, and regulation. P, eight units of bio. 418a -418b. Scientific Illustration (2 to 4 - 2 to 4) [Rpt.] GC Individual basic training in the execution of thesis drawings and graphic art techniques. (Identical with Anth. 418a -418b, Geos. 418a -418b, Mier. 418a- 418b) 428R.Advanced Microbial Genetics (3) GC II (Identical with Cell. 428R) 428L.Advanced Microbial Genetics Laboratory (2) GC II (Identical with Cell. 428L) 433. Advanced Scientific Illustration (4) [Rpt. /I] GC S Individualized advanced work in scientific illustration; lecture demonstrations on a variety of techniques. Field trips. P, 418a. (Identical with Anth. 433, Geos. 433, and Micr. 433) 140 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

436. Plant Ecology (4) GC 1 Plants in relation to their environment; plant communities, and factors affecting the distribution of plants. 3R, 3L. All -day field trips and /or labs. on six Saturdays. (Identical with Ecol. 436) 437. Floras of North America (2) GC II Analysis of the ranges of naturally -occurring plant taxa and communities of North America, both past and present. Two -day field trip. (Identical with Ecol. 437) 458. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) GC I (Identical with V.Sc. 458) 459. Comparative Vertebrate Histology (4) GC II (Identical with V.Sc. 459) 464aR- 464bR. Human Physiology (3 -3) GC Basic principles and concepts of physiology applied to humans. P, 105b or 159b; Chem. 241b, 243b. (Identical with Cell. 464aR -464bR and Tox. 464aR- 464bR) 464aL- 464bL. Human Physiology Laboratory (1 -1) GC Lab. for 464aR- 464bR. P, CR 464aR- 464bR. (Identical with Cell. 464aL -464bL and Tox. 464aL-464bL) 466. Comparative Physiology (4) GC 1 Evolutionary comparison of the physiological mechanisms of animals, with emphasis on the vertebrates. 3R, 3L. P, sixteen units of bio. 467R.Endocrinology (3) GC 11 Neural and endocrine integration in the regulation of mammalian physiological functions. P, Cell. 110b. (Identical with Ecol. 467R) 467L.Endocrinology Laboratory (1) GC II Techniques in endocrinology. P, CR 467R. (Identical with Ecol. 467 L) 474R.Ethnobotany (3) GC 11 Survey, with emphasis on cultural uses of plants, both past and present; theories and techniques of archaeological and ethnological identification of plant materials. P, eight units of bio. or anth. (Identical with Anth. 474R) 474L.Ethnobotany Laboratory (1) GC 11 Field -lab. course treating sampling, processing, storage, and identification techniques and interpretation in ethnobotany. Field trips. P, eight units of bio. or anth. (Identical with Anth. 474L) 478. Origins and Development of Cultivated Plants (3) GC I Evaluation of theories of origins and early development of cultivated plants in general, with special attention given to important crop plants and cultivars whose origins are more firmly established. Three -day field trip. P, 321. 480. Invertebrate Zoology (4) GC II Comparative morphology, physiology, and ecology of invertebrates. 2R, 6L. Field trips. P, 105b. (Identical with Ecol. 480) 489. Parasitology (4) GC 1Etiology, distribution, symptomatology, pathology epidemiology, diagnosis, and control of parasites of man and domestic animals, with emphasis on the evolution of parasitism and host -parasite relationships. 2R, 6L. P, sixteen units of bio. (Identical with Ecol. 489, Micr. 489 and V.Sc. 489) 522. Physiological Genetics (3) I Development and metabolism of plants and animals in relation to their gen- otype. 2R, 3L. P, 320, Chem. 241b. 558. Advanced Subjects in Endocrinology (2) [Rpt.] I Selected topics in vertebrate and invertebrate endocrinology. P, 467R. 580. Selected Studies in Malacology (2 to 4) [Rpt.] I Recent advances in malacology. 2R, 6L. Field trips. P, 480. 670. Recent Advances in Genetics (2) I (Identical with Gene. 670)

Individual Studies

599 (1 to 4); 900 (1 to 8); 909 (1 to 6); 910 (1 to 8), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930(1 to 6)

GENETICS

Committee on Genetics (Graduate)

Professors Robert M. Harris (General Biology),Chairman,William P. Bemis (Plant Sciences), Harris Bernstein (Microbiology), John R. Davis (Pathology), John E. Endrizzi (Plant Sciences), William B. Heed (Ecology and Evolutionary Biology), Frank R. H. Katter- man (Plant Sciences). Robert G. McDaniel (Plant Sciences), Neil H. Mendelson (Cellular and Developmental Biology), Robert T. Ramage (Plant Sciences), Carl B. Roubicek (Animal Sciences) Associate Professors Oscar G. Ward (Ecology and Evolutionary Biology), Stephen L. Zegura (Anthropology) GEOGRAPHY. REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT, AND URBAN PLANNING 141

The Committee on Genetics, comprising geneticists from various departments, offers programs leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in genetics. Concentrations are available in animal and plant genetics; cytogenetics; and ecological, human, microbial, molecular, physiological, population, and statistical genetics. Admission generally depends upon the completion of a bachelor's degree with undergraduate credit in general biology (introductory botany, microbiology, and zoology), 4 units each of ecology, genetics, physiology, and developmental biology, 6 units of organic chemistry, 8 units of introductory physics, and mathematics through integral calculus and introductory statistics. The master's degree program is designed to provide the student with a broad background in genetics and cognate sciences. A thesis is normally required but the requirement may be waived after consideration of the student's proposed graduate program and professional objectives. Doctoral programs will include, in addition to the requirements for the master's degree, those courses deemed necessary to proper training in the major and minor areas as determined by the student's guidance committee.

Related Courses Refer to the appropriate department for course descriptions. Courses which are applicable to the program are Agri. 539, 540; Anth. 467, 666, 667; Bioc. 568, 571, 577; Cell. 410, 612, 616, 617R, 562a -562b; Chem. 460, 480a -480b, 565, 566; Ecol. 423, 523, 525, 526R, 526L, 527; G.Bio. 522; Micr. 428R, 428L, 527, 577; M.Mic. 570, 580; N.F.S. 617, 610, 620, 618; PI.S. 516, 627, 635, 632, 634; S.I.E. 470.

595. Colloquium (1) III a. Genetics [Rpt.]

620. Applications and Techniques of Human Genetics(3)1 Genetic theory and technique, as applied to man; methods of analysis of genetically determined cytological and biochemical differences in individuals and populations. 2R, 3L. P, G.Bio. 320 or 321. (Identical with Ecol. 620) Ward

670. Recent Advances in Genetics(2) I Recent advances in the field of genetics. (Identical with G.Bio. 670 and Micr. 670)

Individual Studies

699 (1to4); 900 (1to 8);910 (1to 8), maximum total, 8 units;920 (Ito 9);930 (Ito 6)

GEOGRAPHY, REGIONAL, DEVELOPMENT, AND URBAN PLANNING

Professors Richard W. Reeves, Head, *Robert D. Carpenter, Lay J. Gibson, Melvin E. Hecht, *Lawrence D. Mann (Public Administration), Leland R. Pederson, Thomas F. Saari- nen, *Arthur L. Silvers, *Norman Williams, Jr. Associate Professors D. Robert Altschul Assistant Professors David E. Bradbury, David A. Mouat (Arid Lands Studies), Gordon F. Mulli- gan *Denotes urban planning faculty.

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major in geography. Through the Committee on Urban Planning, the department also offers a program leading to the Master of Science degree with a major in urban planning. For information concerning this program see Urban Planning elsewhere in this catalog. In cooperation with the College of Education, the department offers work leading to the Master of Education degree with a major in geography. Doctoral level work in regional development is available through the Committee on Business Administration. For further information concerning this last degree program, see Business Administration elsewhere in this catalog. 142 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Geography

All applicants are required to submit scores on the Aptitude and Advanced Geography sections of the Graduate Record Examination. Admission to the Doctor of Philosophy degree program requires the recommendation of the committee administering the final examination for the Master of Arts degree or, if the master's degree was earned elsewhere, admission is subject to passing a qualifying examination during the first semester of resident graduate study. All students working toward the Master of Arts degree are required to complete 485, 501, 502, and 589 during the first year in residence. The remainder of the program is selected, with the approval of an advisor, from geography and appropriate supporting disciplines. Students are urged to write a thesis, for which a maximum of 6 units may be earned, and those intending to continue to the doctorate should do so. Students electing the thesis option must pass a final oral examination. Those electing the nonthesis option must pass a written and oral comprehensive examination. No thesis is required for the Master of Education degree program. For further information concerning this degree, see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /MasterofEducation elsewhere in this catalog. Students working toward the Doctor of Philosophy degree must, in addition to the requirements for the Master of Arts degree, complete 18unitsin geography (exclusive of the dissertation) including 557 and no less than 12 additional units of 500 or 600 -level courses. Students must also achieve high level competence in two fields of concentration, one topical and one regional, and will ordinarily complete 6 units of work in each. Topical concentrations available are cultural, economic, historical, physical, and urban geography. Regional concentrations available are Anglo- America (or United States), arid lands, and Latin -America. The minimum foreign language requirement of the department will normally be satisfied in French or German and, in addition, the department requires high proficiency in that language or reading proficiency in an approved second foreign language or an 11 -unit sequence in statistics to be prescribed by the departmental faculty. The minor or minors may not be within the department and must be complementary to the student's program of specialization. The dissertation should incorporate aspects of both the topical and regional concentrations chosen. More detailed information may be obtained by writing to the head of the department.

407. The American Landscape(3) GC II Origin and character of the visual aspects of places viewed individually and regionally; changes in, habitat, vernacular structures, landscaping, townscapes, countrysides and special features. Field trips. Hecht 408. Arizona and the Southwest(3) GC III The changing character of the land and man's occupance of it, with emphasis on Arizona; historically and problem oriented. Field trip. Hecht 411. Middle America(3) GC II Land, man, and culture in the major natural and cultural regions of Mexico, Central America, and West Indies. Pederson 412. South America(3) GC I Physical and cultural bases of South America's geographic patterns, with emphasis on human settlement and problems of resource development. Pederson 413. Africa(3) GC II Physical and human bases of regional contrasts, with emphasis on tropical environmental systems and changing patterns of resource utilization. Altschul 453. The Localization of Manufacturing(3) GC II The major world regions; locational history of leading industries; contemporary factors in the United States. Mulligan 456. Urban Geography(3) GC I Analysis and modeling of the spatial organization of cities; concepts of settlement patterns and processes; social and economic interpretations of the modern city.Field trip. Mulligan 457. Advanced Geographical Techniques (3)GC I Methods of gathering and analyzing data for the solution of geographical problems, with emphasis on quantitative and statistical techniques used in spatial analysis and statistical cartography. (Identical with U.PI. 457) 461. Population and Resources (3)GC IEstimates of present and potential world population; distribution and methods of conserving important resources. Field trips. (Identical with W.R.A. 461) 463. Physical Aspects of Arid Lands(3) GC II Landforms, climate, hydrology, soils, vegetation, and animal life of deserts, with particular emphasis on the interaction of these phenomena in southern Arizona. Field trips. Bradbury 464. The Arid and Semiarid Lands(3) GC I Past, present and future of settlement and resource utilization in the world's arid lands; spatial interrelationships of environmental, demographic, socioeconomic and political systems. Altschul 469. Geography of the Middle East(3) GC I (Identical with Or.S. 469) GEOGRAPHY, REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT, AND URBAN PLANNING 143

471. Problems in Regional Development (3) GC III Regional inventories and methods of analysis; development problems. policies and strategies; generation. implementation, and evaluation of development programs; case studies. P, 371 or Fin. 261. Gibson

481. Computer Cartography (3) GC II Introduction to the use of computers for map production, with emphasis on cartographic principles and practical experience with several user -oriented mapping programs. Reeves

483. Geographic Applications of Remote Sensing (3) GC II Use of aircraft and satellite imagery for monitoring and analyzing landforms, soils, vegetation and land use, with the focus on problems of land -use planning, resource management and related topics. 2R, 3L. Field trip. Mouat

485. Geography Summer Field Camp (6) GC S Physical and cultural problems in geography studied at first hand. Fee, $250. P, six units of geog.

498. Special Topics (3) III a. Soviet Union GC b. Southwest Asia GC c. Southeast Asia GC d. China and Japan GC e. Western Europe GC f. Economic Geography of the Middle East GC (Identical with Or.S. 498f, which is home)

501. Advanced Physical Geography (3)IExtensive reading in important journal articles and other original publications. Designed for M.A. candidates, to be taken during their first or second semester, to provide a comprehensive foundation. P, 103bR; twelve additional units of geog. Reeves

502. Advanced Cultural Geography (3) II Similar in scope and method to 501, but in the field of cultural geography. P, 102a -102b; twelve additional units of geog. Hecht

556. Urban Systems Analysis (3) II Theoretical and applied analysis of urban growth models, gradients of urban influence, residential and facility decisions, and urban transportation. Mulligan

557. Spatial Analysis (3) II Formal analysis and modeling of spatial structures and processes; conceptual evaluation of point patterns, networks, surfaces and interaction. P, 457.

561. Resource Management (3)I Examination and critical appraisal of social and behavioral science aspects of resource management, with special emphasis on factors affecting decision making. Saarinen

562. Paleoecology and Man (3) I (Identical with Geos. 562)

563. Perception of Environment (3) 1 II Examination of interdisciplinary research on environmental perception; consideration of social and behavioral variables at all scales of environmental perception and planning. (Identical with U.PI. 563) Saarinen

589. History of Geographic Thought (3) I History of geographic philosophy and methodology. P, fifteen units of geog. Pederson

596. Seminar (3) I u. Interdisciplinary Environment- Behavior- Design (Identical with Wis. 596u, which is home)

609. Problems of Urban Change (3) III (Identical with U.PI. 609)

696. Seminar (3) III a. Economic Geography d. Historical Geography b. Cultural Geography e. Area Study c. Physical Geography

Individual Studies

599 (I to 5); 900 (2 to 4); 910 (3 to 6), maximum total, 6 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930 (I to 6)

Urban Planning (See Urban Planning) 144 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING (See Mining and Geological Engineering)

GEOSCIENCES

Professors Edgar J. McCullough, Jr., Head, John W. Anthony, William B. Bull, Peter J. Coney, Paul E. Damon, William Dickinson, Charles W. Ferguson (Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research), Harold C. Fritts (Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research), John M. Guilbert, C. Vance Haynes, Valmore C. LaMarche, Jr. (Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research), Paul S. Martin, Bartholomew S. Nagy, Hugh Odishaw, Joseph F. Schreiber, Jr., George G. Simpson, Terah L. Smiley, Marvin A. Stokes (Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research), John S. Sumner, Spencer R. Titley Associate Professors Richard E. Beane, Robert F. Butler, George H. Davis, Everett H. Lindsay, Jr., Austin Long, Timothy P. Loomis, Dennis L. Norton, Richard F. Wilson Assistant Professors Karl W. Flessa, Jibamitra Ganguly, Vera Markgraf, Arend Meijer, Randall M. Richardson, Marc L. Sbar Adjunct Professors Roger B. Morrison, Misac N. Nabigihian, Raymond M. Turner, Kenneth L. Zonge

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Phi- losophy degrees with a major in geosciences. Concentrated studies are available in geobiology (vertebrate and invertebrate paleontology, paleobotany), mineralogy, petrology, economic geology, stratigraphy, sedimentation, micropaleontology, biostratigraphy, geochronology (radiometric dating, dendrochronology, palynology, paleoclimatology), regional geology, structural geology, plate tectonics, geomorphology, geochemistry (isotope and organic), and geophysics (gravity and geode- sy, solid earth, seismology, paleomagnetics). Programs can be arranged for multidisciplinary work in Quaternary studies, earth science education, and environmental studies. Applicants for the master's degree program must have completed the general equivalent of the bachelor's degree with a major in geosciences or in an allied discipline. Applicants for all advanced degrees must submit their scores on the Aptitude and Advanced Tests of the Graduate Record Examination and provide letters of recommendation. Programs are individually determined by each student's advisory committee. The thesis for the master's degree may account for 2 to 8 units of the required total of 30 units. Research programs are conducted by each faculty member of the Department of Geosci- ences. In many cases, joint efforts by the faculty have resulted in research projects involving several disciplines of the earth sciences. Students interested in information concerning departmental research should write the faculty member in their area of interest or the Department of Geosciences for a copy of the Research Report which describes work being conducted by the faculty and students. Opportunities for student research are available in the Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research. This laboratory, in cooperation with the Department of Geosciences, offers its facilities for teaching and research in dendrochronological dating, the establishment of tree -ring chronologies, apd dendroclimatic analysis.For further information concerning this laboratory, see General Information /Laboratory of Tree -Ring Researchelsewhere in this catalog.

401. Environmental Education (3) GC IIl The nature of ecosystems; relationships of people and their environment; major conservation problems; discussion of proposed solutions; the experiential approach. Field trips, including three days in Sonoran wilderness. (Identical with Ed.F.A. 401) 403. Introduction to the Solar System (3) GC I (Identical with Pty.S. 403) 407. Photogeology (3)GC II(Identical with G.En. 407) 409. Introductory Vertebrate Paleontology (3) GC I Survey of the vertebrate fossil record, with emphasis on phyletic relationships of vertebrate groups. P, 101 b or G.Bio.105b. Lindsay 410. Mammalian Phylogeny and Evolution (3) GC II 1980 -81 A study ofthe mammalian fossil record, with emphasis on taxonomy and morphological evolutionofselected mammal orders. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, 409. Lindsay GEOSCIENCES 145

412. Geology Field Camp I(2 to 3) GC S Field methods in geology; preparation of geologic reports.P,302, 315e, 221. Fee. 413. Geology Field Camp II(3) GC S Field studies in geology, with emphasis on geologic mapping. P, 412. Fee. 414. Sedimentology(3) GC I Sedimentation processes; field and lab. study of sediment texture and mineralogy and sedimentary structures; sediment depositioninnonmarine, transitional, and marine environments. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, 302, 225. Dickinson 415. Geologic Hazards(2) GC 1 Introduction to earthquakes, flooding, landslides, subsidence and volcanism, and their roles in natural disasters. All -day field trips. McCullough 418a -418b. Scientific Illustration(2 to 4 - 2 to 4) GC Advanced degree credit available for nonmajors only. (Identical with G.Bio. 418a -418b) 419. Physics of the Earth(3) GC I Introduction to the origin, structure, and dynamics of the Earth, including gravitational and magnetic fields, distribution of density, temperature, viscosity, and seismicity. P, Phys. 103b, 116 or 121. 420. Geophysical Exploration(4) GG II Principles of geophysical methods used in the location and evaluation of mineral, water, geothermal and petroleum occurrences and interpretation of geophysical data. 3R, 3L. P, Phys. 103b, 116, or 121. (Identical with G.En. 420) Sumner 422. Petroleum and Coal Geology(3) GC IOrigin, migration and accumulation of petroleum; geology of fluids; reservoir rocks and types of traps; origin, properties and classification of coal; coalification; evaluation; utilization; geology of specific coal fields. 2R, 3L. Field trip. Nagy 425. Methods in X -Ray Analysis(3) GC 11 Generation and properties of X rays; their application to X -ray diffraction techniques of the study of minerals and to chemical analytical methods based on X -ray flu- orescence. IR, 6L. P, Phys. 102a -102b. Anthony /Meijer 430. Geophysical Basis of Plate Tectonic Theory(3) GC 1 Geophysical data fundamental to the development of plate tectonic theory, including seismic, magnetic anomaly, topographic, and heat flow data, as well as mathematical treatment of relative plate motion.P,Math. 125e. Butler /Coney 431. Geologic Implications of Plate Tectonics(3) GCIIKinematics of relative and "absolute" plate motions and computer -based derivation of plate geometry as a function of time; description and classification of petro- tectonic assemblages indicative of specific plate interactions. Coney 433. Advanced Scientific Illustration(4) GCS (Identical with G. Bio. 433) 435. Hydrogeology(3) GC 111 (Identical with Hydr. 435)

443. Industrial Minerals and Rocks (3) GC 1 1980 -81 Geology, origin, mode of occurrence, and methods of evaluation of nonmetallic mineral deposits. 2R, 3L. P, 303. Guilbert 450. Geomorphology(3) GC IConcepts of landform development, with emphasis on fluvial processes, climatic factors, and environmental applications. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, 101a or 151. Bull 454. Glacial Geology(3) GC 11 Basic principles of glaciology, with special attention to glacier -geophysics, glacier- hydrology, and glacier -meteorology; Pleistocene stratigraphy of glaciated and nonglaciated regions; glacial periods through geologic time. P, 101b or 151. Gould 457. Principles of Geochemistry I(3) GC I Geochemistry of earth surface processes: equilibrium and kinetic viewpoint of chemical weathering, sedimentation and diagenesis; origin and evolution of atmosphere and natural waters. P, 101a or 151, 101b; Chem. 103a -103b, 104a -104b. Long 458. Principles of Geochemistry II(3) GC ll Survey of the origin, evolution, and composition of the Earth; solid -state geochemistry: geochemical cycles; environmental geochemistry. P, 101a or 151, 10lb; Chem. 103a- i 03b, 104a-104b. Meijer 460. Introduction to Micropaleontology(3) GC II 1979 -80 Preparation, identification, and classification of microfossils and their paleoecologic and biostratigraphic significance, with emphasis on foraminifers, spores, pollen, ostracodes, and conodonts. 2R, 3L. P, 225. Flessa 464a -464b. Introduction to Dendrochronology(3) GC Survey of tree -ring methods, theory and application to archaeological dating, modern chronology and dendroclimatology. 2R, 3L. Field Trips. (Identical with Anth. 464a -464b and Ws.M. 464a -464b) Stokes 475. Cenozoic Mammalian Faunas(3) GC II 1979 -80 Continental Cenozoic stratigraphy of North America and other continents. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, 409. Lindsay

502. Paleobotany -Stratigraphic Palynology(3 to 6)IEvolution and occurrence of plants through the ages; geologic and /or botanic studies of plant remains, including pollen, spores, and microplankton. 2R, 3 to 12L. Field trip. 504. Geology of Arizona(3 to 4)I Systematic coverage of Basin and Range province and Colorado Plateau geology, with emphasis on significant problems. Field trips. Damon 505. Evidences of Past Climates (3) ll Deductive factors used to determine past climates; interrelation between these factors and paleogeography. Smiley 507. AppliedMultispectral Imagery (3) 11 (Identical with G.En. 507) 146 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

509a -509b. Petrology (3 -3) Earth composition; spatial and temporal distribution of rock types; application of physicochemical principles to magmatic and metamorphic processes. P, 315b -315c, Chem. 480a or CR. Loomis /Ganguly 510. Subjects in Petrology (3) I Advanced topics in petrology. P, 509b, Chem. 480a or CR. Loomis /Ganguly 512. Petrology of Sandstones (3)I Origin, deposition, and diagenesis of sandstones and other terrigenous sedimentary rocks; classification in hand specimens, detrital grains, and thin sections. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, 3I 5c. Schreiber 514. Late Quaternary Geology (3)I How geologic processes affect environment; how late Pleistocene and Holocene paleoenvironments have been inferred from stratigraphie records and geomorphology at archaeological sites. Field trips. P, 10Ib. (Identical with Anth. 514) Haynes 521. Detailed Structural Analysis (4)I Geometric, kinematic, and dynamic analysis of deformational structures; stereographic and computer treatment of fabric data; experimental deformation; structural analysis in field; report writing. Field trips all -day, every Thursday. P, 412, 413. Davis 522. Investigations in Structural Analysis (4) II Application of principles of detailed structural analysis in context of class research project; publication of results. Field or lab. work all -day, every Thursday. P, 521. Davis 524. Paleomagnetism: Principles and Applications (3)II Physical basis for remanent magnetism in rocks, techniques of sample collection, measurements, and statistical treatment; review of polarity time scale, apparent polar wander, plate tectonics. P, Phys. 103b or 116. Butler 525. Methods in Regional Tectonic Analysis (3) II Identification, quantification, and categorization of geologic and geophysical dataforusein computer -basedregionaltectonic analysis and synthesis; application of principles and methods to a regional tectonic study. Coney 526. Plate Tectonic Evolution of the North American Cordillera (3)I Phanerozoic tectonic evolution of the North American Cordillera viewed through the model of plate tectonics; examination of actualistic plate interactions and their application in interpreting Cordillera tectonics evolution. Coney

527. Advanced Geochemistry (3)IContemporary geochemistry applied to problems of the origin of the Earth, magmas and economic mineral deposits, as well as the evolution of continental crust. P, 458. (Identical with Pty.S. 527) Meijer 528. Nuclear Geology (3) II 1980 -81 Nuclear phenomena applied to the solution of geologic problems, with emphasis on radioactive dating. Damon 529. Atomic Structure of Minerals (2) I Physical and chemical properties of crystalline solids examined with regard to their atomic structures; special emphasis on minerals. P, 3I5a. Anthony 532. Earthquake Seismology (2) II Earthquake size, source characteristics, distribution in time and space, seismic instrumentation, seismogram interpretation, and earthquake prediction. P, 419, 420, or 430; Math. 253 or 254. Sbar 533. Elastic Wave Propagation (2) II Propagation of body and surface waves in a spherical earth and a lay- ered half- space, with applications. P. 419, 420, CR Math. 422a. Sbar 535. Aquifer Mechanics (3) II (Identical with Hydr. 535) 536. Development of Groundwater Resources (3) I (Identical with Hydr. 536) 537. Advanced Ecology (2) II (Identical with Ecot. 537) 541. Soil Genesis (3) II (Identical with S.W.E. 541) 542. Ore Deposit Petrology (3) II 1980 -8I Orthomagmatic, porphyry base metal, skarn, andleached capping lithologic -mineralogic studies by petrographic microscope, electron probe, and advanced techniques. 1R, 61. P, 546a, 425 or CR. Guilbert /Tilley 543. Heat and Mass Transport Phenomena in Hydrothermal Systems (3)I Heat and mass transport related to thermal anomalies in the crust are analyzed by numerical and computer methods. P, Math. 253, FORTRAN. Norton 544. Theories of Ore Deposition (3) II Processes of ore formation in hydrothermal systems, analyzed in the context of physical and chemical principles. P, Chem. 480a. Beane 545. Irreversible Mass Transfer (3) II The governing equations for irreversible mass transfer will be developed and solved for rock -water systems in which flow, diffusion and reaction are the primary modes of rock -water interaction. P, Phys. 110, 116, 121. Chem. 480a, FORTRAN. Norton 546a -546b. Advanced Ore Deposit Geology (4 -4) Geology characteristics and origin of ore deposits in igneous, sedimentary. and metamorphic rocks. Labs. include field trips, analytical techniques, problem solving. 2R, 6L. P, 303, 3I5a, 315e, Chem. 480a or CR. Titley / Guilbert 549. Organic Geochemistry (3) [Rpt. /1] II Nature, distribution, diagenesis, and methods of analysis of organic matter in rocks, soils, marine sediments, petroleum, oil shales, coal and carbonaceous meteorites; amino acid racemization in geological samples. 3R,I L. P, Chem. 103b, 104b. (Identical with Chem. 549) Nagy 550. Field Studies in Geomorphology (3) II Application of quantitative methods to field problems. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, 450. Bull GEOSCIENCES 147

551. Tectonic Geomorphology (2) [Rpt./ 1]I Effects of tectonic movements on geomorphic processes and landforms; evaluation of Quaternary tectonic history by landform analyses; applications to environmental problems. Three -day field trip. P, 450. Bull

557. Quantitative Methods in Dendrochronology (3)II 1980 -81 Processing and evaluation of tree -ring data, with applications in ecology, meteorology, hydrology, and archaeology. 2R, 3L. P, 564a. (Identical with Ws.M, 557) LaMarche

558. Advanced Seismology ,(3) I 1979 -80 Earthquake source mechanisms, seismic wave propagation and earthquake prediction. P, 532, 533, Math. 422a, CR 422b. Richardson /Sbar

560. Electrical Exploration Methods (3) I Electrical properties of minerals and rocks, resistivity and resistiv- ityexploration,inducedpolarization and complexresistivity,magneto -telluricmethods, and electromagnetic prospecting methods. P, 420, Math. 253. Sumner

561. Paleo- Indian Geochronology (3) 11 1979 -80 (Identical with Anth. 561)

562. Paleoecology and Man (3)1 Environmental classification, the chronology of biotic change, problems of domestication and cultural impact on the ecosystem. 2R, 3L. Field trips. (Identical with Geog. 562) Martin

563. Geomagnetism (3) II1979 -80 Observations and theories of the geomagnetic field, including spherical harmonic analysis, secular variation, magnetohydrodynamics, polarity reversals, and magnetic anomalies. P, Math. 422a. (Identical with Pty.S. 563) Butler

565. Isotope Geology (3) II 1979 -80 Application of stable nonradiogenic isotope abundances in nature to the solution of geological problems. A lab. problem involving mass spectrometry is included. Long

566. Botanical Basis of Dendrochronology (3) 1 1979 -80 Anatomical, physiological and ecological principles which allow application of tree -ring analysis to problems of environment. Field trip. (Identical with VW's.M. 566) Fritts

567. Inverse Problems in Geophysics (3) 1 1980 -81 Linear inverse theory, including generalized and stochastic methods, with application to geophysical problems in seismology, gravity, geomagnetics and other areas. P, Math. 422b. Richardson

568. Potential Theory (3) II 1979 -80 Fundamentals of scalar potentials and analysis of vector fields as applied to geophysical problems. P, Math. 253.

569. Geophysical Data Analysis (3) II 1980 -81 Emphasis on the various processes involved in data gathering, reduction and interpretation; Fourier transform convolution, correlation and signal analysis techniques applied to the data- handling task in both analog and digital form. P, 419 or 420; Math. 422b. Zonge

570. Introduction to Paleoecology (3) II Application of paleontologic, sedimentologic, and geochemical approaches to the study of interrelationships of fossil populations and communities with their environment. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, 225, 302. Flessa

580. Advanced Stratigraphy (3)I Advanced studies of the principles of stratigraphy. P, 302. Wilson

581. Quaternary Palynology (4)II Theory and application of pollen to geology, biology, archaeology, and paleoecology; definition of information pollen sample record; experience in pollen extraction and identification. 3R, 4L. (Identical with Anth. 581) Markgraf

582. Stratigraphie Analysis (3) II Advanced methods in stratigraphy; paleocurrent analysis; types of strati - graphic maps, methods of stratigraphie mapping; stratigraphie analysis; basin analysis. Field trips. P, 302. Wilson

585. Petrology of Carbonate Rocks (3) II Origin, depositional environments, and diagenesis of carbonate and associated chemical and biochemical sedimentary rocks. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, 3I5c. Schreiber

586. Applied Remote Sensing (2 to 4) II Techniques of interpreting remotely sensed images for mapping bed- rock and surficial geology, geomorphology, mineral resource potential and geologic hazards. 2R, 3 or 61.. Field trips. P, Idis. 330. 148 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

596. Seminar ( Ito 4) II I a. Petrography -Petrology b. Structural Geology c. Mineral Deposits d. Petroleum Geology e. Lunar and Planetary Geology f. Mineralogy- Crystallography g. Vertebrate Paleontology h. Paleontology i. Paleoecology -Paleoenvironment j. Geomorphology k. Geophysics I. Geomathematics m. Sedimentology n. Stratigraphy o. Regional Geology p. Hydrogeology (Identical with Hydr. 596p, which is home) q. General Geochronology r. Quaternary Geochronology (Identical with Anth. 596r) s. Precambrian Geochronology t. Organic Geochemistry u. Inorganic Geochemistry v. Dendrochronology w. Palynology x. Paleobotany y. History of Earth Sciences z. Geophysical Data Handling

655. Dendroclimatology (4) II1979 -80 Theory and application of ecological, hydrological, and statistical principles to tree -ring analysis of past environments. 3R, 3L. Field trip. P, 564a, 566, 557. (Identical with Ws.M. 655) Fritts

Individual Studies

594 (1 to 4); 599 (I to 4); 900 (I to 4); 910 (1 to 4), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930(I to 6)

GERMAN

Professors David J. Woloshin, Head, Max Dufner, Royal L. Tinsley, Jr. Associate Professors David H. Chisholm, Dennis I. Greene, Roland Richter Assistant Professors Pack Carnes, Richard C. Helt, Harriet B. Wolf

The department offers a program leading to the Master of Arts degree with a major in German. In cooperation with the College of Education, the department also offers work leading to the Master of Education degree with a major in German. For information concerning this degree see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /MasterofEducation elsewhere in this catalog. Studies are available in the various areas of German language, literature, and culture in their more modern and contemporary aspects as well as in earlier historical and linguistic developments as represented by Middle High German and Old High German and related subjects such as Gothic. Prerequisite for admission to the graduate program is the completion of at least 16 acceptable units of upper- division, undergraduate course work in German. Students working toward the Master of Arts degree must complete a minimum of 32 units of graduate work including at least 24 units in courses offered by the Department of German. German 601 is required of all master's candidates; German 479 is required of all teaching assistants. No thesisis required. The student must pass both a written and oral comprehensive examination. Prior to this examination each student must either have passed 475a or 475b successfully or give evidence of an equivalent proficiency in the use of German.

105a -105b. Training in Reading German for Graduates (4 hrs. /week -no credit) A summary of basic grammar essential to a reading knowledge of Ger., accompanied by reading of increasing difficulty both in the general literature and the chosen field of specialization. Wendel GERMAN 149

400a -400b. History of German Literature (3 -3)GCHistorical survey of German literary development from the beginning to the modern period; lectures in Ger., alternating with conferences in Engl. P, six units of upper -division Ger.Carnes /Greene 410a -410b. Cultural Development of Germany (3 -3)GCSocial, political, religious, and artistic elements entering into the growth and development of Germany: lectures partly in Ger., with collateral reading in Engl. and Ger. P, six units of upper -division Ger.Dufner /Richter

426b.German Art (3)GC 11(Identical with Art 426b) 469a -469b. Germanic Folklore: An Introduction to Nonliterary Forms (3 -3)GC 1980 -81Tales, balladry, folk speech, customs and lore of the Germanic people. Readings and lectures in Engl. Readings in Ger. for Ger. majors. (Identical with Engl. 469a -469b)Carnes 475a -475b. Advanced Grammar and Stylistics (3 -3)GCPractical training in written Ger. through the study of the more complex refinements of German grammar and style, as found in representative documents. P, 315b.Richter

479. Problems of Teaching German (3)GCI Survey of modern methods of language teaching, with special emphasis on the particular problems presented by Ger.; guidance through supervision by experienced teachers and observation of their classes.Hell

496. Proseminar (3) III a. Translation [Rpt. /2]GCP, 315b. 502a -502b. German Lyric Verse from the 16th to the 20th Century (3 -3) 1980 -81 Introduction to the principles and forms of poetry; analysis and interpretation of outstanding examples of German lyric verse from the 16th through the 20th century. P, 302a, 302b, 400a or 400b.Chisholm

503. Eighteenth- Century German Literature (3) 11979 -80 Klopstock, Lessing, Wieland, Hoelderlin and other authors. P, six units of upper- division Ger.Dufner

504. Schiller (3) II 1979 -80 Survey of the works of Friedrich Schiller, with emphasis on his poems and dramas. P, six units of upper- division Ger.Dufner 505a -505b. Nineteenth- Century German Literature (3 -3) 1979 -80 A survey. P, six units of upper -division Ger. 505a is not prerequisite to 505b.Tinsley

507. Goethe's Faust (3) 1 1980 -81 A close reading of the poem and an introduction to some of the critical secondary literature. P, six units of upper- division Ger.Dufner 508. Goethe's Works (3) II 1980 -81 Lyric, epic, and didactic poetry, ballads, dramas, and at least one novel. P, six units of upper- division Ger.Dufner 509a -509b. Modern German Literature (3 -3) 1979 -80 Class and collateral reading, lectures and reports, partly in Ger. P, six units of upper- division Ger. 509a is not prerequisite to 509b.Greene 511a -511b. Middle High German (3 -3) 1980 -81 Brief study of Middle High German grammar; selective readings from representativo literary works of the period. P, 302b, 315b.Carnes 520a -520b. History of the German Language (3 -3) 1979 -80 Introduction to Germanic philology; the development of the German language from its roots in the Indo- European language family to New High German. P, eight units of upper -division Ger. Wolf

597. Workshop (3) II I a. Translation [Rpt. /2] P, competency at third -yr. undergrad. level or pass departmental placement test. 601. Materials and Methods of Research (2)I Survey of the tools of literary and linguistic research and methods of dealing with research problems in Germanics.

696. Seminar (2 to 4) 111 a. Literature d. Pedagogy b. Linguistics e. Translation c. Folklore

Individual Studies

599(1 to5);699(1 to5)

GRADUATE LIBRARY SCHOOL (See Library Science) 150 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

HEALTH EDUCATION (See Physical Education)

HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION (See Physical Education)

HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS

Professors David Wayne Smith (Education), Acting Director, Lloyd E. Burton (Pharmaceutical Sciences), William H King, Floyd D. Rees Associate Professor Kam Nasser Assistant Professors Lucinda A. Alibrandi, Paul R. Marques (Pharmacology) Lecturer Robert N. Ferebee (Medical Technology) The School of Health Related Professions, an integral part of the Arizona Health Sciences Center, presently offers the Master of 'Science degree with a major in addition studies and the Master of Education degree with a major in health education.

Degrees

MASTER OF SCIENCE- Addiction studies is a subject encompassing at least a dozen branches of science, from sociology, pharmacology, physiology, psychology, and social medicine. The four specialties within the addiction studies major are: 1) criminal justice specialty -prepares students for positions within the criminal justice system dealing with drug and alcohol related problems (emphasis on the rehabilitation process and theory involved in correctional admnistration with electives in related fields such as counseling and guidance, psychology, public administration, and government); 2) community resource specialty -prepares students for administration of community agencies (emphasis on comprehensive planning, decision making, and community programs); 3) employee assistance specialty -prepares students for employment in industrial and professional organizations to assist employees whose work performance has deteriorated because of chemical abuse (emphasis on crisis precipitation, intervention, and confrontation through key union and management personnel to effect maximum economic and humanitarian goals); 4) substance abuse research specialty-prepares students who have an undergraduate science degree for a career in drug and alcohol research and education (emphasis on laboratory research). A Master of Science degree with a major in addiction studies is offered through the School of Health Related Professions. The major requires a minimum of 48 units and a final written and oral examination for completion. 1) Criminal justice specialty: AD S 505a, 505b, 515, 516; P AD 600, 610, 640, 641, 646; HRP 400; one of the following: AD S 519, P AD 696g, 696h; one of the following: AD S 508a, 508b and AD S 693, or AD S 910 or 9 units of additional course work. 2) Community resource specialty: AD S 505a, 505b, 508a, 694, 515, 516, HRP 400, P AD 600, 610 and 5 units of AD S 693 or 910 or 9 units of additional course work; two courses from the following: AD S 519; COUN 581, 622, 644. 3) Employee assistance specialty: Same course requirements as the Community Resource Specialty; differs in the practicum and internship emphasis. 4) Substance abuse research specialty: The basic core courses in addiction studies: the remaining 44 units individually planned to provide science and research courses preparatory to thesis research.

MASTER OF EDUCATION- Health education is a relatively new field offering an opportunity for careers in school health programs focusing on such critical societal problems as alcohol, narcotics, venerai diseases, sex education, and accidents. HEALTH RELATED PROFESSIONS 151

A Master of Education program in health education with specializations in secondary education, higher education, or special educationisoffered by the School of Health Related Professions. Applicants must have a bachelor's degree or its equivalent from an approved college or university. A cumulative grade point average of 2.50 on all work attempted at the undergraduate level is required for admission to full graduate standing. Candidates for this degree must complete a minimum of 32 units, to include 17 units of health education (from HLTH 430, 431, 432, 433, 434, 435, 436, 437, 440, 475, 496a, 699) and 12 units of education. A thesis is not required. The candidate must pass a final examination in both health education and education. Depending on the student's background, electives may be taken with the approval of the student's major advisor. Secondary education option: a minimum of 32 units, including EDFA 603 and at least 9 units of secondary education courses from the following: S ED 417, 532, 616, 617, 633, 634, 635, 636, 638, 639, 695g, 697. Higher education option: a minimum of 32 units, including EDFA 603 and the following courses in higher education: H ED 615, 521, 560, 569. Special education option: a minimum of 32 units, including EDFA 603 and 6 additional units to be selected with the advice of the Department of Special Education.

Health: Related Professions

400. Introduction to Medicine (3) GC 111 S Introduction to the classification, etiology, and management of disease and injury; prospective medicine; and the team approach to the delivery of health care. 440. Introduction to Epidemiology (3) GC 111 Introduction to the purposes, principles, and methods of epidemiology. 444. Public Health (3) GC I Methodology of public health; acute and chronic diseases and their control; organization and administration of health agencies; financing health care; study of the health care delivery system. (Identical with Ph.Sc. 444) 466. Community Health Problems (3) GC II Study of health problems of current importance in our communities; through active involvement, explores the role of allied medical personnel; problems include socioeconomic, environmental, and mental health. (Identical with Ph.Sc. 466)

Addiction Studies

405. Introduction to Addiction Studies (3) GC IIl S Biological, medical, pharmacological, sociological and psychological aspects of addiction and addictive substances. 505a -505b. Basic Concepts of Addictions (3 -3) Factors of addiction considered from pharmacological, biochemical, medical, psychosocial, cultural, and anthropological perspectives. P, bachelor's degree in anth., phrm., psyc., p.ad., ours., rhab., or soc. 508a -508b. Program Development and Management in Addiction Studies (3 -3) Consideration of project and program planning, development and administration. P, 505a -505b or CR. 515. Psychological, Sociological and Cultural Aspects of Addiction (2) II I All -day field trips. P, CR 505a.

516. Biomedical, Pharmacological and Physiological Problems in Addiction (2) IIl All -day field trips. P, CR 505b. 519. Concepts of Addiction Program Management (2) 111 All -day field trips. P, 515, 516, P.Ad. 600, 610.

Individual Studies

693 (9); 694 (I to 3) [Rpt. /9 units]; 699 (I to 4); 900 (I to 5); 910 (9): 930 (1 to 6)

Health Education

430. Critical Analysis of Health Education (3) GC IAnalysis and evaluation of curriculum, new teaching techniques and administrative trends in health science education; critical discussion of issues, research publications, and current periodicals in the area of health education. P, 180 or 181. 431. Field Work in Health Education (3) GC I On the job participation and observation in health programs of public and voluntary health organizations. 152 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

432. Organization and Administration of School Health Education (3) GC IPrinciples and techniques for organizing and administering school health programs; discussion of curriculum, facilities, personnel, school health legislation, administrative problems. 433. International Health Problems (3) GC I Interprets the major health problems not only of the developed and emerging nations, but also the situations in underdeveloped countries; includes assistance programs by international health groups. 434. Sex Education (3) GC ll Critical analysis of the current philosophy, principles, programs, problems, trends and basic issues in sex education on the elementary, junior high and high school levels. 435. Safety Education and Accident Prevention (3) GC II Analysis of accident prevention programs in schools, colleges, communities, and industry, with emphasis on specific protective measures pertaining to athletics, physical education, recreation, highway safety, and vocational training. 436. Traffic Safety Education (3) GC 111 Principles of accident prevention and traffic survival education, with emphasis on the certification of secondary school teachers preparing to teach driver education and training.

437. Contemporary Community Health Problems (3) GC II Analysis of the concept of community health services, human ecology, and conservation of human resources, with emphasis on modern miasmas such as air, water, and noise pollution; sociological problems of alcohol, alcoholism, and drug abuse. P, 178. 440. Survey of Health Education Literature (3) GC II Examination of health education literature from ancient societies to present, including an analysis of current health literature from various professional, community, voluntary, public and international health organizations. 470. Clinical Instruction Management and Methods (3) GC II Management and methods of instruction unique to managing, instructing, and evaluating students in a health occupations program. Field trips. 475. Arizona Symposium on Alcohol Studies (I) GC S Review of the nature and ramifications of alcohol problems, as well as analysis of physical, psychological and social implications.

496. Proseminar ( Ito 3) II I a. Tobacco, Alcohol, and Narcotics GC

Individual Studies

699 (1 to 4)

Occupational Safety and Health

402. Industrial Hygiene Instrumentation and Analysis (3) GC II Introduction to field sampling instruments, concepts, quality control, and statistical analysis, with emphasis on instrument selection and calibration. 2R, 3L. P, Chem. 322, 323, C.E. 486, CR Chem. 324. 410. Physical Exposures (3) GC II Recognition, evaluation, and control of physical exposures. Student is required to recognize potential exposures, use correct instrumentation to collect and evaluate data, and develop controls. 2R, 3L. P, C.E. 486. 412. Hazardous Materials (3) GC II Recognition, evaluation, and control of exposures to liquid and solid substances, excluding air contaminants. Given defined exposures, the student is required to develop control methods and present them in technical reports.P, C.E. 486. 414. Flammable Materials (3) GC I Gases, vapors, dusts, liquids, and solids and their physical and chemical characteristics ;flammables, fire retardants, and fire resistant materials; emphasis on environmental sampling, evaluation and control methods. P, C.E. 486. (Identical with Tox. 414) 416. Materials Handling (3) GC IRecognition, evaluation and control of material handling exposures, with emphasis on design of material handling systems, operational, analysis, the man -machine environment, and ergonomics. P, C.E. 486; CR, S.I.E. 310.(Identical with S.I.E. 416) 454. Industrial Toxicology (2) GC II (Identical with Tox. 454) 486. Occupational Safety and Health (3) GC I (Identical with C.E. 486) 495. Colloquium (3) III S a. Occupational Safety and Health [Rpt. /21 GC P, C.E. 486. (Identical with S.I.E. 495a) HIGHER EDUCATION 153

HEBREW (See Oriental Studies)

HIGHER EDUCATION

Center for the Study of Higher Education Professors Fred F. Harcleroad, Director, Waldo K. Anderson, Don L. Bowen (Public Administra- tion), Henry E. Butler (Educational Foundations and Administration), Arthur T. Grant, Larry L. Leslie, Lawrence O. Nelson (Educational Foundations and Adminis- tration), F. Robert Paulsen (Educational Foundations and Administration), Raymond E. Schultz Associate Professors Richard L. Erickson (Counseling and Guidance), Ann Marie B. Haase (Educational Psychology), Donald B. Holsinger (Educational Foundations and Admin- istration) Adjunct Professor Allan Ostar

The Center for the Study of Higher Education offers programs leading to the Master of Arts, Master of Education, Doctor of Philosophy, and Doctor of Education degrees with a major in higher education. Doctoral programs are designed for persons planning to serve in professional and administrative positions in institutions of higher education. Minor programs also are available for doctoral students with majors in other fields and are particularly appropriate for those planning to teach in institutions of higher education. in various areas, such as academic administration, student personnel administration, finance and business management, community college administration, or research in higher education. Master of Education degree programs may be designed to meet the requirements for the Arizona Com- munity College Teaching Certificate (Type I) or for entering level administrative service in institutions of higher education (Type II). All applicants for advanced degree programs are required to submit: personal data blank, statement of educational goals, and three letters of recommendation, at least two of which should reflect past academic work. The usual College of Education requirement of at least 15 units of undergraduate work in education will be waived for persons planning to earn certification in community college teaching and for others seeking graduate degrees with course work or experience appropriate to their professional goals. An interview with a member of the faculty is required before registration for course work. Preference will be given to degree applicants who apply for admission as follows: for summer session I or II or fall semester, by April 1; for spring semester, by October 15. Following admission, individual programs of study are planned on the basis of professional goals and the past training and experience of the student. Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy in higher education include proficiency in three areas: basic research methods, basic statistics, and other special competencies needed for the dissertation and /or for future professional roles. These requirements must be met before taking the oral preliminary examination. Proficiency in basic research methods is met by successfully completing EDFA 603, and in statistics by completing Ed. Psych. 640. Proficiency in the third area is met by one of the following: 6 units of advanced research methods and /or statistics, 12 units in a second foreign language, or 6 units in another approved competency area.

Degrees

MASTERS' DEGREES - An undergraduate grade point average of at least 2.75 is required for admission to masters' degree programs. Applicants with grade point averages of at least 2.50 may be admitted on a provisional basis. 154 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

DOCTORS' DEGREES -Applicants must submit satisfactory scores on the Miller Analogies Test or the Verbal and Quantitative tests of the Graduate Record Examination. An undergraduate grade point average of 2.75 and a graduate grade point average of 3.33 or better are required for admission. A master's degree or equivalent study is required for admission. Applicants should have completed a minimum of one year of successful full -time professional staff or administrative experience in an institution or agency of higher education. Admitted students who lack this experience must complete an internship as part of the graduate program.

521. Teaching in Higher Education (3) II Planning, organizing, and evaluating learning experiences for mature students. 560. The Community College (3)I The scope, objectives, and educational functions of the community college; patterns of community college programs. 601. Higher Education in the United States (3) I The scope of higher education in the United States; brief survey of historical developments and philosophic bases; public policy issues at the state and federal level; types of institutions and their purposes; characteristics of faculty, students and curricula. 602. Foundations of Student Personnel Work in Higher Education (3) I (Identical with Coun. 602) 607. The College Student (3) I (Identical with Coun. 607) 608. Vocational and Career Development Programs in Higher Education (3) II Higher education programs for occupations and professions; history, current status and trends; economic and social concerns affecting program developments. (Identical with B.C.Ed. 608) 609. Organization and Administration in Higher Education (3) II Organizational theory, structures, systems and administrative procedures in varied higher education institutions; patterns of governance and polie) development.

610. History and Philosophy of Higher Education (3) 1 1980 -8I Historical backgrounds and philosophica bases for higher education from early beginnings, through the medieval period, the Renaissance and the Enlightenment, to the modern day. 614. Student Personnel Services in Higher Education (3) II (Identical with Coun. 614) 615. Adult Learning and Development (3) I (Identical with Ed.P. 615) Curriculum in (3) general education and professional studies; modern curriculum developments and innovations. 625. Administration of Academic Programs (3)I Administration of all phases of the academic area, including curriculum, personnel, facilities, financing, planning, evaluation and accreditation, with attention tc newer delivery systems, nontraditional education, contract plans and potential future developments Field trips. P, 601 or 560. 630. Continuing Education (3) II 1979 -80 Development and future trends in continuing education program! in higher education; cultural, social and economic factors affecting continuing education; characteristic! of students and programs. 640. Institutional Research and Planning (3)II Development of institutional research programs for short - term and long -term planning; input and output measures. 641. Computer Applications in Higher Education (3) I1 Administrative uses of computers in higher educatior institutions; teaching with computers; computer as a research tool; information networks; public service applications. Field trips. P, 609 or 640. 650. Higher Education Finance (3)IHistorical patterns of financing private and public higher education current sources and types of financial support; alternative methods of financing; social benefits and consumer theories. Field trips. 651. Higher Education Business Management (3) II Budget planning and execution; systems of resource allocation; personnel management; physical plant planning and construction; information systems and use it management. Field trips. P, 609 or 650. 665. Organization and Administration of Student Personnel Programs in Higher Education (3) II (Identica with Coun. 665) 675. The Law and American Education (3) I (Identical with Ed.F.A. 675) 677. Higher Education and the Law (3) II Critical court decisions, past and present, affecting higher education; increasing role of the courts in decision making and policy development. Field trips. P, 601 or 560 (Identical with Ed.F.A. 677)

695. Colloquium (I to 3) I11 a. Community College Developments Field trips. P, 560. c. Politics and Decision Making in Higher Education (1) 11 Open to majors only. P, 560, 601, or 609. d. Long -Range Planning ( I )I I Open to majors only. P, 560, 601, or 609.

696. Seminar ( Ito 3) II I a. Community College Administration (3) Field trips. P, 560 or CR. c. Financing of Higher Education (3) Field trips. P, 650 or 651 or CR. d. Governance and Coordination (3) Field trips. P, 609 or CR. HISTORY 155

697. Workshop (1to 3) 111 a. Collective Negotiations (Identical with Ed.F.A. 697a, which is home)

796. Seminar (1) III a. Research in Higher Education Administration [Rpt.] Open to majors only.

Individual Studies

593(3 to 8); [a.Instructional Internshipbiweekly seminar meetings required.P,bachelor's degree plus twelve units, 521 (for students without a subject -field methods course), 560, 615];693(3 to 9);694(1 to 3);699 (1to 6);793(3 to 9);794(I to 3);799(1 to 6);900(2 to 4);910(4), maximum total, 4 units;920(1 to 9);930 (1 to 6)

HINDI (See Oriental Studies)

HISTORY

Professors Donald Weinstein, Head, Ludwig W. Adamec (Oriental Studies), Herman E. Bate- man, Robert P. Browder, Paul A. Carter, William G. Dever (Oriental Studies), Leonard Dinnerstein, James Donohoe, John W. F. Dulles, Harwood P. Hinton, Ursula Lamb, James M. Mahar (Oriental Studies), John V. Mering, Michael C. Meyer, Roger L. Nichols, Thomas W. Parker, Jing -shen Tao (Oriental Studies), J. Robert Vignery Associate Professors Gail L. Bernstein (Oriental Studies), George A. Brubaker, Richard A. Cos- grove, Roger A. de Laix, Edwin M. Gaines, Charles H. Hedtke (Oriental Studies), Frederick Kellogg, Jack D. Marietta, Reinhold C. Mueller, William J.Wilson (Oriental Studies) Assistant Professors Michael E. Bonine (Oriental Studies), Douglas C. Chen (Oriental Studies), Richard M. Eaton (Oriental Studies), Donna J. Guy, Kurt Yoshihiro Kuriyama (Oriental Studies), Alfreda E. Meyers (Oriental Studies), Joseph P. Sanchez, Michael Schaller, Norman Yoffee (Anthropology) Lecturer William R. Noyes

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major in history. Concentrations are available as indicated in the list of areas and fields under Doctor of Philosophy below. In cooperation with the College of Education, the department also offers work leading to the Master of Education degree with a major in history. Applicants for the Master of Arts program must have completed the equivalent of the bachelor's degree with a major in history and are encouraged to submit scores on the Aptitude and Advanced tests of the Graduate Record Examination and three letters of recommendation. Doctoral applicants must have completed the equivalent of the master's degree and are required to submit scores on the Aptitude and Advanced tests of the Graduate Record Examination and three letters of recommendation. Doctoral applicants must also submit evidence of proficiency in one foreign language. Unless the master's degree was earned at The University of Arizona, students will be required to take a qualifying examination during the first year of doctoral studies. 156 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Degrees

MASTER OF ARTS - At least 24 units must be completed in history including 9 units (at least 3 of which are at the 500 level) in each of two of the following areas: Ancient; Europe, 300 -1648; Europe, 1648 -1945; Latin America; United States; China; Japan; India and Pakistan; the Middle East. The student who elects to submit a thesis (6 units) is required to complete at least 12 of the remaining 24 units at the 500 level in history other than special studies (i.e., 699). The student who elects to present two research seminar papers (6 units) in lieu of thesis is required to cóm- plete at least 12 of the remaining 24 units at the 500 level in history other than special studies (i.e., 699). Each student must demonstrate reading knowledge of one foreign language. In special cases, with the consent of the advisor, 6 additional units of 500 -level work or competence in computer programming or statistics may be substituted for the foreign language requirement. Each student must pass a final examination covering one of the two areas selected for concentration. MASTER OF EDUCATION - All students must complete at least 18 units in history no less than 6 of which are at the 500 level. An oral or written examination covering the work in history as well as an examination by the College of Education must be passed but no thesis is required. For further information concerning this degree, see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Masterof Education elsewhere in this catalog.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - In consultation with an advisor, each beginning student will select, from the list below, a principal area of concentration. If that area is United States or Latin America, the student will select two general fields and one special field within the area. If the area is Europe or Asia, the student will select one general field and two special fields within the area. In addition, the student will select two supporting fields outside the principal area, one of which may be outside of history. Each student must demonstrate a reading knowledge of two foreign languages. In United States history a reading knowledge of one foreign language and possibly other skills shall be required. Before admission to formal candidacy, each student must pass a comprehensive examination covering the fields chosen in the principal area and one of the two supporting fields. Following this examination, the candidate must prepare and defend a dissertation displaying mature research in original sources, competence in assembling and presenting historical data, and critical scholarship.

Principal Areas and Fields

Principal Areas General Fields Special Fields United States Before 1865 Social & Intellectual History After 1865 Ethnic Minorities U.S. Foreign Affairs History of the West History of the South

Latin America Before 1821 Argentina & Brazil After 1821 Andean Republics Mexico & the Hispanic Southwest Intellectual History Economic & Social History

Europe Ancient History Greece in the Classical Period Medieval History The Roman Republic Early Modern History Medieval England Since 1789 Renaissance Italy Reformation Era European Expansion & Voyages of Discovery History of Science Intellectual History Economic History Diplomatic History Modern France Modern Britain HISTORY 157

Modern Germany Modern Russia Modern Southeastern Europe

Asia China China before 1368 Japan Ming & Ch'in China Middle East 19th & Early 20th Century China India & Pakistan Communist China Chinese Intellectual History Japan before 1853 Japan after 1853 Modern Japanese Intellectual History Islamic History to 1258 Islamic History 1258 -1800 Modern Middle East since 1800 Medieval India India & Pakistan since 1757 Social History of Contemporary India & Pakistan

401. Ancient Mesopotamia (3) GC 1 1980 -81 (Identical with Anth. 401) 403a -403b. History of Greece (3 -3) GC 403a: From prehistoric times to the outbreak of the Peloponnesian War. 403b: From the outbreak of the Peloponnesian War to the end of the Hellenistic Age. 403a is not prerequisite to 403b. (Identical with Clas. 403a -403b) de Laix 404a -404b. History of Rome (3 -3) GC 404a: The Republic to the death of Caesar. 404b: The Empire through the reign of Constantine the Great. 404a is not prerequisite to 404b. (Identical with Clas. 404a -404b) de Laix 405a -405b. Medieval Europe (3 -3) GC Major institutions and trends in Europe from the breakup of the Roman World to the 15th century. 405a is not prerequisite to 405b. Parker 406. Medieval England (3) GC 1 From the Roman conquest to the War of the Roses, with emphasis on political, economic, and cultural developments. Parker 407. Intellectual History of Medieval Europe (3) GC II Fusion of the Greco -Roman, Christian, and German traditions and analysis of major medieval cultural and intellectual achievements. (Identical with Reli. 407) Parker 408. The Renaissance (3) GC I Social, economic, cultural, and religious history of the 14th and 15th centuries; humanism, artistic revolution, and new world discoveries. (Identical with Reli. 408) Mueller 409 The Reformation (3) GC II Social, economic, cultural, and religious history of the 16th and early 17th centuries; the Protestant revolt, Catholic Reformation and Counter- Reformation. (Identical with Reti. 409) Mueller 412a -412b. Intellectual History of Modern Europe (3 -3) GC Dominant themes in European intellectual history from the end of the Middle Ages to the Great War, with reading and discussion of texts taken from Petrarch and Ficino to Nietzsche and Freud. 412a is not prerequisite to 412b. Donohoe 413 European Diplomacy since 1815 (3) GC II European background to contemporary international relations from the Congress of Vienna through the outbreak of World War Il. Browder 414. Nineteenth- Century Europe (3) GC I Survey of the political and social history of Europe from the Con- gress of Vienna to the Treaty of Versailles. 415. Twentieth- Century Europe (3) GC II The origins of the two world wars and their consequences, with some consideration of European cultural history since 1900. Donohoe 416. Tudor -Stuart England (3) GC I An intensive study of English history from the accession of Edward IV to the Hanoverian dynasty. Cosgrove 417. History of Modern Britain (3) GC II An intensive study of English history from the accession of George Ill to the present. Cosgrove 418. France under the Old Regime, 1589 -1789 (3) GC I French political development, institutions, and culture from Henry IV to the eve of the French Revolution. Vignery 419. The French Enlightenment (3) GC I Cultural history of France in the 18th century, with emphasis on the works of the philosophes. Vignery 420. The French Revolution and Napoleon (3) GC II The origins and progress of the Revolution in France. Vignery 421a -421b. Modern Germany (3 -3) GC Political, social, and intellectual history from the end of the Thirty Years War to the end of World War II. 421a is not prerequisite to 421b. 422a -422b. Russia before the Bolshevik Revolution (3 -3) GC Political, social, economic and cultural developments from the founding of the Russian state to 1917. 422a is not prerequisite to 422b. Kellogg 423. Intellectual History of Russia (3) GC II The historical significance of social, political, and revolutionary thought in 19th- and 20th -century Russia. Oswald 158 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

424. The Russian Revolutions (3) GC I The era of reform and revolutions in Russia from 1890 to 1921, culminating in the formation of the Soviet regime. Browder 425. History of the Soviet Union (3) GC II The Bolshevik Revolution and problems of Soviet Russian history from 1917 to the present. Oswald 426. Diplomatic History of the U.S.S.R. (3) GC I Problems and personalities in 20th -century Soviet diplomatic history. Oswald 428a -428b. The Evolution of Scientific Thought (3 -3) GC The growth of scientific thought and achievement from antiquity to the 20th century, with emphasis on the social, cultural and intellectual factors instrumental in shaping modern science. 428a is not prerequisite to 428b. 429. The Scientific Revolution, 1500 -1700 (3) GC II The individuals, theories, and institutions that contributed to the rise of early modern science, in their relation to the intellectual and cultural trends of the period. 430. Discovery and Exploration of the New World (3) GC I Voyages, trade and territorial acquisitions in America from Columbus to Captain Cook. Lamb 431. Colonial Origins of U.S. History, 1607 -1763 (3) GC I The experience and evolving institutions of the North Atlantic colonists from the first landings to the end of the French and Indian War. Marietta 432. The Era of the American Revolution (3) GC II Origins, progress, and character of the struggle against Great Britain; internal political, constitutional, social, and economic developments; the problems of the "Critical Period" and the making of the Constitution. Marietta 433. Jefferson and the New Nation, 1790 -1825 (3) GC I The Federalists and the rise of the Republican party; a biographical, economic, political and social history of the early North, South and expanding West. Gaines 434. The Jacksonian Era, 1825 -1850 (3) GC IIl Political, social and economic developments in the United States from the adoption of the Monroe Doctrine through the Mexican War. Gaines 435. The Coming of the Civil War, U. S. 1845 -1861 (3) GC IPolitical, constitutional, social and economic developments in the United States from the Mexican War through the Civil War. (Identical with BI.S. 435) 436. Civil War and Reconstruction, U.S. 1861 -1878 (3) GC Il Political, constitutional, economic, and military developments in the U.S. and the Confederacy during and after the Civil War. (Identical with BI.S. 436) 437. The Gilded Age, 1876 -1912 (3) GC IExamination of economic, social and political developments in years of rapid industrialization, with emphasis on new problems and the reactions of political parties. Carter 438. Progressivism and Prosperity (3) GC I The New Freedom, World War I, Prosperity, and Depression. 439. New Deal and World War II (3) GC II Era of Franklin D. Roosevelt. 440. United States: 1945 to Present (3) GC II1 American society and the role of the United States in world affairs from the Yalta Conference to the present. Dinnerstein /Schaller 442a -442b. History of American Society and Thought (3 -3) GC Thought, arts, and agencies of cultural life from the 17th century to the present. 442a is not prerequisite to 442b. Carter 444a -444b. The American Westward Movement (3 -3) GC Survey of the patterns of westward extension in North America, with emphasis on institutions and methods of penetration, conquest, exploitation, and settlement of its far frontiers. 444a is not prerequisite to 444b. Nichols 446. History of Arizona (3) GC I The history of Arizona from the entrance of the Spaniards in 1539 to its emergence as a modern state in the Southwest. Hinton /Sanchez 447a -447b. History of the South (3 -3) GC 447a: From Jamestown to the formation of the Confederacy. 447b: From the Civil War to the present. 447a is not prerequisite to 447b. Gaines /Mering 449a -449b. History of American Foreign Relations (3 -3) GC 449a: A study of the American people in an Atlan- tic community during the 18th and 19th centuries. 449b: An examination of the United States as a world power in the 20th century. 449a is not prerequisite to 449b. Schaller 451. The United States and East Asia: 1840 to the Present (3) II GC 1980 -81 An examination of American interaction with Japan and China since the Opium Wars, with special attention given to economic, cultural, and military relations and conflicts. Schaller 452. American Ethnic History (3) GC II A history of the various ethnic minorities in America from Colonial times to the present, with emphasis on adjustment, acculturation and degrees of assimilation. (Identical with BI.S. 452) Dinnerstein /McGovern 459. Historical Archaeology (3) GC II (Identical with Anth. 459) 460. History of the Hispanic Borderlands (3) GC II The Spanish and Mexican experience in the Southwest from the 16th century to 1848. (Identical with M.A.S. 460) Sanchez 461. The Iberian Empires (3) GC II The political and economic structure of the Spanish and Portuguese empires in America from Cortes to Bolivar. Lamb HISTORY 159

462. Intellectual History of Latin America since 1810 (3)GCII 1980 -81 Latin American thought from Inde- pendence to the 20th century; major Latin American thinkers and writers, and influences from Europe and the United States.Brubaker 463. Marxism in East Asia (3)GCI (Identical with Or.S. 463) 464. History of Argentina (3)GCI Survey of Argentine history and culture from the colonial era to the present.Guy 466a -466b. History of Brazil (3 -3)GCBrazil's political, economic, social and intellectual development. 466a: Colonial origins to World War I. 466b: World War I to the present. 466a is not prerequisite to 466b. Guy /Dulles 467. Contemporary Latin America (3)GCII Revolution, social change and reaction in Latin America from 1930 to the present.Guy 468. Asia and the West (3)GCI (Identical with Or.S. 468) 470. History of Southeast Asia (3)GC1 1979 -80 (Identical with Or.S. 470) 471. Introduction to Indic Civilization (3)GC I(Identical with Or.S. 471) 472. History of Medieval India (3)GCI (Identical with Or.S. 472) 473. History of Modern India and Pakistan: 1750- Present (3)GCII (Identical with Or.S. 473) 474a- 474b -474c. History of Japan (3 -3 -3)GC(Identical with Or.S. 474a -474b -474c) 475a- 475b- 475c- 475d -475e. Periods in Chinese History (3- 3- 3 -3 -3)GC(Identical with Or.S. 475a -475b -475c- 475d-475e) 476a -476b. Modern Chinese History (3 -3)GC(Identical with Or.S. 476a -476b) 477a -477b. History of the Middle East (3 -3)GC(Identical with Or.S. 477a -477b) 478. Modern History of the Middle East (3)GCI (Identical with Or.S. 478) 479. The Ottoman Empire to 1800 (3)GCII 1980 -81 (Identical with Or.S. 479) 480. History of Iran and Central Asia (3)GC1 1980 -81 (Identical with Or.S. 480)

495. Colloquium (3)I II a. Revolution in Chinese HistoryGC(Identical with Or.S. 495a, which is home) b. The Mind of Black AmericaGC(Identical with BI.S. 495b) c. The Mexican AmericanGC(Identical with M.A.S. 495c) 496. Proseminar (3) 1 II a. Historiography and MethodsGC b. Area HistoriographyGC 595. Colloquium (3) III Certain colloquia in Oriental studies may be used for hist. grad. credit. a. Advanced Studies in United States History b. Advanced Studies in Latin American History c. Advanced Studies in European History 596. Seminar (3) III Certain seminars in Oriental studies may be used for hist. grad. credit. a. United States History j. Germany b. Latin American History k. England c. European History I. Civil War and Reconstruction d. History of Science m. Recent U.S. e. Historical Writing and Editing n. Colonial U.S. f. Spanish Borderlands (Identical with o. France L.A.S. 596f and M.A.S. 596f) p. Early Modern Europe g. Western America q. Ancient h. Modern Mexico s. Diplomatic, U.S. i. Russia t. Southeastern Europe 597. Workshop (I) I a. College Teaching

Individual Studies

699 (I to 5); 900 (2 to 4); 910 (2 to 6), maximum total, 6 units; 920 (I to 9); 930 (I to 6)

HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE

Committee on History and Philosophy of Science (Graduate) Professors Wesley C. Salmon (Philosophy), Chairman, Leon Blitzer (Physics), William A. Long - acre (Anthropology) Associate Professors Henry C. Byerly (Philosophy), Robert M. Harnish (Philosophy) 160 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The Committee offers a Doctor of Philosophy minor in history and philosophy of science, which is a well- established interdisciplinary field of research and instruction. History of science deals with the origins and development of science as an ongoing human activity which seeks understanding of the world in which we live. Philosophy of science deals with the logical analysis of scientific reasoning, with the clarification of certain fundamental scientific concepts, and with methodological problems common to many fields of scientific inquiry. In several areas of science- especially behavioral science -philosophical or methodological problems are of central interest to practitioners in the discipline. Work in history and /or philosophy of science is valuable for students of science who are interested in foundational or methodological aspects of science. History of science has considerable significance for many fields of philosophy and philosophy of science is valuable for students of history of science. The minor in history and philosophy of science is designed as a flexible supplement to the graduate programs of students in many areas of history, philosophy, or science.

HOME ECONOMICS

Professors Robert R. Rice,Director, School of Home Economics,Victor A. Christopherson, Dar- rel E. Goll, Jean Ruley Kearns, Mary Ann Kight, Amy Jean Knorr, Doris E. Manning Associate Professors Arthur Avery, James R. Hine, Roger M. Kramer, Mary H. Marion, Naomi A. Reich, Cari A. Ridley, Edward T. Sheehan, Mary Jean Wylie Assistant Professors Bonnie Brandi, William R. Fasse, June A. Hamblin, Stephen R. Jorgensen, Julia Marlowe, Shirley O'Brien, Chet Ross, Joseph H. Stauss, Patricia Wild Instructor Ann M. Tinsley

The School of Home Economics offers programs leading to the Master of Science degree with majors in home economics, home economics education, and dietetics. For the Master of Sci- ence degree with a major in home economics, concentrations are available in child development and family relations; clothing, textiles, and interior design; family economics and home management; nutrition and food science; and home economics education. The School also offers programs leading to the Master of Home Economics Education degree with a major in home economics education and, in cooperation with the College of Education, the Master of Education degree with a major in home economics. For information concerning these degrees, seeRequirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Home Economics EducationandMaster of Educationelsewhere in this catalog. All applicants are required to submit scores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination. Additional admission requirements, if any, are given in the notes under each division below. Requirements to be included in the graduate study program of each student are 2 units of seminar, an appropriate course in statistics, a course in research methods, and a thesis of4 to6 units. Modification of these requirements may be made, with the approval of the student's graduate committee and the Director of the School, after consideration of the student's preparation and professional objectives. Special degree requirements, if any, are given in the notes under each division below. Opportunities to participate in current research programs, such as those at the Agricultural Experiment Station, are available.

Divisions

CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY RELATIONS -For the Master of Science degree with a major in home economics, concentrations are available in 1) human development and family studies, which provides training in scientific theory and research across the individual life -span and family life cycle, as well as the opportunity to gain practicum experience in adult development, and 2) preschool program development, which provides training and practicum experiences in intervention programs for the young child.

CLOTHING, TEXTILES, AND INTERIOR DESIGN -For the Master of Science degree with a major in home economics, a concentration is available in clothing, textiles, and interior design. Students are required to complete 34 units, including 4 to 6 units for the thesis. This program HOME ECONOMICS 161 prepares students for employment in teaching at the secondary school, community college, or university level; promotional and educational or testing and research positions with industrial and commercial companies; or in design and development of furniture and accessories.

FAMILY ECONOMICS AND HOME MANAGEMENT -For the Master of Science degree with a major in home economics, concentrations are available in family economics, home management, consumer economics, and consumer education. Because of the interdisciplinary nature of the program, allied subjects such as economics, education, management, sociology, and other fields of home economics may be selected to give the desired emphasis. These programs prepare students for career opportunities in college and university teaching, the Cooperative Extension Service, business, and research.

,VUTRITION AND FOOD SCIENCE - --See listing under the Department of Nutrition and Food Science for additional information.

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION -Programs leading to the Master of Science degree and the Master of Home Economics Education degree with a major in home economics education are available. A minor in home economics education is also available for doctoral students with majors in other disciplines. The Master of Science degree program requires a thesis and no less than 20 units in home economics education, home economics, and /or education. A total of 30 units is required. These programs prepare students for employment in the Cooperative Extension Service at county or specialist levels, in teaching at secondary, community college, or university levels, in supervision at local and state levels, or in educational positions in business.

General Home Economics

497. Workshop (2) 1II S s. Senior Workshop in Extension GC 11 (Identical with A.Ed. 497s, which is home)

597. Workshop ( Ito 3) II I t. Principles of Extension Training I (identical with A.Ed. 597t, which is home) u. Evaluation in Extension Education I (Identical with A.Ed. 597u, which is home) v. Volunteer Staff Development in Extension (3) I 2R, 3L. (Identical with A.Ed. 597v) x. Administration of Extension Programs 1 (Identical with A.Ed. 597x, which is home)

696. Seminar (I to 3) 111 z. Home Economics [Rpt. /1]

Individual Studies

693 (1 to 12); 694 (I to 8); 699 (1 to 5); 900 (2 to 8); 910 (2 to 6), maximum total, 4 units, exceptfor Nutri- tion and Food Science, which may be 6; 930 (1 to 65)

Child Development and Family Relations

Associate Professor Ridley, Chairperson ofthe Division

407. Problems in Child Development (3) GC II 1980 -81 Special childrearing contexts in contemporary society; poverty, minority group membership, social change, and special developmental considerations. 413. Issues in Aging (3) GC II Introductory course in gerontology, with emphasis upon contemporary issues. 427. Problems in Marriage and the Family (3) GC 11 1979 -80 identification and analysis of major problem areas in marriage and the family, including economic, sexual, role conflict, emotional disorders, and childrearing. 447. Advanced Child Development (3) GC IIn -depth examination of various dimensions of human growth and development. P, 223; six units of psyc. 457. Cultural Determinants of Child- Rearing Practices (3) GC Ii Considerations of various national subcul- tures upon child -rearing practices; regional, ethnic, religious, and socioeconomic influences; peer groups, ascribed status, and family composition. P, 223; six units of child dev. or soc. or psyc. (Identical with Soc. 457) 467. Preschool Teaching Theory (3) GC I Consideration of individual and group needs, guidance, and program planning in preschools. Field trips. P, 347R, 347L. 487. Readings in Family Relations (3) GC 11 Critical analysis of selected studies and research. P, 137 or 337 or Soc. 321. 162 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

507a -507b. Research Methods in Social Science (3 -3) 1 II 507a: Problem selection, literature review, research design, data analysis, and other related topics, leading to the development of a research prospectus. 507b: Introduction to computer usage in social science; critical review of thesis writing by faculty and peers, including literature review, problem formulation, and research design. 527. Creativity and the Preschool Child (3) 11980 -81 Consideration of theory and interpretation of research in creative behavior, as related to the young child and the family. 547. Theories of Human and Family Development (3) I Analysis and integration of the major theories of individual and family development within a social context; evaluation of theoretical formulations in selected content areas of human relations and individual growth. P, nine units of child dev., family relations, psyc. or soc.

557. Marriage Counseling (3)ITheories and principles of counseling for premarital, marital, and group counseling situations. (Identical with Coun. 557 and Rhab. 557) 567. Administration and Supervision of Preschool Programs (3) 1 1979 -80 Curriculum planning, administration, supervision, and evaluation of preschool programs in relation to recommended standards and needs of communities. 573. Family Development (3)IInternal development of families over the life cycle, with emphasis on family goals, structure and functioning in the context of American society. P, 223 or Soc. 100 or Psyc. 100a. 577. Comparative Family Relations (2) II 1980 -81 Family relations studies in cross -cultural perspective, with emphasis on structure, sex roles, functions, lineage, composition, socialization process, and model personality. P, 337 or Soc. 321.

637. Trends in Human Relations (3) 1 1980 -81 Philosophy, content, and resources for understanding, teaching and working in the field of human relations. 648. Procedures in Family Counseling (3) II (Identical with Coun. 648)

Clothing, Textiles, and Interior Design

Associate Professor Reich,Chairperson of the Division

415. Advanced Presentations (3) GC II Development of presentation drawings, two- and three -dimensional; advanced lighting for interiors; collages; color media. 1R, 6L. P, 375. 444. Dimensions of Clothing Behavior (3) GC II Exploration of physiological, sociopsychological and environmental factors that influence clothing behavior. P, 145, Soc. 100, Psyc. 100a, Econ. 100a. 445. Apparel Design for Special Needs (3) GC I Modification and design of apparel and accessories for special needs; based upon research. 2R, 3L. P, 115R, 344, 145, 284R, Soc. 100, Psyc. 100a. 454. Recent Developments in the Textile Field (3) GC III Fabric finishes, new fiber development, textured yarns, knits, and fabric use and care problems. P, 304, Chem. 101a, 102a. 464. Aspects of Clothing Design (3) [Rpt. /9 units] GC III Projects in the analysis and manipulation of design media to produce garments to meet selected needs and populations. 1R, 6L. P, 344, 145. 475. Contract Design (3) GC I Design problems, presentations and purchasing. P, 415, 355a -355b, L.Ar. 345. 485 Ethics. and Practice for Interior Design (3) GC II Readings in the interior fields, with emphasis on individual professionalism. P, 375. 565. Family Housing Environment (3)II Analysis of the social and psychological factors affecting family housing. P, Psyc. 100a, Soc. 100, H.Ec. 356. 584. Textile Analysis (3) II Physical and chemical testing, dyes, microscopic analysis and use of textile testing equipment for fabric analysis.1 R, 6L. P, 454, Chem. 101b, 102b.

Family Economics and Home Management

Professor Knorr,Chairperson of the Division

416. Management of Family Resources (3) GC III Resources available to families and the use of these resources to obtain family goals. P, Econ. IOOa. 426. Work Analysis and Simplification (3) GC 11980 -81 Work simplification principles and techniques applied to work -area arrangements, use of equipment, storage, and methods of work in the home. 446. The Consumer and the Market (3) GC II1 Consumer problems in the American economy under existing market conditions. P, Econ. IOOa. 456. Technical Aspects of Housing (3) GC II 1979 -80 Procedures and ethics of building; application of research results in preparation of data and requirements; plan analysis; design of areas of the house and storage; materials and finishes. 2R, 3L. P, 356. HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES 163

506. Economic Problems of the Family (3) II Economic position of American families in terms of incomes, employment, prices, and standards of living, distribution and redistribution of income. P, 416.

Home Economics Education

Professor Knorr,Chairperson of the Division

409. Occupational Home Economics Programs (3) GC 11 Purposes and methods of teaching home- economics- related occupations, with emphasis on cooperative home economics vocational education. P, S.Ed. 338g; CRH.Ec. 308 and 389 or teaching experience. 428. Home Economics Education in Business, Government and Human Services (3) GC III Program planning, implementation and evaluation for h.ec. majors preparing for educational functions in business, government, and human service positions. 2R, 3L. Not open to h.ec.ed. majors. 438. Philosophy and Principles of Extension Education (2) GC II (Identical with A.Ed. 438) 439. Extension Education Methods (2) GC I (Identical with A.Ed. 439) 448. Extension Program Planning (2) GC II Bases and procedures for program planning and implementation in cooperative extension at local, county, state, national levels; issues and trends; observation and individual projects. P, 438. (Identical with A.Ed. 448) 609. Supervision in Vocational Education and Extension (3)I Theory, principles and techniques of supervision in vocational and extension education. 610. Investigation and Studies in Home Economics (3) 1 Study and analysis of research literature, methods, techniques, and procedures for conducting investigations, selecting and developing plans for research problems. 618. Evaluation in Home Economies Education (3) II Application of theory to the selection and construction of evaluation instruments, their use and interpretation in home economics programs. 628. Curriculum Theory in Home Economics (3) I Theoretical bases and processes of curriculum building in home economics; current issues in home economics education.

HORTICULTURE (See Plant Sciences)

HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES

Professors Stanley N. Davis, Head, Lucien Duckstein (Systems and Industrial Engineering), Dan- ielD. Evans, Martin M. Fogel (Watershed Management), John W. Harshbarger, Simon Ince, Thomas Maddock, III, Shlomo P. Neuman, Sol D. Resnick (Water Re- sources Research Center), Eugene S. Simpson Associate Professor Michael D. Bradley Assistant Professors Donald R. Davis, Judith M. Dworkin, Charles W. Stockton (Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research), Glenn M. Thompson

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Phi- losophy degrees with majors in hydrology or in water resources administration. The faculty offers competence in hydrogeology, ground -water hydrology, surface -water hydrology, mathematical and statistical methods in hydrology and water resources administration, water resources engineering, and water resources management. Applicants need not have completed an undergraduate major in hydrology. The programs have been developed to enable graduates from related fields such as geology, engineering, agriculture, meteorology, economics, and political science to enter directly.Itis recommended that applicants submit scores on the Graduate Record Examination. Each student will be expected to acquire a capability for computer programming by completion of an appropriate course in that discipline or by demonstrating equivalent competence by examination. Graduate study programs are individually planned to meet the student's special interests and professional objectives. A thesis based on individual research is required for the master's degree. 164 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Applicants for admission to the Doctor of Philosophy degree program should have completed,first,the Master of Science degree with a major in hydrology or in water resources administration. Students who have completed a master's degree in a closely related discipline may, with the approval of the student's academic advising committee, bypass this requirement.

Majors

HYDROLOGY - The program is designed for students with special interest in the physical, chemical, and biological (hydrological) aspects of water resources development. Students may concentrate in any one or any combination of these fields but should acquire some proficiency in all aspects, including the behavioral sciences. WATER RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION - The program is designed for students with special interestin the behavioral sciences as they relate to water resources development and management. Students should also acquire a basic knowledge of hydrology. Two options are available: (1) students may emphasize course work and research, or (2) they may participate in the Civil Decision Quantification program in which the emphasis is placed upon tutorial interaction and multidisciplinary group research.

405. Hydrologic Properties of Soils (3) GC I Shape and size distribution of soil constituents and structural units of soils as related to the state of soil water and its movement in soil; individual lab. projects. P, Phys. 102b, Math. 125b. (Identical with S.W.E. 405) 414. Field Hydrology (Summer Camp) (6) GC S Field methods of collection, compilation and interpretation of hydrologic data; geologic and geophysical methods; preparation of hydrologic reports. Lab. comprises daily field work. Fee. 423. Hydrology (3) GC I (Identical with C.E. 423) 435. Hydrogeology (3) GC 1II Geologic and hydrologic factors controlling occurrence and development of ground water. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, Geos. 100a or 151; 100b. (Identical with Geos. 435) 445. Statistical Hydrology (3) GC 11 Applications of mathematical statistics and probability theory to measurement, analysis and synthesis of hydrologic processes, and design and control of water resource systems. P, 423 or 460, Math. 362, S.I.E. 272. 460. Watershed Hydrology (3) GC II (Identical with Ws.M. 460) 471. Water Quality Control (3) GC II (Identical with C.E. 471) 480. Hydrologic Systems (3) GC IMajor aspects of the hydrologic cycle are studied quantitatively, with emphasis on model construction and simulation. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, 423 or 460. 481. Physical Oceanology and Limnology for Hydrologists (2) GC II Origin, distribution, and characteristics of oceanic water; advective and convective processes; estuarine and shoreline processes; effect on coastal aquifers; classification and hydrologic regimen of lakes. P, Math. 125b. 502. Snow Hydrology (2) I (Identical with Ws.M. 502) 503. Subsurface Fluid Dynamics (3)I Kinematics and dynamics of fluids in saturated porous and fractured media; analytical and finite element solution of practical, steady -state problems; introduction to non - steady flow. P, A.M.E. 331a, Math. 422a. 504. Numerical Methods in Subsurface Hydrology (4) II Finite difference and finite element methods for subsurface fluid flow and mass or energy transport; applications to aquifers, unsaturated soils, seepage through earth dams, geothermal systems. 3R, 3L. P, Math. 422a. 506. Water Quality Dynamics (3) II Physical and chemical methods are used to study and predict dispersion of pollutants and water quality changes in streams, lakes, reservoirs, aquifers, soils, and estuaries. P, 423, 435. 535. Aquifer Mechanics (3)I Mechanics of fluid flow through porous media; hydraulic, dispersive, thermal and viscoelastic properties of aquifers. 2R, 3L. P, Phys. 110, Math. 125e. (Identical with Geos. 535) 536. Development of Groundwater Resources (3) II Analytic techniques to evaluate geohydrologic systems; case histories used to study management of ground and surface water resources; planning and design of regional water resource investigations. Field trips. P, 535. (Identical with Geos. 536) 540a -540b. Advanced Surface Water Hydrology (3 -3) Review of hydrodynamics; fluvial dynamics and flood routing; watershed modeling; flood hydrology; hydrology of lakes and coastal regions; classical and numerical methods. 565. Hydrochemistry (3) II 1979 -80 (Identical with S.W.E. 565)

596. Seminar ( lto 4) 1I I p. Hydrogeology (Identical with Geos. 596p) 605. Soil Water Dynamics (3) II 1980 -81 (Identical with S.W.E. 605) HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES 165

641a -641b. Advanced Subjects in Hydrology (3 -3) Content of course to be determined by new developments in the science of hydrology, student interests, and faculty availability. 642. Analysis of Hydrologic Systems (3) 1 1979 -80 Linear and nonlinear analysis of watersheds, aquifers and soil systems; hydrologic signal analysis and model building in presence of noise and in context of decision theory. P, 423 or 460, 445, Math. 422a -422b. 643. Stochastic Methods in Hydrology (3) 111979 -80 Event -based and time series analysis of hydrologic phenomena; use of stochastic process models of streamflow, river networks, aquifers, soil and vegetative patterns, evaporation, reservoirs, precipitation. P, 642.

695. Colloquium (1 to 2) 111 a. Hydrology [Rpt./ 1 ] 696. Seminar (1 to 4) Il I

a. Stochastic Hydrology (I to 3) [Rpt./ I] 1 1980 -81 P, 445. b. Unsaturated Flow (2 to 3) 111 Open to majors only. c. Regional Hydrologic Analysis (1 to 3) 11 P, 423, 435.

d. Desert Hydrology ( 1to 3) [Rpt. /2] 1 1 1 1 9 8 0 -8 1

e. Environmental Hydrologic Tracers (1 to 3) 1 f. Well Hydraulics (I to 3) 11 P, 535, Math. 254, S.I.E. 272.

Individual Studies

599 (I to 3); 900 (1 to 4); 910 (2 to 4), maximum total, 4 units; 920 (I to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

Water Resources Administration

401. Water, Society and the Environment (3) GC 11 The ecological relation of water in the biosphere, and the role of behavioral sciences (social, legal, economic, political and psychological) in the administration of development, management and utilization of water resources. 461. Population and Resources (3) GC I (Identical with Geog. 461) 476. Natural Resource Economics (3) GC' II (Identical with A.Ec. 476) 480. Forest Policy and Administration (3) GC II (Identical with Ws.M. 480) 481. Environmental Policy (3) GC Il (Identical with Pol. 481) 501a -501b. Water Resources Policy and Administration (3 -3) Institutional and policy aspects of water resources administration; management, organizational theory, and international problems of water use and development; ground -water management and policy. 544. Application of Operations Research to Water Resources (3)1 Applications of deterministic and stochas- ticlinear programming and dynamic programming techniquesto waterresources management problems; survey of other operations research techniques. P, FORTRAN. 556. Finite State Methods in Water Resources Management (3) II Finite state methods; applications to natural resource systems as arise in hydrology, ecology, and earth sciences. including the modeling of interfaces such as socioeconomic processes. P, Math. 461, S.I.E. 170. (Identical with S.I.E. 556) 576a -576b. Advanced Natural Resource Economics (3 -3) (Identical with A.Ec. 576a -576b)

603. Well Hydraulics and Pumping Test Analysis (3) [Rpt./ 1] I 1 1979 -80 Flow to wells in aquifers, with emphasis on design and interpretation of pumping tests; confined, unconfined, and leaky aquifer systems; fractured rocks; automatic curve watching. P, 503, Math. 422a. 644. Methodologies in Water Resources (3) II 1980 -81 Applications of operations research, econometrics and probability theory to system modeling and management in the context of current research efforts. P, 544, Hydr. 445, S.I.E. 320.

687. Multidisciplinary Tutorials (3 to 9) [Rpt.] 1 II Examination of civil decision problems from the viewpoint of different disciplines in a context of group study and tutorials. Primarily for participants in the civil decision program. 5R, 20L. P, thirty grad. units.

695. Colloquium ( Ito 2)II I b. Water Resources Administration [Rpt./ I ]

696. Seminar ( 1to 3) 1I I g. Environmental Impact Assessment [Rpt.2] 1 1979 -80 h. Long -Range Resource Planning [Rpt./2fI i. International Water Resource Management Rpt. /] 1 j. Decision Making under Uncertainty [Rpt./ 111 1980 -81 P, 544, Hydr. 445. k. Coupled Physical -Social Resource Models II

Individual Studies

599 (1 to 3); 900 (1 to 4); 910 (2 to 4), maximum total, 4 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930 (I to 6) 166 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING (See Systems and Industrial Engineering)

INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS

The Office of Interdisciplinary Programs was established as an agency responsible for fur- thering the development of interdisciplinary activities. The Coordinator of Interdisciplinary Programs works with the Dean of the Graduate College and the Vice President for Research in fostering both educational and research projects. The following programs are administered by the Office of Interdisciplinary Programs: applied mathematics, biomedical engineering, history and philosophy of science, statistics, and toxicology. Others, such as gerontology, are in various stages of development. In most cases, interdisciplinary courses are listed under a "home" department and cross - listed in a variety of other departments. These appear under the appropriate headings elsewhere in this catalog.

596. Seminar (3) I u. Interdisciplinary Environment -Behavior- Design (Identical with Arch. 596u, Geog. 596u, L.Ar. 596u, Psyc. 596u, and U.PI. 596u)

ITALIAN (See Romance Languages)

JAPANESE (See Oriental Studies)

JOURNALISM

Professors Donald W. Carson, Head, Philip C. Mangelsdorf, George W. Ridge, Jr. Assistant Professors Ford N. Burkhart, Abe S. Chanin, James W. Johnson, Larry D. Kurtz, A. Stephen Montiel, Jacqueline E. Sharkey

The department offers a program leading to the Master of Arts degree with a major in journalism. The program is designed for students dedicated to developing or improving professional skills while attaining an academic background in one or more specialties. An undergraduate major in journalism is not necessary for admission. Students are required to complete the department's two basic writing courses, 205 and 206, as deficiencies without graduate credit. Waivers of 206 may be granted upon recommendation of the student's 205 instructor and with the approval of the department's graduate advisor. Any student receiving a waiver must include in the program a fifth course from the professional group. A minimum of 30 graduate -level credits with a "B" average is required for the master's degree with a major in journalism. Elective units are chosen, with the approval of an advisor, from journalism or related disciplines. A complete program of study leading to the degree must be approved by the graduate advisor in the first semester. Changes may be approved only by the graduate advisor. No foreign language proficiency is required, although for those interested in Latin America, the department has an exchange program in Guadalajara. JOURNALISM 167

Students are required to work on two departmental newspapers and demonstrate a high level of skill in reporting- writing courses. The program of study also must include two other courses from the professional group (411, 412, 413, 415, 452). Advanced degree credit will not be given for a grade of less than "B" in any professional course, photojournalism or editing. A student may earn up to six units with an investigative project leading to a published report in journalistic style. Each master's candidate will select, in the first semester of study, a committee representing three areas in journalism from among press and society, law and ethics, reporting public affairs, international communication, photojournalism, technology and history of journalism. The committee will conduct a competency examination in the final semester. It may be oral or written, or both, at the committee's discretion.

401. Photojournalism (2) GC 1ll Reporting and interpreting the news through pictures. 402. Photojournalism Laboratory (1) GC 111 Open to majors only. P, 206, 208. 403. Advanced Photojournalism (3) GC 111 Open to majors only. P, 401, 402. 404. Photo News Specialization (3) GC 1II Advanced study and practice of techniques for taking and editing news, sports and feature photographs. 2R, 4L. Field trips. Open to majors only. P, 403. 405. The Study of News (3) GC 111 Critical study and problem analysis of the media. Field work may include publication of conclusions. 406. Magazine Color Photography (3) GC S Techniques for taking and editing color photographs to illus- trate magazine articles. Field trips. 411. News Features (3) GC I11 Writing the basic news feature article; specialized reporting and rewriting techniques. P, 206, 208. 412. Reporting for Magazines (3) GC II Study of writing techniques for magazines; analysis of in -depth features. Students will write articles for publication. P, 206, 208. 413. Reporting Public Affairs (3) GC II1 Study and practice of newsgathering on executive, legislative, and judicial levels in city, county, state and federal governments, with emphasis on news sources and interpretive writing. P, 206, 208. 414. The News Agency: Arizona News Service (1) [Rpt.] GC 1I1 Role and operations of the news agency, wire service or syndicate. Class members will form staff of Arizona News Service to supply client newspapers from bureaus in Tucson and Phoenix. Field trips. P, or CR, 411 or 413. 415. The Editorial Page (3) GC 1II Critical study of opinion- makers, with emphasis on editors and public - affairs columnists; analysis of editorial pages in a changing society; writing of editorials. P, 206, 208, 420. 420. Editing (2) GC III Theory and techniques of copy editing and headline writing; training on video display terminals. I R, 3L. P, 206, 208. Department permission required. 421. Advanced Editing (3) GC 11 Study of layout and typography for news, photographs, and feature articles in newspapers. P, 420. 422. Publications Layout and Design (3) GC I Theory and practice of layout, typography, and design for magazines. P, permission of dept. 423. Modern Production Methods (1 to 2) [Rpt./1] GC 111 Comparative study of print production methods, with lab. application. P, CR 422, 450, 451 or 452. 450. Community Journalism: The Tombstone Epitaph (3) [Rpt.] GC III Class members work as editorial staff to produce the local newspaper for Tombstone, Arizona. Intensive study of problems and responsibilities of community newspapers. P, 206, 208, 401, 420, discussion of preparation with instructor. 451. Advanced Journalism (3) [Rpt.] GC III Class members work as editorial staff to produce an independent bilingual newspaper for the city of South Tucson. Intensive study of problems and responsibilities of journalism. P, 206, 208, 401, 420, discussion of preparation with instructor. 452. Press Criticism: The Pretentious Idea (3) GC III Study of press criticism, including the publication of a press review. Open to majors only. P, 206, 208, 420, discussion of preparation with instructor. 470. The Press and Society (3) GC 1II Critical study of press performance in current affairs; changing requirements for socially responsible and professional journalism in a democracy. 471. International Communications (3) GC 1Il Study of world news systems, including newsgathering agencies, role of the foreign correspondent, the foreign press, and factors influencing international news flow. 472. History of Journalism (3) GC II The growth and development of American journalism since the Colo- nial era; influence on national affairs of leaders in newspapers, broadcasting and magazines. 473. Readings in Mass Communications (3) [Rpt.] GC II Individual course of readings approved by instructor to cover subject specialty not available in other course offerings. 502. Freedom of Expression (3) II Analysis of access and barriers to information and communication at local, state, national and international levels; intensive study of the legal relationship between mass media and society. Open to majors only. 168 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

596. Seminar (3) III a. History of Mass Media f. Community Journalism b. International Communications g. Journalism Education c. Reporting Governmental Affairs h. Latin- American Press d. Magazines i. News Analysis e. Electronic Media j. Media Organization

Individual Studies

593(1 to6);594(1 to 3); 599 (I to6)

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE (See Renewable Natural Resources)

LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

Latin American Area Center

Committee on Latin American Studies: Professors Michael C. Meyer (History), Director, David E. Bradbury, (Geography, Re- gional Development and Urban Planning), Donald W. Carson (Journalism), Patrick T. Culbert (Anthropology), Roger W. Fox (Agricultural Economics), Edward J. Williams (Political Science) Associate Professor Eliana Rivero (Romance Language) Assistant Professor Robert H. Mattoon, Jr. (Latin American Studies), Assistant Director Ex officio members Carlos A. Felix (Director of the Guadalajara Summer School), Eugene J. von Teuber (Coordinator of International Programs)

The Latin American Area Center offers an interdisciplinary program leading to the Mas- ter of Arts degree with a major in Latin American studies. Programs are designed primarily for students planning government, business, teaching, or other careers. Concentrations are available in anthropology; economics; geography, regional development, and urban planning; political science; history; Portuguese; and Spanish. Applications should indicate the intended area of concentration (e.g., Major: Latin Ameri- can studies - History). A faculty member from the proposed area of concentration will evaluate the transcripts to determine whether there will be undergraduate deficiencies to be satisfied without graduate credit. Scores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination are required before the application can be considered. Each student must choose an area of concentration from the list above. Related or supporting courses may be cultural or professional and may be chosen from agricultural economics; anthropology; art; economics; English as a second language; educational foundations and administration; geography, regional development, and urban planning; political science; history; home economics; journalism; law; library science; nursing; pharmacy; Portuguese; sociology; and Span- ish. A total of 35 units must be completed, containing no less than 15 units (including a research seminar) in the area of concentration. Related or supporting courses must include a minimum of 8 units in a second Field and 6 units in a third field. Neither of these supporting fields may duplicate the principal field of concentration. Both Portuguese and Spanish are required, one at a level of competence and the other at a level of proficiency. Competence may be established by completion of Port. 202b or Span. 305b with a grade of "B" or by an equivalency examination. Proficiency may be established by completion of Port. 405b or Span. 375 with a grade of "B" or by an equivalency examination. The student and the advisor will determine which language should be emphasized. All students are required to complete at least one semester of the Latin American Studies Seminar (L.A.S. 596a). The doctoral minor in Latin American studies requires a minimum of 15 units in courses related to the student's major subject and with a significant Latin American content. The student must also demonstrate competence (as defined above) in either Portuguese or Spanish. LAW 169

495. Colloquium (3) II P, Span. or Port. proficiency a. Latin American Studies GC 596. Seminar (3) I P, Span. or Port. proficiency. a. Latin American Studies f. Spanish Borderlands (Identical with Hist. 596f, which is home)

Individual Studies

900(2to4);910(6);930(1 to6)

LAW

Professors Roger C. Henderson, Dean, Arthur W. Andrews, Charles E. Ares, William E. Boyd, Robert Emmet Clark, Ray Jay Davis, Dan B. Dobbs, August G. Eckhardt, Joel Jay Finer, Thomas L. Hall, Kenney F. Hegland, Junius Hoffman, John J. Irwin, Jr., Boris Kozolchyk, Jack J. Rappeport, Thomas L. Schuessier, Charles M. Smith, Thomas J. Tormey, (Law Librarian), Willard N. VanSlyck, Jr., David B. Wexler, Winton D. Woods, Jr. Associate Professors Thorton E. Robison, Roy G. Spece Adjunct Professors William E. Kimble, Robert O. Lesher Clinical Instructor Andrew Silverman

No graduate degree is offered by the College of Law. The College welcomes, however, the enrollment of properly qualified graduate students in selected courses relevant to their degree objectives. Graduate students so enrolled may earn graduate credit as their performance warrants. Prior to registration, such students must obtain the written approval of the instructor of the course in question and the Executive Committee of the College of Law. For information concerning the professional degree Juris Doctor, see the College of Law Catalog.

600. Contracts (5) 601. Introduction to Legal Process and Civil Procedure (5) 602. Criminal Procedure (4) 603. Research and Writing (2) 604. Torts (5) 605. Property (5) 606. Constitutional Law (4) 607. Appellate Practice and Moot Court (1) 608. Evidence (4) 609. The Legal Profession (2) 610. Decedents' Estates (2) 1 611. Trusts and Fiduciary Administration (4) 11 612. Family Law (2) II 613. Law and Medicine (2) 11

614. Workers' Compensation ( I )I I 615. Agency and Partnership (3) I 616. Private Corporations (3) I 617. Corporate Finance (2) II P, 616. 618. Antitrust Law (3) II 621. Administrative Law (3) I 622. Law Review (1 to 3) 1II 623. Conflict of Laws (3) 11 624. Labor Law (3) I 625. Local Government Law (2) I 626. Jurisprudence (3) I 627. International Law (3) I 170 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

628. Comparative Law (3) II

629. Legal History (3)I 630. Legal Process (3) I I

632. Independent Research ( Ito 6) II I 633. Commercial Transactions (4) I 634. Products Liability (2) II 635. Insurance (2) I 636. Federal Tax Procedure (2) II P, 646. 637. International Commercial Transactions (3) I P, 633. 638. Real Estate Transactions (3) II 639. Community Property (2) I 640. Mining and Public Land Law (3) I I 641. Water Law (3) I

642. Federal Jurisdiction (3)I I 643. Advanced Civil Procedure (4) I 644. Remedies (3) I 645. Trial Practice (2) III P, 608, 643. 646. Federal Income Taxation (4) 1 647. Corporate Taxation (3) II P, 646. 648. Estate and Gift Taxation and Basic Estate Planning (3) IP, 610, 611.

649. Torts II (3)I I 650. Criminal Law (3) II 651. Accounting and the Law (2) I I 652. Income Taxation of Estates and Trusts (2) II P, 611, 646. 653. Advanced Appellate Practice and Moot Court (2) II 654. The First Amendment (3) II 655. Civil War Amendments (3) I 656. Law of the Elderly (2) II 1980 -81 658. Securities Regulation (3) I 659. Growth Management (3) II (Identical with U.PI. 659, which is home) 660. Land -Use Planning (3) II

661. Moot Court Board ( 1to 2) II I 662. Creditors' Remedies (2) I 663. Bankruptcy (2) II 696. Seminar (2 to 3) a. Estate Planning (3) I1 P, 610, 611, 646, 648. b. Problems in the Law of Torts (2) I c. Juvenile Delinquency (2) IP, 609. e. Business Planning (3) II P, 616, 647. f. Current Constitutional Problems (2 to 3) I g. Mass Communication (2 to 3) II i. Current Labor Law Problems (2) II 1980 -81 P, 624. I. Resources Law (2 to 3) I P, 640, 641 or 660. m. Landlord and Tenant (2) o. Law and Psychiatry (2 to 3) q. Advanced Criminal Procedure (2 to 3) II t. Law and Technology (2 to 3) III y. Labor Arbitration (2) II 1979 -80 P, 624. bb. Advanced Civil Procedure (2) cc. Civil Clinical Practice (2) III P, 608, 609, and 643. dd. Criminal Clinical Practice (4) III P, 608, 609. ee. Current Business Regulation (3) II P, 616. ff. Trade Secrets (3) I

Individual Studies

693 (6) LIBRARY SCIENCE 171

LIBRARY SCIENCE

Professors Donald C. Dickinson, Director, Robert K. Johnson, Arnulfo D. Trejo Associate Professors Margaret F. Maxwell, Ronald A. Van de Voorde, Virginia Witucke Assistant Professors Helen M. Gothberg, Ruth Risebrow

The Graduate Library School offers programs leading to the Master of Library Science degree with a major in library science and the Master of Education degree with a major in school library science. Concentrations for the Master of Education degree are available in elementary education or in secondary education. The Master of Library Science degree qualifies graduates for professional positions in all fields of librarianship including academic, public, and special libraries. To be qualified for school libraries, specified courses in education are necessary for certification. The Master of Education degree with a major in school library science qualifies graduates for school library positions only. The Graduate Library School is accredited by the American Library Association. The goals of the Graduate Library School are 1) to establish an academic atmosphere within which students develop competencies and skills necessary for present and future leadership in librarianship and information science, 2) to promote and active cooperative program to serve the continuing education needs of the library and information- seeking community, 3) to create an atmosphere conducive to research and innovative projects, 4) to promote a philosophy of librarianship that will enable students to work effectively.

Degrees

MASTER OF LIBRARY SCIENCE - For information concerning this degree see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Library Science elsewhere in this catalog.

MASTER OF EDUCATION - To be admissible the applicant must have completed a bachelor's degree, including at least 15 units in education (of which 6 are in library science) with a grade point average of at least 3.00. A personal interview is required, to be held in Tucson, or by arrangement with the Graduate Library School, at other locations. All applicants must submit scores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination, a personal resume and statement of purpose, and two letters of recommendation to the Graduate Library School. Applications and all supporting materials must be received by June 1for applicants planning to enroll for the fall semester, by December 1for those planning to enroll for the spring semester, and by May 1 for those planning to enroll for the summer session. All students must complete at least 32 units including 20 units in school library science. Students with undergraduate minors in school library science may elect, with the consent- of an advisor, to take additional work in education in lieu of a part of the 20 -unit requirement in school library science. The degree program and prerequisites must include 480, 481, 482, 485, 501, 502, 693, either 503 (secondary education majors only) or 486 (elementary education majors only), ED.F.A. 603, S.Ed. 417, and appropriate electives. All students must pass a comprehensive final examination. For further information see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Educa- tion elsewhere in this catalog.

400. Library Techniques for Research (2) GC III Use of library catalogs, trade bibliographies, indices, abstract journals, and special bibliographies in locating material for advanced research problems; practice in compiling bibliographies., .Designed for students intending to do advanced work. Not for library science students. 480. Literature for Children (3) GC 11I Books to meet the reading interests and needs of elementary school children through the eighth grade, including folk literature, poetry, picture books, fiction and biography; selection aids. 481. School Library Administration and Organization (3) GC II Functions, activities, organization, and management of the school library; budgeting, quarters, equipment, and personnel. P, 482; 480 or 485. 172 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

482. Materials for Instructional Media Centers (3)GC ISelection and evaluation of informational materials for learning resources centers, with particular emphasis on audiovisual media (films, filmstrips, pictures, transparencies, recordings, kits, and models) in addition to important books, pamphlets and maps. 484. Literature for Early Adolescents (3)GC 11980 -81 Fiction and nonfiction for the younger adolescent of junior high school age; reading interests of this age group and reading guidance activities intended to promote reading. 485. Literature for Adolescents (3) GC III Reading for recreation and to meet developmental needs at the junior and senior high school age, including books written for adolescents and books for adults; oral and written reviewing. 486. Oral Presentation of Children's Literature (2)GC IIPrinciples and techniques of storytelling and of reading aloud to children; stories for different age groups, desirable and undesirable adaptations, presentation of picture stories; practice in reading and telling stories and in planning the story hour. P, 480. 501. Basic Reference (3) 111 Survey of general reference sources; discussion of reference technique. 502. Organization, Cataloging, and Classification of Materials (3)III Fundamentals of library cataloging, classification, and subject entry; practical work in cataloging books, filing, and the construction of a sample card catalog.

503. Selection of Library Materials (3) 1 II Goals and principles of selection; evaluation and review of materials;selectiontools;acquisitionof materials; problems inselection,including censorship and controversial materials.

504. Trends in Library Service (3)Ill Fundamental elements of librarianship, including historical background, kinds of library activities, types of libraries, and current trends and issues in librarianship. 600. Introduction to Graduate Study in Music (3) (Identical with Mus. 600) 611. History of Books and Printing (3)I Survey of the history of books and printing from early times to the present, including development of the alphabet, manuscript books, the invention and dissemination of printing and modern printing techniques. P, 501, 502, 503, 504. 612. History of Children's Literature (3) II Survey of literature for children in England and America from earliest times to the close of the 19th century, together with study of cultural and social values reflected in the literature. 616. Coordination of Instructional Media Programs (3) II (Identical with S.Ed. 616) 617. Preparation of Instructional Materials (3) I (Identical with S.Ed. 617)

623. Research Methods (3)III Need and opportunities for research in librarianship; types of research; research methodology; study of research design; elementary statistics. P, 501, 502, 503, 504.

631. Outreach: Library Service for Special Groups (3)III Survey of library services and resources for ethnic minorities, elderly, and physically disabled, with emphasis on public library's role in providing outreach programs. P, 501, 502, 503. (Identical with M.A.S. 631)

634. Public Library Service to Children and Young Adults (2) 1 Investigation of the programs and materials useful in working with children and young adults in public libraries. P, 480. 635. Public Library Services to Adults (3) I How the public library can best serve adults through providing information and reading guidance. P, 501, 502, 503, 504. 644. Automation in Libraries (3) II Introduction to automated procedures currently in use in libraries, including systems analysis of actual technical services and planning for their automation. P, 502, 503. 646a -646b. Information Storage and Retrieval (3 -3) 646a: Introduction to systems in document and bibliographic retrieval; search files, strategics, thesauri. 646b: Student involvement in on -line, interactive systems. P, 501, 502, 503, 504. 648. Technical Service Problems (3)I Examination of problems in acquisitions, cataloging and serials, as related to activities in academic, public, school and special libraries and in library systems; includes consideration of automation and developing technology. P, 501, 502, 503, 504. 650. Bibliographic Control of Audiovisual Materials (2) II Acquisition, cataloging and circulation of audiovisual materials. P, 502. 651. Government Documents (2) II Examination of the varieties of government publications available from state and national agencies, with emphasis on selection and reference use of these publications. P, SOI, 502, 503, 504. 670. Information Sources and Services in the Sciences (3) II Scientific and technical literature for students intending to serve the needs of specialist users in academic, technical and research libraries; emphasis on bibliographic resources and services, their design and evaluation. P, 501. 671. Information Sources and Services in the Humanities (3) I Advanced bibliographic and reference sources in the humanities, with emphasis on the structure of knowledge in the various fields and evaluation of user services. P, 501, 502, 503, 504. 672. Information Sources and Services in the Social Sciences (3) II Advanced bibliographic and reference sources in the social sciences, with emphasis on the structure of knowledge in the various fields and the evaluation of user services. P, 501, 502, 503, 504. LINGUISTICS 173

674. Latin American Bibliography(3)I Study of the national and trade bibliography of Latin America, as well as reference tools, periodicals, and government documents published by or about Latin Americans. (Identical with Span. 674)

675. Health Sciences Librarianship(3)I Organization and development of literature in medicine, nursing and pharmacy; health sciences bibliography and reference services; includes management and bibliographic control.P,501, 502, 503, 504. 678. Advanced Cataloging(3) II Comparative study of Dewey Decimal Classification and Library of Con- gress Classification; advanced problems in descriptive cataloging, subject headings, and library filing.P, 482.

681. Administration of the Academic Library(3)IPresent trends in academic libraries, including financial administration, collection evaluation, personnel requirements and building needs. P, 501, 502, 503, 504.

684. Special Librarianship(3) II Mission, organization and administration of the special library. 685. Library Systems Analysis(3) I Introduction to quantitative methods for the design, analysis and control of library systems. P, 501, 502, 503, 504. 686. Public Library Administration(3) II Administration of tax -supported libraries serving the general public, including problems of governmental relationships, community responsibilities, financial support, buildings, personnel, collections. P, 501, 502, 503, 504. 687. Library Management(3) II Concepts of management; the organizational structure of library systems, effective utilization of library personnel. P, 501, 502.

695. Colloquium ( 1to 3) II I c. Indexing and Abstracting d. Current Trends in Children's Literature P, 480. e. Theory of Classification f. Library Cooperation and Networks g. Laboratory in Library Communications h. Introduction to Bibliography

i.Information Resources for the Spanish -Speaking (3) 1 P, 501, 503, reading knowledge of Span. (Identical with Ed.F.A. 695i and M.A.S. 695i) j. Current Trends in Adolescent Literature (3) II P, 485. k. Communication in Libraries: Public Relations (I) 1. Communication in Libraries: Public Service (I)I m. Communication in Libraries: Organization (1) I n. Literature of the Sciences (3) II P, 501, 502, 503, 504.

w. Video Information Access (3)IField trips.

Individual . Studies

693 (Ito 6)[a.Academic Library[Rpt./ 1] P, 503, 504, 687.] [b.Special Library[Rpt./ I] P, 503,504, 687.] [c. Public LibraryP, 503, 504, 6871 [d.School Library[Rpt./ I]P, 480, 481, 501, 502.] [e.Community College Library[Rpt./ 1 ] P, 503, 504, 687.1;694 (1to 6);699 (1to 6);900 (1to 6); 930 (1 to 6)

LINGUISTICS

Committee on Linguistics (Graduate)

Professors A. Richard Diebold (Anthropology). Kenneth S. Goodman (Elementary Education), Yetta M. Goodman (Elementary Education), John W. Martin (Romance Languages) Associate Professors Adrian Akmajian (Linguistics), Chairman. Richard A. Demers (Linguistics), Chisato Kitagawa (Oriental Studies), Adrienne Lehrer (Linguistics), Frank P. Pialorsi (English), Linda Swisher (Speech and Hearing Sciences), Robert J. Tierney (Reading) Assistant Professors Joseph Vaughan (Reading), Pack Carnes (German), Margaret Gibson (Russian and Slavic Languages), Laverne Masayesva Jeanne (Linguistics), Richard T. Oehrle (Linguistics), Ellavina Perkins (Linguistics), Susan Philips (Anthropology), Susan Steele (Linguistics), Christine Tanz (Psychology), Patricia Van Metre (Speech Communication), Harriet Wolf (German)

The Graduate Committee on Linguistics offers programs leading to the Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in linguistics. Work is available in theoretical and some applied aspects of the field. Admission is dependent upon the approval of the Committee. 174 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The program is designed to provide a broad background in linguistics for the Master of Arts degree. A minimum of 30 units in linguistics is required with at least one course in each of the four core areas (phonetics and phonology, syntax and morphology, semantics and pragmatics, historical and comparative linguistics). One seminar is required. A study program will be designed for each student with the approval of an advisor. A thesis is not required. The doctoral program requires the completion of all requirements for the master's degree plus one additional course in each of the core areas, a second seminar, and such other courses as determined by the student's guidance committee in the major and minor areas.

Core Areas Phonetics and Phonology: Ling. 412, 513, 696b; Sp.H. 450, 467, 587; Sp.C. 467. Syntax and Morphology: Anth. 576; Engl. 415a -415b; Ling. 400, 501, 545a -545b, 696d, or structure of a particular language. Semantics and Pragmatics: Anth. 476, 679a -679b; Ling. 422, 477, 696a; Phil. 475. Historical Linguistics: Anth. 480; Engl. 405; Fren. 696a, 696b; Ger. 520a -520b; Ling. 440, 696c; Or.S. 510, 51 1, 512; Russ. 583.

Related Courses Refer to the appropriate department for course descriptions: Anth. 484a -484b, 580, 696c; C.Sc. 560; Elem. 634, 635; Engl. 406, 596n, 596p; Or.S. 422; Phil. 473, 476, 5961; Psyc. 472, 533, 596r; Rdng. 633; Russ. 581, 685, 696a; Span. 423, 424, 426, 696a; Sp.H. 461, 560a -560b, 596a, 596b; Sp.C. 567, 696f.

400. Foundations of Syntax (3) GC I Theory of generative grammar and its implications for linguistics; examination of phrase structure, transformational, and interpretive rules. 412. Fundamentals of Phonological Theory (3) GC IPrinciples which underlie current theories of phonology, concentrating on acoustic and articulatory phonetics and the relationship of these areas to linguistic theory. 417a -417b. Sanskrit Grammar and Texts (3 -3) GC 1980 -81 (Identical with Or.S. 417a -417b) 420. Linguistic Structure of Modern Chinese (3) GC 1 1980 -81 (Identical with Or.S. 420) 422. Linguistic Semantics and Lexicology (3) GC II 1979 -80 Study of word and sentence meanings, relationship between the lexicon and the grammar, idioms, metaphor, etymology, and change of meaning. P, one course in ling. (Identical with Phil. 422) Lehrer 423a -423b. Theory of Spanish Syntax (3 -3) GC (Identical with Span. 423a -423b) 426. Introduction to Arabic Linguistics (3) GC II (Identical with Or.S. 426) 429. Pedagogical Linguistics: Applied Linguistics for Language Teachers (3) GC II(Identical with Or.S. 429) 430. Language Variation (3) GC II 1980 -81 Study of geographical and social dialects, stylistic differences, and idiolectal variation and the implications of variation for writing grammars and for understanding language change. P, one course in ling. Lehrer 440. Language Change and Reconstruction (3) GC II 1979 -80 Introduction to the methods in, theory of, and problems in reconstruction of phonology, syntax, and semantics. Data will be drawn from a variety of the world's language families, but will concentrate on American Indian languages and languages with little or no written records. P, 400 or 412. Steele 444. Language Universals (3) GC II 1980 -81 Consideration, from a typological viewpoint, of aspects of the phonological, syntactic, and semantic systems of a representative sample of the world's languages. P, 400 or 412. 451. Acquisition of Speech and Language (3) GC II (Identical with Sp.H. 451) 461. Linguistics and the Study of Literature (3) GC II 1980 -81 Linguistic methods in the analysis of literature and implications of literary language for linguistic theory; detailed consideration of prosody, metaphor, narrative technique and irony. (Identical with Engl. 461) 473. Foundations of Linguistics (3) GC II 1979 -80 (Identical with Phil. 473) 475. Philosophical Semantics (3) GC II 1980 -81 (Identical with Phil. 475) 476. Language in Culture (3) GC II (Identical with Anth. 476) 477. Linguistic Pragmatics (3) GC 11979 -80 Study of language use, its relationship to language structure and context; topics such as speech acts, presupposition, implication, performatives, conversations. (Identical with Phil. 477) 479. Bilingualism in the Southwest (3) GC II (Identical with Anth. 479) 480. Historical Comparative Linguistics: Linguistic Ways to Prehistory (3) GC II (Identical with Anth. 480)

495. Colloquium (I) I 11 a. Linguistics [Rpt. /3] GC MANAGEMENT 175

501. Intermediate Syntax (3) II 1980 -81 Examination of the modifications of "standard" transformational theory: constraints on transformations, abstract syntax and generative semantics, extended standard theory. P, 400. Akntajian 513. Generative Phonology (3) II 1979 -80 Phonological processes of natural language, concentrating on the formulation of phonological rules, morpheme structure conditions, phonological levels, and linguistic universals. P, 576 or 412. Demers 545a -545b. Structure of an American Indian Language (3 -3) [Rpt. /2] In -depth linguistic analysis of selected phonological, syntactic, and semantic problems in an American Indian language, concentrating on native languages of the Southwest area. P, 400, 412. (Identical with A.In.S. 545a -545b) 576. Structural Linguistics (3) I (Identical with Anth. 576) 596. Seminar (3) III e. Readings in Sanskrit 1980 -81 (Identical with Or.S. 596e, which is home) u. Indo- European Linguistics I1 1979 -80 (Identical with Or.S. 596u, which is home)

696. Seminar ( Ito 3 ) 1 1 1 a. Syntax and Semantics (3) P, second yr. grad. standing. b. Topics in Phonological Theory (3) P, second yr. grad. standing. c. Diachronic Linguistics (3) [Rpt. /2] P, 400, 412. d. Current Issues in Syntactic Theory (3) [Rpt./ I] P, 501. f. Linguistic Investigations and Applications (3) (Identical with Sp.C. 696f, which is home)

Individua! Studies

599 (1 to 6); 699 ( Ito 6) 900 (1 to 4); 920 ( Ito 9); 930 ( Ito 6)

MANAGEMENT

Professors Richard B. Chase, Head, Edwin B. Flippo, James P. Logan, George W. Summers, Charles M. Weber (Visiting) Associate Professors Nicholas Aquilano, John W. Dickson, Marvin Fòrtman, Hollis K. Martin, Timothy L. Shaftel, David A. Tansik, Robert E. Tindall Assistant Professors Robert W. Hollmann, Ulrich Menzefricke, Gustavo A. Vargas Consulting Professor Lawson V. Smith Adjunct Professors Herbert E. Muller, Thomas R. Navin, Louis H. Schuette Lecturers Louie B. Chester, John S. Maier, Robert F. Sweek

The department offers a program leading to the Master of Science degree with a major in management. The department also participates in programs leading to the Master of Business Administration, the Master of Public Administration, and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in business administration. For information concerning these degrees, see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Business Administration and Master of Public Administration and the headnotes under Business Administration and Public Administration elsewhere in this catalog. For admission, the applicant is expected to have completed undergraduate work in managerial accounting, economics, finance, organizational behavior, marketing, business law, business policy, statistics, and mathematics through calculus (Math. 119 and 123). A score in the 60th percentile or better on the Graduate Management Admissions Test is required for admission consideration. The program for the Master of Science degree with a major in management requires completion of 580a -580b, 553, and a thesis. Each graduate study program is individually planned in consultation with an advisor.

420. Business Law (3) GC III Negotiable instruments, partnerships, corporations, and property rights. 426. Wills, Estates, and Trusts (3) GC IWills, inheritances, estates, and trusts; the administration of estates, including the duties and liabilities of executors and trustees; basic estate and gift tax laws applicable to estate planning. 430. Personnel Policies (3) GC II An integrative, case -oriented course focusing on problems and policies in the procurement, development, compensation, and motivation of personnel. P, 330 and six units in personnel mgmt. major. 471. Management Policies (3) GC 1II Analysis, plus case studies, of management in business enterprises. Credit allowed for this course or 498i, but not for both. P, 305, Fin. 311, Mktg. 361. 176 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

473a -473b. Production and Operations Management (3 -3) GC Productive systems, including service type industries; activities entailed in selecting, designing, operating, controlling, and updating systems. 473a: General coverage, including scheduling, waiting line theory, linear programming, and PERT. 473b: In- depth treatment of inventory and production control. P, 373.

474. Work Simplification (3) GC 1II Work simplification and motion economy; methods of increasing productivity of employees; flow process charts and flow diagrams; appraisal of fatigue in business and industry. P, 305. 498. Special Topics (3) III a. Supervision GC b. History of Scientific Management GC c. Management Science GC d. Advanced Management Policies GC P, 471. f. Experimental Design GC g. Sociotechnical Systems GC h. Mathematical Programming GC i. Small Business Management Policy GC Credit allowed for this course or 471, but not for both. 500a -500b. Business Case Analysis and Presentation (I -I) Written analysis of cases and other reports; development of skills in analysis, decision making, and presentation, with emphasis on the total situation of each case considered. Open to M.B.A. students only.

502. Organization Theory and Behavioral Relations (3)III The interactions, effects, and interrelationships of managers, employees. and organizational structures and systems.

521. Legal Environment of International Business (3) ILegal institutions and processes affecting international business. 552. Statistical Decision Making (3) III Probability and statistical analysis; random variables, sampling distributions, hypothesis testing, Bayesian analysis, time series, statistical investigation. P, Math. 119, 123.

553. Operations Analysis (3) II Resource allocation and operations control; linear programming, scheduling, queuing, network analysis, inventory control. P, 552.

554. Research Methodology (3)IBehavioral research techniques; bias, validity, reliability, and applicable statistical techniques; critiques of research articles and reports. P, 552.

571. Business Strategy (3)III Case method approach to problems and policies facing top management. May only be taken in the final semester of the M.B.A. program. P, 500b, 502, Fin. 511, Mktg. 500.

572. Operations Management (3)IIntended for students without a background in production management. Survey of techniques useful in operating both manufacturing and service industries.

573. Business and Society (3)III Relationships between business organizations and economic, social and political processes; business responsibilities to various interest groups. P, 305 or 502.

577. Business Policy and Performance Simulation (3)III Management experience vicariously achieved by students serving as executives of competing companies; decisions are computer processed.

578. Systems Design for Management (3)I Quantitative models and their role in management decision systems. P, 553. 579. Computer Modeling and Simulation of Operational Systems (3) II Fundamentals of modeling and simulation of systems. with special emphasis on business applications of digital computer simulation. P, 275b. (Identical with S.I.E. 579) 580a -580b. Theory of Management and Organization (3 -3) 580a: Analysis of behavior in organizational systems; review of classical, behavioral and contingency theories of management with a focus on internal systems phenomena. 580b: Organizations in their environment; analysis of organizations in the context of their environmental interfaces. P, 305 or 502. 580a is not prerequisite to 580b. 582a -582b. Multivariate Analysis in Business (3 -3) 582a: Multiple, polynomial, stepwise regression including indicator variables, inference, remedial measures. 582b: Applied analysis of variance and covariance including experimental design techniques. P, 275b, 552. 582a is not prerequisite to 582b.

603. Human Resource Management (3)IPrinciples, methods, research relevant to management of an organization's human resources,with emphasis on employment psychology,training, development, compensation. P, 305 or 502. 604. Organization Development and Change (3)II Concepts and skills relevant to persons concerned with problem diagnosis and organizational development and change. P, 305 or 502.

696. Seminar (2 to 4)II I b. Linear Programming c. Ethics in American Business d. International Business Management e. Research Design: Statistical Methods f. Nonlinear Programming MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 177

Individual Studies

900 (2 to 4); 909 (1 to 6); 910 (4), maximum total, 4 units; 930 (I to 6)

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Professors Jay F. Nunamaker, Jr., Head, James F. LaSalle, David F. Shanno Associate Professor Roy E. Marsten Assistant Professors Frank Allen, Deborah Downs, Benn R. Konsynski, III, Mary E. Loomis Adjunct Lecturer Wayne M. Eirich

The department offers a program leading to the Master of Science degree with .a major in management information systems. The department also participates in programs leadingto the Master of Business Administration, Master of Public Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy (major in business administration) degrees. For information concerning these degrees see Re- quirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Business Administration, Master of Public Administration and see also Business Administration and Public Administration departmental headnotes elsewhere in this catalog. Management information systems involves the integration of computer skills with the functional areas of management. Education in management information systems enables students to establish careers involving the design, implementation, operation, and analysis of such systems. To be considered for admission, applicants must have earned a score in the 60th percentile or above on either the Graduate Management Admissions Test or the Graduate Record Examina- tion. Applicants must also have completed preparatory work infinite mathematics, calculus, statistics, economics, and the equivalent of 471. Proficiency in a programming language is also required. Students without fully adequate preparation may be admitted with deficiencies which must be removed without graduate credit. The program requires the completion of 39 units including 5 courses from the Master of Business Administration curriculum (Acct. 550 and 551, Mgmt. 502, Mktg. 500, and Fin. 511) and 8 courses in M.I.S. A master's report may be substituted for one course for a nonthesis, terminal, master's degree. A thesis of 6 units is optional. A maximum of 9 units may be waived including M.B.A. courses (as provided in the approved M.B.A. course waivers) or M.I.S. courses included among those cited above but completed as a part of the undergraduate curriculum. Minimal requirements after such waivers must include at least 15 units in M.I.S. and at least 16 units in the 500 and 600 series.

421a -421b. Systems Modeling and Simulation (3 -3) GC Model formulation, design, construction and validation. 421a: Concept of building models of complex systems. P, Math.I l9. 42lb: Monte Carlo techniques; simulation languages; random numbers; verification. P, Mgmt. 275b; M.I.S. 121 or 122. (Identical with C.Sc. 421a-421b) 427. Comparative Programming Languages (3) GC III (Identical with C.Sc. 427) 431. File Organization and Data Management Systems (3) GC III Data and storage structures; file design and analysis of data organization techniques; index sequential, clustered, multilist and inverted files; techniques of retrieval systems; generalized data management systems. P, 121 or 122. (Identical with C.Sc. 431) 442. Data Structures (3) GC III (Identical with C.Sc. 442) 451. Advanced Business Programming Techniques (3) GC I Advanced features of COBOL, with emphasis on applications; manipulation of sequential, indexed sequential, direct and invertedfile organizations; COBOL code generators and extensions for D.B.M.S. P, 121.

500. Quantitative Methods for Administrators (3)I II S Applications of quantitative techniques to problems in administration; functions, time value of money, compound interest systems of linear equations and inequalities, matrix algebra; sequences and limits, applications of differential calculus. Open only to M.B.A. andM.P.A. degree candidates. (Identical with P.Ad. 500)

501. Management Information Systems (3) I II Computer problem solving using BASIC and canned programs; conceptual and practical foundations of information processing support for management and decision- making functions; cost benefit analysis. 511. Behavioral and Economic Aspects of Information Systems (3)I Data validation and data completeness; comparison of centralized and decentralized systems; computer pricing policies and cost allocation; economies of scale; legal considerations and computer frauds; security considerations; problems of changing computer systems. P, 441. 178 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

521a -521b. Advanced Systems Modeling and Simulation (3 -3) Optimization models of information systems; application of graph theory and integer programming; branch and bound; simulation of operating systems, computer networks, file organizations, memory management and relevant areas involving M.I.S. policy decisions. P, 501, Mgmt. 552, Math. 119. (Identical with C.Sc. 521a -521b) 531a -531b. File Organization and Data Base Management (3 -3) Data and storage structure; file design and analysis of data organization techniques; indexed sequential, clustered, multilist and invertedfiles; D.B.M.S. design and implementation of network (CODASYL), hierarchic and relational data bases. 541a -541b. Computer -Aided Information Systems Analysis and Design (3 -3) Analysis and logical design of M.I.S. and management control systems; techniques for stating and analyzing information systems requirements; optimization models of subsystems; hardware /software selection and evaluation; system implementation and performance evaluation. (Identical with C.Sc. 541a -541b) 551a -551b. Business Systems Programming Methods (3 -3) Business systems programming environment; struc- tured COBOL; sequential and indexed sequentialfiles; program management standards; advanced features of COBOL; direct and multi -key files; RPG; access methods. P, 501. 696. Seminar (3) III a. Automated Systems Design and Construction P, 541. b. Computers in Auditing P, 341 or Acct. 461. c. Distributed Information Processing P, 531. d. Advances in Optimization Theory P, 42la.

Individual Studies

900 (2 to 4); 909 (3); 910 (6); 930 (1 to 6)

MARKETING

Professors Joseph W. Newman, Head, Gary M. Munsinger, Lyman E. Ostlund Associate Professors Richard A. Scott Assistant Professors Roger J. Best, William Black, James M. McCullough, Michael F. O'Neill, Michael Reilly, Robert A. Westbrook, Daniel B. Williams

The department offers a program leading to the Master of Science degree with a major in marketing. The department also participates in programs leading to the Master of Business Ad- ministration and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in business administration. For information concerning these degrees see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Business Administration and the headnotes under Business Administration elsewhere in this catalog. For admission, the applicant is expected to have completed undergraduate work in mana- gerialaccounting, economics,finance,marketing, organizationalbehavior,businesspolicy, statistics, and mathematics through calculus (M.I.S. 500). A limited number of deficiencies may be satisfied after admission but without graduate credit. A score on the Graduate Management Admissions Test in the 60th percentile or above and an academic average of approximately "B" or better are required for admission consideration. For the Master of Science degree with a major in marketing, at least 18 units must be completed in marketing. The writing of a thesis is optional.

410. Small Business Marketing and Management (3) GC III Planning, organizing and establishing a small business; evaluation of existing businesses and franchise operations; market feasibility studies; preparations of a business development plan. P, 361. 420. Marketing for Nonprofit Organizations (3) GC II Application of marketing concepts and tools for public agencies, health services, public transportation, the arts, schools, museums, churches, etc.; role of marketing planning, research, product and service development, pricing, promotion, public relations. 451. Marketing Decision Models (3) GC II Development and use of practical decision models for marketing management; attention given to both human and technical considerations. P, 361, CR Mgmt. 275b. 454. Management of Sales Operations (3) GC I The sales function and its relationship to the total marketing program: sales strategies and objectives; development and administration of sales organizations; control and evaluation of sales operations. P, 361. 455. Management of Distribution Systems (3) GC I Nature and operation of channels in the distribution of goods and services; economic and behavioral problems in wholesaling and retailing; marketing logistics. P, 361. MATERIALS ENGINEERING 179

458. Retailing Management (3) GC III Management of the retail store, its environment, personnel, buying, merchandising, pricing, advertising, promotion, selling, expense control and customer service. P, 361; Acct. 200a or 204.

459. Product Management (3) GC 11 Product (services) strategy for achieving financial growth; evaluating opportunities; generating ideas; launching new offerings; managing the product (services) portfolio. P, 361

470. Marketing and Public Policy (3) GC' I Trends in public opinion, legislation and practices of governmental regulatory bodies; implications for marketing decision making; role of marketing research in public policy development. P, 361.

500. Marketing Management (3) 111 Scope, environment and nature of marketing management; customer and market analysis for product, service, price, promotion and distribution decisions.

530. Management of Marketing Communications (3)I Application of communications theory and research findings in advertising, sales promotion, publicity, personal selling; planning, conduct and administration of programs of information and persuasion.

550. Consumer and Organizational Buyer Behavior (3) II Nature of the purchase decision process for goods and services. Theories, concepts and research methods and findings are examined for use in management and public policy decision making.

560. International Marketing (3) II Marketing planning and strategies for foreign environments; cultural, political, economic factors affecting the international marketer, multinational corporation and multinational market groups.

572. Research and Marketing Management (3) 1 Specification of management information needs, evaluation of research proposals and findings, methods of gathering and analyzing data, administrative aspects of research and decisions.

696. Seminar (3) 111 a. Marketing Research Methodology b. Management Science Applications in Marketing c. Marketing and Public Policy d. Marketing Theory e. Transportation and Logistics

Individual Studies

699 (I to 3); 900 (2 to 4); 909 (3); 910 (3 to 6), maximum total, 6 units; 930 (1 to 6)

MATERIALS ENGINEERING

Committee on Materials Engineering (Graduate) Professors Gordon H. Geiger (Metallurgical Engineering), Chairman, Robert Chambers (Physics), James D. Kriegh (Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics), Morton E. Wacks (Nuclear Engineering), Donald H. White (Chemical Engineering), Frank Wiersma (Soils, Water, and Engineering) Associate Professors Reginald L. Call (Electrical Engineering), Paul H. Wirshing (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering)

The Committee on Materials Engineering administers programs of study for an interdisciplinary doctoral minor in materials engineering. There are no set course requirements, but each student electing this minor must have the proposed course of study approved by the Committee. The Committee will also be responsible for administering the minor portion of the Preliminary Examination. Options in materials engineering are available for students with majors in aerospace engineering, mechanical engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, engineering mechanics, electrical engineering, metallurgy, and nuclear engineering. For further information, members of the committee should be contacted directly. 180 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

MATHEMATICS (See Mathematics and Applied Mathematics)

MATHEMATICS

Professors Clark T. Benson, P. K. Bhattacharya, R. N. Bhattacharya, John D. Brillhart, M. S. Cheema, James R. Clay, J. L. Denny, Jr., Paul C. Fife, W. M. Greenlee, Helmut Groemer, Larry C. Grove, George L. Lamb, Jr. (Optical Sciences), David O. Lomen, John S. Lomont, David Lovelock, Donald E. Myers, Robert E. O'Malley, Jr., Richard S. Pierce, Hanno Rund, A. Richard Seebass, III (Aerospace and Mechanical Engi- neering), Arthur H. Steinbrenner, Deonisie Trifan Associate Professors Theodore W. Laetsch, Head, John M. Bownds, William E. Conway, Jim M. Cushing, Carl L. DeVito, William Faris, Hermann Flaschka, David A. Gay, Orna Namara, James P. Keener, Louise C. Lim, Warren L. May, David W. McLaughlin, Frederick W. Stevenson, Richard B. Thompson, Elias Toubassi, Bruce Wood Assistant Professors Warren E. Ferguson, Daniel J. Madden, William Y. Velez, Arthur L. Wright Lecturers John L. Leonard, Stephen G. Tellman The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in mathematics. Concentrations are available in pure, applied, or computer mathematics or in probability and statistics. As there are no sharp bounda- ries between these concentrations, students are encouraged to pursue a broad range of mathematical topics. Programs are planned in consultation with the departmental faculty. In cooperation with the College of Education, the department also offers work leading to the Master of Education degree with a major in mathematics. For information concerning this degree see Re- quirements for Masters' Degrees /MasterofEducation elsewhere in this catalog. To be admitted, applicants must have completed an undergraduate major in mathematics with at least 15 units of upper- division or higher level work including one semester each of advanced analysis and modern algebra. Applicants must submit scores on the Graduate Record Examination. Students in master's degree programs are required to pass the Computer Programming examination of the Department of Mathematics as a part of the graduate program.

Degrees

MASTER OF ARTS - This program is for students who wish to combine mathematics with some other discipline. The program must include two two- semester courses at the400 level or one two- semester course at the 500 level in mathematics and between 9 and 12 units of approved work outside the department. No thesis is required.

MASTER OF SCIENCE - This program is for students who wish to earn all of their graduate credits in mathematics. The program must include 525a -525b and 24 additional units in mathematics with an emphasis on courses at the 500 level. A thesis is not required but up to 6 units may be earned if the student elects to submit one.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - Admission requires the passing of the departmental qualifying examination which covers basic work in several principal areas of mathematics. Prior to taking the Preliminary Examination, the student must complete the major and minor work and satisfy the language and computer programming requirements. Commonly, the minor is within the department but in a concentration different from that of the major. A minor consisting of approved courses outside the department is encouraged, however. The foreign language requirementwill be satisfied in French, German, or Russian. The principal component of the program is the completion of a dissertation involving original creative research. MATHEMATICS 181

402. Mathematical Logic (3) GC II 1979 -80 Sentential calculus, predicate calculus; consistency, independence, completeness, and the decision problem. Designed to be of interest to majors in math. or phil. P, 125a or Phil. 225. (Identical with C.Sc. 402 and Phil. 402) 403. Foundations of Mathematics (3) GC II 1980 -81 Topics in set theory such as functions, relations, direct products, transfinite induction and recursion, cardinal and ordinal arithmetic; related topics such as axi- omatic systems, the development of the real number system, recursive functions.P, 125e or 225. (Identical with Phil. 403) 404. History of Mathematics (3) GC I The development of mathematics from ancient times through the 17th century, with emphasis on problem solving. The study of selected topics from each field is extended to the 20th century. P, 125b. 405. Mathematics in the Secondary School (3) GC 11 Not applicable to the math. major in the College of Liberal Arts. (Identical with S.Ed. 405) 410.* Matrix Analysis (3) GC III General introductory course in the theory of matrices. Math. majors will not receive grad. credit. P, 125b or 123. 413.* Linear Algebra (3) GC 11 Vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices, eigenvalues, bilinear forms, orthogonal and unitary transformations. P, 125c or 215. 415a -415b. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3 -3) GC Introductory topics in abstract algebra, groups, rings, vector spaces, linear algebra, modules, field extensions. P, 215. 418. Applied Group Theory (3) GC II 1980 -81 Representation theory of finite groups and the rotation group are discussed and applied to symmetry problems in physics. P, 410 or 413. 420. Calculus of Variations (3) GC 11979 -80 Euler equations and basic necessary conditions for extrema, sufficiency conditions, introduction to optimal control, direct methods. P, 225, and 253 or 254 or 255. 421. Fourier Series and Orthogonal Functions (3) GC ILinear spaces, orthogonal functions, Fourier series, Legendre polynomials and Bessel functions. P, 225 and 254 or 253 or 255. 422a- 422b. ** Advanced Analysis for Engineers (3 -3) GC Laplace transforms, Fourier series, partial differential equations, vector analysis, integral theorems, matrices, complex variables. Credit allowed for 422a or 322, but not for both. P, 125e or 225, and 253 or 254 or 255. 422a is not prerequisite to 422b. Both 422a and 422b are offered each semester. * *Credit will be allowed for only one of 424 or 4226. 422a -422b will not be considered a two-semester course at the 400 levelin the Master of Arts degree program. 424. ** Elements of Complex Variables (3) GC III Complex numbers and functions, conformal mapping, calculus of residues. P, 125e or 225. 425. Advanced Calculus of One Variable (3) GC IFunctions of bounded variation, Riemann-Stieltjes integration, sequences and infinite series, improper integrals, uniform convergence. P, 325. 426. Advanced Calculus of Several Variables (3) GC 11 Topology of Euclidean spaces, limits, continuity, differentiation of functions of several variables, implicit function theorem, multiple integrals, differential forms, line and surface integrals. P, 325. 428. Introduction to Hilbert Spaces (3) GC IIInner products, projections, spectral theorems, operators. P, 421 or 422b or 325 or 413. 430. Second Course in Geometry (3) GC II Topics to be selected from such areas as projective geometry, hyperbolic geometry, metric geometry, and combinatorial topology. P, 215. 434. Introduction to Topology (3) GC II Properties of metric and topological spaces and their maps; topics selected from geometric and algebraic topology, including the fundamental group. P, 325. 436. Metric Differential Geometry (3) GC II Differential geometry of surfaces; nonintrinsic geometry: fundamental forms, Gaussian and mean curvatures; intrinsic geometry: Theorema Egregium, geodesics, Gauss -Bonnet theorem. P, 125e or 225, and 253 or 254 or 255. 443. Theory of Graphs and Networks (3) GC II 1979 -80 Undirected and directed graphs, connectivity, circuits, trees, partitions, planarity, coloring problems, matrix methods, applications in diverse disciplines. P, 125e or 215 or 119. (Identical with C.Sc. 443) 446. Theory of Numbers (3) GC 11980 -81 Divisibility properties of integers, primes, congruences, quadratic residues, number -theoretic functions. P, 125e or 215. 447. Combinatorial Mathematics (3) GC II 1980 -81 Enumeration and construction of arrangements or designs, theorems on existence and nonexistence of designs, applications to design of experiments and error correcting codes. P, 415a. 454. Intermediate Ordinary Differential Equations and Stability Theory (3) GC I General theory of systems of ordinary differential equations, properties of linear systems, stability and boundedness of systems, perturbation of linear systems, Liapunov functions, periodic and almost periodic systems. P, 225, and 253 or 254 or 255. 455.* Elementary Partial Differential Equations (3) GC I Theory of characteristics for first order partial differential equations; second order elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic equations. P, 225, and 253 or 254 or 255. 182 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

456.*Applied Partial Differential Equations (3) GC lProperties of partial differential equations and techniques for their solution: Fourier methods, Green's functions, numerical methods. P, 322, 421 or 422a. *Credit allowed for only one from each of the following groups: 105b or 106; 117 and 118, or 117c and 118: 145 or 119; 125aor 123: 125c or 225; 253 or 254 or 255: 275 or 170: 160 or 263; 455 or 456; 410 or 413. 461. Elements of Statistics (3) GC III Probability spaces, random variables, standard distributions, point and interval estimation, parametric and nonparametric hypothesis testing. Math. majors will not receive grad. credit. P, 125b or 123. (Identical with Stat. 461) 464. Theory of Probability (3) GC 1Probability spaces, random variables, weak law of large numbers, central limit theorem, elementary Markov chains. P, 125c or 225. (Identical with Stat. 464) 466. Theory of Statistics (3) GC It Sampling theory, point estimation, limiting distributions, testing hypotheses, confidence intervals,large sample methods, elements of multivariate analysis.P,464. (Identical with Stat. 466) 468. Applied Stochastic Processes (3) GC II Applications of Gaussian and Markov processes and renewal theory; Wiener and Poisson processes, queues. P, 464. (Identical with Stat. 468) 473a -473b. Mathematical Theory of Computability (3 -3) GC Conceptualization of the computation process as seen in computability; automata theory, languages, and algorithms. P, knowledgeof a programming language and 215. (Identical with C.Sc. 473a -473b) 475a -475b. Mathematical Principles of Numerical Analysis (3 -3) GC Introduction to theoretical numerical analysis with applications to errors, interpolation, approximations, numerical integration and differentiation, roots of polynomial equations, numerical quadrature, solution of ordinary differential equations.P, 125e or 225, and 253 or 254 or 255, and 275 or knowledge of scientific computer programming.(Identical with C.Sc. 475a -475b) 478. Computational Methods of Linear Algebra (3) GC II Numerical methods involved in the solution of linear systems; matrix inversion, cigenvalue problems, ill- conditioned matrices. P, 410 or415b or 413, and 275 or 122 or knowledge of scientific computer programming. (Identical with C.Sc. 478) 479. Game Theory and Mathematical Programming (3) GC!! 1979-80 Linear inequalities, games of strategy, minimax theorem, optimal strategies, duality theorems, simplex method. P, 410 or 415b or 413. (Identical with C.Sc. 479) 484. Operational Mathematics (3) GC II Basic concepts of systems analysis, Fourier and Laplace transforms, difference equations, stability criteria. P, 421 and 424, or 422b. 515a -515b. Modern Algebra (3 -3) Structure of groups, rings, modules, algebras; Galois theory. P, 415a -415b. 517a -517b. Group Theory (3 -3) 1980 -81 Selections from such topics as finite groups, noncommutative groups, abelian groups, characters and representations. P, 515b. 520a -520b. Mathematical Foundations of Analytical Mechanics (3 -3) Rigorous treatment of variational principles of classical mechanics; Hamilton- Jacobi theory, transformation theory of dynamics; transition to quantum- mechanical and relativistic systems. P, 325. 525a -525b. Real and Complex Analysis (3 -3) Functions of bounded variation; Riemann - Stieltjes, Lebesgue and Lebesgue -Stieltjes integral; real and complex Lp spaces; differentiation of real and complex functions; basic theory of analytic functions. P, 425. 527a -527b. Advanced Complex Analysis (3 -3) 1980 -1981 Series and product expansions, Riemann mapping theorem, normal families, entire functions, analytic continuation, Riemann surfaces, algebraic functions, functions of several complex variables. P, 525b. 528a -528b. Banach and Hilbert Spaces (3 -3) Introduction to the theory of normed spaces, Banach spaces and Hilbert spaces, operators on Banach spaces, spectral theory of operators on Hilbert spaces, applications. P, 525a. 534a -534b. Topology (3 -3) Topological and uniform spaces, convergence, continua, metrization, polyhedra, singular homology and cohomology. P, 4I5a and 434. 536a -536b. Calculus of Tensors and Exterior Differential Forms (3 -3) Affine tensors, tensor analysis on differ- entiable manifolds, calculus of exterior differential forms; calculus of variations, Riemannian geometry, applications to field theories. P, 325.

539. Algebraic Coding Theory (3)I 1 1979 -80 Construction and properties of error correcting codes; encoding and decoding procedures and information rate for various codes. P, 415a. (Identical with E.E. 539) 554. Advanced Ordinary Differential Equations (3)1 1980 -81 Existence, uniqueness, and continuity theorems, with emphasis on theoretical considerations; basic theorems concerning periodic solutions and stability; selected topics from recent research papers. P, 325 and 415b. 555a -555b. Partial Differential Equations (3 -3) 1980 -81 Existence, uniqueness, and regularity theory for elliptic equations and evolution -type equations; basic theory for general equations; special topics. P, 525a. 564a -564b. Probability Theory (3 -3) 1980 -81 Foundations, limit theorems for sums of independent random variables, martingales, ergodic theorem, weak convergence inmetric spaces, introduction to Markov processes. P, CR 525a -525b.

566. Multivariate Analysis (3) 1 1980 -81 Multivariate normal distribution, sampling distributions in multivariate normal theory, multivariate analysis of variance, regression analysis, analysis of covariance, classification, estimation. P, 466 and 410 or 415b. (Identical with Stat. 566) MEDIEVAL STUDIES 183

567a -567b. Statistical Inference (3 -3) 1979 -80 A decision theoretic approach to estimation and hypothesis testing, sequential methods, large sample methods. P, 325, and 464 or 564a. 568a -568b. Stochastic Processes (3 -3) 1979 -80 Topics selected from second order processes, Markov processes, ergodic theory. P, 564b. 569a -569b. Advanced Theory of Statistics (3 -3) 1980 -81 Topics selected from asymptotic theory, nonparametric inference, sequential decision problems, and inference in random processes. P, 567b. 575a -575b. Numerical Analysis (3 -3) Partial differential equations and techniques for their numerical solution; advanced topics in numerical analysis, including stability and error analysis. P, 475b. (Identical with C.Sc. 575a -575b) 577. Recursive Function Theory (3) II 1980 -81 Recursive functions and relations, recursion with respect to several variables, general recursive functions, computable functions. P, 473a or 402. (Identical with C.Sc. 577) 583. Integral Transform Theory (3) 1 1980 -81 Theory of the Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and Hankel transforms with applications in fluid dynamics, elasticity and physics. P, 424 or 422b or 525b. 585a -585b. Principles and Methods of Applied Mathematics (3 -3) Integral equations - Fredholm and Hilbert - Schmidt theory, spectral theory of differential operators, distributions, potential theory, Green's functions, heat equation, wave equation, Helmholtz equation, variational techniques. P, 424 or 422b or CR 525a. 586. Case Studies in Applied Mathematics (1 to 3) [Rpt. /6 units] I II In -depth treatment of several contemporary problems or problem areas from a variety of fields, but all involving mathematical modeling and analysis; content varies. 589. Nonlinear Wave Motion (3)I Nonlinear partial differential equations describing wave phenomena in water, gases, plasmas, lasers; shocks, modulated wave trains, parametric resonance, solitons and exactly solvable equations. P, 422b or 456 or 455. 598. Special Topics (3) II I Seldom will more than one of the following courses be offered during a semester. a. Algebra b. Number Theory c. Measure and Integration d. Topology e. Functional Analysis f. Continuum Mechanics g. Approximation Theory h. Mathematical Physics 636. Information Theory and Coding (3) I1 1980 -81 (Identical with E.E. 636)

Individual Studies

900 (2 to 8); 910 (3 to 6) maximum total, 6 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (See Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering)

MEDIEVAL STUDIES

Committee on Medieval Studies (Graduate) Professors Sigmund Eisner (English), Chairman, Dana A. Nelson (Romance Languages), Thomas W. Parker (History) Associate Professor Richard C. Jensen (Classics) Assistant Professors Pack Carnes (German), Donald K. Garfield (Art)

The Graduate Committee on Medieval Studies does not offer any graduate major at this time. Programs constituting appropriate minors are available for doctoral students with majors in other disciplines. Students interested in the medieval studies minor must secure the approval of the Committee in advance. 184 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

The program of study for the Doctor of Philosophy minor in medieval studies requires: a minimum of fifteen hours in graduate course work (Note: no course may serve a student for both his major and minor); a reading knowledge of either classical or medieval Latin; knowledge of an old form of one language; (for nonlanguage majors; in addition to the major field for language majors); a course in medieval history or culture such as art (for nonart majors), music (for non - music majors), or philosophy (for nonphilosophy majors).

Related Courses Refer to the appropriate department for course descriptions and unit values. Courses which are applicable to the program are Art 412a -412b, 4I3a, 512, 596; Clas. 401; Engl. 524, 426, 427, 525, 527, 596a; Ger. 51 l a -511 b, 520a -520b, 696a; Hist. 428a, 406, 405a -405b, 407, 408a; Mus. 200q, 530, 696e; Phil. 460; Fren. 402, 422, 520a -520b, 552, 696a, 696b, 696c; Ital. 422, 435a -435b, 696a; Port. 422, 696a; Span. 400a, 422, 500, 620a -620b, 652a, 696a, 696b; Russ. 583, 685.

METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING

Professors Gordon H. Geiger, Head, Louis J. Demer, William H. Dresher, Kenneth L. Keating, Thomas M. Morris Associate Professor David R. Poirier Assistant Professors Arturo Bronson, S. Raghavan, Krishna Seshan

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Phi- losophy degrees with a major inmetallurgy. Master's degree students may also elect an interdisciplinary option in materials engineering with a major in metallurgy. The graduate programs in metallurgy emphasize process metallurgy: the study of the relationships between processing variables and the structure and properties of the resulting material. This includes processing of coal, ores, concentrates, impure metallic and non -metallic materials, scrap, and ultimately the processing of semi -finished materials into useful products. Many aspects of processing are considered, including engineering, design, and control of processes, the study of the structure and properties of the resulting products and the underlying thermodynamics, transport phenomena, kinetics, and phase relations involved. Applicants with undergraduate backgrounds in related disciplines such as chemistry, mathematics, physics, or other engineering fields may be admitted to the Master of Science degree program. Ultimately, that program requires the completion of the same mathematics, chemistry (except analytical chemistry), and physics background (as well as certain metallurgical engineering courses) that is required for the undergraduate curriculum in metallurgical engineering. A limited number of deficiencies may be satisfied after admission to the Master of Science degree program and, in certain cases, graduate credit may be earned for such courses.

Degrees

MASTER OF SCIENCE - All students must complete 9 units of 500 -level course work, including 510. In addition, all students must complete 9 additional units of regularly scheduled course work and 8 units of thesis. Each student who does not have previous credit for equivalent courses must complete 411, 412, 430aR-430bR, and one of 401R, 420R, or 450R. However, not more than 6 units from this required group may be applied toward meeting the requirements for the master's degree. All students must also demonstrate proficiency in the subject matter of 224R and 310. Students electing the materials engineering option must, in addition to the requirements set forth above, complete one course from each of the following groups, for a total of 9 units: (1) Ch.E. 470, 471; Chem. 642a -642b. (2) A.M.E. 412, 428. (3) C.E. 438; E.E. 457, 459, 551, 556; Phys. 460; Met. 434, 424.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY -A graduate study program will be designed to insure that each student acquires a thorough understanding of advanced work in the major field as well as in an appropriate minor area. Proficiency in computer techniques or in some field of applied mathematics is also required. The dissertation, based on original research, is expected to represent a distinct contribution to metallurgical knowledge. It should establish the fact that the candidate is capable METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING 185 of independent, original, and creative thinking. It is not necessary that the research be entire!) on a scientific aspect of metallurgy, but may include economicand design considerations as well as scientific aspects of the problem.

401R.Mineral Processing (3) GC I Unit operations employed for the beneficiation of minerals. Field trip. P, 221 or 411. 401L.Mineral Processing Laboratory (I) GC I Lab. experiments dealing with unit operations. P, 401 R or CR. 403. Flotation (2) GC II Theory and application of surface chemical principles to mineral separation and concentration via flotation and flocculation, including process control.I R, 3L. P, 401 R. 411. Metallurgical Transport Phenomena (4) GC IPrinciples and applications of momentum, energy and mass transport, as applied to metallurgical phenomena and processes. P, Math. 253. 412. Metallurgical Physical Chemistry (3) GC II Physical, chemical topics of particular concern to metallurgical engineers, including kinetics, electrochemistry, and surface chemistry. P, 310, Math. 125e. 420R.Extractive Metallurgy (3) GC I1 Unit processes employed in extractive metallurgy. Field trip. P, 224R, 310, 411. 420L.Process Metallurgy Laboratory (1) GC 11 Lab. experiments involving application of thermodynamic and transport phenomena fundamentals to metallurgical processes. P, 224R, 310, 411. 421. Process Metallurgy of Iron and Steel (3) GC I Reduction, conversion, and refining of steel and ferrous alloys; slag -metal equilibria, and applications of process engineering principles to sinter plants, blast furnaces, and steelmaking furnaces. P, 310, 41 I, 420R. 422. Extractive Metallurgy of Nonferrous Metals (2) GC I1 Extractive metallurgy of selected nonferrous metals considered from the standpoint of an economic and process analysis. P, 420R. 423. Electrometallurgy (3) GC IPrinciples and applications of electrometallurgy in aqueous and fused salt solutions. 2R, 3L. Open to Ch.E. or Met. majors only. 424. Ceramic and Refractory Materials (2) GC I Nonmetallic materials used in high temperature applications. P, 231R, 430aR or Chem. 480b, or CR. 425. Coal and Coke Processing (2) GC II 1979 -80 Coal properties, asrelated to coal preparation, cleaning and utilization; coking processes and coke properties; environmental and transportation problems. 430aR- 430óR. Physical Metallurgy (3 -3) GC The structure and behavior of metals and alloys; correlation with fundamental theory of metallurgical phenomena. P, 310 or CR; Phys. 103b; Chem. 103b, 104b; C.E. 217 or CR. 430aL- 430óL. Physical Metallurgy Laboratory (I -1) GC Fundamental lab. techniques for the preparation, examination, and interpretation of microstructures of metals and alloys; correlation with physical and mechanical behavior under applied conditions. P, 430aR -430bR or CR. 432. X -Ray Methods in Metallurgy (3) GC II Fundamentals of X -ray diffraction and flourescence analysis; application of X -ray techniques to metallurgical problems. 2R, 3L. P, 430bR or CR. 434. Properties and Processing of Semiconducting and Magnetic Materials (3) GC 11980 -81 Application of metallurgical principles to the production and properties of semiconductors, microelectronics, ferrites, and other magnetic materials. P, 430bR. 435. Corrosion (2) GC I1 The science of corrosion reactions and their application to engineering problems. P, 231R; 412 or Chem. 480b or CR. (Identical with Ch.E. 435) 445. Metallurgical Process and Quality Control (3) GC II 1979 -80 Fundamental system responses to control actions and statistical control procedures; common instrumentation and sampling problems encountered and applications to batch and continuous metallurgical processes. Field trips. P, Math. 253, Met. 444. 501. Advanced Mineral Processing (3) II Advanced study of mineral processing theory and applications, and analysis of mineral processing systems. P, 401 R. 510. Advanced Metallurgical Thermodynamics (3) I Treatment of thermodynamics of condensed phase multi - component systems, with emphasis on metallurgical applications. P, 310.

512. Advanced Metallurgical Kinetics (3) 1 1979 -80 Application of physical chemistry principles to heterogeneous reaction rate phenomena in metallurgical systems. P, 412.

513. Advanced Phase Diagrams (3)I Multicomponent constitution diagrams involving metals and ceramic materials. P, 430aR. 520. Advanced Metallurgical Process Engineering (3) II Analysis and synthesis, from a thermodynamic, kinetic, and transport phenomena viewpoint, of a variety of ferrous and nonferrous metallurgical processes. P, 310, 411. 533. Imperfections in Metals (3) 1 Nature, causes and behavior of imperfections in the crystal structure of metals, of microscopic and macroscopic discontinuities in polycrystalline metal aggregates; their effects on various properties. Field trip. P, 430bR, Math. 253. 535. Advanced Microstructural Characterization (3) 11980 -81 Theory and applications of modern techniques for characterizing chemical and microstructural features of solids; transmission and scanning electron microscopy, microprobe, and Auger analysis. 2R, 3L. P, 430aR, 432. 186 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Individual Studies

699 (1to 3);900 (1to4); 910 (Ito 6), maximum total, 8 units;920 (Ito9); 930 (Ito 6)

METEOROLOGY (See Atmospheric Sciences)

MICROBIOLOGY - College of Medicine (See Molecular Biology)

MICROBIOLOGY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY

Professors Wayburn S. Jeter, Head, Peter H. Bartels, William S. Bickel, Rein Kilkson, Peter P. Ludovici, George B. Olson, Irving Yall Associate Professors Robert J. Janssen, Norval A. Sinclair, James T. Sinski Assistant Professors Robert N. Ferebee, Russell S. Flowers, Jr., Randall F. Pritchett Lecturer Lee M. Kelley Research Immunologists Ruthann Kibler, Mary E. Stafford The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science, Microbiology Special- ists, and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in microbiology. Current departmental research involves aerobiology, cytochemistry, environmental microbiology, general microbiology, immunobiology, immunochemistry, microbial physiology, molecular biology, pathogenic microbiology, mycology, tissue and cell culture, and virology. For admission, the applicant should have completed adequate undergraduate training in microbiology, immunology, chemistry, mathematics, and physics. The applicant must submit scores of the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination and three recommendations on forms available from the department.

Degrees

MASTER OF SCIENCE - This programs is intended to give a broad, general, academic microbiological background while permitting the student to carry out research in a microbiological or immunological specialty area. It is designed as preparatory for undertaking work leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree. A thesis is required with this degree. MICROBIOLOGY SPECIALISTS -For information concerning this degree program, see Re- quirements for Specialists Degrees (Specialist in Microbiology) elsewhere in this catalog.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - In most instances, completion of the Master of Science degree is prerequisite to admission to this program. The program must include sufficient work in the various fields of microbiology and immunology to assure both breadth and depth of knowledge. The student must also develop high proficiency in research techniques and planning in a selected area and proficiency in statistical methods. A knowledge of computer programming is required. The foreign language requirement will be satisfied in French, German, Spanish, or Russian.

417R.Microbial Physiology(3) GC ll Biochemical and physiological activitiesofmicroorganisms. P, 217. 417L.Microbial Physiology Laboratory(2) GC II Lab. methods in microbial physiology. P, CR 417R. 418a -418b. Scientific Illustration(2 to 4 - 2 to 4) GC (Identical with G.Bio. 418a -418b) 419. Introductory Immunology(4) GC I Principlesofserology, humoral immunity and cell- mediated immunity. 3R, 4L. Advanced degree credit available for nonmajors only. P, four unitsofmicr., Chem. 241b, 243b. MICROBIOLOGY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 187

420. Pathogenic Microbiology (4) GC II Characteristics, isolation and identification of microorganisms pathogenic for men and animals. 3R, 4L. Advanced degree credit available for nonmajors only. P, four units of micr., Chem. 24 I b, 243b.

423. General Pathology (3 to 4) GC II (Identical with V.Sc. 423) 425R.Lectures in Microbial Ecology (3) GC I Modern concepts of microbial ecology, including the microbial environment, cellular and physiological ecology, microbial communities, microbial interaction, and mi- crobes as geochemical agents. P, 217, Chem. 241a, 243a, CR 241b, 243b. 427L.General Mycology Laboratory (2) GC I General mycology lab., with emphasis on the microfungi. P, CR 227 R. 428R.Advanced Microbial Genetics (3) GC II (Identical with Cell. 428R) 428L.Advanced Microbial Genetics Laboratory (2) GC II (Identical with Cell. 428L) 429. Introductory Virology (3) GC 1I Essential features of viruses, Chlamydiae and rickettsiae and their relationships to the diseases of man, animals, plants and microorganisms. P, 419.

430. Introduction to Biophysics (2) GC I (Identical with Phys. 430) 433. Advanced Scientific Illustration (4) GC S (Identical with G.Bio. 433) 435. Soil Microbiology (3) GC I (Identical with S.W.E. 435) 438. Control of Infectious Disease (3) GC II Factors involved in the occurrence and prevention of epidemic diseases in the community. P, 419 or 420. 450. Medical Mycology (4) GC II The isolation and identification of fungi of medical importance. 2R, 6L. P, 120 or 110. (Identical with V.Sc. 450) 470R.Food Microbiology and Sanitation (3) GC II (Identical with N.F.S. 470R) 470L.Food Microbiology and Sanitation Laboratory (2) GC II 1980 -81 (Identical with N.F.S. 470L) 489. Parasitology (4) GC I (Identical with G.Bio. 489) 503. Quantitative Microbiology (2)1 Theory, design, and application of the instruments employed in microbiological research. P, twelve units of micr.

521. Tissue Culture (3) II 1980 -81 Techniques for the in vitro study of cells and tissues; research application. 1R, 6L. P, four units of micr. 525L.Microbial Ecology (2) IIndividual studies in field and lab. microbial ecology. Projects for study will be determined by student -instructor consultation. P, CR 425R.

527. General Virology (4)I Chemical and physical properties of viruses; the viral replication cycle; cellular response to infection. 2R, 6L. P, sixteen units of micr.

530. Biophysical Theory (2) II (Identical with Phys. 530) 550. Molecular Mechanisms of Microbial Pathogenesis (3) II 1980 -81 (Identical with M.Mic. 550)

577. Advanced Microbial Physiology (4) 1 1979 -80 Studies of metabolic pathways of selected microorganisms; use of Carbon -14 methods. 2R, 6L. P, 417R, 417L. 577R.Lectures in Advanced Microbial Physiology (2) 1 1979 -80 Identical with lecture portion of 577. P, 417R.

596. Seminar (1)III a. Current Problems in Molecular Biophysics (Identical with Phys. 596a, which is home)

601. Experimental Surgery ( 1 )I I (Identical with V.Sc. 601) 630. Immunology (4)II Immunological and immunochemical concepts and techniques. 2R, 6L. P, twelve units of micr., Chem. 460 or N.F.S. 406a. 670. Recent Advances in Genetics (2)I (Identical with Gene. 670) 672. Food Fermentation (2)1 1979 -80 (Identical with N.F.S. 672) 681. Biostatistical Methods in Microbiology (2)I Experiment planning and numerical evaluation of results. P, Math. 160.

695. Colloquium ( 1to 4) II I a. Readings in Microbiology [Rpt.] b. Animal °Virology c. Advanced Pathogenic Microbiology d. Hematology e. Cellular Recognition Methodology f. Immunobiology h. Aerobiology i. Immunochemistry

696. Seminar ( 1 )II I a. Research Seminar [Rpt.] 188 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Individual Studies

599 (1 to 4); 900 (I to 4); 909 (I to 6); 910 (I to 4), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930(1 to 6)

MINERAL ECONOMICS (See Mining and Geological Engineering)

MINING AND GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING

Professors Thomas J. O'Neil, Head, Jay C. Dotson, DeVerle P. Harris, Y. C. Kim, William C, Peters, Michael Rieber, John S. Sumner (Geosciences) Assistant Professors Jaak J. K. Daemen, Charles E. Glass, Syed Hasan (Visiting), Edward P. Jucevic, Jr. Lecturer Richard D. Call

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Phi- losophy degrees with majors in mining engineering, geological engineering, or mineral economics. Advanced work in mining engineering is directed toward research and professional development in several fields including mine planning, geomechanics, operations research, and the development of new extractive techniques. Advanced work in geological engineering is directed toward the fields of mineral exploration, ground stabilization, earthquake engineering, urban planning, and conservation. Mineral economics is an emerging field of applied economics encompassing the interface of minerals engineering and earth science with the business of mineral production and the welfare of society. Admission to graduate work normally requires the completion of an undergraduate major in these fields whereas mineral economics students frequently hold bachelors' degrees in the mineral engineering fields, earth sciences, or in economics. However, students with undergraduate majors in other engineering fields or in the physical sciences are encouraged to apply since training in such fields provides an excellent background for approaching some areas of graduate study in this department. The department recommends that scores on the Graduate Record Examina- tion (including the Advanced Engineering Examination for mining engineering and geological engineering students) be submitted by all applicants, particularly those seeking financial aid. Students working toward the Master of Science degree in either mining engineering or geological engineering will be required to complete a thesis and must pass a final examination covering both the thesis and course work. At least 15 units of course work must be completed in the major field. A thesis is not required for the master's degree in mineral economics but is recommended as a desirable element of graduate education and as excellent preparation for studies leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree. Programs leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree, require the completion of at least 6 units of graduate -level course work in computer science, computer programming, or mathematics. Any questions regarding the qualification of a particular course in satisfying this requirement should be submitted to the department's graduate committee for clarification. Foreign language competency for doctoral candidates in the Department of Min- ing and Geological Engineering is not required. However, due to the increasingly international nature of the minerals fields, the department recommends that doctoral candidates give serious consideration to developing communications skills in a foreign language. There are specific course requirements for both the master's and the doctoral degrees in all three majors. These requirements along with other policies and procedures are contained in "Guide to Graduate Study" which is available on request from the Department of Mining and Geological Engineering. MINING AND GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING 189

Geological Engineering

405. Geotechnical Investigations (3) GC IIInvestigation and analysis of geologic factors in the design and construction of engineering projects.I R, 6L. P, 305. Hasan 407. Photogeology (3) GC II Use of aerial photographs in geologic mapping. 1R, 6L. P, Geos. 221. (Identical with Geos. 407) Glass 420. Geophysical Exploration (4) GC II (Identical with Geos. 420) 422. Geophysical Engineering (3) GC I Applied geophysics as employed in engineering problems, including geophysical methods and interpretation of results in mineral exploration, earthquake studies, and site examination. Credit allowed for this course or 420, but not for both. P, Phys. 103b, Math. I25e. Glass

427. Geomechanics (3) GC 1 (Identical with Mn.E. 427) 438. Design of Exploration Programs (3) GC II Geologic and economic principles applied to the design of mineral exploration programs and to the evaluation and development of prospects. P, 328. Peters

506. Site Examination and Testing (3) II 1980 -81 Correlation of geology with requirements for foundations, dams, testing of soil and rock conditions, methods of support and ground control, case histories of failures. Field trip. P, 405. Call 507. Applied Multispectral Imagery (3) II Application to mineral exploration, engineering geology, groundwater location, and pollution monitoring. 6L. P, 407. (Identical with Geos. 507) Glass 527. Advanced Geomechanics (3) II (Identical with Mn.E. 527)

528. Subsurface Exploration Methods (3) 1 1980 -81 Advanced geological and engineering methods applied to the location and delimitation of deep ore bodies from mine workings and boreholes. I R, 6L. P, 328. Peters

538. Simulation Gaming in Exploration (3) 1 1979 -80 Integrated approach to ore search involving modeling, decision making, and sequential field operations.I R, 6L. P, 438. Peters

550. Earthquake Engineering (3) 1 1979 -80 Applied course in earthquake causes and effects, integrating the fields of seismology, engineering, and seismic geology. P, Math. 253. Glass 660a -660b. Estimation of Mineral Resources by Quantitative Methods (3 -3) 1979 -80 (Identical with Mn.Ec. 660a -660b)

696. Seminar ( 1to 3)II I a. Research Seminar [Rpt.]

698. Special Topics ( Ito 3 ) 1 1 1 a. Minerals Exploration b. Geomechanics k. Geophysical Engineering

Individual Studies

900 (I to 4); 910 (I to 6), maximum total, 6 units; 920 (I to 9); 930 (I to 6)

Mineral Economics

418. Mine Investment Analysis (3) GC II (Identical with Mn.E. 418) 426. Minerals and Environmental Conservation (3) GC 11980 -81 (Identical with Mn.E. 426) 450. Economics of the Metal Industries (3) GC IReserves, resources, and major deposits, production technol- ogies, market structure, industrial organization, consumption trends, recycling, foreign trade, and geopolitics of selected industries. P, Econ. 210. (Identical with Mn.E. 450) 560. Economics of the Nonmetals (3) I Technology of production, raw materials, uses and markets, industrial organization, market structure, economics of production, pricing, and marketing practices for nonmetallic minerals. P. Econ. 210. 584. Economics of Coal, Nuclear, and Alternative Energy Sources (3) II Reserves and resources, economics of production, utilization and conversion, externalities, market structure, policy issues for alternative energy sources such as oil shale, tar sands, coal gasification, and solar. P, Econ. 210.

586. Economics of Petroleum and Natural Gas (3) IReserves and resources of petroleum and natural gas, production technology, market structure, industrial organization, pricing, competitive behavior, consumption trends, and policy issues. P, Econ. 210. 587. Minerals and Economic Development: Concepts, Conflicts and Case Studies (3) II Concepts of, measures of, and models for economic development, foreign investment in mineral resources development, problems and conflicts of investor and host countries; case studies. P, Econ. 210. 190 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

600. Readings in Mineral Economics (3) 1 Selected readings in the economics of mineral resource exploration and exploitation, environmental protection, national mineral policy, world mineral development, and international trade. P, Econ. 501a.

650. Advanced Principles of Mineral Economics (3) II Economic factors in mineral commerce: minerals as capital, depletion and exhaustion, imperfect competition of mineral markets, distribution of resources, foreign trade, and mineral policy. P, Econ. 501a.

651. Quantitative Models and Analysis in Mineral Economics (4) 1 1979 -80 Morphology and structure of economic models, estimation procedures for multiple equation models, data problems, violations of assumptions, and case studies of econometric models in the analysis of mineral industries. P, Econ. 501a, 502a; Econ. 422; Mn.Ec. 450, 560, 584 or 586. 660a -660b. Estimation of Mineral Resources by Quantitative Methods (3 -3) 1979 -80 Estimation of mineral resource potential; trend analysis, lognormal distribution of elements, grade- tonnage relationships, spatial and multivariate models, and subjective probability. P, G.En. 302, Stat. 620. (Identical with G.En. 660a -660b)

665. Forecasting for Mineral Industries (4) 11 1980 -81 Methods for short- and long -term forecasting applied to mineral industries: trend analysis, simple econometric models, exponential smoothing, and input - output analysis; case studies. P, Econ. 501a; Stat. 620 or Econ. 422; Mn.Ec. 450, 560, 584 or 586.

Individual Studies

900 (1 to 4); 910 (I to 6); 920 (I to 9); 930 (I to 6)

Mining Engineering

401. Analysis of Mine Operations (2) GC I Use of Operations Research principles and techniques to analyze production, distribution and valuation problems in mine operations, with emphasis on deterministic cases.I R, 3L. P, 302. Kim 418. Mine Investment Analysis (3) GC II Economic factors, including taxation, mineral depletion allowance, operating and capital cost estimation, and finance in the mining industry; includes fundamentals of engineering economics, capital budgeting, and risk analysis. P, 430. (Identical with Mn.Ec. 418) O'Neil

420. Mine Design (3) GC II Design of a modern mine; feasibility study, reserve estimation, mine planning, hoisting, compressed -air distribution and drainage. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P, 304, 321, 430, or CR. Kim

425. Mine Environments (2) GC 11979 -80 Effects of temperature, humidity, pressure, atmospheric contaminants, noise, and visibility on mine workers; methods of maintaining a safe and healthful environment. Dotson

426. Minerals and Environmental Conservation (3) GC 11980 -81 Importance of producing minerals and of maintaining a suitable environment; impact of mining on environment; management of mine wastes and reclamation practices. Field trips. (Identical with Mn.Ec. 426) Dotson

427. Geomechanics (3) GC IMechanism of rock mass deformation in response to excavations; theoretical versus actual modes of failure, geologic controls, rock reinforcement, instrumentation, physical testing. 2R, 3L. Field trip. P, C.E. 217, Geos. 221. (Identical with G.En. 427) Daemen

450. Economics of the Metal Industries (3) GC I (Identical with Mn.Ec. 450)

501. Analysis of Management Decisions (3) 111979 -80 Use of O. R. principles and advanced O. R. tech- niquestoevaluate management decision problemsinthemineralindustry,with emphasis on probabilistic cases. P, 302, 401. Kim

527. Advanced Geomechanics (3) II Fundamental rock mechanics principles, stress and strain analysis, friction, elasticity, rock behavior, strength, failure; application to specific mining or geological engineering problems. 2R, 3L. Field trip. P, 427. (Identical with G.En. 527) Daemen 622a -622b. Advanced Design of Mining Systems (3 -3) 1979 -80 Use of geostatistics, operations research, mining economics, and computer techniques in the analysis, design, and operation of modern mining systems 2R, 3L. P, 302, 401, 420, S.I.E. 272.

628. Fracture and Flowage of Rock (2) 1 1980 -81 Failure and postfailure response of rocks and rock masses to stress and time; plastic, viscoelastic, viscoplastic, and discontinuous analyses of rock systems. P, 427, Geos. 221.

629. Rock Slope Design (3) 1 1979 -80 Geologic and engineering considerations in design of optimum rock slope angles; theoretical stability analysis, monitoring and control of existing slopes. Field trip. P, 427. Call

696. Seminar (I to 3)II I a. Research Seminar [Rpt.] MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 191

698. Special Topics (I to 3)III b. Geomechanics c. Mine Environments d. Mineral Economics e. Operations Research

Individual Studies

900 (I to 4); 910 (2 to 6), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (I to 9); 930 (I to 6)

MOLECULAR BIOLOGY

(Department of Microbiology, College of Medicine)

Professors John Spizizen,Head,Harris Bernstein Associate Professors David O. Lucas, William Meinke, David W. Mount Assistant Professors Richard Rest, Kenneth J. Ryan (Pathology)

Graduate study in the Department of Microbiology in the College of Medicine is concerned primarily with the nature, synthesis, and function of biological structures at the molecular and supramolecular levels. Areas of current research emphasis in the department are virology, genetics, immunology, and bacterial pathogenesis. Course programs are drawn from offerings in biochemistry, biological sciences, chemistry, mathematics, microbiology, molecular biology, anatomy, pharmacology, genetics, and others. Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in molecular biology are offered by a program whose faculty includes members from anatomy, microbiology, medicine, pharmacology, and radiology. Applicants are required to submit scores on the Aptitude and Advanced tests of the Gradu- ate Record Examination. Three letters of recommendation are also required.

550. Molecular Mechaisms of Microbial Pathogenesis (3) II 1980 -81 Review of current concepts in specific areas of microbial pathogenesis, including action of exo- and endotoxins, cell surface interactions, phag- ocytosis and host microbicidal functions. P. 560, Bioc. 460. (Identical with Micr. 550) Rest

560. Structure and Function of the Immunoglobulins (3) 1 1980 -81 Immunochemical characterization of the isotypic, allotypic, and idiotypic specificities of the immunoglobulins and their relationships to biologic function. P. Bioc. 462a -462b. Lucas

561. Immunobiology (3) II 1980 -81 Cells and cellular events involved in humoral and cell- mediated immune responses: morphologic, physiologic and biochemical characterizations of the lymphoreticular system. P, Bioc. 462a -462b. Lucas

570. Molecular Genetics (3) I 1979 -80 Molecular genetics and biology of the bacterial viruses T4 and lambda; replication of phage nucleic acids and phage morphogenesis; current research in bacterial genetics (lysogeny, transduction, conjugation and transformation); mechanisms of genetic recombination, mutation, and radiation repair. Mount /Bernstein

580. Molecular Virology (3)II1979 -80 The current status of basic research in virology at the molecular level. P. Chem. 460. Meinke

596. Seminar ( 1to 2)I II a. Molecular and Cellular Immunology (1)' b. Immunopathology (I) c. Molecular Genetics of Microorganisms (I) d. Biochemical and Biophysical Virology (1) f. Tumor Virology (I ) g. Host -Parasite Interactions (1) [Rpt. /2] P. Bioc. 462a -462b, Micr. 420, M.Mic. 560, 561.

Individual Studies

599 ( Ito 5); 900 (I to 8); 910 (I to 8), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930 (I to 6) 192 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

MUSIC

Professors Robert J. Werner, Director, School of Music, James R. Anthony, Eugene T. Conley, Larry J. Day, Gordon Epperson, Richard Faith, John R. Ferrell, Igor Gorin, O. M. Hartsell, Robert L. Hull, Jack K. Lee, Ozan Marsh, Susan McDonald, Theodora M. McMillan, Elizabeth Mosher, Robert S. Muczynski, Edward W. Murphy, Leonard A. Pearlman, Richard E. Peters, W. Douglas Pritchard, Jerold Siena (Visiting), Nicholas L. Zumbro Associate Professors Koste A. Belcheff, John A. Denman, Billie R. Erlings, John R. Fitch, Roy A. Johnson, Jean -Louis Kashy, Rodney M. Mercado, James P. O'Brien, R. Warren Suth- erland Assistant Professors Gary D. Cook, Elizabeth Thompson Ervin, Jeffrey Haskell, Keith M. John- son, Kenneth Kelley (Visiting), Larry A. Munson Lecturers Curtis Burris, Thomas R. Ervin, Paula Fan, Ann Obenour, William Pflugradt

The department offers a program leading to the Master of Music degree with majors in composition, music education, musicology, music theory, and performance. The department also offers a program leading to the Doctor of Musical Arts degree with majors in composition, conducting, music education, and performance. With the performance major, concentrations are available in bassoon, cello, clarinet, flute, French horn, guitar, harp, harpsichord, oboe, organ, percussion, piano, saxophone, string bass, trombone, trumpet, viola, violin, and voice. The department also offers a program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree with a major in music theory. All candidates for admission to the Doctor of Philosophy program with a major in music theory will show evidence of satisfactory competencies in their field of concentration. There are two minors, one in music with a minimum of 9 units and one outside of music, also with a minimum of 9 units. German and French are the required languages for this degree. In the event a candidate works in a field of specialization that warrants it, another language, such as Greek, Latin, or Italian can be substituted for French with the permission of the School of Music Gradu- ate Committee. If the research specialization lies within a computer- assisted field, expertise in that technology can be substituted for French. For further information concerning these degrees see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Music and Requirements for Doctors' Degrees /Doctor of Musical Arts and Doctor of Philosophy elsewhere in this catalog. Applicants are required to audition by personal interview or by tape recording and doctoral students are not admitted to a particular curriculum until they have passed a qualifying examination administered each semester by the School of Music. Admission is limited to applicants who exhibit superior musical aptitude and training and who show continued growth in their chosen fields of music.

422. Jazz Arranging (2) GC II Class instruction and practice in writing arrangements for small jazz combos, rock groups, stage bands, and pop -vocal combinations; detailed study of jazz instrumental practices and problems. Open to majors only or by permission of instructor. P, 200r, 201j, 220b.

423. Band Arranging (2) GC II 1979 -80 Detailed study of band instrumentation; major works transcribed for concert band. P, 421. 430a -430b. Art Song Repertory (2 -2) GC 1980 -81 Class performance of representative selections from the standard repertory of German, Italian, French, Russian and English language art songs; problems of accompaniment, interpretation, style and ensemble. Registration restricted to singers and pianists. Open to majors only.

432. Music in World Cultures (3) GC 11 Overview of nonwestern musics in selected world cultures. 2R, 3L. 433a -433b. Piano Literature (3 -3) GC Historical and stylistic study of keyboard literature, instruments and performance practices. 433a: Baroque through the early Romantic periods. 433b: Mid- Romantic through the Contemporary periods. P, 285 -P. 433a is not prerequisite to 433b. 441a -441b. Introduction to Electronic Music (3 -3) [Rpt./ 1 ] GC Survey of the historical, theoretical and techni cal aspects of electronic music as applied to the composition of music in the contemporary idiom. including actual lab. applications. P, 340b.

460. Music for Exceptional Children (2) GC II Presentation of materials and activities for teaching music to exceptional children; observation of special education classes in the public schools. P, 360. MUS /C 193

500. Graduate Study in Conducted Ensemble (1) [Rpt.] III Techniques and literature. a. Summer Band j. University Singers b. Marching Band k. University- Community Chorus c. Concert Band I. Chamber Choir d. Symphonic Band m. Choraliers e. Wind Ensemble o. Symphony Orchestra h. Summer Chorus p. Chamber Orchestra i. Symphonic Choir q. Collegium Musicum r. Jazz Ensemble

501. Chamber Ensemble (1 to 3) [Rpt.]IIl Study and performance in small ensembles; regular coached meetings, rehearsals and public performances. P, audition or permission of instructor. a. Accompanying j. Jazz Combo b. Brass Ensemble o. Musical Theatre d. Brass Choir p. Piano Ensemble e. Percussion Ensemble q. Saxophone Ensemble f. Contemporary Ensemble s. String Ensemble g. Guitar Ensemble w. Woodwind Ensemble h. Clarinet Choir x. Pep Band 520. Aesthetics of Music (3)1 1980 -81 Exploration of the problems of musical meanings, including a pano- ramic examination of what philosophers, philosophic musicians and artists, and others of critical intelligence have contributed to comprehensive theory.

530. Music in the Middle Ages and Renaissance (3) 1 1980 -81 Sacred and secular monody and polyphony from Gregorian chant through Palestrina. Open to majors only.

531. Music in the Baroque and Preclassical Periods (3)1 1979 -80 Study of instrumental and vocal genres from the age of basso continuo through the Mannheim School. Open to majors only. 532. Music in the Classical and Romantic Periods (3) II 1979 -80 Music of the Viennese classical tradition through the operas of Wagner and the symphonies of Bruckner. Open to majors only. 533. Music of the Twentieth Century (3) II 1980 -81 Contemporary idiom in music; study of genres, styles, and techniques from post- Romanticism to the present. Open to majors only. 534. Music of the Americas (3) 1 1980 -81 Historical survey of the music of North and South America. 600. Introduction to Graduate Study in Music (3) I Bibliographical materials; research resources, techniques, and problems directed toward grad. study in music. (Identical with Li.S. 600) 605. Advanced Opera Theatre (1 to 4) [Rpt.] IIl Advanced training in all aspects of operatic production, including major singing roles (when appropriate), minor roles, opera chorus, opera scenes and chamber operas; technical training in set construction, makeup, costumes and lighting; may also include operatic staging techniques. P, four units of 405. 620a -620b. History of Speculative Theory (3 -3) 1979 -80 Survey of speculative theory' in music, classical Greeks to present.

621. Analysis of Music of the 18th and 19th Centuries (3)I Intensive analysis of works written in the larger forms from the 18th and 19th centuries. 622. Theory Pedagogy (3) Il 1979 -80 Study of the philosophies, procedures, techniques, and materials used in teaching theory at the college level. 623. Analysis of Contemporary Music (3) II Intensive analysis of representative works of the 20th century. 624. Advanced Orchestration (3) 11 Orchestration of large instrumental, choral, and musicodramatic works. 630. The Music of Bach (3) II 1980 -81 631. The Music of Mozart (3) Il 1979 -80 640. Advanced Composition (2 to 6) [Rpt.] 111 Individual projects in composition. Open to theory and composition majors only.

650. Foundations and Principles of Music Education (3) IHistory and philosophy of music education in the public schools, with emphasis on the basic concepts needed for effective teaching in the field of music, curriculum development and evaluation of the music program. 651. Curriculum Development in Music (3) II 1980 -81 Principles and techniques of curriculum construction applied to the field of music. 652. The Administration of Music Education (3) II 1979 -80 Financing, scheduling, selecting personnel and equipment, supervising instruction, maintaining desirable public relations, evaluating and administering the total school music program in a school district, city, county, or state.

653. The Music Cultures of Asia and Oceania (3) 1 1980 -81 Study of the musical styles and practices of Oceania and selected cultures in Asia, with emphasis on materials, instruments and ideas appropriate for classroom use. 670. Advanced Conducting (2) [Rpt.] 11 Styles of choral, band, and orchestral literature, as they pertain to the problems of the conductor; references to the styles of all periods, with emphasis on the contemporary and modern. 194 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

696. Seminar ( Ito 6) II I d. Music Education e. Musicology f. Music Theory

Individual Studies

693 (1 to 6); 694 (1 to 6); 699 (I to 5); 900 (2 to 4); 910 (2 to 4), maximum total, 8 units; 920(I to 9); 925 ( I to 9); 930(1 to6) Performance Studies: Individual and Croup Instruction

All of the courses listed below are offered both first and second semester. PIANO 580-P ( I ); 685-P, 785-P ( I to 6) VOICE 580-V (1); 685-V, 785-V (1 to 6) ORGAN 580-0 (1); 685-0, 785-0 (1 to 6) CONDUCTING 580-Cg (I); 785-Cg (1 to 6) STRING INSTRUMENTS Violin String Bass 580 -Vn (I); 685 -Vn, 785 -Vn (1 to 6) 580 -Sb (I); 685 -Sb, 785 -Sb (I to 6) Cello Harp 580 -C (I); 685 -C, 785 -C (I to 6) 580 -Hp (I); 685 -Hp, 785 -Hp (I to 6) Viola Guitar 580 -Va (I); 685 -Va, 785 -Va (I to 6) 580 -G (I); 685 -G (l to 6) HARPSICHORD 580-H (I); 685-H ( Ito 6) WIND INSTRUMENTS Clarinet Bassoon 580 -CI (I); 685 -CI, 785 -CI (I to 6) 580 -B (I); 685 -B, 785 -B (1 to 6) Flute Saxophone 580 -F (1); 685 -F, 785 -F (I to 6) 580 -S (I); 685 -S, 785 -S (I to 6)

Oboe Trumpet 580 -Ob (I); 685 -Ob, 785 -Ob (1 to 6) 580 -T (I); 685 -T, 785 -T (I to 6) Trombone Baritone 580 -Tr (I); 685 -Tr, 785 -Tr (I to 6) 580 -Ba (I) French Horn Tuba 580 -Fh (1); 685 -Fh, 785 -Fh (1 to 6) 580 -Tu (I) PERCUSSION INSTRUMENTS

Percussion 580 -Pc (I); 685 -Pc (I to 6)

MUSIC EDUCATION (See Music) NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 195

MUSICOLOGY (See Music)

NUCLEAR ENGINEERING

Professors Robert L. Seale,Head,Richard L. Brehm, David L. Hetrick, Norman Hilberry, Ri- chard L. Morse, Reiner Papp (Visiting), Roy G. Post, Morton E. Wacks Associate Professors W. Morris Farr, Rocco A. Fazzolare, George W. Nelson Assistant Professor Barry D. Ganapol

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Phi- losophy degrees with a major in nuclear engineering. These programs prepare the student for advanced study and research in various applications of nuclear energy including the analysis and design of fission and fusion reactors, the dynamics of nuclear systems, the interaction of radiation with matter, nuclear safety, energy systems analysis and management, nuclear fuel cycle evaluation, and the many specialized uses of isotopes. Master's degree students may select one of the following interdisciplinary options: biomedical engineering or energy systems engineering. For details concerning these options seeEngineeringelsewhere in this catalog. The applicant should have completed the equivalent of the undergraduate major in nuclear engineering, but liberal substitutions are allowed for those with undergraduate majors in mathematics, physics, chemistry, or other engineering disciplines. For the Master of Science degree a thesis is required of all students except those working in the energy systems engineering option.

415. Environmental Analysis of Power Systems (3)GC IEngineering analysis, assessment, and resolution of energy- environment interaction, with consideration of power plant siting, emissions, thermal effects, and waste management. 416. Radiation Health Physics and Safety (3)GC IStudy of health physics practices and safety responsibilities;analysis of radiation environments and applications of basic shielding methods to provide understanding of accepted working practices. 420. Nuclear Engineering Laboratory (3)GC III Experimental techniques for determining various parameters in nuclear systems; experiments using the critical and subcritical reactors, and the Van de Graaff accelerator. P, 343. 435. Radiation Effects (3)GC11 Radiation effects on solids and radiation chemistry of gases and liquids, with emphasis on effects encountered in nuclear reactor, detector, and dosimeter systems. P, 343. 441. Contemporary Nuclear Power Systems (3)GC1 Analysis of present nuclear power plants, with emphasis on design decisions as they affect performance of individual systems; comparison of different contemporary systems. P, 348 or 510. 445. Direct Energy Conversion (3)GC IIEngineering requirements for achieving direct conversion of energy to electrical power; the engineering of thermoelectric and thermionic convertors, fuel cells, magnetohy- drodynamic, and photoelectric systems. 450. Introductory Nuclear Physics (3) GC 11 (Identical with Phys. 450) 454. Dynamics of Nuclear Systems (3)GC INuclear reactor kinetics, integral transform methods, internal feedback effects, stability; reactor instrumentation and control. P, 343. 465. Current Problems in Energy and Power (1 to 4)GC II(Identical with E.E. 465) 467. Solar Energy Engineering (3)GC I(Identical with A.M.E. 467) 468a -468b. Introduction to Plasmas and their Applications (3 -3)GC(Identical with E.E. 468a- 468b). 483a -483b. Controlled Thermonuclear Energy (3 -3)GCTheory of thermonuclear reactions, weakly ionized gases, Boltzmann theory, elementary plasma physics, and possible thermonuclear reactors. P, A.M.E. 432. (Identical with E.E. 483a- 483b).

510. Nuclear Energy and Power (3) I Fundamentals of nuclear energy and radiation; engineering applications; the basic concepts of nuclear reactors and power systems. Designed for nonmajors. 530. Radiochemistry and Radiation Detection (3) I Radiation detection and measurement, health physics, isotope applications, activation analysis, and instrumentation. 2R, 3L. P, Chem. 480b or Phys. 230. (Identical with Chem. 530) 196 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

540. Reactor Theory I(3) I Fundamentals of nuclear reactor theory; introduction to the nuclear processes occurring in a reactor; slowing down and diffusion of neutrons in moderating materials; analysis of bare and reflected homogeneous reactors. P, CR Math. 422a. 541. Nuclear Reactor Engineering(3) II Analysis of fluid dynamics, heat transfer, and mechanical stresses as they influence the performance and configuration of nuclear reactors; attention given to achieving the proper balance between thermal and core physics considerations in reactor design; the solution of problems. P, 441, 540. 554. Nonlinear Reactor Dynamics(3) II Nonlinear dynamics of nuclear reactors; shut -down mechanisms, inertial effects, nonlinear stability criteria, time- dependent neutron transport, neutron waves, and applications to pulsed reactors, start -up transients, reactor stability, and reactor safety. P, 454. 567. Advanced Solar Engineering(3) II Research and development studies related to solar applications: engineering design, analysis, and economics. Course includes invited lectures, literature research, and an original paper. P, A.M.E. 340a, 442. (Identical with A.M.E. 567, Ch.E. 567, and E.E. 567) 577. Management of Research and Development Activities(3)I Review of the fundamental philosophy of human organization; survey of the forms and functioning of human organizations; organization for creative accomplishment; principles of design for formulation of organizational mechanisms and practices. 583a -583b. Thermonuclear Theory(3 -3) 583a: Fundamentals of the theory of fully ionized plasmas, including wave phenomena and stability of plasma fluids; introduction to plasma kinetic theory. 583b: Deposition of energy in thermonuclear plasmas; relaxation times and transport coefficients from Fokker -Planck theory; advanced subjects.", 483,b.

596. Seminar ( 1 )Il l s. Advanced Nuclear Power Activities 623. Experimental Nuclear Engineering(3)I Advanced experimental studies using the nuclear reactor and the Van de Graaff generator. 2R, 3L. P, 420, 540. 630. Fuel Cycles for Nuclear Reactors(3) II The design and analysis of fuel cycles for nuclear reactors; the processes and requirements for fuel element design and the limitations of fuel element performance to reactor design; economic factors in fuel cycles. P, 540. 642. Reactor Theory II(3)IIFundamental theory of heterogeneous reactors, integral transport, blackness theory, perturbation theory, and applications; temperature coefficient, changes in reactivity due to fission product accumulation, fuel consumption, and conversion. P, 540. 644. Advanced Reactor System Design and Analysis(3)I Application of design and analysis techniques to advanced nuclear reactor system concepts; utilizes current calculational techniques and system technology to arrive at integrated systems. P, 642. 645. Nuclear Safety(3) I1 Possible incidents involving nuclear materials in critical reactors, chemical processing systems, fuel shipment operations or subcritical arrays, including assessments of the magnitudes and consequences of nuclear incidents; determination of criteria for evaluating nuclear system safety, including plant siting and operational procedures. P, 343. 646. Fast Reactor Technology(3) I Physics and engineering aspects of fast breeder reactors, including accident analysis, Doppler theory, materials behavior, heat transfer of liquid metals, and fuel element modeling. P, 541, 642. 654. System Analysis of Nuclear Reactor Dynamics(3) II Selected topics in nuclear systems dynamics, simulation and control; content varies. P, 454. 671. Numerical Methods in Nuclear Engineering(3) I Methods for numerical solution of differential and integral equations, with applications to computer modeling of nuclear reactors, power plants, fuel cycles, and basic processes in nuclear fission and fusion. 681a -6816. Analytical Methods of Transport Theory(3 -3) Application of the Boltzmann equation to neutron and photon transport problems; exact solutions, the method of singular eigenfunctions, spherical harmonic expansions, the moments methods, integral transport theory, invariant embedding, variational techniques, applications to slowing -down problems. P, 642, Math. 422a -422b.

Individual Studies 699(2 to 5);900(2 to 5);910(2 to 8), maximum total, 8 units;920 (1to 9);930 (1to 6)

NURSING

Professors Gladys E. Sorensen, Dean, Beverly A. McCord, Arlene M. Putt Associate Professors Agnes M. Aamodt, Janet R. Atwood, Eleanor E. Bauwens, G. Maureen Chaisson, Helen C. Chance, Ada Sue Hinshaw, Margarita A. Kay, Alice J. Longman, Jessie V. Pergrin, Lois E. Prosser, Gayle A. Traver, Anna M. Voda Assistant Professor Gloria M. DiCenso Lecturers Mary Lou Elder, Sarah L. Stark NURSING 197

The College of Nursing offers programs leading to the Master of Science, Nursing Special- ist, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in nursing. Applicants for all degree programs are required to submit (1) evidence of completion of an undergraduate program in nursing substantially equivalent to the Bachelor of Science degree program at The University of Arizona, (2) a current license to practice as a registered nurse in one of the United States, (3) references attesting to professional competence, (4) evidence of satisfactory completion of a course in elementary statistics, (5) scores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination, and (6) a statement indicating academic and professional goals as well as research interests. An automobile is essential since the clinical facilities are located throughout the Tucson area.

Degrees

MASTER OF SCIENCE -Concentrations are available in child, community health (emphasis on occupational health and safety available), gerontology, maternal- newborn, medical -surgical, and psychiatric -mental health nursing. On completion of the Master of Science program, the student will have met the following objectives: competence in a selected area of clinical nursing, competence in a functional area of nursing, knowledge in a related discipline, and ability to use principles of theory construction and research processes. The program includes a minimum of 36 units of which no less than 27 units (including the thesis) must be in nursing. The remaining units may be selected from one or two related disciplines or may be distributed as 6 to 9 units from the related discipline plus additional units in nursing. Students with a concentration in gerontology, maternal -newborn or medical- surgical nursing must include a graduate course in human physiology. The time required for completion of degree requirements is at least two regular semesters plus one summer. The sequence of nursing courses begins with the fall semester but a new student may begin non -nursing courses during the preceding summer if desired. Study on a part -time ba- sisispossible. Concurrent with the nursing practicum offered each spring, students select preparation in either of the fundamental areas of administration or teaching. Students desiring additional knowledge and skills in physical assessment may enroll for an elective nursing course which is offered summer, fall, and spring.

NURSING SPECIALIST- For information concerning this degree program seeRequirements for Specialist Degrees /Nursing Specialistelsewhere in this catalog.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY -Applicants must present evidence of the completion of a bachelor's degree or both bachelor's and master's degrees substantially equivalent to those nursing programs at The University of Arizona. Admission is based on the evaluation of the following criteria: undergraduate cumulative grade point average of 3.00 or "B ", graduate grade point average of 3.50, total Graduate Record Examination scores, Aptitude portion of 1,100. In addition, applicants must submit references attesting to their potential as graduate students. A personal interview is encouraged. The program is strongly research oriented.

482. Legal Implications in Nursing (3) GC II S Overview of the nurse's relationship with law, as a practicing nurse, and as an individual; exploration of roles from student to expanded practice, in the community, in the legislative process. Advanced degree credit available for non -PhD majors only. 484. The Health Professions and the Social Sciences (3) GC IImplications of concepts and theories from anthropology, psychology and sociology for health care. Advanced degree credit available for non -Ph.D. majors only. 486. Poverty and Health (3) GC II Study of the relationship between poverty and health. Concepts and theories from anthropology, psychology and sociology will be used to analyze problems associated with poverty. Advanced degree credit available for non -Ph.D. majors only. P, six units of soc. sci. (Identical with C. Med. 486) 588. Clinical Anthropology (3) II Application of principles from anthropological theory to the actual practice of patient care, with emphasis on culture content of groups living in the greater Southwest. P, nine units of behavioral sci. (Identical with Anth. 588 and C.Med. 588) 198 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

600a- 6006 -600c. Nursing Theory and Practice (3 -3 -3) Maintenance, therapeutic and preventive nursing care of persons in various settings. Student elects practice in one area of nursing: (I) child; (2) community health; (3) gerontology; (4) maternal -newborn; (5) medical -surgical; (6) psychiatric- mental health. 601. Physical Assessment (3) III S Principles and practice of physical assessment skills, including health interviewing and physical examination. Not complete preparation for expanded nursing roles. P, B.S.N. 602. Evaluation Process in Nursing (3) II Development and use of models and tools for assessing nursing processes, programs and performances. Approaches to and psychological reactants of evaluation are explored. 620. Clinical Teaching in Collegiate Schools of Nursing (6)I I Curriculum planning and implementation; principles of teaching and learning, formulation of objectives, the selection and organization of learning experiences in the clinical area. Directed practice teaching is included in the area of clinical interest. P, 600a or 600e, CR 600b. 624. The Administrative Process (6) II Theoretical and practical applications of administration as a decision - making process in formulating a course of action essential to solving patient care and personnel issues in nursing. P, 600a or 600e, CR 600b. 630. Methods in Nursing Research (3)I Critical examination of selected problems and methods in the nursing research process. P, 600a or CR. 631. Clinical Phenomena: Theories and Research (3)I Theory and research surrounding common clinical phenomena (e.g., pain, stress), with emphases on description of clinical phenomena and identification of strengths and weaknesses in available knowledge and research. P or CR, 630, 600a or 600b or 600e. 680a -680b. Nursing in a Clinical Subspecialty (4 -12) 680a: Clinical physiology, pathophysiology, and nursing skills, as related to a selected subspecialty area; major subspecialty health problems and impact on the individual, the family and society. 680b: Integration and application of previous content, including exploration of expanded role at subspecialty level. P, masters' courses. 705. Testing Nursing Theory (3)I Examination of selected theories currently utilized in nursing; testing of theories in practice; provision for an exercise in theory construction. P, 600a- 600b -600c, 602, 630, six units of adv. human psio., six units of an adv. social sci. 710. Clinical Nursing Research (3) II Investigation of selected strategies appropriate to researching problems in clinical nursing. P, 600a- 600b -600c, 602, 705, 630. 771. Methods in Clinical Nursing Research (3) I Application of research methods from the physical and social sciences to clinical nursing; experimental and nonexperimental designs; collection, analysis and interpretation of data; computer use. P, 705, 710, 630. 775. Study of Social Influences (3) S In -depth examination of social forces affecting the health care system. 782a- 782b -782c. Advanced Clinical Nursing (3 -3 -3) S III Individualized course of study incorporating advanced knowledge and skill in a selected area of nursing practice. P, 600a- 600b -600c, 602, 705, 710, 630.

Individual Studies

593 (2 to 4); 594 ( Ito 6); 599 ( I to 4); 693 (2 to 4); 694 (1 to 6); 699 (1 to 4); 793 (2 to 4); 794 (1to 6); 799 ( Ito 4); 900 ( Ito 4); 910 ( Ito 4); 920 (1 to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

NUTRITION (See Nutrition and Food Science, Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition, and Home Economics)

NUTRITION AND FOOD SCIENCE

Professors Darrel E. Goll,Head,James W. Berry, Archie J. Deutschman, Jr., David J. Hart- shorne, Mary Ann Kight, Henry W. Kircher, John A.Marchello, WilliamF. McCaughey, Paul B. Pearson (Visiting), Bobby L. Reid, Franklin D. Rollins (Animal Sciences), J. Warren Stull, C. Brent Theurer (Animal Sciences), Mitchell G. Vavich, Charles W. Weber Associate Professors Don P. Bourque, L. Bernard Colvin, Forrest D. Dryden, Ralph L. Price, Edward J. Sheehan Assistant Professors Russell S. Flowers, Jr., Gail G. Harrison (Family and Community Medicine) Instructor Ann M. Tinsley Lecturers Steward Christensen, Betty L. Jordan, Barbara J. Zeches NUTRITION AND FOOD SCIENCE 199

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science degree with majors in dietetics, food science, and home economics. The department also cooperates with the Committee on Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition and with the Departments of Biochemistry and of Microbiology through courses and research direction for students working toward the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy degrees with majors in agricultural biochemistry and nutrition, in biochemistry, or in microbiology. Course work available in the department includes food science and technology, biochemistry, nutritional biochemistry, human and community nutrition, dietetics, food service management, food hospitality and consumer service in foods. Current research programs include nutritional requirements of organisms; nutrient effects on physiological processes, growth and development; nutritional status assessment; clinical and community nutrition; food processing and distribution; chemical, microbiological, and physical properties of foods; food addi- tives; food product development and engineered food products; food microbiology and safety; handling food in institutional and hospitality settings; muscle biology and meat science; arid land plants as potential new sources of food; and biochemical phenomena related to agriculture and the life process. Cooperative arrangements are maintained with the Arizona Health Sciences Center and other health care and educational facilities to provide work applicable to particular degree programs. Applicants for the food science major should have a fundamental background in the physical and biological sciences, including one year each of general biology, organic chemistry with laboratory, and physics, as well as one semester each of microbiology and college algebra. Appli- cants for the dietetics or home economics majors are required to submit scores from the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination. Admission to the dietetics program is contingent upon completion of a bachelor's degree with a strong concentration in human nutrition and dietetics. See Home Economics for additional information on the master's degree in Home Economics. A thesis based upon experimental work is required for the Master of Science degree with a major in Food Science. The Master of Science in dietetics requires 34 units. Twelve graduate units from the U of A -ADA approved internship may be used. Graduate units from other ADA approved internships may be used up to the limit of transfer unit requirements. In lieu of internship credit, units may be applied from the following functional areas: clinical nutrition, food service management, community nutrition, and consumer service in foods.

406a -406b. Nutritional Biochemistry(3 -3)GCThe biochemical aspects of nutrient metabolism in animals, with emphasis on nutrient interrelations.P,Chem. 241a -241b.McCaughey 430. Principles of Nutrition(3)GC III (Identical with An.S. 430) 440. Clinical Nutrition I(3)GC I Study and analysis of the normal biochemical, clinical and dietary parameters, as applied to case -oriented human nutritional status assessment. Open to dietitics majors only.P, Chem. 241a-241b, N. F.S. 406a -406b, G. Bio. 159a- 159b.Sheehan 441. Clinical Nutrition II(3)GC IITherapeutic principles of nutrient acquisition and utilization, including modification of the diet,for selected disease and /or deficiency states;factors of importance in client /patient care, rehabilitation and education. Open to dietetics majors only. P, 440. 442. Clinical NutritionHI (2)GC 111979 -80 Review, analysis and critique of the literature covering current research methodology and information as applied to case -oriented nutritional status assessment; oral reports, group projects, and discussion. Open to dietetics majors only. P, CR 441, 449.Sheehan 443. Clinical Nutrition IV(2)GCII 1980 -81 Nutritional status assessment in the community setting; review of ongoing community programs in government and private agencies; analysis of requirements and role of community nutritionist; nutrition projects. Field trips. Open to dietetics majors only. P, CR 441, 449. Sheehan 449. Nutritional Care Management(3)GC 11Management methods applied to the administration of nutritional care within health care delivery systems for individuals in various life situations.1 R, 6L. Field trips. P, Mgmt. 330. CR N.F.S. 440. 451a -451b. Purchase of Foods and Food Service Equipment for Institutions(2 -3)GCa section, II 1979 -80; b section, 1 1980 -81 451a: Factors affecting food purchasing, storage, inventory, and cost control. 1R, 3L. 451 b: Equipment selection, maintenance, design of food- preparation areas for food service organization. 2R, 3E.Tinsley 455. Experimental Food Study(3)GC IIFlavor, color, texture, temperature and appearance, as related to acceptabilty of food products, analysis of change during storage, preservation and preparation, as related to food composition and quality.I R, 6L P, 101, organic chem.Tinsley 458. Institution Organization and Administration(3)GCOrganization and management of food service systems; responsibilities of management for leadership, sanitation maintenance and care of food service plant and its equipment. P, 258.Tinsley 200 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

459. Sensory Evaluation of Food(3) GC II 1979 -80 Fundamentals of taste, odor, color, and rheology perception as related to food; design and methodology of small -panel and consumer -panel testing. 2R, 3L. Stull /Angus 460a -460b. Food Chemistry(2 -2) GC 1979 -80 The chemical composition and physiochemical properties of food products. P, Chem. 241b. (Identical with An.S. 460a -460b) Marchello /Berry 463. Food Analysis(2) GC 11980 -81 Lab. procedures for chemical and physiochemical analysis of food products. 6L. P, 406a, 460b. (Identical with An.S. 463) 466. Postharvest Physiology(3) GC II 1979 -80 (Identical with PI.S. 466) 468. Food Processing(3) GC I Refrigeration, freezing, dehydration, heating, fermentation and pickling: irradiation and addition of chemicals, as they apply to food preservation and processing, retention of nutritive value, flavor, appearance and safety. P, Chem. 241b, Micr. 120. Price 470R.Food Microbiology and Sanitation(3) GCIIMicrobiology in processing and handling of foods; relation of microorganisms, insects, and rodents to design and function of processing and handling equipment. P. Micr. 120 or 217. (Identical with Micr. 470R) Flowers 470L.Food Microbiology and Sanitation Laboratory(2) GC II 1980 -81 Lab. procedures for assessment of sanitary quality of foods. P, 470R or CR. (Identical with Micr. 470L) Flowers 480. Composition and Structure of Meat(2) GC 1 (Identical with An.S. 480) 485. Dairy Products Processing(3) GC II 1979 -80 Principles of processing butter, cheese, condensed milk, dehydrated milks, frozen desserts, and special products; selection and preparation of materials. Stull 538. Problems in the Biochemistry of Aging(2) 11980 -81 Current topics in the biochemistry of mammalian aging; examination of the metabolic, hormonal, immunologic and neural aspects of aging in lower mammals and humans. P, 406a -406b or Chem. 460 or 462b. McCaughey 601. Advanced Nutrition(3)II 1979 -80 Application of nutrient metabolism in the study of nutrition; concepts of biological values, bioenergetics, and nutritionin health and disease.P, 430, 406a -406b. (Identical with An.S. 601) Weber 606. Advanced Nutritional Biochemistry(2) II 1980 -81 Utilization of dietary components by higher animals, with emphasis on transport, uniqueness of individual organs and tissues in metabolism, homeostatic regulation and control of food intake. P. 406a -406b or Chem. 460.

609. Nutritional Biochemistry Techniques(3)IBiochemical methods for evaluating metabolic functions of nutrients. 1R, 6L. P, 430. (Identical with An.S. 609) Reid 610. Chemistry and Metabolism of Proteins(3)II1979 -80 The chemistry and structure of proteins and amino acids; chemistry and physiology of their metabolism, and biological and chemical evaluations. P, six units of organic chem., 406a -406b. 612. Chemistry of Enzymes(2)II 1980 -81 Biochemical and physical principles as applied to the study of properties, functions, mechanism, isolation, purification and identification of enzymes. P, 406a -406b (Identical with An.S. 612) Reid 613. Intermediary Metabolism(3) II 1980 -81 Chemical, enzymic and regulatory aspects of metabolism and biological oxidation. P, 406a -406b. Berry 615. Chemistry and Metabolism of Lipids(3) 1 1979 -80 Chemistry and structure of lipids and their digestion, adsorption, transport and utilization; current research in lipid metabolism and the role of lipids in certain disease states. P, 406a -406b. Dryden/Marc-hello 617. Steroid Chemistry and Biochemistry(3) II 1980 -81 Occurrence, biosynthesis and function of steroids ii, animals, plants and microorganisms; chemical reactions and metabolism; chromatographic analysis. P, 406a -406b or Chem. 460 and 241a -241b. (Identical with Bioc. 617 and Chem. 617) Kircher 618. Chemistry and Metabolism of the Nucleic Acids(3) I 1 1979 -80 Chemistry and structure of nucleic acids; their biosynthesis, metabolism, and biological function. P, 406a -406b or Chem. 462b. (Identical with Bioc. 618 and Chem. 618) Bourque 620. Vitamins(2) 11980 -81 The chemistry and metabolism of vitamins. P, six units of organic chem., 406a- 406b. Vavich

622. Mineral Metabolism(2) 1 1979 -80 Chemistry, metabolism and biological function of minerals; current research in mineral requirements and toxicity. P, 406a -406b. (Identical with An.S. 622) Weber 638. Biochemistry of the Aging Process(2) II The biochemical effects of aging on cellular metabolism and nutrient requirements; current research in the biological effects of aging. P, three units of bio., chem., phys., or micr. McCaughey 640a -640b. Field Methods in Human Nutrition(3 -3) Case -oriented approach to nutritional assessment, diagnosis, prescription, plan and prognosis; application of dietary, clinical and biochemical methods. 1R, 6L. P, 693d or other ADA- approved clinical internship. Kight 645. Nutritional Pathology(3) II Identification of nutrient -based lesions; diagnosis of causative factors, using clinical, biochemical and dietary data; prognosis for the outcome; recommendation for nutritional prescription. 1R, 6L. Field trips. Open to dietetics majors only. P, CR 640b. Sheehan OPTICAL SCIENCES 201

672. Food Fermentations (3) 1 1979 -80 Production of microbial fermentation products important in foods, including organic acids, alcohol, enzymes, single cell protein, microbial toxins and flavoring materials. P, 470L, Chem. 241b. (Identical with Micr. 672) Flowers

696. Seminar (1 to 2) III a. Molecular Biology (Identical with A.Bio. 696a) b. Nutrition (Identical with A.Bio. 696b) c. Food Science (Identical with A.Bio. 696e)

Individual Studies

599(1 to 5); 693 (1 to 12);900(1 to 4); 910 (2 to 8); 930 (1 to6)

OPTICAL SCIENCES

Committee on Optical Sciences (Graduate) Professors Peter A. Franken, Chairman, Clarence L. Babcock, Harrison H. Barrett (Radiology), Peter H. Bartels (Microbiology and Medical Technology), B. Roy Frieden, Jack D. Gaskill, Bobby R. Hunt (Systems and Industrial Engineering), Stephen F. Jacobs, George L. Lamb, Jr. (Mathematics), Willis E. Lamb, Jr. (Physics), Allan J. Malvick (Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics), Aden B. Meinel (Astronomy), Sol Nudelman (Radiology), Ralph M. Richard (Civil Engineering and Engineering Me- chanics), Murray Sargent, III, Marian O. Scully (Physics), Bernhard O. Seraphin, Roland V. Shack, Robert R. Shannon, Philip N. Slater, Orestes N. Stavroudis, John O. Stoner, Jr. (Physics), William Swindell, A. Francis Turner, Lawrence Wheeler (Psychology), William H. Wing (Physics), William L. Wolfe, Jr. (Radiology) Associate Professors Frederic A. Hopf, Arvind S. Marathay, Richard L. Shoemaker, James C. Wyant Assistant Professors Eustace L. Dereniak, Ronald S. Hershel, Seppo O. Sari, James G. Small Lecturer James J. Burke

The Committee on Optical Sciences offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in optical sciences. Areas in which research is currently being conducted include atmospheric optics, coherent optics, holography, image processing, infrared techniques, integrated optics, laser physics, medical optics, modulation spectroscopy, optical design, optical fabrication and testing, optical properties of materials, quantum optics, remote sensing, solar energy, and thin film technology. In addition, interdisciplinary research programs involving the Departments of Astronomy, Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics, Electri- calEngineering, Mathematics, Microbiology and Medical Technology, Physics, Physiology, Planetary Sciences, Psychology, and Radiology are in progress. Applicants should hold a bachelor's degree in engineering, mathematics, or physics. In addition to the application materials submitted to the Graduate College, applicants must submit to the Administrator for Academic Affairs, Optical Sciences Center, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721, the following materials: one coinplete -s'et of transcripts, scores on the Aptitude and Advanced (Engineering, Mathematics, or Physics) tests of the Graduate Record Examination, and two letters of recommendation. The deadline for receipt of all materials is one month prior to registration but earlier receipt will enhance the prospects for admission and financial aid.

Degrees

MASTER OF SCIENCE -There is no core curriculum for the Master of Science degree, and students are allowed considerable freedom in planning their study programs. A thesis is normally required but, at the discretion of the committee, this requirement may be waived for students who have suitable previous experience in research and publication. With the approval of the committee, the master's degree may be awarded to prospective candidates for the Doctor of Philosophy degree following successful completion of the Preliminary Examination. 202 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY -A core curriculum, including courses 501, 502, 503R, 504, 505R, 506, 507, 508, and 509, has been developed to help doctoral students prepare for the Pre- liminary Examination. These courses are not required, but students are expected to know the material presented in them. There is no foreign language requirement for the Doctor of Philoso- phy degree in Optical Sciences. Students must include at least 2 units of optical laboratory courses or provide evidence of equivalent laboratory experience. At the discretion of the committee, doctoral students with majors inoptical sciences, as well as those majoring in other disciplines, may elect a minor in optical sciences. Such students must complete, for the minor, 12 units of course work with a grade of "B" or better in optical sciences or obtain approval for the equivalent in transferred course work. No more than 6 of these units may be crosslisted with the student's major department (if other than optical sciences).

426. Vision(3) GC II 1979 -80 (Identical with Psyc. 426) 437. Spectroscopy(3) GC I (Identical with Phys. 437) 440a -440b. Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy for Experimentalists(3 -3)GC (Identicalwith Phys. 440a -440b) 501. Electromagnetic Foundations of Optics(3) I Gauss' law; Coulomb's law; dipole moment; polarizability; Faraday's law; Maxwell's equations; the wave equations; plane waves; spherical waves; Fresnel's formu- las; dipole radiation; magneto -optic effects; electro -optic effects. P, Phys. 116, Math. 422b. 502. Introduction to Fourier Optics(3)I Harmonic analysis; linear systems; impulse response; convolution; Fourier transform; transfer function; diffraction; image formation; holography; optical data processing. P, Math. 125c. 503R.First -Order Optical Design(3)I Rays and wavefronts; Fermat's principle; Snell's law; dispersion; systems of plane mirrors; Gaussian imagery; paraxial imagery; paraxial design methods; Delano diagram; introduction to aberrations. 503L.First -Order Optical Design Laboratory (1) ILab. in support of 503R. P, CR 503R. 504. Introduction to Quantum Optics(3) II Quantum background; interaction of radiation with matter; dipole moments; line broadening; quantization of radiationfields; spontaneous emission; stimulated emission; lasers. P, 501, Phys. 230. (Identical with Phys. 504) 505R.Interference and Interferometry(3) II Wave equations; energy flow; polarization; interference; coherence; interferometers; optical testing; heterodyne interferometry; holography; speckle interferometry. P, 501, 502. 505L.Interference and Interferometry Laboratory ( 1 ) IILab. in support of 505R. P, CR 505R. 506. Principles of Optical Systems Design(3) II Sources of aberrations; aberration control; aberrations in simple systems; vision; color; mechanical design principles. P, 503R, 503L. 507. Introduction to Solid -State Optics(3) I Solid -state background; lattice vibrations; energy bands; energy gaps; optical properties of metals, insulators and semiconductors; measurement techniques; modulators; light- emitting diodes. P, 504. 508. Probability and Statistics in Optics(3)IIProbability; random variables; stochastic processes; autocorre- lation; Wiener spectrum; noise; applications in photography; atmospheric turbulence; analysis of random data. P, 502. 509. Radiometry, Sources, Materials and Detectors(3) II Radiometry; sources; materials and components for optical systems; imaging and non -imaging detectors. P, 502, 503R, 503L.

513R.Optical Testing(3) 1 1979 -80 Metrology of components; aspheric surface testing; assembly and align- ment of systems; system evaluation. P, 505R. 513L.Optical Testing Laboratory (I) 11979 -80 Lab. in support of 513R. P, CR 513R. 514. Aberration Theory(3) II 1980 -81 Aberration theory; geometrical image formation; diffraction; pupil, spreaç, and transfer functions; random wavefront perturbations; system effects; image evaluation; image processing. P, 503R. 515. Analytic Geometrical Optics(3) II 1979 -80 Fermat's principle; variational calculus; geometrical optics of inhomogeneous media; orthotomic systems of rays, wavefronts and caustic surfaces; eikonals; partial differential equations; structure of wavefronts. P, 503R, Math. 253. 517. Lens Design(4) Fundamentals of optical system layout and design; exact and paraxial ray tracing; aberration theory; chromatic and monochromatic aberrations. 2R, 6L. P, 506.

521. Polarized Light: Theory and Practice(3) 1 1979 -80 Polarized light; mathematical description; interaction with dielectrics and metals; crystal optics; double refraction; polarization devices; matrix treatment; applications. P, 505R. 522. Theoryof Partial Coherence and Polarization(3) 1 1980 -81 Statistical properties of light; mutual coherence function; the Michelson stellar interferometer; image formation with partially coherent light; cascaded optical systems; resolution; photoelectron statistics; Hanbury -Brown and Twiss intensity inter - ferometry. P, 505R. OPTICAL SCIENCES 203

524. Optical Data Processing (3) II 1979 -80 Inverse filtering; matched filtering; frequency- domain synthesis; the Vander Lugt filter; shadow- casting correlators; OTF synthesis; coded- aperture imaging. P, 505R. 527. Holography (3) lI 1980 -81 Historical background; the Gabor hologram; the hologram as a zone plate; Fresnel, image, Fourier -transform, and reflection holograms; practical holography; limitations. P, 505R. 534. Image Processing: Devices, Systems and Applications (3) II 1979 -80 Image formation; resolution; noise; linear processing; display; discrete images; sampling; coding; maximum efficiency codes; nonlinear computer processing; coherent processing. P, 502 or background in theory of linear systems. (Identical with S.I.E. 534) 535. Automatic Information Extraction and Classification (3) II 1980 -81 Data acquisition; scene segmenta- tion; informational measures; image descriptors; trend analysis; statistical classifiers; feature selection; classification schemes. P, 534. 536. Image Processing Laboratory (3) I (Identical with S.I.E. 536)

538. Medical Optics (3) 1 1980 -81 Imaging techniques in radiology and nuclear medicine; unconventional imaging systems; tomographic systems; coded- aperture systems; image recording devices; effects of scat- tered radiation; image enhancement. P, 502.

539. Methods of Image Restoration and Enhancement (3) 1 1979 -80 Restoration of blurred images; digital methods; computer testing of algorithms; Fast - Fourier transform; other linear methods; nonlinear methods with constraints; analog methods; effects of diffraction; dependence on S/N ratio. P, 502. 541R.Introduction to Lasers (3)I Laser theory; properties of lasers; stimulated emission; dispersion theory; gain saturation and rate equation; optical resonators; survey of laser types and mechanisms. P, Phys. 103b. 541L.Introduction to Lasers Laboratory (I) I Lab. in support of 541R. P, CR 541R. 542R.Laser Principles and Applications (3) II Laser design; hazards; frequency -stabilized lasers; line width; parametric conversion; frequency doubling and tripling; modulation of laser beams; coherent detection; applications. P, 541R. 542L.Laser Principles and Applications Laboratory (1) II Lab. in support of 542R. P, CR 542R. 543. Laser Physics (3)1 1980 -81 Density matrix formulation of interaction of radiation with matter; semi- classical laser theory; single and multimode scalar fields; moving atoms; ring and Zeeman lasers; pressure effects. P, 504. (Identical with Phys. 543) 545. Nonlinear Optics (3) II 1979 -80 Scattering of light; parametric amplification; Brillouin, Raman, Ray- leigh scattering; stimulated and spontaneous interactions; frequency multiplication; intense field effects; materials damage theory. P, 501. 550. Fundamentals of Remote Sensing (3)I Physics and methodology of remote sensing; radiometry; data collection systems; photointerpretation; photogrammetry; image enhancement and classification; applications in the earth sciences. 552. Optical Properties of the Atmosphere and Ocean (3) I 1980 -81 Fluctuations in modulus, phase, and coherence caused by turbulence and scattering; polarization; absorption; dispersion; visibility; transfer function; resolution; experimental data. P, CR 508. 558. Radiometry (3)I1979 -80 Units and nomenclature; Planck's law; black bodies; gray bodies; spectral emitters; Kirchoff's law; flux concepts; axial and off -axis irradiance; radiative transfer; normalization; coherent illumination; radiometric instruments. P, 501.

559. Infrared Techniques (3) 1 1980 -81 The radiant environment; atmospheric properties; optical materials and systems; detector description and use; data processing; displays, systems design and analysis. P, 558. 563. Photoelectronic Imaging Devices (3)II1979 -80 Intensifiers; camera tubes; electronography; storage tubes; specifications; evaluation; applications. P, Phys. 116. 566. Optical Detectors (3) I1 1980 -81 Photoconductors; semiconductors; signal and noise mechanisms; figures of merit; limitations on the sensitivity of detectors; photoemitters; detectors of ionizing radiation. P, 507. 567R.Photographic Recording Processes (3) II 1979 -80 Theory and practice of obtaining a photographic record of an optical image. 567L.Photographic Recording Processes Laboratory (2) II 1979 -80 Lab. in support of 567R. P, CR 567R. 571. Glass Science and Technology (3) II 1980 -81 Optical glasses and glass -crystalline materials; compositions; properties; primary phase systems; nucleation; raw materials; preparation methods; melting and annealing processes. P, Phys. 230.

576. Optical Wave Guides and Integrated Optics (3)I1980 -81 Guided waves in dielectric films and fibers; beam -to -guide couplers; general coupled -mode formalism; linear and nonlinear interactions; survey of devices for integrated optics. P, 501. 577. Optics of Thin Films (3)II1980 -81 Dielectric interference films; semiconductor and metallic films; planar wave guide films; design methods for multilayer interference filter coatings; thin film components for integrated optical circuits. P, 505R. 595. Colloquium (1) II1 a. Current Subjects in Optical Sciences 204 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

597. Workshop (3) III a. Optical Shop Practices 1R, 6L. P, 505L.

617. Advanced Lens Design Laboratory (3) II 1979 -80 Calculation of aberrations; types of lenses; image - analysis and transfer -function calculations; analysis of lens design programs; special topics. P, 517.

642. Laser Spectroscopy (3) 1 1979 -80 Interaction of light with atoms and molecules; the Lamb dip; two - photon spectroscopy; polarization spectroscopy; double resonance; photon echoes; coherent transient effects; density matrix; molecular spectroscopy; laser sources. P, 543 or Phys. 570b.

643. Quantum Optics (3) II 1980 -81 Quantum theory of electromagnetic radiation; spontaneous emission; Dicke superradiance; optical coherence and noise; quantum theory of the laser; superconductivity and Josephson radiation. P, 543. (Identical with Phys. 643)

649. High -Energy Lasers and Their Applications (3) 1 1979 -80 High -power lasers; solid -state lasers; molecular and chemical lasers; pump mechanisms; mode locking; Q- switching; pulse propagation; applications to isotope separation and fusion. P, 543. (Identical with Phys. 649)

656a -656b. Atmospheric Optics and Radiation (3 -3) 1980 -81 (Identical with Atmo. 656a -656b)

675. Optical Properties of Materials (3) II 1980 -81 Elements of the energy band model; theory of the dielectric function; determination of the band structure from optical studies; modulated- reflectance spectroscopy and band -structure analysis. P, 507.

Individual Studies

599(1 to5);900(l to8);910(1 to6);920(l to9);930(1 to6)

ORIENTAL STUDIES

Professors William G. Dever, Head, Ludwig W. Adamec, Don C. Bailey, Anoop C. Chandola, James M. Mahar, Hamdi A. Qafisheh, William R. Schultz, Jing -shen Tao Associate Professors Gail Lee Bernstein, Richard M. Eaton, Adel S. Gamal, Charles H. Hedtke, Chisato Kitagawa, Ronald C. Miao, Andres D. Onate, William J. Wilson Assistant Professors Michael E. Bonine, Marie C. Chan, Robert Dankoff, Leslie A. Flemming, Kurt Y. Kuriyama, Timothy Light, Peter B. Machinist, Daniel M. Swetschinski, Ste- phen H. West, Minoru Yanagihashi, Norman Yoffee (Anthropology) Instructors William R. Royce, Ziona Kopelovich -Hanash Lecturers Mary J. McWhorter (Library), Ruth Patzman, Edward D. Putzar, Michael Stein (Art)

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major in oriental studies. Instruction is available in the languages, cultures, and civilizations of the Middle East and North Africa, India and Pakistan, China, and Japan. Concentrations are available in language and literature, history, thought, and society (either ancient or modern) of these areas. In cooperation with the College of Education, the department also offers work leading to the Master of Education degree with a major in oriental studies. For information concerning this degree see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Education elsewhere in this catalog. Applicants must forward to the head of the department scores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination and two letters of recommendation from previous instructors or academic advisors. Students without previous disciplinary or language training related to Asia may be required to make up deficiencies without graduate credit.

Degrees

MASTER OF ARTS - Requirements include 30 units of course work with a thesis or, when a departmental paper is submitted in lieu of thesis, no less than 32 units. Two degree plans are available in consultation with an advisor: (I) a nonspecialist terminal program, multi -area if desired, and (2) a specialist program requiring a minimum of two years of an appropriate language. This program normally requires three or more semesters and often serves as preparation for the Doctor of Philosophy degree program. ORIENTAL STUDIES 205

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - This program requires completion of the Master of Arts degree (specialist program) or equivalent training plus those additional courses in the major and minor areas selected by the student's guidance committee.

General Oriental Studies

429. Pedagogical Linguistics: Applied Linguistics for Language Teachers (3) GC Il Survey of applied linguistics, with emphasis on phonology, morphology, syntax, contrastive /error analysis, and implications for language teaching of current linguistic theories. (Identical with Ed.F.A. 429, Ling. 429, R.Lg. 429, and S.Ed. 429) 432. Islamic Mysticism (3) GC II Origin and development of Sufism and its impact on the Muslim and non - Muslim worlds. (Identical with Reli. 432) 463. Marxism in East Asia (3) GC IEvolution of Marxist thought in China, Korea and Japan. (Identical with Hist. 463) 464. Far Eastern International Relations (3) GC I Evolution of international contacts in Eastern Asia and the domestic developments that influenced them. 468. Asia and the West (3) GC I Processes of interaction between Europeans and the peoples and cultures of the Middle East, South Asia, and East Asia, from the Portuguese explorations to the present. (Identical with Hist. 468) 470. History of Southeast Asia (3) GC 11979 -80 Survey of Chinese, Indian, and Muslim cultural impacts, with emphasis on the advent, evolution, and demise of European colonial spheres and on the development of independent nations. (Identical with Hist. 470) 495. Colloquium (3) II a. Revolution in Chinese History GC (Identical with Hist. 495a) b. Readings in Contemporary Japanese [Rpt. /2] GC P, 4I2ó. 498. Special Topics (3) II f. Economic Geography of the Middle East GC (Identical with Geog. 498f) 595, Colloquium (3) III a. China b. Japan c. South Asia d. Middle East 596. Seminar (3) III a. East Asian Thought k. History of India and Pakistan b. East Asian International Relations m. Middle Eastern History c. East Asian Societies o. Middle Eastern Historiography e. Readings in Sanskrit p. Middle Eastern Urbanism (Identical with Ling. 596e) q. Near Eastern Archaeology f. Classical Chinese Literature r. Japanese History g. Modern Chinese Literature s. Japanese Literature h. Premodern Chinese History t. Islamics and Politics u. Indo- European Linguistics i. Modern Chinese History and Politics (Identical with Engl. 596u and ling. j. Social Structure of India 596u) and Pakistan

Individual Studies

594 (1 to 3); 599 (I to 3); 900 (2 to 4); 910 (2 to 6), maximum total, 6 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930(I to 6)

China

400a -400b. Intermediate Modern Chinese (5 -5) GC Grammar, reading, and conversationinthe modern (Mandarin) language. P, 100b. 407a -407b. Cantonese (3 -3) GC 1979 -80 Introduction to Standard Cantonese, with oral practice in the basic phonological and syntactic patterns, and Cantonese readings of Chinese characters. P, one yr. of Man- darin or knowledge of another Chinese dialect. 410a -410b. Advanced Modern Chinese (5 -5) GC Study of advanced modern (Mandarin) Chinese through readings in modern literature and newspapers. P, 400b. 206 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

420. Linguistic Structure of Modern Chinese (3) GC 1 1980 -81 Linguistic study of the phonological and syntactic systems of Modern Chinese, with particular attention to linguistic and learning problems, and attention to dialectal varieties. (Identical with Ling. 420) 440. Chinese Calligraphy (2) [Rpt.] GC II 1979 -80 Theory, practice, and aesthetics of Chinese brush writing, with emphasis on individual training and development. 441. Traditional Chinese Fiction and Drama in English (3) GC 11979 -80 Traditional modes of Chinese fiction, with emphasis on classical language tales, vernacular short- stories and novels; drama and protodrama from the 12th -18th centuries. 442. Modern Chinese Literature (3) GC II 1979 -80 Survey of developments in Chinese poetry, prose fiction, and drama since the late 19th century, with representative readings in English translation. 460. Modern Chinese Foreign Relations (3) GC II Survey of the developments and trends in Chinese foreign relations in the modern period, focusing mainly on the relationship between the theoretical and actual objectives of China's foreign policies from 1949 to the present. (Identical with Pol. 460) 465. Traditional Chinese Political Institutions (3) GC I Survey of traditional political institutions and culture of China, with emphasis on the Ch'ing period. 475a- 475b- 475c- 475d -475e. Periods in Chinese History (3- 3- 3 -3 -3) GC In -depth treatment of major premodern eras. 475a: Ancient and classical, to 200 B.C. 475b: Early Empire, 200 B.C. -200 A.D. 475c: Medieval, 200 -750 A.D. 475d: New Empire, 750 -1350 A.D. 475e: Late Empire, 1350 -1800 A.D. May be taken in any order and CR. (Identical with Hist. 475a -475b -475c -475d -475e) 476a -476b. Modern Chinese History (3 -3) GC Nationalism and commmunism in 20th -century China; the political history of China from 1911 to the present. 476a: 1911 -1949. 476b: 1949 -present. 476a is not prerequisite to 476b. (Identical with Hist. 476a -476b) 500a -500b. Literary Chinese (5 -5) Introduction to pre- 20th -century Chinese styles through readings in classical Chinese literature. P, 410b. 510. Chinese Historical Linguistics (3) II 1980 -81 Historical survey of the development of the Chinese language. P, 400b and a course in general ling. 515. Chinese Bibliography (3) I I979 -80 Training in the use of Chinese reference and bibliographical works. P, two yrs. of Chin. 520. Resources and Methods in Sinology (3) II 1979 -80 Introduction to and exercises in the use Sinological reference and research resources. P, 500b. 550. Studies in Modern Chinese (3) [Rpt.] III Readings in modern Chinese texts. P, 410b. 551. Chinese Traditional Poetry (3) [Rpt. /2] 1 1979 -80 Advanced readings in Chinese poetic genres. P, 500b. 552. Chinese Traditional Vernacular Literature (3) [Rpt. /2] II 1979 -80 Readings in vernacular drama and narrative of the period 1000 -1800, with emphasis on drama and fiction. P, 500b. 553. Chinese Traditional Prose (3) [Rpt. /2] 1 1980 -81 Advanced readings in various genres of Chinese prose and belles lettres. P, 500b. 570. Chinese Historical Texts (3) [Rpt. /2] II1980 -81 Readings in traditional historical texts of various types. P, 500b.

India- Pakistan

408a -408b. Intermediate Hindi -Urdu (4 -4) GC Advanced grammar, reading, and conversation in the major national language of northern India and Pakistan, with separate sections for written Urdu and written Hindi. P, 10Ib. 411a -411b. Advanced Hindi -Urdu (3 -3) GC Advanced conversation, writing and reading of modern prose, with separate sections for written Hindi and written Urdu. 417a -417b. Sanskrit Grammar and Texts (3 -3) GC 1980 -81 Study of the classical language of India, with emphasis on reading and translation, and including selections from the Gita,Vedas, Mahabharata, Hitopadesha, Kathasaritsagara and LawsofManu. (Identical with Clas. 417a -417b and Ling. 417a- 417b) 431. Indian Religion and Thought (3) GC III Traditional religious and philosophical thought of India. (Identical with Reli. 431) 444a -444b. Literature of India (3 -3) GC 444a: Ancient and classical literature; philosophical, epic, dramatic and poetic literature until 1200 A.D. 444b: Modern literature; lyric poetry, short stories and novels by contemporary writers. In Engl. 444a is not prerequisite to 444b.

446. Mystic and Love Poetry of India (3) GC II 1979 -80 Introduction to the yoga and bhakti schools ofIn- dian poetry. In Engl. 471. Introduction to Indic Civilization (3) GC I Social and political institutions, arts and philosophy of traditional society from prehistoric times to c.1000 A.D., with emphasis on Hindu religion and its interrelations with the social order. (Identical with Anth. 471 and Hist. 471) ORIENTAL STUDIES 207

472. History of Medieval India (3) GC I Survey of Indian history from the 7th century to 1750. (Identical with Hist. 472) 473. History of Modern India and Pakistan: 1750- Present (3) GC II Survey of political, social and economic developments in South Asia from the mid -18th century to the present. (Identical with Hist. 473) 485. Social Organization of India and Pakistan (3) GC I Survey of family, kin, and caste in the peasant societies of India and Pakistan. (Identical with Anth. 485) 486. Political Systems of India and Pakistan (3) GC II Survey of postindependence political developments in Pakistan and India. (Identical with Pol. 486)

Japan

Prior to registering in any Japanese language course, the student must demonstrate the minimum knowledge of Japanese recommended by the instructor.

402a -402b. Intermediate Japanese (5 -5) GC Grammar, reading, and conversation in the modern language. 412a -412b. Advanced Japanese (5 -5) GC Reading from modern scholarship, fiction, and essays, with attention to grammatical analysis. 422. Modern Japanese Grammar (3) GC II Introduction to Japanese linguistics: morphology, syntax, semantics, and pragmatics. 437. Japanese Religion (3) GC IJapanese Buddhism, Shinto, new religions, with emphasis on the period since 1600. Reading is in English; basic knowledge of Japanese history required. (Identical with Reli. 437) 447a- 447b -447c. Japanese Literature in English (3 -3 -3) GC Survey of Japanese literature, with reading in En- glish translation of commentaries, poetry, prose, dramatic literature. 447a: To 1600. 447b: 1600 -1950. 447c: Since 1945. 462. Japanese International Relations (3) GC ISurvey of Japan's international relations since1945. (Identical with Pol. 462) 467. Japanese Politics (3) GC I Examination of the political framework, the various actors involved, and the performance of the political system. (Identical with Pol. 467) 474a- 4746 -474c. History of Japan (3 -3 -3) GC Social and cultural history of Japan. 474a: From earliest times to 1600. 474b: Tokugawa Period, 1600 -1840. 474e: 1840 -1940. (Identical with Hist. 474a -474b -474c) 488. Modern Japanese Society (3) GC II Analysis of the social and psychological attributes of the Japanese people; interrelationships of politics, economy and society. 502a -502b. Literary Japanese (5 -5) Introduction to the varieties of writing styles used from the 8th century to modern times, including Sino- Japanese, documentary, epistolary and purely literary styles. 516. Japanese Bibliography (3)II1979 -80 Training in the use of Japanese reference and bibliographical works. P, three yrs. of Japanese.

Judaic Studies

401. Ancient Mesopotamia (3) GC! 1980-81 (Identical with Anth. 401) 403a -403b. Intermediate Modern Hebrew (5 -5) GC Intermediate grammar, reading, ronversation and extensive presentation of the syntax and vocabulary of modern Hebrew, leading to a firm foundation in the Ian - guage. P, 103b. 409a -409b. Intermediate Biblical Hebrew (3 to 4 -3 to 4) GC 1979 -80 Study of Biblical Hebrew grammar and literature. 409a: Prose texts. 409b: Poetry. P, 103b. 427. Religion and Mythology of Mesopotamia (3) GC II 1980 -81 (Identical with Anth. 427) 428. Anthropology of Law (3) GC II 1979 -80 (Identical with Anth. 428) 430. Prophecy in Ancient Israel (3) GC II Nature and origins of Biblical prophecy and its ancient Near East- ern analogues, including intensive study of several major Biblical prophets. (Identical with Reli. 430) 435. Judaic Philosophy (3) GC II1979 -80 Outline of the thinking of Philo, Saadia, Gebirol, Halevi, and Maimonides. (Identical with Reli. 435) 436. Modern Jewish Political Thought (3) GC 1 1979 -80 Analysis of the various forms of modern Jewish nationalism (e.g., Zionism, Bundism, Diaspora nationalism), their intellectual roots and socioeconomic settings. 453a -453b. Advanced Modern Hebrew (3 -3) GC Designed to improve the student's command of speaking, listen- ing,reading, and writing;includes reading of twentieth- centurylit.,composition, and advanced grammar. P, 403b. 457. Prehistoric Mesopotamia (3) GC 1 1979 -80 (Identical with Anth. 457) 208 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

484a -484b. Akkadian Linguistics(3 -3)GC1980 -81 (Identical with Anth. 484a -484b) 584a -584b. Readings in Akkadian(3 -3) 1979 -80 (Identical with Anth. 584a -584b)

Middle East

404a -404b. Intermediate Arabic(5 -5)GCIntermediate conversation and readings in modern standard Arabic. P, 104b. 405a -405b. Intermediate Persian(4 -4)GCConversation in the dialect of contemporary Iran; extensive readings in classical and modern literature. P, 105b.

414a -414b. Advanced Arabic(3 -3)GCContinuation of 404b, with emphasis on oral and written comprehension and expression. P, 404b. 414a is not prerequisite to 414b. 415a -415b. Advanced Persian(4 -4)GCReadings in Persian, with the objective of preparing the student for independent research. 415a: Contemporary prose. 415b: Poetry and prose. P, two yrs. of Persian. 415a is not prerequisite to 415b.

424a -424b. Conversational Levantine Arabic(3 -3)GC1979 -80 Extensive oral drill, with emphasis on the acquisition of facility in normal conversation and comprehension. P, 104a. 425a -425b. Conversational Gulf Arabic(3 -3)GC1980 -81 Extensive oral drill, with emphasis on the acquisition of facility in normal conversation and comprehension. P, 104a. 426. Introduction to Arabic Linguistics(3)GC IIHistory and structure of the Arabic language in its various forms. P, 104b, Ling. 101. (Identical with Ling. 426) 434. Islamic Thought (3) GC IITraditional ideological systems of Islamic countries and their evolutionary transformations. (Identical with Reli. 434) 438. The Koran in English Translation(3)GC 11979 -80 Close study of the Koran in its historical, literary, and religious dimensions. (Identical with Reh. 438) 448. Arabic Literature in English(3)GCII 1979 -80 Historical survey of Arabic literature of the Middle East and Mediterranean world, with readings in English translations. 449. Persian Literature in English(3)GCII 1980 -81 Historical survey of Persian literary traditions, with readings in English translations. 469. Geography of the Middle East(3)GC IPhysical environments and cultural areas of Southwest Asia, with emphasis on man -environmentinterrelationships,settlement systems and impact of Islam (Identical with Geog. 469) 477a -477b.History of the Middle East(3 -3)GCHistory of civilization in the Middle East from the rise of Is- lam to the 18th century. 477a: Period of Arab dominance. 477b: Period of Turkish dominance. 477a is not prerequisite to 477b. (Identical with Hist. 477a -477b) 478. Modern History of the Middle East(3)GC INear and Middle Eastern history since the late 18th century, with special emphasis on Egypt and areas to the east. (Identical with Hist. 478)

479. The Ottoman Empire to 1800(3)GC I11980 -81 Great age of the Ottoman state, its origins and decline. (Identical with Hist. 479) 480. History of Iran and Central Asia(3)GC 11980 -81 History of Iran from 226 A.D. to 4722: Sassaniar Persian culture, the Arab and Islamic conquest, and interaction with Mongol and Turkish nomads of Central Asia (Chenghis Khan, Tamerlane, etc.). (Identical with Hist. 480) 481a -481b. Archaeology of Syria - Palestine in the Bronze and Iron Ages(3 -3)GCSurvey of the Bronze and Iron Age cultures of Syria- Palestine, ca. 3500 -500 B.C., with emphasis on the use of archaeological materials in historical reconstruction. (Identical with Anth. 481a -481b)

PALEONTOLOGY (See Geosciences)

PERFORMANCE (See Music) PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES 209

PERSIAN (See Oriental Studies)

PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES

Professors Jack R. Cole,Head,Willis R. Brewer, Lloyd E. Burton, Arnold R. Martin, William A. Remers, Joseph A. Zapotocky Associate Professors James Blanchard, Michael B. Mayersohn, Donald G. Perrier Assistant Professors Alan D. Barreuther, J. Lyle Bootman, Unamarie Clibon, Robert R. Dorr, Marie E. Gardner, Richard J. Hammel, Keith E. Likes, Robert E. Martin, John R. Plachetka, J. Robert Powell Adjunct Professors William L. Fritz, Thomas M. Samuels Clinical Instructor Carl E. Trinca Adjunct Instructor Richard P. Stitt Lecturers Jack R. Arndt, Lee A. Gardner

The department offers a program leading to the Master of Science degree with a major in pharmacy. The department also offers programs leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree with majors in pharmaceutical chemistry or in pharmacy. Concentrations available for the master's degree include pharmaceutics, pharmaceutical chemistry, pharmacognosy, pharmacy administration, and hospital pharmacy. Students concentrating in hospital pharmacy may complete the master's degree and earn the Residency Certificate in a combined two -year program. In cooperation with the College of Education, a concentration in pharmaceutical education is available for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. A bachelor's degree in pharmacy, chemistry, or biological science is prerequisite to admission to the graduate program. Admission preference is given to applicants who hold the degree of Bachelor of Science in pharmacy or its equivalent with high standing from a school or college of pharmacy accredited by the American Council on Pharmaceutical Education. Admission to the doctoral programs usually requires, in addition, preparation in mathematics. Teaching is a part of the graduate learning process and one or more years of teaching is generally required of allgraduate students. A thesisisrequiredfor the master's degree. Acceptable minor fields for doctoral students include selected courses in anatomy, biology, business administration, chemistry, education, engineering, microbiology, nutrition, pharmacology, physiology, zoology, or in pharmacy concentrations different from the principal concentration selected by the student. Specialized facilities of the College of Pharmacy available for graduate studies include animal, plant, and chemical science laboratories; a clinical pharmacokinetic laboratoy; a manufacturing laboratory; a medicinal plant garden and greenhouse; an animal colony; a distillation and extraction unit; and numerous mechanical, optical, and electronic instruments for research purposes.

407. Biopharmaceutics /Pharmacokinetics (3) GC IRelationship between the physical -chemical characteristics of a drug and its dosage form and the fate of the drug in the body; principles and kinetics of drug absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion and therapeutic respònsee.P, 302b. Math. 123, 263. 409. Pharmacokinetics (3) GC II Application of the principles and kinetics of drug absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion and therapeutic response to the clinical use of drugs; examples drawn from the literature. P, 407. 424. Antibiotics (2) GC III Principles of antibiotic chemotherapy and the properties of the natural antibiotics employed in therapeutics and growth control. P, Mier. 110. 430a -430b. Medical Radiopharmaceuticals (2 -2) GC Medical applications, safe handling, measurement and preparation of radiopharmaceuticals. P. Math. 123, 263, Phys. 102a -102b, 180a -180b, Chem. 103a- 103b, 104a -104b. 437a -437b. Medicinal Chemistry and Pharmacognosy (4 -4) GC Relationships between the chemical structure and physiological activity, incompatibilities and stability of the organic and inorganic compounds obtained from natural and synthetic sources; essentials of pharmacognosy, including biologicals. P, 302b, Chem. 241a-241b, 243a -243b. 210 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

438. Drug Quality Control and Analysis (2) GC II Introduction to quality control procedures, identification, limit tests and methods of analysis for drugs and their dosage forms. P, 437a, Chem. 322, 323. 439. Techniques of Drug Quality Control and Analysis ( I ) GC I I Experimental methods of identification and analysis of drugs and their dosage forms; limit tests for impurities; related control procedures. 3L. P, 438. 444. Public Health (3) GC I (Identical with H.R.P. 444) 455. Introduction to Clinical Pharmacy (4) GC' IClinical evaluation of drug utilization related to specific diagnosis and desired therapeutic response; consultation with physicians, nurses and patients; solving specialized drug problems. P, 394, 409, CR Pcol. 475. 466. Community Health Problems (3) GC II (Identical with H.R.P. 466) 509. Pharmacokinetics (3) II1979 -80 Quantitative treatment of kinetics of drug absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion and pharmacologie response, including development of mathematical models for these processes and use of digital computer for analog simulation and nonlinear regression analysis. P, 407, Math. 253 and 254.

511. Hospital Pharmacy Administration (3)IHistory, organization and administration of pharmaceutical services within the institutional environment. 519. Parenteral Preparations (2) Principles and procedures in the preparation, stability, and administration of parenteral products. 1R, 3L. P, 302b.

596. Seminar (1) 1I I a. Pharmaceutical Sciences [Rpt. /5] b. Pharmaceutical Sciences (Hospital) [Rpt. /5]

598. Special Topics ( Ito 4)II I Seldom will more than one of the following courses be offered during a semester. a. Physical Pharmacy (4) P, 407, 409, 310. b. Polyphasic and Disperse Systems (4) P, Chen. 480b or CR. g. Pharmaceutical Manufacturing (3) P, 407. 630a -630b. Advanced Organic Medicinals (3 -3) Rational drug design, receptor site theories, mechanism of drug action, and metabolic pathways of medicinal agents; chemical and enzymatic synthesis of important pharmaceuticals. P, 437b, Pcol. 471b. 632a -632b. Natural Medicinal Products (3 -3) Origin and isolation of steroidal and alkaloidal drugs and other natural products of interest. P, 437b, Pcol. 471 b.

Individual Studies

593 (I to 6); 599 (I to 5); 694 (I to 15) [a. Clinical Clerkship [Rpt.]] [b. Administrative Clerkship [Rpt.]]; 699 (I to 5); 900 (I to 5); 910 (I to 8), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (I to 9); 930 (I to 6)

PHARMACOLOGY

Committee on Pharmacology (Graduate)

Professors Thomas F. Burks II, Chairman, Klaus Brendel, Lincoln Chin, Albert L. Picchioni Associate Professors Thomas J. Lindell, Elias Meezan Assistant Professor Hugh E. Laird, Il

The Department of Pharmacology in the College of Medicine and the Department of Phar- macology and Toxicology in the College of Pharmacy cooperate, through the Committee on Pharmacology, in offering programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major inpharmacology. Concentrations are availableinneuropsycho- pharmacology and in biochemical, clinical, and autonomic pharmacology. Admission requires the completion of a bachelor's degree with a major in chemistry, biology, pharmacy, or other related science. Minimal prerequisites include one year each of biology, organic chemistry, and physics and course work in mathematics through integral calculus. Appli- cants must submit scores on the Graduate Record Examination. Correspondence may be directed to the Chairman of the Graduate Committee on Pharmacology. Graduate study programs are individually planned after consideration of the student's preparation and professional objectives. A thesis is required. For course descriptions, see Pharmacology (College of Medicine) and Pharmacology and Toxicology (College of Pharmacy) elsewhere in this catalog. PHARMACOLOGY 21 1

PHARMACOLOGY

(Department, College of Medicine)

Professors Thomas F. Burks I1,Head,H. Vasken Aposhian (Cellular and Developmental Biol- ogy), Klaus Brendel, Rubin Bressler (Internal Medicine), Otto Krayer (Visiting), Diane Russell Associate Professors Burnell R. Brown, Jr. (Anesthesiology), Ryan J. Huxtable, David Johnson (Internal Medicine), Thomas J. Lindell, Elias Meezan, Eugene Morkin (Internal Med- icine), John D. Palmer, Henry 1. Yamamura Assistant Professors Dean E. Carter, Glenn Sipes (Toxicology), Philip Walson (Pediatrics) Instructors Alan D. Barreuther (Pharmaceutical Sciences), William Fritz Adjunct Assistant Professors Sai Chang, Paul Marques

The Department of Pharmacology in the College of Medicine cooperates with the Depart- ment of Pharmacology and Toxicology in the College of Pharmacy, through the Committee on Pharmacology, in offering programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major in pharmacology. See the entry above for details on admission and degree requirements. Pharmacology is a broad discipline involving the investigation of the actions of chemicals upon living material at all levels of organization. It occupies an important interface between the basic medical sciences and the clinical sciences, drawing strongly upon the former for its contribu- tiontothelatter.Pharmacologic knowledgeisappliedto the understanding of the basic mechanisms of drug action, the diagnosis, prevention, cure, or relief of the symptoms of disease and the promotion of optimal health. The emphasis of basic pharmacologic principles enables the stùdent to develop techniques of problem solving to keep abreast of advances in pharmacology and its applications to other sciences.

501. The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics (6) II Actions of chemical agents upon living material at all levels of organization, with emphasis on mechanisms of action of prototype drugs; foundation for a rational approach to human therapeutics and toxicology. P, Psio. 601, Bioc. 501. (Identical with Tox. 501) 520. Clinical Pharmacology (2) IEffects of drugs on natural history of disease; drug -drug interactions; drug testing designs; drug abuse: drug literature evaluation; aspects of clinical toxicology. P, 501.

550. Drug Disposition and Metabolism (3) 1 Principles of absorption, distribution and excretion of drugs, with emphasis on mechanisms of drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics. P, 501, 561b, Bioc. 501. (Identical with Tax. 550) 551. Molecular Biology of Pharmacological Agents (3) II Molecular mechanism of drugs and toxins at the cellular and subcellular levels, including effects on control mechanisms, cell -cell interactions, organelles, and nucleic acid and protein synthesis. P, 501, 550, 561b, Bioc. 501. (Identical with Tox. 551) 554. Cardiovascular Pharmacology (3) II Modern theories of mechanism of action of cardiovascular drugs, therapy of cardiovascular disease. P, 501, Psio. 601, Bioc. 501.

555. Structure -Activity Relations in Drug Action (3) 1 1980 -81 Basic principles in drug design and the chemical bases of drug action. P, 501. (Identical with Tox. 555) 561a -561b. Introduction to Pharmacological Literature (1 -I) Designed to supplement 501 and to broaden the background of students in pharmacology. P, 501. (Identical with Pcol. 561a -561b) 586a -586b. introduction to Pharmacology Research (l -1) Introduction to basic techniques in pharmacology; lab. exercises in modern pharmacological techniques. P, CR 501. Bioc. 565, Psio. 601.

596 Seminar (I to 3) III a. Advanced Graduate Research [Rpt. /3] P, 561b. (Identical with Pcol. 596a)

6.53. Neuropharmacology (4) 11 1980 -81 (Identical with Pcol. 653)

Individual Studies

599(I to5);900(1 to5);910(I to8);920(I to9);930(1 to6) 212 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

PHARMACOLOGY AND TOXICOLOGY

(College of Pharmacy)

Professors Albert L. Picchioni,Head,Lincoln Chin, J. Wesley Clayton Jr. Associate Professor Paul F. Consroe Assistant Professor Hugh E. Laird, II

The Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology in the College of Pharmacy cooperates with the Department of Pharmacology in the College of Medicine, through the Committeeon Pharmacology, in offering programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major in pharmacology. See the entry underPharmacology /Committee on Pharmacologyelsewhere in this catalog for details on admission and degree requirements. Pharmacology is a discipline concerned with all aspects of the action of drugs on livingsys- tems. The primary aim of this science is the development and evaluation of drugs for the treatment of human disease. Pharmacologic studies range from intermolecular reactions of chemical constituents of cells with drugs to the effects of chemicals in our environmenton entire populations. Toxicology is a discipline concerned with the harmful effects of chemicals (including drugs) on living systems. These two disciplines offer great opportunities to contributeto the knowledge, well- being, and even survival of mankind. Knowledge of them is essential to thepro- fessional role of the pharmacist as a drug consultant to the physician, to various paramedical personnel, and to the patient. Note:A laboratory breakage deposit of $5 is required for all courses which includea laboratory period.

470a -470b. Diseases in Man (2 -2)GCStudy of common diseases that afflict man, with consideration of epidemiology, etiology, prognosis, pathophysiology, and diagnostic and lab. tests. P, G.Bio. 464aR-464bR, Micr. 110, N.F.S. 406a -406b.

471a -471b. Fundamentals of Pharmacology (4 -4) GCComprehensive study of the biochemical, physiological, and therapeutic effects of drugs, including mechanisms of drug action and drug toxicity, and drug literature evaluation. 3R, 3L. P, G. Bio. 464aR- 464bR; N.F.S. 406a -406b; CR Pcol. 470a -470b, Ph.Sc. 437a -437b; Math. 263. (Identical with Tox. 471a-471b)

474. Clinical Toxicology(3)GC IPrevention, characteristics, diagnosis and rational management of diseases caused by drug overdose, toxic household products, poisonous plants, venemous animals, environmental and industrial toxins. P, 470b, 372b or 471b, Ph.Sc. 409. (Identical with Tox. 474) 475. Pharmacotherapeutics(4)GC IRational use of drugs in the management of disease based upon patho- physiological and pharmacological considerations. 3R, 3L. P, Ph.Sc. 409, Pcol. 470b, 471 b. 561a -561b. Introduction to Pharmacological Literature (I -1)(Identical with Phcl. 561a -561b)

596. Seminar ( 1to 3) II I a. Advanced Graduate Research (Identical with Phcl. 596a, which is home)

653. Neuropharmacology(4)II1980 -81 Role of various neurochemicals in the autonomic and central nervous systems and the effect of drugs on these nervous systems, including their influence on synthesis, storage, and release of neurochemicals. P, Phcl. 501 or Pcol. 471b, 561a, 596. (Identical with Phcl. 563 and Tox. 653)

695. Colloquium (Ito 4) 111 a. Research Conference [Rpt.]

698. Special Topics ( Ito 4) II I a. Advanced Toxicology (3) P, 471b, 474. b. Methods in Pharmacology (4) P, 47I b or Phcl. 501.

Individual Studies

900(I to 5);910 (Ito 8), maximum total, 8 units;920 (Ito 9);930 (Ito 6) PHILOSOPHY 213

PHARMACY (See Pharmaceutical Sciences)

PHILOSOPHY

Professors Joel Feinberg,Head,Robert L. Caldwell, Joseph L. Cowan, Keith Lehrer, Ronald D. Milo, Jeffrie G. Murphy, John Pollock, Francis V. Raab, Wesley C. Salmon Associate Professors Henry C. Byerly, Robert M. Harnish, Henning Jensen, Frank A. Lewis, Merrilee Salmon

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major in philosophy.In addition to the traditional areas of philosophy, concentrations in philosophy of science and philosophy of law are available. Applicants must submit scores on the Aptitude and Advanced (Philosophy) tests of the Graduate Record Examination and two letters of recommendation. The graduate programs are coordinated about a core of courses including logic, epistemology, metaphysics, and ethics. Graduate study programs are individually planned and periodically reviewed in consultation with the Director of Graduate Studies. A brochure describing the programs in detail is available on request from the Director. A thesis is not required for the master's degree, but masters' students must demonstrate proficiency in logic and pass a final examination. Doctoral students must pass a qualifying examination and demonstrate proficiency in logic.

402. Mathematical Logic (3) GC Il 1979 -80 (Identical with Math. 402) 403. Foundations of Mathematics (3) GC II 1980 -81 (Identical with Math. 403) 409. Induction and Confirmation (3) GC II 1979 -80 Basic philosophical problems concerning justification of induction, confirmation of scientific hypotheses, and meaning of probability concepts. P, 209. 410. Philosophy of the Physical Sciences (3) GC I Philosophical problems regarding space, time, motion, relativity, causality, measurement, theoretical entities. 413. Philosophy of the Biological Sciences (3) GC 11979 -80 Status of biological laws, teleological explanation, evolutionary theory, organicism and reductionism, models, genetic control. 415. Philosophy of the Behavioral Sciences (3) GC II 1980 -81 Methodology of behavioral sciences, value and objectivity, explanation of human action, problems of emergence and reduction. 420. Ethical Theory (3) GC II Nature and justification of ethical judgments and principles. 421. Ethics and Society (3) GC 11980 -81 Investigation of the relationship between ethical theory and the social sciences (psychology, sociology and anthropology). P,II I, or six units of soc. sci. 422. Linguistic Semantics and Lexicology (3) GC II 1979 -80 (Identical with Ling. 422) 424. Philosophical Psychology (3) GC II 1979 -80 Investigation of psychological concepts such as intention, emotion and thought, and discussion of their role in psychological theories. 425. Advanced Symbolic Logic (3) GC II 1980 -81 Investigation of some major results in logic, such as Low - enheim -Skolem, Godel, Church and Tarski's theorems, and their philosophical import. 426. Introduction to Nonstandard Logic (3) GC II 1979 -80 Introduction to modal logic; problems of interpretation and application; extensions to such areas as tense logic, epistemic logic, deontic logic. 428. Esthetics (3) GC II Classical and contemporary theories of art; the esthetic experience, form and content, meaning, problems in interpretation and criticism of works of art. 431. Metaphysics (3) GC IFree will and determinism; relation of mind and body; problem of universals; space and time. 432. Epistemology (3) GC ICritical examination of the major problems involved in theory of knowledge, including perception, memory, and other minds. 434. Social and Political Philosophy (3) GC I Fundamental concepts of politics; leading social and political theories, such as anarchism, social contract, Marxism. 439. Analytical Philosophy of Religion (3) GC II1980 -81 Effect of analytical and linguistic philosophy on basic questions of religious truth, the meaning of religious and theological statements, and the way in which religious discourse may be understood. (Identical with Reli. 439) 214 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

444. Contemporary Analytic Philosophy (3)GCII 1980 -81 Study of the writings of some of the following: Russell, Moore, Wittgenstein, Ryle, Austin, Carnap, Quine, and those exhibiting a similar approach. 445. Problems in Existentialism (3) GC Il 1979 -80 Exploration of central problems of the human condition, such as meaning of life; death; self- deception; authenticity, integrity and responsibility; guilt and shame; love and sexuality. 460. Greek Philosophy (3) [Rpt.]GCII Topics in Greek philosophy, to be selected from Plato (Earlier or Later Dialogues) and Aristotle. 461. Rationalism and Empiricism (3)GCII 1979 -80 Survey of main controversies among rationalists and empiricists of the 17th and 18th centuries. 462. Problems in 17th- and 18th -Century Philosophy (3) [Rpt.]GCII 1980 -81 Intensive study of selected issues in the philosophy of one or two of the following: Hobbes, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Descartes, Spi- noza, Leibniz, Kant. 472. Philosophy of Law (3)GCII Nature and limits of law; law and morality; legal obligation; problems about liberty, justice, responsibility, and criminal punishment. (Identical with Pol. 472) 473. Foundations of Linguistics (3)GCII1979 -80 Concise presentation of the theory of tranformational grammar, and an investigation of its implications for philosophy and psychology. (Identical with Ling. 473) 474. Philosophy of Mind (3)GC 1Relation between mind and brain; analysis of such concepts as memory and sensation, minds and machines, and personal identity. 475. Philosophical Semantics (3)GCII 1980 -81 Investigation of main philosophical and logical trends in semantic analysis, with reference to relevant current semantic issues in linguistic theory. (Identical with Ling. 475) 476. Philosophy of Language (3)GC 1Study of theories of meaning, reference and speech acts, with reference to current linguistic theory. 477. Linguistic Pragmatics (3)GC l 1979 -80(Identical with Ling. 477) 596. Seminar (3) III a. Ethics k. Philosophy of Mind b. Metaphysics I. Philosophy of Language c. Epistemology m. Theory of Value d. Logical Theory n. Philosophy of Religion e. Esthetics o. Philosophy of History f. Social and Political Philosophy p. History of Philosophy: Classical g. Philosophy of Law q. History of Philosophy: Recent h. Philosophy of the Physical Sciences r. Philosophical Psychology i. Philosophy of the Behavioral Sciences s. Philosophy of Mathematics j. Philosophy of the Biological Sciences t. Special Problems

Individual Studies

599 (I to 4); 900 (I to 4); 910 (1 to 4), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Professors David H. Strack,Director,Diana R. Dunn,Head,Anne E. Atwater, Donna Mae Mill- er, Frederick B. Roby, Mary P. Roby, Jack H. Wilmore, John M. Wilson Associate Professors Boyd B. Baker, Gary D. Delforge, Patricia C. Fairchild, Arlene M. Morris, Richard A. Munroe, Kathryn R. E. Russell, Darrell G. Simko, Jean M. Williams Assistant Professor Margaret B. Anderson

The department offers a program leading to the Master of Science degree with a major in physical education. In cooperation with the College of Education, the department also offers work leading to the Master of Education degree with a major in physical education. For information concerning this degree seeRequirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Educationelsewhere in this catalog. A minor program in physical education is available for doctoral students with majors in other disciplines. Students wishing to specialize in exercise physiology at the doctoral level should consult the Committee on Animal Physiology (see that entry elsewhere in this catalog). Applicants are required to submit scores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination and to arrange to have two letters of recommendation, from persons in a position to evaluate the applicant's potential as a graduate student, sent directly to the Coordinator of the Graduate Program of the Department of Physical Education. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 215

Study programs for the Master of Science degree are individually planned, in consultation with an advisor, around a principal area of interest. At least 20 units must be completed in physical education, but students are encouraged to take work in related fields as well if it is directed toward research interests. The preparation of a thesis is optional, but a student who chooses to present one may earn as many as 6 units for its preparation. Students who do not elect to write a thesis must complete 32 units for the Master of Science degree. Excellent research facilities and close personal supervision of thesis research and writing are available.

485. Sport in Contemporary Society(2)GC I Studyof contemporary sport from the perspectives of its personal, social, cultural, economic and educational dimensions.Miller 486. Curriculum Development in Physical Education(2)GC IIPhilosophic implications involved in planning curricula, curricular trends and problems, and the development and evaluation of physical education curricula. P, 185.

496. Proseminar (1to 3)I II a. Dance- Related Art FormsGCII 1980 -81Wilson b. Analysis of Data in Human Motion Studies (1)GC Atwater 500. Critique of Research and Literature in Physical Education(2) II Survey and critical analysis of current research and literature in physical education, through examination of selected authors, books, periodicals and research reports. 510. Theory and Measurement of Motor Performance(3)I Analysis of human motor performance and study of measurement techniques utilized in evaluating parameters such as muscular strength, endurance and power, range of joint motion, reaction time and speed of movement.Munroe 515. Analysis of Philosophy and Principles of Physical Education(3) I Designed to help the student examine philosophic foundations, to explore the philosophic process, and to analyze, formulate, and apply principles as guides to action. P, twelve upper- division units of ph.ed.Miller

520. Biomechanics of Sport Techniques(3)I Biomechanical and kinesiological analysis of motor skills used in sport and designed exercise. 2R, 3L. P, 370, G.Bio. 159a -159b, twelve upper- division units of ph.ed. Atwater 525. Motor Learning and Human Performance(3) I Neuropsychological approach to the study of motor skill acquisition and learning variables affecting human potential for physical performance.Fairchild 526. Neural and Perceptual Foundations of Motor Learning and Performance(3)I Examines the neural basis of motor behavior and the role and influence of perceptual modalities in motor learning and sports performance; topics include sensory coding, perceptual processing and motor control.MorrislRussell 527. Psychological and Social Parameters affecting Sports Performance(3) II Examines the effects of motivation, personality, aggression, attitudes, social facilitation, observational learning, social reinforcement, and competition upon sports performance.Williams 530. Advanced Physiology of Exercise(3) I Study of factors which influence human performance during exercise stress and the physiological responses to chronic exercise; treatment of selected topics in exercise physiology. P, 373.F. Robv /Wilmore 535. Current Trends and Issues(3) II Designed to aid the mature student in identifying, analyzing, and evaluating recent developments in physical education and basic issues facing the profession. P, twelve upper - division units of ph.ed.Miller 536. Administration of Sports Programs(3)II Designed to provide a theoretical framework for students pursuing sports management careers and others interested in various functions involved in the conduct of sport programs.Miller 545. Evaluation and Regulation of Body Build and Composition(3)II Laboratory and field assessment of body fat, lean body mass and somatotype; anthropometry; body build and composition of the athlete; morphology of fat and lean tissue; exercise and dietary regulation of obesity and chronic underweight. P, 373, 374, Math. 117.Wilmore 550. Laboratory Techniques for Exercise Physiology(3) II Instrumentation and techniques used in measuring the physiological responses of human subjects during exercise stress.F. Robv /Wilmore 555. Cinematographic Techniques for Analyzing Human Movement(3) II High -speed motion picture photography applied to the study of human motion; techniques of data collection, reduction, analysis and interpretation. P, 520.Atwater 560. Application of Exercise Theory to Sports Performance(3) II Characteristics of champion performers, the applicability of exercise regimens to sports performance, and a critique of selected training programs designed to improve sports performance.Munroe

570. Research Design in Physical Education(2) I II Special emphasis on research orientation; study of areas of research and methodology pertinent to physical education; selection of research problems and preparation of thesis.Fairchild 580. Recognition of Athletic Injuries(3)I Advanced study of the etiology, pathology and manifestations of common athletic injuries, with emphasis on specific techniques of injury recognition by the athletic trainer. P, 377; 600 hrs. of clinical experience in athletic training.DeIjorge 216 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

581. Reconditioning of Athletic Injuries (2) II Advanced study of the use of hydrotherapy, electrotherapy and massage in the rehabilitation of athletic injuries. P, 580.De!forge 582. Anatomical Basis of Sport Injuries (2) I Comprehensive survey of bones, ligaments, muscles, nerves, and vessels of the trunk and upper and lower extremities, with specific emphasis on their relationship to sport injuries. 1R, 3L. P, CR 580.Anderson 583. Heritage of American Sport and Physical Education (3) II Dominant historical concepts, systems, traditions, and programs of physical education and their contribution to contemporary American physical education.M. Roby 584. Therapeutic Exercise (3) II Role of exercise in the rehabilitation of common athletic injuries; principles in the development and application of therapeutic exercise programs for injured athletes. P, 580.DeI- forge 585. Current Problems in Athletic Training (3) S Current problems in athletic training and sports medicine; organization and administration of athletic training programs; historical aspects of athletic training. P, 580.De!forge 586. Physical Education and the Law (3) S Investigation and analysis of legal parameters within which the physical educator and coach operate; negligence theory; common defenses; product liability; insurance; legal implications for program development and methodology.Baker 596. Seminar ( 1 to 3) II I S a. Contemporary Problems in Athletics (3) SSimko

795. Colloquium (2) 1II a. Physiological Adaptations to Training Open to doctoral students only. P, 530. b. Environmental Stress and Performance Open to doctoral students only. P, 530. c. Cardiovascular Dynamics Open to doctoral students only. P, 530. d. Exercise Metabolism Open to doctoral students only. P, 530.

Individual Studies

593 ( Ito 4); 599 ( Ito 3); 694 (2 to 3) [a. Concert Production and Choreography [Rpt./ 1 ]II IP, 345, 247.]; 900(I to 3) ;909(1 to 3) :910(I to 6); 930 (1 to6)

PHYSICS

Professors Robert H. Parmenter, Head, Bruce R. Barrett, Stanley Bashkin, William S. Bickel, Leon Blitzer, Theodore Bowen, Robert H. Chambers, Douglas J. Donahue, Roy M. Emrick, Chang -Yun Fan, Peter A. Franken (Optical Sciences), Jose D. Garcia, Jr., Henry A. Hill, Donald R. Huffman, Edgar W. Jenkins, Kurt W. Just, Robert M. Kal- bach, John O. Kessler, Rein Kilkson, Sigurd Kohler, Willis E. Lamb, Jr., John A. Leavitt, Hormoz M. Mahmoud, John D. McCullen, Laurence C. McIntyre, Jr., Ri- chard L. Morse, John W. Robson, Michael D. Scadron, Marian O. Scully, Royal W. Stark, John O. Stoner, Jr., Carl T. Tomizuka, Roald K. Wangsness, Albert B. Weaver, Alvar P. Wilska, William H. Wing, Ralph W. G. Wyckoff Associate Professors Ke- Chiang Hsieh, Robert L. Thews, Jay E. Treat, Joseph J. Vuillemin, Ri- chard A. Young Assistant Professor Adrian N. Patrascioiu

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Phi- losophy degrees with a major in physics. Some interdisciplinary programs such as chemical physics, optics, and astrophysics are also available. Further information regdrding these programs may be obtained from the department. In cooperation with the College of Education, the department also offers work leading to the Master of Education degree with a major in physics. For information concerning this degree see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Education elsewhere in this catalog. Prerequisites for admission to full graduate standing are 30 semester units of undergraduate work in physics. These will normally include the following work beyond introductory physics: appropriate laboratory work; one semester each of mechanics, thermodynamics, and optics; two semesters of electricity and magnetism; and two semesters of modern physics including quantum mechanics. All applicants must submit scores on the Aptitude and Advanced tests of the Graduate Record Examination. PHYSICS 217

An advisor is assigned to each graduate student to help plan a program for the advanced degree. Students without deficiencies are required to take, during the first week of classes, a qualifying examination. As many as three attempts to pass this examination are permitted but all students must pass it during the first four semesters of residence. Experience in teaching is an essential part of graduate training in physics. Graduate students are required to teach an amount decided on an individual basis by the graduate advisor and the department as a whole.

Degrees

MASTER OF SCIENCE - At least 15 of the required 30 units of graduate work must be in physics and must include 436, 511, and 515a, or the equivalent. In addition, each student must satisfy one of the following options: (1) write a thesis (for which up to 6 units mày be allowed) and pass an oral examination on the thesis; (2) take 6 additional graduate units in physics and pass a comprehensive final oral examination; (3) pass the written and oral parts of the Prelimi- nary Examination for the Doctor of Philosophy degree.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - -- Each student must complete at least 36 units of graduate work in physics exclusive of the dissertation or the supporting (minor) work. Courses will be chosen in consultation with the graduate advisor. Each student must complete four of the following courses: 535, 643, 550a, 560a, and 581. The Preliminary Examination will cover classical mechanics, electromagnetic theory, relativity, statistical mechanics, experimental physics, quantum mechanics, modern physics, and questions on current developments. The courses 470a -470b, 511, 515a -515b, 570a -570b, and 528 indicate the areas covered in the examination and the level of understanding expected of the student. The Preliminary Examination must be taken, at the latest, during the fifth semester (excluding the summer session) of residence. It is expected that the dissertation, based upon original research, will be published in a refereed journal. The minor work may be satisfied within the Department of Physics and, in this case, some courses taken in other departments may be used as well.

Students intending to minor in physics (to supplement a major in another department) should consult the physics minor advisor early in their graduate work. Experimental research is conducted in the following areas: elementary particle physics, cosmic rays and space physics, solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, quantum optics, biophysics, and general relativity. Theoretical research is conducted in: solid state physics, atomic physics, nuclear physics, elementary particles, field theory, general relativity, cosmology, satellite and planetary dynamics, and nonequilibrium statistical mechanics. Prospective students should write to the department for information about specific research programs, the faculty involved, the facilities available, and the research and teaching assistantships or fellowship support which can be offered. It is the policy of the department to award financial aid in the form of teaching assistantships solely on the basis of the student's academic record and financial needs. Fellowships are also available to first -year graduate students.

408. Mechanics of Sports(3) GC II Study of sports from a mechanical viewpoint. Necessary concepts of basic mechanics will be developed. Open to nonmajors only. (Identical with Ph.Ed. 408) 410. Theoretical Mechanics I(3) GC III Dynamics of particles and aggregates, with emphasis on the use of vector methods. P, 116, Math. 125e. 412. Theoretical Mechanics 11(3) GC II Continuation of 410; mechanics of the continuum; introduction to variational pripciples; Lagrange's equations. P, 410, Math. 253. 415a -415b. Electricity and Magnetism(3 -3) GC Electromagnetic phenomena; Maxwell's equations. P, 410 or Math. 422a. 420. Optics(3) GC III Electromagnetic waves; rays, interference, diffraction, scattering; applications to imaging systems, Fourier methods, holography, and crystal optics. P, 116, 121, Math. I25c.

425. Thermodynamics(3) GC III Basic laws of thermal equilibrium; heat engines; ideal and non -ideal gases; phase transitions; introduction to irreversible processes, kinetic theory, and statistical mechanics. P, 110, 121, Math. 125e. 430. Introduction to Biophysics(2) GC IConcepts and experimental techniques of molecular biophysics; physical properties of biological macromolecules and cell organelles, optical interactions, macromolecu- lar transitions, molecular mechanism or regulation. P, 102b, Chem. 103a -I03b. (Identical with Micr. 430) 218 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

433. Physics Demonstrations (1 to 3)GCII Introduction to teaching materials and lab. demonstrations illus- trating principles of classical and modern physics, with emphasis on inexpensive techniques and direct experience. Advanced degree credit available for nonmajors only. P, two semesters of phys.

435. Introductory Quantum Theory and Atomic Spectra (3)GC 1 11 Introductory quantum mechanics; solutions of the Schroedinger equation for hydrogen -like atoms; perturbation theory; atomic structure; spectra of one and many electron systems; Zeeman - Paschen -Bach effects; hyperfine structure. P, 230, 410, Math. 253; CR 470a or Math. 413 recommended. 436. Applications of Introductory Quantum Theory (3)GCII Applications of quantum theory to molecules, atomic nuclei, elementary particles and simple solids. P, 435.

437. Spectroscopy (3)GC 1 Introduction to quantum theory of radiation, black body radiation; quantum theory of atomic, molecular and solid -state energy levels; interaction of radiation with matter, transition probabilities, and lifetimes of excited states. P, 230. (Identical with Opti. 437) 440a -440b. Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy for Experimentalists (3 -3)GCExperimental techniques to gen- erate, analyze and detect photons from X -ray to IR; interpretation of spectra from gases, liquids, solids and biological macromolecules; light scattering, polarization. P, 230. (Identical with Opti. 440a -440b) 450. Introductory Nuclear Physics (3)GCII Basic concepts of nuclear physics; structure and stability of the nucleus and its components, nuclear forces, nuclear reactions; energy loss of nuclear radiations. P, 230, Math. 253. (Identical with Nu.E. 450)

460. Introductory Solid -State Physics (3)GCIII Properties of solids from molecular, atomic, and electronic theory; electric, magnetic, and thermal properties of metals, insulators, and semiconductors; free electron and band theories. P, 230. 470a -470b. Methods of Mathematical Physics (3 -3)GCVector and tensor analysis; differential and integral equations; Green's functions; variational techniques; linear operator theory, with emphasis on physical applications. P, 410, Math. 253, CR 415a -415b.

480a -480b. Methods of Experimental Physics 1 (1 to 2 - 1 to 2)GCDesigned to develop experimental skills and to demonstrate important concepts in classical and modern physics. 3 or 6L. P, two upper- division courses in phys. or CR. Both 480a and 480b are offered each semester.

481a -481b. Methods of Experimental Physics II (1 to 2 - 1 to 2)GCContinuation of 480a -480b, with emphasis on individual work. 3 or 6L. P, 480b; ten units of upper- division phys. Both 481a and 481b are offered each semester. 504. Introduction to Quantum Optics (3) 11 (Identical with Opti. 504) 511. Analytical Mechanics (3)I Laws of motion as developed by Newton, d'Alembert, Lagrange and Hamil- ton; dynamics of particles and rigid bodies. P, 410. 515a -515b. Electromagnetic Theory (3 -3) Theory of classical electromagnetic phenomena, including time - dependent and static solutions of Maxwell's equations, radiation theory, and relativistic electrodynamics. P, 415b, 470b. 525. Advanced Thermodynamics and Kinetic Theory (3)IIFirst and second laws of thermodynamics and their applications; Boltzmann transport equation; H- theorem; mean free path methods applied to viscosity, thermal conductivity, and diffusion. P, 425.

528. Statistical Mechanics (3) IPhysical statistics; the connection between the thermodynamic properties of a macroscopic system and the statistics of the fundamental components; Maxwell- Boltzmann, Fermi - Dirac, Einstein -Bose statistics. P, 470b. 530. Biophysical Theory (2)II Physical concepts and theories describing biomolecular structure and function, molecular evolution,limitsto structure, symmetry, oligomer and virus structure, organelle structure and function. (Identical with Micr. 530) 535. Advanced Atomic Physics (3) II Details of atomic structure; interactions of atoms with electromagnetic fields, electrons and ions; techniques for calculating unperturbed and perturbed energy levels, transition probabilities, and atomic interaction cross sections. P, 511, 515b, 570b. 543. Laser Physics (3) 1 1980 -81 (Identical with Opti. 543) 550a -550b. Nuclear Physics (3 -3) Theory of nuclear systems, including stability, decay, nuclear forces, scattering, reactions, structure, and interaction with electromagnetic radiation. P, CR 570a -570b. 551. Satellite and Planetary Perturbation Theory (3) 11 (Identical with Pty.S. 551) 552. The Many -Body Problem in Nuclear Physics (3) 11 1980 -81 Fermi gas model, Green's functions, Wick's and Goldstone's theorems, theory of nuclear matter, microscopic theory of finite nuclei. P, 570b. 556a -556b. Electrodynamics of Conducting Fluids and Plasmas (3 -3) 1980 -81 (Identical with Pty.S. 556a -556b) 560a -560b. Physics of the Solid State (3 -3) General treatment of lattice dynamics, quantum theory of metallic cohesion, band theory, transport phenomena in semiconductors, spin -wave theory, crystalline field theory, BCS theory of superconductivity. P, 528, 570b. 570a -570b. Quantum Mechanics (3 -3) Principles of quantum mechanics; wave mechanics and matrix mechanics; applications to atomic structure and spectroscopy. P, 470a. PHYSIOLOGY 219

575. Advanced Mathematical Methods in Physics (3)1 1980 -81 Selections from topics such as functions of complex variables, dispersion relations, group theory, distributions, integral transforms, numerical analysis, approximation theory. P, 470b. 577a -577b. Theory of Relativity (3 -3) 1979 -80 Special theory of relativity and its application to mechanics and electrodynamics; tensor calculus and general relativity; relativistic astrophysics and cosmology. P, 470b. 579a -579b. Advanced Relativistic Quantum Mechanics (3 -3) 1980 -81 Continuous groups; scattering theory; relativistic wave equations; quantum electrodynamics, Feynman diagrams, dispersion theory, renormalization; strong and weak interactions. P, 515b, 570b. 580a -580b. Quantum Field Theory (3 -3) 1979 -80 Meaning of quantized fields; symmetry principles, free fields; general properties of interactions and peculiarities of electrodynamics and gravity. P, 570b, 577a. 581. Elementary Particle Physics (3) II Production, interaction, and decay of mesons, baryons and leptons; high energy scattering of elementary particles; particle classification and symmetries; theoretical interpretation. P, 436.

596. Seminar ( 1to 3 ) 1 1 1 a. Current Problems in Molecular Biophysics (I) [Rpt.] (Identical with Mier. 596a) 643. Quantum Optics (3) 11 1980 -81 (Identical with Opti. 643) 649. High - Energy Lasers and Their Applications (3) 1 1979 -80 (Identical with Opti. 649)

695. Colloquium (I)I I a. Current Problems in Physics [Rpt.]

Individual Studies

599 (I to 4); 900 (I to 4); 910 (2 to 4), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (2 to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

PHYSIOLOGY (See Biological Sciences)

PHYSIOLOGY

(College of Medicine) Professors Paul C. Johnson, Head, William H. Dantzler, Douglas G. Stuart Associate Professors Eldon J. Braun, Andrew M. Goldner, Robert W. Gore, Raphael P. Gruener, Hyun Dju Kim Assistant Professors Richard J. Lernen (Pediatrics), Richard L. Stouffer

The department offers a program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree with a major in physiology. A Master of Science degree is offered only in rare instances when individuals who have already qualified to study for the Doctor of Philosophy are forced to terminate their graduate education. Applicants must have completed the undergraduate major in the physical or biological sciences, engineering, or mathematics. Undergraduate preparation should include a minimum of one year of physics, mathematics through calculus plus a course in statistics, organic chemistry, and an introductory course in biology or zoology. In addition, physical chemistry and differential equations are highly desirable but not required. The Graduate Record Examination and three letters of recommendation are required to assist in evaluation of applicants. Graduate study programs are individually planned after consideration of the student's preparation and special interests. Research facilities are available for studies of the dynamics and control of microcirculation, contraction of muscle and its membrane phenomena, reflex regulation of muscle activity, comparative renal tubule transport and water balance, cellular aspects of transport, and endocrine mechanisms. In special circumstances, dissertation research may be done outside the department. 220 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Due to the specialized nature of the material and equipment required, some limitation of course enrollments may be necessary. Medical students will be given preference in those courses which are required for the Doctor of Medicine degree program. All other students must obtain the permission of the instructor before enrolling. Students already admitted to graduate degree programs in departments of the College of Medicine will be given preference.

418. Physiology for Engineers (4) GC II Designed to bring to engineering students an awareness of the structure and function of whole organisms, their component organs, and organ systems. Open to nonmajors only. (Identical with A.M.E. 418, Ch.E. 418 and E.E. 418) 419. Physiology Laboratory (2) GC II Lab. experiments in physiology intended to provide experience with organ systems and measurement techniques. Designed for engineering students enrolled in the clinical engineering and biomedical engineering options. 6L. Open to nonmajors only. P, 418 or CR. (Identical with A.M.E. 419, Ch.E. 419 and E.E. 419) 600. Mathematical Techniques in Physiology (3)I Application of quantitative and analytical mathematical techniques to selected areas of physiology; introduction to mathematical approaches commonly used in physiology. Open to majors only. P, Math. 125a -125b, 160. 601. Human Physiology (8) 1 Principles of physiology, with emphasis on that of the human. P, Chem. 103b, 104b, 241b, 243b; Phys. 102b. 602. Readings in Physiology (2) II Designed to provide students with more detailed consideration of various organ systems than can be provided in 601. Open to majors and minors only. P, Chem. 103b, 104b, 241b, 243b, Phys. 102b, CR Psio. 601. 605. Neurosciences (4) Phase II (Identical with Anat. 605) 606. Readings in Neuroscience (2) 11 Essentials of mammalian neural structure and function. Open to majors only. 610. Research Methods in Physiology (1 to 3) [Rpt.] III Lab. course stressing the principles of physiological research.

698. Special Topics ( 1to 3) II I a. Neurophysiology b. Renal Physiology c.'Physiology of Muscle d. Endocrinology e. Peripheral Vascular Physiology f. Membrane Transport Processes in Physiology

Individual Studies

699 ( Ito 5); 900 (1 to 6); 920 ( Ito 9); 930 (1 to 6)

PLANETARY SCIENCES

Professors William B. Hubbard, Jr.,Head,Donald M. Hunten, J. Randolph Jokipii, Charles P. Sonett Associate Professors Michael J. Drake, Uwe Fink, Eugene H. Levy, George Rieke, Bradford A. Smith, Robert G. Strom, Laurel L. Wilkening Research Associate Professor Harold P. Larson Assistant Professor William V. Boynton Participating Faculty in the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory:* Professors Tom Gehrels, Elizabeth Roemer Research Professor Frank J. Low Research Associate Professors Krzysztof M. Serkowski, Martin G. Tomasko, Benjamin H. Zellner Senior Research Fellow George V. Coyne Research Fellows Kenrick L. Day, Ewen A. Whitaker, Michael J. Wiskerchen, Alex- ander Woronow Other Participating Faculty: Professor Leon Blitzer (Physics)

*The Lunar and Planetary Laboratory is an associated research unit, whose faculty participate in the Planetary Sciences instructional program. PLANETARY SCIENCES 221

The department offers multidisciplinary programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in planetary sciences. Areas of specialization include experimental, observational, and theoretical study of planetary atmospheres; the interiors of the planets and satellites; asteroid and cometary astronomy and physics; the surfaces of the moon, terrestrial planets, and outer -planet satellites; meteoritics, lunar science and problems of plasma physics associated with cosmic rays; the solar wind and its interaction with solar system bodies. Students are normally admitted to the doctoral program only. In certain circumstances, however, the Master of Science degree may be an appropriate intermediate or terminal degree. The minor shall consist of Pty.S. 403 and 9 additional units in 500- or 600 -level courses in the department. There is no preliminary examination in the minor. A "B" average must be achieved in the minor. Applicants should have completed the undergraduate major in a physical science such as astronomy, atmospheric sciences, chemistry, earth sciences, or physics. Applicants mustsubmit scores on the Aptitude and Advanced (Chemistry, Geology, or Physics) testsof the Graduate Record Examination and names of three references. When possible, personal or telephone inter- views are desirable.

Degrees

MASTER OF SCIENCE -This program is available only in certain circumstances. At least 18 units in the major core program and a thesis suitable for publication are required.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY -All students must complete theI 8-unit core program consisting of 505a -505b, 510, 511, 516, and 517 (though exceptionally well -prepared students may have a portion of this requirement waived). An additional minimum of 18 units must be completed in a specialized area of planetary sciences. A specified competence in a modern foreign language is required. Students are expected to complete all requirements for the degree within three to four years following successful completion of the Preliminary Examination. Thedepartment requires its students to take a minor in another department. Twelve units in physics, chemistry, geosciences, or applied mathematics will fulfill this requirement.

The Department of Planetary Sciences and the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory are active participants in many missions of the NASA space program. The Laboratory's Space Imagery Center contains one of the most extensive collections of lunar and planetary photography in the world, including Ranger, Surveyor, Orbiter, and Apollo photography of the Moon; Mariner and Viking imagery of Mars; Mariner 10 imagery of Venus and Mercury; and Pioneer 10 and 11 and Voy- ager results for Jupiter, all of which is available to students for research purposes.The facilities of the University of Arizona observatories are available for student research. The facilities include I 54cm, I.5m, 1.0m, and 0.7m reflectors in the Santa Catalina Mountains, north of Tucson, and 229cm, 0.9m, and 0.5m reflectors on Kitt Peak, west of Tucson. In addition, the Multiple Mirror Telescope, which is a joint project of the University of Arizona and the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, has recently begun operation. A scanning microprobe, utilized for both electron mi- croanalysis and scanning electron microscopy, is operated by the Lunar and Planetary Laboratory in the Gerard P. Kuiper Space Sciences Building.

The University has a well -equipped Computer Center with CDC Cyber and DEC system -10 computers. The Lunar and Planetary Laboratory has a PDP 11/40 which can be used both as anin- house interactive computer for such special applications as inversion of Fourier interferograms and reduction of data from various space programs, and as a remote batch terminal to the Univer- sity computers.

403. Introduction to the Solar System (3) GC I Survey of planetology; origin of planets; asteroids; meteorites; interplanetary dust and gas; planetary interiors; geophysics; planetary atmospheres; origin of life. Ad- vanced degree credit available only with departmental permission. P, Phys. 103a -103b. (Identical with Astr. 403 and Geos. 403)

404. Man's Exploration of the Solar System (3)GC' SPrimitive astronomy to modern space exploration; planetary science fundamentals, solar system physical properties; planetarium demonstrations, classroom projects. Field trip. Advanced degree credit available only with departmental permission. (Identical with Astr. 404) 222 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

505a -505b. Principles of Planetary Physics (3 -3) 1979 -80 Equilibrium properties of molecular and atomic gases, fluids, and solids in planets; interplanetary plasmas; transport properties of planetary matter. P, Phys. 435.

509. Star Formation and Origin of the Solar System (3) [Rpt. /2] 11 1979 -80 Growth of grains, fragmentation of interstellar clouds, collapse calculations, spiral density waves, effects of supernovae, isotope anomalies, effects of magnetic fields, protoplanets and planetesimals, stellar winds and the Hayashi phase of the sun. (Identical with Astr. 509). 510. Principles of Cosmochemistry (3) 1 1980 -81 Chemical compositions of solar system objects; equilibrium and nonequilibrium chemical processes applied to planets; cosmochronology. P, 403, Chem. 480a -480b. 511. Principles of Planetary Geology (3) II 1980 -81 Geologic processes and landforms on the moon and terrestrial planets, their modification under various planetary environments, and methods of analysis. P, 403; Geos. 419, 450.

516. Introduction to Celestial Mechanics (3) 1 1980 -81 Kepler's laws and the law of gravitation; two -body motion: orbits in space and time; special cases of disturbed motion; applications to the solar system. P, Math. 254, Phys. 410. (Identical with Astr. 516)

517. Planetary Atmospheres and Spectroscopy (3) 1 1979 -80 Survey of compositions, temperature and density profiles, chemistry, condensation products, spectroscopic evidence; circulations and heat budgets; evolution and origin of planetary atmospheres. P, 403.

521. Meteorites (2)II1980 -81Classification; chemical, mineralogical and isotopic composition; cosmic abundances; ages; interaction with solar and cosmic radiation; relation to solar system objects. P, 510, 511

527. Advanced Geochemistry (3) I (Identical with Geos. 527) 544. Physics of the High Atmosphere (3) II 1979 -80 Physical properties of the upper atmosphere, including gaseous composition, temperature and density, ozonosphere, and ionosphere, with emphasis on chemical transformations and eddy transport. (Identical with Atmo. 544) 551. Satellite and Planetary Perturbation Theory (3)II Two- and three -body problems; potential theory; Lagrange's planetary perturbation equations; methods of solution, applications; gravity -gradient torque; attitude stability; lunar libration; tidal interactions; lunar evolution. P, Math. 254, Phys. 410. (Identical with Astr. 551 and Phys. 551)

556a -556b. Electrodynamics of Conducting Fluids and Plasmas (3- 3)1980 -81 Plasma physics and magnetohydrodynamics. 556a: Introduction; discussion of the sun, solar wind, magnetospheres, cosmic rays. 556b: Interstellar gas, galaxies, dynamos, pulsars. P, Phys. 410, 415a -415b. (Identical with Astr. 556a -556b and Phys. 556a -556b)

562. Terrestrial Planets (3) 1 1979 -80 Surfaces and interiors; motions; physical properties; photometric, polarimetry, and radar characteristics; topography; formation processes; spin -orbit resonances; heat transfer. P, 403, 510, 511, CR 505a. 563. Geomagnetism (3) II 1979 -80 (Identical with Geos. 563)

565. Jovian Planets and Satellites (3) 1 1980 -81 Observational data; atmospheric structure and composition; thermal balance; mass, radius, flattening; physics of light elements at high pressures; structure of rotating planets; origin of magnetic fields. P, 403. 568. The Moon (3) II 1980 -81 Orbital elements; cartography; surface structures; physical properties, composition and ages: internal structure and properties. P, 510, 511.

Individual Studies

599 (1 to 5): 699 ( Ito 5): 900 ( Ito 8): 910 (2 to 4); 920 ( Ito 9); 930 (1 to 6)

PLANT PATHOLOGY

Professors Merritt R. Nelson, Head, Stanley M. Alcorn, Ross M. Allen, George B. Cummins (Visiting), Robert L. Gilbertson, Richard B. Hine, Michael A. McClure, Edward L. Nigh, Jr., Michael E. Stanghellini Associate Professors H. Earl Bloss, Roger L. Caldwell Associate Research Scientists Thomas E. Russell, Joseph L. Troutman Assistant Professor !raj J. Misaghi PLANT PROTECTION

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major inplant pathology. Concentrations are available in bacteriology, mycology, nematology, virology, physiology of parasitism, genetics of pathogens, diseases of economically important plants, soilborne fungi, and environmental pollution. Applicants should have a strong background in the botanical sciences and undergraduate credit in college algebra (calculus is also recommended), microbiology, genetics, and a year course in organic chemistry. At least 15 units in plant pathology must be completed for the master'sdegree. A decision to require or waive the requirement for a thesis will be madeafter consideration of the student's preparation, proposed graduate program, and professional objectives. For information concerning the Doctor of Philosophy degree seeRequirements for Doctors' Degrees /DoctorofPhilosophyelsewhere in this catalog.

including 402. Introduction to Pesticides and Their Use (2) GC II Overview of pesticide uses and alternatives, purpose, types, and legal requirements, with emphasis on federaland state pesticide applicator certificate requirements. Field trips. (Identical with Ento. 402, PI.S. 402, and S.W.E.402) nematode, and 407. Methods in Plant Pathology (4) GC I Techniques used in the study of bacterial, fungal, virus diseases of plants. 2R, 6L. P, 205, Micr. 120. 451. Diagnosis and Control of Plant Diseases (3) GC 1Field and lab. course designed to give students famil- iarity with diagnosis of plant diseases and plant disease control concepts. 2R, 3L. All -dayfield trips. P, 206. 475a -475b. General Mycology (3 -3) GC 1980 -81 Introduction to the fungi, includingtheir structure, function, classification, and ecological importance. 475a: Basidiomycetes and Fungi Imperfecti. 475b:Myxomy- cetes, Phycomycetes, and Ascomycetes. 2R, 3L., P, PI.S. 100 or G.Bio. 105a.475a is not prerequisite to 475b. 1979 -80 Introductory course in plant nematology, including the nature, ecology 515. Plant Nematology (3) 1 and classification of plant parasitic nematodes. Diagnosis and control of nematodediseases of plants. 2R, 3L. P, 205. 520. Analytical Techniques for Phytopathological Research (4)II Techniques, including chromatography, electrophoresis, spectroscopy and immunology. 2R, 6L. P, 206. 596. Seminar (1 to 3) III a. Current Research and epide- 601. Plant Pathogenic Fungi (3) 1 1980 -81 Current literature and concepts concerning the ecology miology of plant pathogenic fungi, with emphasis on soil -borne organisms. 2R, 3L. P, 205. pathol- 606. Plant Pathogenic Bacteria (3) II 1979 -80 Comprehensive study of the physiology, epidemiology, ogy, and classification of bacteria attacking plants. I R, 6L. P, 407. 610. Plant Virology (3) 111980 -81 Comprehensive study of the physiology, epidemiology, pathology and classification of viruses attacking plants. 2R, 3L. P, 407. the mecha- 621. Physiology and Biochemistry of Plant Pathogen Interaction (3) II 1979 -80 Critical study of nisms of pathogenesis, with emphasis on structural, functional, and metabolic alterationsin plants in response to pathogens. P, 205, 451, Cell. 460, Bioc. 460.

Individual Studies

599 (I to 5); 694 (I to 3) [a. Clinical Plant Pathology [Rpt. /2] P, 407,451.] [b. Teaching Techniques in Plant Pathology [Rpt.] P, 407, 451.]; 900 (2 to 8); 910 (2 to 8), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (I to9); 930 (1 to 6)

PLANT PROTECTION

Committee on Plant Protection (Graduate)

Professors Thomas C. Tucker (Soils, Water and Engineering), Chairman,Stanley M. Alcorn (Plant Pathology), Keith C. Hamilton (Plant Sciences), Theo F. Watson(Entomology) Associate Professors Paul M. Bessey (Plant Sciences), Roger L. Caldwell (PlantPathology) Assistant Professor Dennis L. Larson (Soils, Water and Engineering)

The Committee on Plant Protection, an interdepartmental committee in theCollege of Agriculture, offers a program leading to the Master of Science degree with a majorin plant protection. 224 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Concern in contemporary society for the quality of our environment has led to legislation on the use and applications of many chemicals used in the management of agricultural pests. The program provides the broad training that will be needed by individuals to apply and make recom- mendatons for chemicals used to control insects, diseases, and weeds in integrated systems of pest management. The primary objective of this program is to impart the philosophy that plant protection is based on the integration of all known control measures (biological, cultural, chemical) designed to maintain pest densities below economically damaging thresholds while producing a minimal impact on the environment. Successful applicants may be from any undergraduate discipline provided that they have an appropriate background in the physical and biological sciences. Financial assistance is not available through the Committee on Plant Protection. Students will be assigned to an advisor in one of the participating departments, chosen on the basis of the student's interest and area of concentration. All students are required to complete Ento. 415; PI.P. 402 and 451; PI.S. 405; S.W.E. 602; 3 units of biometry; 3 to 6 units of either 499, 900, or 910; and 1to 3 units of either 595, 596, or 696. In addition, the student's guidance committee may approve additional courses such as Agri. 493; Cell. 460; Ecol. 472; Ento. 425; Mktg. 453; PI.S. 408; or S.W.E. 411.

PLANT SCIENCES

Professors Robert P. Upchurch, Head, Paul G. Bartels, William P. Bemis, Robert E. Briggs, Ar- den D. Day, Robert E. Dennis, Albert K. Dobrenz, John E. Endrizzi, Steve Fazio, Keith C. Hamilton, LeMoyne Hogan, Merle H. Jensen, Warren D. Jones, Frank R. H. Katterman, William R. Kneebone, Charles T. Mason, Jr. (Ecology and Evolutionary Biology), Robert G. McDaniel, Darrel S. Metcalfe, Norman F. Oebker, Robert T. Ramage, D. Ross Rodney, David D. Rubis, Charles M. Sacamano, Melvin H. Schon- horst, Lee S. Stith, B. Brooks Taylor, Robert L. Voigt, L. Neal Wright Associate ProfessorsPaul M. Bessey, Richard G. Jensen (Biochemistry), Kaoru Matsuda (Cellular and Developmental Biology), Hiroshi Muramoto Assistant Professors Albert K. Huff, Duane L. Johnson (Visiting), Chi Won Lee, Eugene A. Mielke, Timothy R. Peoples Adjunct Professors James O. Anderson, Willard F. Clay, Victoria Marcarian Horticulturist Miguel R. Fontes Associate Agronomist Robert G. Sackett Research Associate David A. Palzkill

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Phi- losophy degrees with majors in agronomy and plant genetics or in horticulture. Concentrations are available in physiology, ecology, plant breeding, genetics, weed science, and agronomic and horticultural production. Applicants must have completed an undergraduate major in agriculture or biology including at least 16 units in plant sciences or closely related fields. The undergraduate program must have included basic courses in botany, genetics, entomology, plant pathology, and soils. Applicants should arrange to have three letters of recommendation sent to the graduate coordinator. Prospective applicants should consult the graduate coordinator for specific requirements in their area of proposed concentration. The decision to require or waive the requirement for the master's thesis will be made by the department after consideration of the student's preparation, proposed graduate program, and professional objectives.

402. Introduction to Pesticides and Their Use (2) GC Il (Identical with PI.P. 402) 405. Weed Control (3) GC 1Principles and effects of controlling agronomic. horticultural, and range weeds, with emphasis on chemical control methods; weed identification. 2R, 3L. P, G.Bio. 260. Hamilton 408. Crop Ecology (3) GC II Physical and biotic environment of crops in relation to crop culture, production, and geographical distribution; relations among the human population, crop productivity, and man's environment. P, six units of pl.s. Peoples 421. Field Plot Research (3) GC I Principles of field plot research, with emphasis on procedures in small plot experimentation, such as the laying out of experiments, size and shape of plots, border effects, collection of data, and the summarization and publication of results. 2R, 3L. Stith POLITICAL SCIENCE 225

452. Advanced Vegetable Crops(3)GCII 1980 -81 Environmental and genetic factors affecting germination, growth, development, maturation, and quality of vegetable crops; presentation and interpretation of recent research progress.P,255, G.Bio. 260 or Cell. 460.Bemis 462. Environmental and Landscape Horticulture - Travel Study(3)GCS Travel course to study production and management of florist and landscape plants in the western U.S. P, 239.Hogan 466. Postharvest Physiology(3)GC II1979 -80 Postharvest physiology, grading, packing, storage, transportation and handling of fruits, vegetables and other horticultural products. P, G.Bio. 260; Chem. 241a or Cell. 460. (Identical with N.F.S. 466)Huff 506. Plant Resistance to Insects(2)II1980 -81 (Identical with Ento. 506) 516. Genetic Principles of Hybrid Seed Production(3) ll Genetic and cytogenetic principles applied to the development and maintenance of inbreds and to the production of hybrid seed.P,228, G.Bio. 320 or 321.Bemis

561. Methods in Plant Physiology(3)1 Current techniques for qualitative and quantitative studies of physiological processes. 9L. P, G.Bio. 260 or Cell. 460.Bartels 562a -562b. Advanced Plant Physiology(3 -3) (Identical with Cell. 562a -562b) 627. Advanced Genetics(3)I Chromosomal and extrachromosomal inheritance, with emphasis,on function, structure, recombination, and segregation of genetic factors. P, G.Bio. 320.Endrizzi /Katterman 631. Crop Physiology(3) 1 Plant processes and environmental interactions in relation to growth and production of crop communities, with emphasis on recent advances and research techniques. P, G.Bio. 260 or Cell. 460.Peoples 632. Theory of Plant Breeding(3) II 1980 -81 Critical study of the theoretical basis for plant breeding procedures. P, 235 or An.S. 413.Rubis 634. Quantitative Genetics and Selection(2) II 1979 -80 Biological approach to the principles of quantitative inheritance as applied to the selection of quantitative characters in breeding experiments, with emphasis on the methods of measuring, analyzing, and interpreting quantitative data.P,three units of gene.; Agri. 539.Rubis 635. Advanced Cytogenetics(3) II 1979 -80 Chromosome structure and number in genetic analysis, development of organisms and evolution of population, with emphasis on inter- and intrachromosomal aberrations and heteroploidy. 2R, 3L. P, Ecol. 523.Endrizzi

696. Seminar ( 1 )II I a. Agronomy [Rpt. /2] b. Horticulture [Rpt. /2]

Individual Studies

699 (Ito 5);900 (Ito 8);910 (Ito 8), maximum total, 8 units;920 (Ito 9);930 (Ito 6)

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Professors James W. Clarke,Head.Richard C. Cornter, Vine Deloria, Jr., Helen M. Ingram, Conrad F. Joyner, Clifford M. Lytle, Jr., Jerrold G. Rusk, Peter A. Toma, Edward J. Williams, Clifton E. Wilson Associate Professors Phillip C. Chapman, Joyotpaul Chaudhuri, John E. Crow, Donald R. Hall, Edward Muller, Daniel J. O'Neil, Lawrence A. Scaff, John E. Schwarz, Michael P. Sullivan, Thomas J. Volgy Assistant Professors John A. Garcia, Henry C. Kenski, Jr., Jeanne O. Nienaber, C. Bradley Scharf, Mitchell A. Seligson Lecturer J. Richard Wagner

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major in political science. Concentrations are available in political theory, American political institutions, American political behavior, international relations, and comparative politics. A terminal program for the Master of Arts degree is also available for students interested in government careers, community college teaching, or specialization in selected areas such as policy and environment or for self- improvement. In cooperation with the College of Edu- cation, the department also offers work leading to the Master of Education degree.For information concerning this degree seeRequirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Education elsewhere in this catalog. 226 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Applicants must submit scores on the Graduate Record Examination, two letters of recommendation, and the personal data called for on the department's information form. Applicants are also invited to submit any other evidence, including published materials, which they believe to be relevant to admission. Programs are planned, in consultation with an advisory committee, around the student's principal area of interest emphasizing one or more of the areas of concentration listed above.

Degrees

MASTER OF ARTS- Each student must select an area or 2 subareas of concentrationfrom those listed above and complete up to 18 or 24 units of course work at the 500 and 600 levels in the terminal or regular programs, respectively. A supervised research paper is required and, depending upon the student's principal interest, reading knowledge of a foreign language may be required. The final master's examination will be based on the chosen area or areas of concentration.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY- In addition to an area of concentration, each student must prepare in two additional fields prior to the Preliminary Examination. Either two foreign languages or one foreign language at high proficiency or advanced training in methodology are required. Finally, each student must complete two supervised original research papers prior to taking the Preliminary Examination. The department may waive the requirement for a Qualifying Examina- tion for a student who has received the master's degree at The University of Arizona.

406. Bureaucracy (3) GC IAnalyses of legal, political, cultural and behavioral aspects of public organizations, bureaucratic typologies and methods of public control. 407. The Legislative Process (3) GC III Analysis of relations between Congress and other consequential forces, including the White House, lobbyists and public opinion; internal life and roles of Congress in national decision making; comparisons with state and foreign systems. 412. Local Government and Administration (3) GC III Examination and analysis of local decision- making structures and their policy outputs. P, 103. 421. Ancient and Medieval Political Theory (3) GC IDevelopment of Western political theory from the Greeks to Machiavelli. 422. Early Modern Political Theory (3) GC I1 Western political theory from Machiavelli to Marx. 423. Recent Political Thought (3) GC III Political theory from Marx to the present. 426. American Political Thought (3) GC I1 American political ideas from colonial times to the present. 427. Latin -American Political Thought (3) GC II 1979 -80 Survey of the major trends in Latin -American political thought from the Wars of Independence to the present. 431. Political Culture and the Dynamics of Change in American Society (3) GC I Examination of the manner in which attitudes about politics and political problems are acquired from exposure to music and television, and the manner in which such attitudes lead to political action. 432. Pressure Groups (3) GC III Formation, structure, and place of pressure groups in the democratic society; thefunction of interest groupsinthe politicalprocess; problems of leadership,internal organization, and membership loyalties. 433. Political Research and Methodology (3) GC 1Introduction to research design and methods, with attention to philosophical foundations of modern political science. 434. Quantitative Analysis of Political Problems (3) GC IIntroduction to the use of statistics on political data, with emphasis on statistical manipulation; evaluation and interpretation of statistical explanations of political phenomena. 435. Public Opinion and Voting Behavior (3) GC III Attitude and opinion formation and socialization; public opinion in the political process; the relationship between attitudes, opinion and voting behavior in Amer- ican politics. (Identical with Soc. 435) 436. Personality and Politics (3) GC II Examination of the theories and concepts associated with the psychological basis of various types of political behavior. 437. Political Participation and Democracy (3) GC I Cróss- nátionál survey of political attitudes and behavior of ordinary citizens relevant to the stability of democratic political systems. 440. Politics and Mythology (3) GC I Comparative examination of the role of mythology in building nations, political legitimization, and cultural revitalization. 443. Soviet Politics (3) GC IRevolution and contemporary ideology; state, party and mass organizations; economic and social planning; civil liberties; models of autocracy and pluralism. 444. East European Politics (3) GC II Divergent models of Communist development, from East Germany to Yugoslavia; political, economic, social and cultural reform. POLITICAL SCIENCE 227

445. Comparative Political Revolution (3) GC I Examination of the causes and consequences of 20th -century revolutions, particularly in Mexico, Russia, China, Cuba and Algeria. 446. Politics of Developing Areas (3) GC I I Survey of politics and problems in Asia, Africa, and Latin Amer- ica, including political violence, elections, bargaining, elites, parties, the military and ideology. 447. Latin- American Political Development (3) GC 11 Presentation of strategies for development in Latin America; examination of case studies from Cuba, Brazil, Chile, Guatemala, and other countries. 448. Government and Politics of Mexico (3) GC 1 Historical background, organization, powers, and functions of national, state and local governments of the United Mexican States. 449. The Politics of Cultural Conflict (3) GC II Comparative examination of the approaches of different types of political systems to domestic conflict of a racial, religious, lingual and /or ethnic nature. 451. Soviet Foreign Policy (3) GC I Ends and means of Soviet foreign policy; the decision- making process; Soviet relations with the West and developing nations. 452. Communist Foreign Relations (3) GC II Interrelations of fourteen Communist -party states, with emphasis on cooperation and conflict in such organizations as the Comecon and the Warsaw Pact. 454. Theories of International Relations (3) GC IIntroduction to theories of international relations on the levels of man, the nation -state, and the international system, with a logical and empirical evaluation of approaches and theories. 455. American Foreign Policy (3) GC III Analysis of the Cold War; Congressional - Executive clashes over foreign policy control; approaches to policy analysis. 456a -456b. International Law (3 -3) GC 456a: The international state system; legal -political problems, including territory, environment, seas. 456b: The international system and the individual; the war system, including use of force, laws of war. 456a is not prerequisite to 456b. 457. Inter -American Politics (3) GC I Survey and analysis of the leading political and economic issues at controversy between the United States and Latin America. 459. Problems of World Order (3) GC II Analysis of complex, interrelated global problems, threats to survival, quality of life and exploration of past and present policies and future worlds. Course is value -oriented and prescriptive. 460. Modern Chinese Foreign Relations (3) GC II (Identical with Or.S. 460) 462. Japanese International Relations (3) GC! (Identical with Or.S. 462) 467. Japanese Politics (3) GC I (Identical with Or.S. 467) 470. Constitutional Law: Federalism (3) GC III Development and analysis of constitutional law of the U.S.; problems of distribution of powers. 471. Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties (3) GC III Analysis of the constitutional guarantees of civil liberties in the U.S. 472. Philosophy of Law (3) GC II (Identical with Phil. 472) 474. Administrative Law (3) GC I Law governing the organization, powers, and procedures of the executive and administrative establishment, with emphasis on the limitations imposed by the American constitutional system. 475. Concepts in Criminal Law (3) GC II Focus on questions such as what constitutes a crime; when is killing murder; what makes punishment just; what distinctions exist between justifiable and excusable crimes. 476. Women and the Law (3) GC 11980 -81 Legal status of women in America, including constitutional pro- tections, marriage and family relationships, educational and vocational opportunities, political rights, criminal law. (Identical with W.S. 476) 480. Formation of Public Policy (3) GC I Needs and demands for public action on policy issues; organization and nature of political support; processes and problems of decision making in the formation of public policy at the national, state, and local levels. 481. Environmental Policy (3) GC II Role of government in management of energy, natural resources and environment; process and policy alternatives; special attention to the Southwest. (Identical with W.R.A. 481) 483. Urban Public Policy (3) GC III Analysis and discussion of social, economic, and political problems and proposed solutions in changing urban environments. 485. National Security Policy (3) GC IDecision- making structures, processes and outcomes relevant to American security policy; comparison with major foreign powers. 486. Political SÿStems of India and Pakistan (3) GC II (Identical with Or.S. 486). 579. Research Design (3)I Introduction to experimental and quasi- experimental research design; survey research; the use of aggregate statistics; historical documents and life -history materials; participant observation; unobtrusive methods.

580. Methods of Political Inquiry (3)IIl Systematic examination of problems of scope and methods of inquiry in the discipline of political science; intended to acquaint students with the discipline and to prepare them for scholarly research in the field. 582. Research and Methodology (4) II Quantitative techniques and computer applications in political science. 228 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

610. Fiscal and Budgetary Administration of Public Agencies (3) I (Identical with P.Ad. 610)

Individual Studies

900(2 to4); 910(2 to 6),maximum total, 8 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930 (I to 6)

PORTUGUESE (See Romance Languages)

POULTRY SCIENCE (See Animal Sciences)

PSYCHOLOGY

Professors Lawrence Wheeler, Head, Neil R. Bartlett, Richard W. Coan, George Domino, Sig- mund Hsiao, William H. 'nelson, Marvin W. Kahn, James E. King, Robert W. Lansing, William J. MacKinnon, Peter Madison, Dorothy I. Marquart, Ralph M. Rei- tan, Robert L. Wrenn, Salvatore V. Zagona Associate Professors Harold S. Arkowitz, Philip Balch, Wayne R. Carroll, Dennis L. Clark, Terry C. Daniel, Lewis Hertz, Spencer A. McWilliams, Ronald H. Pool, William H. Thweatt, Mary C. Wetzel, Glenn M. White Assistant Professors David E. Kieras, Karen A. Paulsen, Christine Tanz Adjunct Professors Robert B. Bechtel, Sidney W. Bijou, George W. Hohmann Lecturers Hubert R. Estes, Reed A. Mencke

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major in psychology. Concentrations are available in animal behavior, clinical, developmental, environmental, learning, personality, physiological, sensory and perception, and social psychology. Appropriate minor programs including one in law are available. Applicants should contact the department early to obtain departmental application materials since the deadline for receipt of completed materials is February 1. Applicants must submit scores on the Aptitude and Advanced (Psychology) tests of the Graduate Record Examination. The graduate program will be planned in consultation with the major and minor advisory committees. The curriculum for students selecting a concentration in clinical psychology is more formalized than that for students with different concentrations and it requires the completion of a one -year internship at an approved agency. The program for the Master of Arts degree includes courses, demonstrations of competence in qualifying examinations, and the presentation of a thesis. The degree is not a terminal one; rather, it is usually preparatory to entering the doctoral degree program.

403R.Physiological Psychology(3) GC III Consideration of research dealing with the physiological correlates of learning, motivation, emotion and perception. P, 202. 403L.Physiological Psychology Laboratory(1) GC III Lab. training in surgical techniques and methods of data collection in neuropsychological research. P, CR 403R. 404a -404b. Human Brain- Behavior Relationships(3 -3) GC 404a: Brain functions in relation to intelligence, speech, memory, judgment and reasoning, and visual -spatial abilities. 404b: Methods of examination of human brain functioning in relation to individual differences in both normal and brain -damaged persons. 405. Advanced Statistical Methods in Psychology(3) GC III Rationale and methods of statistical inference; sampling distributions, analysis of variance, statistical models; comparisons, correlation and regression. P, 285. PSYCHOLOGY 229

410. Social Psychology(3)GCIII General social psychology at an advanced level, with emphasis on theory and method. 411aR- 411bR. Comparative Psychology(3 -3)GCSystematic study of animal behavior. 41 IaR: Ethological concepts, development, early experience, and social behavior. 411b11: Learning and sensory functions. 41 I aR is not prerequisite to 411 bR. 411aL- 411bL. Comparative Psychology Laboratory(1 -1)GC41 IaL: Lab. training in animal early experience and social behavior research. P, CR 411aR. 411bL: Lab. training in animal learning techniques. P, CR 411bR. 414. Behavior Disorders of Childhood(3)GCIl Classification and analysis of psychological variables in deviant child behavior. P, 213.

415. Projects in Developmental Psychology(3) [Rpt./ I]GC IIlApplications of developmental psychology in lab. and natural settings. Consult instructor before enrolling. P, 213. 416. Personality(3)GC IIIAdvanced study of theories of personality; methods and results of personality study.

417. Motivation(3)GC 1 Studies of the experimental variables which energize and direct behavior in animals and humans. 418. Abnormal Psychology(3)GC IIINature and etiology of various forms of behavior disorder, mental deficiency, and other deviations; critical evaluation of current theories. Credit allowed for this course or 458, but not for both.

421. Psychology of Death and Loss (3) GC II1Basic concepts in a psychology of death and loss, with emphasis on both the adjustment to death and loss. and the underlying phenomenal, humanistic ano current social considerations. 425. Perception: Discussions and Demonstrations(3)GC IIExperiments in perception and sensory processes. P, 229 or CR. 426. Vision(3)GC Il1979 -80 Visual information gathering and processing in discrimination of objects; basic data and theory for visual adaptation and acuity in time and space. P, 229. (Identical with Opti. 426) 428. Perception of Designed Environments: Measurement and Evaluation(3)GC11 Stimulus -response relationships in man -made or managed environments, with emphasis on objective methods; designed for students having a professional interestin environmental design or management. No psyc. prereq. (Identical with Arch. 428 and L.Ar. 428) 430. Human Factors in Man -Made Equipment(3)GC II1980 -81 Perceptual delays and limits, and the vigi- lance problem in responding to information displays. P, 225. 431. Social -Philosophical Psychology(3)GC IPsychological aspects of alternatives in human values, group decision -making methods, and social change. P, 210.

435. Psychological Problems of the Aged (3) GCIII Cognitive. intellectual, personality, and behavioral correlates of aging; relates general psychological theory to the problems of aging. 450. Assessment of Individual Differences(3)GC IIIEvaluation of assessment processes and of measurements of intelligence, aptitudes, personality, and interests; test theory; social implications. P, 285. 458. Advanced Psychopathology(3)GC II In -depthstudy of current theoretical and research formulations in behavior deviancy; various approaches to behavior change. P, 285, 225. Credit allowed for this course or 418, but not for both. 460. Experimental Social Psychology(3)IIGCInvestigative methods in social psychology; application of experimental techniques to specific problems. 2R, 3L. P, 285; 210 or 410. 472. Human Learning and Cognition(3)GC IIReview of human learning, memory and cognitive processes, with emphasis on systematic research and theory. 475. History of Psychology(3)GC IGrowth of psychology as a science; major schools and theories; contributions of famous investigators and major advances; psychology as an art and a science today. P, 225. 480. Thought and Imagination(3)GC ll1979 -80 Concept formation, reasoning, and other thought processes, viewed from an experimental and theoretical approach. P, 225. 507. Design of Psychological Experiments(3) II Advanced applications of analysis of variance, higher order designs, trend analysis and multiple comparisons. P, 405. 508. Measurement and Scaling(3) II 1979 -80 Theory of measurement; analysis of measurement operations in psychology; scale transformations; construction of measuring instruments. P, 405. 511. Theories of Learning(3)IIExposition and analysis of systematic conceptions of the learning process. 512. Interpersonal Relations(3) II Theoretical and practical aspects of psychological relations between individuals. 520a -520b. Methods of Neuropsychology(3 -3) [Rpt./ 1] 520a: Experimental techniques for investigating brain - behavior relationships, with emphasis on brain lesions, peripheral nervous system manipulation, hunger and thirst. 520b: Emphasis on stimulation of the brain, basic histology, and recording of brain activity in humans and animals. P, 403R. and 24 units of upper -division courses in psyc. or bio. 230 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

522. Comparative Analysis of Motivation, Learning and Development (3) [Rpt./ I ]I Examination of current research and theory in comparative motivation, learning and development. 533. Psycholinguistics (3) II 1980 -81 Major content areas, theoretical models and methodological problems concerned with the study of verbal behavior. 554a -554b. Experimental Developmental Psychology (3 -3) 554a: Introduction to developmental research methodology. 554b: Current theory and research in child psychology.

555. Development of Cognitive Processes (3) 1 1980 -81 Historical review of the major theories and research in human cognitive development, from early behaviorists' models to information processing models. 556. Functional Analysis of Child Behavior Disturbances (3) lI Lab. analysis of behavioral disturbances, and the extension of experimental techniques to the natural environment. 2R, 4L. P, 414.

573. Humanistic Psychology (3) 1 1979 -80 Current theoretical developments and issues associated with the "third force" in psychology; examination of procedures devised by humanistic psychologists to enhance personal development. 575. Personality Theory (3) 1 1980 -81 Basic problems of theory construction, with application to theoretical systems in the personality area. P, 416. 596. Seminar (2 to 3) [Rpt. /l for each subtopic] 111 Usually only two or three subtopics will be offered during a semester. a. Comparative Psychology (3) c. Perception (3) f. Psychopathology (3) h. Special Problems in Clinical Psychology (3) i. Personality Research (3) j. Child- Clinical Psychology (3) o. Cognition (3) q. Applied Child Psychology (3) r. Experimental Analysis of Language Development (3) s. Environmental Psychology (3) P, 428. t. Special Problems in Psychology (2) Open to majors only. u. Interdisciplinary Environment- Behavior- Design (3) I (Identical with Idis. 596u, which is home) 659. Clinical Psychology: Principles of Behavior Modification (3) 1 Systematic review of the major theories of behavior modification, with emphasis on application to clinical problems. Open to majors only. 660. Clinical Psychology: Scientific and Professional Aspects (3)1 Orientation to clinical psychology; relationship of community and socioeconomic conditions to emotional disturbance; ethical considerations in research and practice. Open to majors only. 661. Clinical Psychology: Clinical Research (3)I Contemporary research issues in clinical psychology are critically examined. Open to majors only. 662. Clinical Psychology: Clinical Assessment (3) lI Theory and practice in interview techniques and cognitive and personality assessment. Open to majors only. 674a -674b. Group Psychotherapy (3 -3) 674a: Theory and practice of group psychotherapy. 674b: Experience in leading groups; advanced theory. 2R, 3L. 682. Clinical Psychology: Basic Community Psychology (3)II Expanding role of psychology in innovative mental health functions, with emphasis on consultation, program development, primary prevention and social system modification. Open to majors only. 683. Clinical Psychology: Insight, Awareness, and Relationship Therapies (3)II Theory, technique and research of approaches to behavior change which are oriented toward internal awareness, self- direction and personal responsibility by means of relationship, insight, and self -awareness. Open to majors only.

Individual Studies

693 (I to 9); 694 (I to 3) [a. Clinical Psychology: Interviewing and Assessment [Rpt./ 1 ] Open to clinical psyc. students only.]; [b. Individual Psychotherapy [Rpt. /1 ] Open to clinical psyc. students only.]; [c. Community Psy- chology [Rpt. /1 ] Open to clinical psyc. students only.]; 699 (I to 3); 900 (I to 3); 910 (I to 4), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (I to 9); 930 (I to 6)

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Professors Lawrence D. Mann,Head,Clark C. Bloom, Don L. Bowen, June Morrison, Raymond A. Mulligan, Arthur L. Silvers (Urban Planning) Associate Professor Theodore H. Koff Assistant Professors Eric W. Carlson, Josephine Gordon, Vernon L. Greene, James P. Harkin, Stanley Vanagunas, Jonathan P. West Lecturer James Elliott (Visiting) PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 231

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Public Administration degree. Concentrations are available in public management, health services administration, human services administration, and criminal justice administration. For information concerning the requirements for this degree see Requirements for Mas- ters' Degrees /MasterofPublic Administration elsewhere in this catalog.

411. Public Administration and the Mexican American (3) GC II Hispanic- American cultural and historical impact on p.ad. in the Southwestern U.S. from 1775 to the present; patterns of contemporary Spanish- speaking participation in state and local governmental administration of services. 415. Pt.blic Personnel Policies (3) GC III Description and analysis of operation of public personnel systems. P, 202. 456. Hospital Administration (3) GC I Examines the internal structure and management of the hospital and the external issues and factors affecting its operation. 463. Program Planning for Human Services (3) GC II Deals with the process of program planning from problem identification and needs assessment through implementation and evaluation, with specific application to human services administration. P, 202. 500. Quantitative Methods for Administrators (3) III S (Identical with M.I.S. 500)

514. Project Management (3) I Organizational, environmental, and analytical aspects of project planning and management, including government contracting and grants, as applied to public sector projects. 566. Minorities, and Human Services for the Aged (3) II Administrative aspects of human services for elderly members of Black, Mexican American, Native American, and Asian communities.

595. Colloquium (3) I II a. Public Management b. Urban Affairs c. Health Care d. Aging and Society e. Corrections f. Criminal Justice

600. Advanced Public Administration (3) I Fundamentals of structure and process in public administration, with respect to both its academic study and applications. 605. Research and Evaluation in Public Administration (3) III Research and evaluative methodologies which support public sector policies and administration, including the philosophical basis of these methods and a research design exercise. P, 600, Mgmt. 552.

610. Fiscal and Budgetary Administration of Public Agencies (3)IInternal fiscal operation and the budgetary cycle of public and nonprofit agencies. P, 600, Acct. 572. (Identical with Pol. 610) 621. Administrative Patterns in the Federal System (3) II Legal, political, and social framework of interjuris- dictional and interagency relations; trends, emerging issues, and devices for securing coordination and responsibility. 630. Public Policy and Police Administration (3) II Research -based critique of contemporary police administration in relation to its success in meeting the goals of public policy on crime control and community order maintenance. P, 600, 605.

640. Public Policy and Correctional Administration (3) I Research -based critique of contemporary correctional administration in relation to its success in meeting the goals of public policy on the correction of criminal offenders. P, 600, 605.

650. Advanced Health Systems (3) I Introduces the student to the scope and nature of public and private health systems in the U.S.; examines roles of government and private enterprise in the development and operation of health institutions. 651. Health and Public Policy (3) II Examines public policy issues in health, including recent developments in health policy and planning at the national, state and local levels, and their impact on administrative behavior. P, 650.

653. Comparative Management in Health Administration (3)IAssists students in applying general management principles to particular types of health agencies. Models of organizational behavior are used to develop a paradigm for comparative analysis. P, 650. 655. Efficiency Analysis in Health Administration (3) II Professional -level treatment of economic and related principles as they apply to the health -care industry, and of the impacts of health policy and program alternatives; case -study method used. P, Econ. 500a. 662. Aging and Public Policy (3) II Policy framework for administration of programs, plans, priorities, and legislation related to the needs of the aging in modern society. 232 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

696. Seminar (1 to 3) II1 a. Comparative Institutional Administration b. Program Planning and Development c. Performance Measurement and Accountability d. Comparative Law Enforcement Systems e. Health Services Administration f. Environmental Law and Administration g. Criminal Justice Administration h. Problems in Correction

Individual Studies

693 (I to 6) [a. Law Enforcement Administration] [b. Correctional Administration] [c. Public Management] [d. Health Services Administration] [e. Public Recreation Administration] [f. Retirement Housing Administration]; 694 (I to 6) [Rpt./ 1 ]; 699 (I to 6); 900 (1 to 6); 910 (I to 6), maximum total, 6 units; 930 (1to 6)

RANGE MANAGEMENT (See Renewable Natural Resources)

READING

Professors Kenneth J. Smith, Head, Elizabeth M. Antley, Amelia Melnik Associate Professors Wilbur S. Ames, Warren S. Hays, Robert J. Tierney, William J. Valmont Assistant Professors Patricia L. Anders, John M. Bradley, Judy N. Mitchell, Adela A. Stewart, Joseph L. Vaughan, Jr.

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts, Master of Education, Edu- cational Specialist, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in reading. Concentrations are available which are designed to prepare special reading teachers, reading clinicians, reading consultants, reading supervisors, college teachers, and researchers. Applicants for the specialist and doctoral degree programs must submit scores on the Apti- tude Test of the Graduate Record Examination, personal data blanks, and letters of reference to the Office of Graduate Studies in Education. It is recommended that full -time students begin their studies for the master's degree during the summer preceding the academic year in which they wish to obtain the degree. Students in masters' degree programs must complete 507, 605, 612, 620, 671, 672 and either 680, 683, or 686 in addition to six hours of electives and other courses required by the College of Education. A thesis is required for the Master of Arts degree. Requirements for the Educational Specialist degree include a written project. Doctoral degree programs are designed by the student and the advisor in consultation with the advisory committee. For further information concerning these degrees see Requirements for Graduate Degrees elsewhere in this catalog.

435. Secondary School Reading in the Classroom (3) .GC II l Provisions and procedures for evaluating and developing reading skills needed in content areas. (Identical with S.Ed. 435) 506. Foundations of Reading Instruction in Spanish (3) I Introduction to the theoretical and practical aspects of the reading process, with attention to essential decoding and comprehension skills; special application for teaching Spanish -speaking children to read. Taught in Span. P, Span. fluency. (Identical with M.A.S. 506)

507. Analysis of Decoding (3) 1 II Phoneme theory; prerequisites for learning phoneme -grapheme associations; teaching word identification skills; examination and analysis of instructional materials and related research. P, 605 or CR. 508. Bilingual Reading (3) II Analysis of reading situations encountered by bilingual students; phonological, semantic and syntactic aspects of instruction; methods and materials. (Identicalwith Ed.F.A. 508 and M.A.S. 508) 509. Fundamentals of Reading Instruction (3) III Diagnosis, teaching, and evaluation, of comprehension and study skills for the exceptional child; various reading approaches geared to the needs of the exceptional child. (Identical with Spec. 509) REHABILITATION 233

513. The Reading Process (3) IIInvestigation of the psychological, physiological, sociological, and linguistic aspects of reading. II Procedures for diagnosing and developing reading skills for 571. Remedial Reading in the Classroom(3) I pupils of below- average achievement level. Open to nonmajors only. 605. Foundations of Reading Instruction(3) III Theories of the reading process; principles and fundamentals underlying reading instruction; evaluation of reading research. 612. Reading Comprehension: Theories, Research and Methods(3)IIlFactors affecting cognitive development; methods of influencing growthinreading comprehension; examination and analysis of instructional materials; research related to comprehension and cognitive development. P, 605 or CR. Organization of reading programs: skills and meth- 620. Reading in the Secondary School Curriculum(3) I11 odologies; evaluation of published materials; development of teacher -made materials. P, 605. 628. Field Experience in Reading(3) IIISupervised experience in assessment and teaching of reading skills in the schools; use of developmental, corrective, and remedial techniques and practices. P, 672 or CR.

633. Psycholinguistics and Reading(3) 1 IIBasics in psycholinguistics of reading and reading instruction, with emphasis on the comprehension of written language. 637. Application of Miscue Analysis(3) II 1979 -80 (Identical with Elem. 637) 671. Diagnostic Laboratory(3 to 6) [Rpt. /6 units] 111 Supervised praètice in reading assessment; identifica- tionof factorsinfluencing reading achievement, evaluation, construction, and administration of assessment procedures; development of interview techniques. P, 507, 612 or CR. 672. Instructional Laboratory(3 to 6) [Rpt. /6 units] 1I1 Supervised practice in teaching reading; preparing, analyzing, and critiquing special instructional programs for students. P, 671 orCR. 680. Investigations in Reading(3) 1II Analysis and synthesis of research in reading and its implications and influences on practice. P, 672 or CR. 683. Curriculum Development and Supervision in Reading(3)IIlOrganizational patterns of reading curricula; approaches to the improvement of reading instruction; personnel relations. Designed for the reading supervisor and the school administrator. P, 672 or CR. 686. Classroom Reading: Issues, Concerns, Practices(3)IIICritical analyses of principles, procedures and research related to the analysis, assessment, and improvement of reading abilities among individuals and groups at various levels. P, 672 orCR.

695. Colloquium ( 1to 3) 1I 1 a. Problems in Reading b. Reading and Ethnic Differences (Identical with M.A.S. 695b) 696. Seminar (Ito 3) III a. Research and Evaluation

Individual Studies

594(3)[a. Reading for the Exceptional Child(3) P, 509];0693 (Ito 6);699(1 to 3);900(2 to 4);910(4), maximum total, 4 units;920 (Ito 9);930 (Ito 6)

REAL ESTATE (See Finance and Real Estate)

REHABILITATION

(College of Education)

Professors Bob G. Johnson, Armin G. Turechek Associate Professors Amos P. Sales, Head, Paul Leung Assistant Professors Kent B. Kloepping, S. Mae Smith, Inez Tucker (Clinical) Lecturers Thomas L. Fisher, Stephen W. Thomas

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in rehabilitation. Concentrations are available in general rehabilitation counseling, counseling the deaf, counseling the substance abuser, vocational evaluation, and rehabilitation administration. 234 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Admission requirements may be obtained by writing to the department. Deadlines for re-

ceipt of applications are as follows: (I) master's degree programs, May I for fall admission, November Ifor spring admission, and March 1for summer admission. (2) doctors' degree pro-

grams, March I forfall admission, October I for spring admission, no summer admissions. Applicants for doctoral programs must submit scores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Rec- ord Examination. Master's degree students must submit either GRE scores or a score on the Miller Analogies Test. Students working toward the Master of Science degree are required to complete at least 54 units including 12 units of internship. With faculty approval, the number of required units may be reduced for students with substantial prior experience in rehabilitation. Each student will plan a program with the assistance of an advisor built around a core curriculum. Electives may be se- lectedinthe chosen area of concentration.Allmaster's degree students must passa comprehensive written examination and may be required, in addition, to pass an oral examination. Specific requirements for doctoral programs may be obtained by writing to the department. A second foreign language or a cognate field in lieu thereof is required for the Doctor of Philosophy degree program.

400. Basic Manual Communication(3)GCI II Principles, methods, techniques of communicating manually with deaf persons, with emphasis on developing manual communication skills for use by counselors in rehabilitation settings.

410. Intermediate Conversational Manual Communication(3)GCI II Comprehensive study of English idioms translated into sign language; expansion of sign vocabulary and emphasis on receptive skills development.P,400 or demonstrated proficiency.

420. Advanced Conversational Sign Language(3)GCI II Comprehensive study of basic sign language idioms and colloquialisms in Anmeslan, with emphasis on continued skill building, expressive and receptive ability in Ameslan, and ability to converse with deaf adults. P, 410 or demonstrated proficiency.

430. Interpreting for Deaf People(3)GC I IIPrinciples, methods, and techniques of interpreting for deaf people in rehabilitation and other settings. P, 420 or demonstrated proficiency.

450. Case Practices and Procedures in Rehabilitation and Related Agency Services(3)GC I IIIntensive study of case procedures and techniques and their application to the functions of rehabilitation and related agencies, with emphasis on the case practices of interviewing. P, 300.

480. Problems of Drug Abuse(3) [Rpt./ 1]GCII I Survey course for teachers, counselors, and agency workers concerned with drug abuse; examination of community, cultural, and educational approaches to drug use and abuse.

500. Principles of Rehabilitation(3) I Principles underlying rehabilitation programs and interdisciplinary relationships of agencies engaged in rehabilitation services.

510. Medical Aspects of Disability(3) I II Etiology, therapy, and prognosis of the major disabilities, including drug and alcohol; assessment of physical capacities and limitations; typical restorative techniques.

520. Psychosocial Aspects of Disability(3) I II Exploration of the psychological and sociological aspects of disability; analysis of somatopsychology, psychosomatics, and social psychology. P, Psyc. 416, 418.

550. Principles and Practices of Vocational Evaluation(3)III Understanding work skills and labor market conditions; process of vocational evaluation of rehabilitation clientele; collecting and synthesizing evaluation data and writing meaningful reports. 557. Marriage Counseling(3) I (Identical with H.Ec. 557)

560. Role and Function of Workshop Facilities(3) I II Defining the role and function of workshop facilities in rehabilitation; evaluation and production methods; wage and hour regulations; work adjustment methodologies.

600. Facilitation Training and Counseling Practices in Rehabilitation(3) 1 II Facilitation training of rehabilitation professionals in their implementation of counseling practices with varied ethnic, age, disability, and dependency populations. 3R, I L. Open to majors only.

620. Vocational Diagnosis(3)IIlExploration of the world of work; critical review of vocational choice theories; experiences in the use and interpretation of individual assessment techniques. P, Ed.P. 458; Rhab. 500 or CR.

630. Plan Development in Rehabilitation(3) I Il Problems of physical, mental, social, and emotional disability, as they relate to the formulation of a rehabilitation plan; exploration of the various sources of occupational and career choice information, job placement and development. P, 500, 620. 640. Psychosocial Assessment of the Deaf Person(3) II Selection, administration, and interpretation of various psychosocial evaluation instruments used with deaf persons. P, Ed.P. 671, 672a.

650. Construction and Development of Assessment Samples(3) III Use of occupational information, career exploration and job analysis techniques; development, construction, standardization, and use of work samples and related vocational assessment techniques. REMOTE SENSING 235

660. Counseling and Case Practices with the Deaf (3) II Principles, methods, and techniques of counseling and case practices with deaf people in rehabilitation settings. P, 600. 695. Colloquium (3) III a. Rehabilitation Counseling. Open to doctoral candidates only. b. Rehabilitation Administration c. Vocational Evaluation d. Rehabilitation of the Deaf e. Group Processes 730. Investigations in Rehabilitation (3) II Identification and analysis of current problems in rehabilitation.

Individual Studies

693 (I to 12); 694 (3) [Rpt. /3] P, 600.; 699 (I to 3); 900 (2 to 4); 910 (4), maximum total, 4 units; 920(I to 9) ;930(I to6)

RELIABILITY ENGINEERING (See Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering)

REMOTE SENSING

Committee on Remote Sensing

Professors Philip N. Slater (Optical Sciences),Chairman,Benjamin M. Herman (Atmospheric Sciences), Bobby R. Hunt (Systems and Industrial Engineering), Donald F.Post (Soils, Water and Engineering), Richard W. Reeves (Geography, Regional Develop- ment, and Urban Planning) Assistant Professors Kennith E. Foster (Arid Lands Studies), Charles E. Glass (Mining and Geo- logicalEngineering), HarryF.Hillman (Civil Engineering and Engineering Mechanics), David A. Mouat (Arid Lands Studies), William O. Rasmussen (Renewable Natural Resources), Robert A. Schowengerdt (Arid Lands Studies and Systems and Industrial Engineering)

Remote sensing concerns the collection of information related in some way to the earth's natural resources or environment. Data are primarily collected by satellite and aircraft systems in conjunction with localized ground based surveys and measurements. The data are processed by digital computer or optical techniques to extract information of value to earth scientists and resource and environment managers at the local, state, and federal levels. The Committee on Remote Sensing offers no graduate major at the present time, but mi- nor programs are available for doctoral students with majors in disciplines within the Colleges of Agriculture, Business and Public Administration, Earth Sciences, Engineering, Liberal Arts, and Mines, and in the Office of Arid Lands Studies and the Optical Sciences Center. Emphases are available in applied remote sensing or in remote sensing techniques. Students electing the emphasis in applied remote sensing are required to complete at least 12 graduate unitsorIdis. 330 (without graduate credit and described in theGeneral Catalog only) and 10 graduate units. The program must include Opti. 550 and S.I.E. 536 and either Idis. 330, G.En. 407, or Ws.M. 420. The remaining units may be selected from Ws.M. 422, Agri. 453, C.E. 454, Geog. 483, Geos. 586, or G.En. 507. Students electing the emphasis in techniques of remote sensing must complete 12 graduate units including Opti. 550 and S.I.E. 536. The remaining units may be selected from Opti. 534, 535, 558, 559, 567R, 524, 539, 552; Atmo. 656a -656b, 561, 683; or E.E. 686. Students are urged to discuss the program with members of the Committee on Remote Sensing before selecting the courses to be taken. The program selected must be approved in advance by the Committee. 236 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

RENEWABLE NATURAL RESOURCES

(CollegeofAgriculture) Professors Ervin H. Zube, Director, Milo L. Cox, Peter F. Ffolliott, Martin M. Fogel, Lloyd W. Gay, Robert L. Gilbertson (Plant Pathology), William H. Havens, Herbert M. Hull, C. Roger Hungerford, Warren D. Jones, Gilbert L. Jordan, David A. King, James O. Klemmedson, Philip N. Knorr, S. Clark Martin, Jonathon J. Norris (Visiting), Phil R. Ogden, Ervin M. Schmutz, Norman S. Smith, Lyle K. Sows, John L. Thames, A. Heaton Underhill (Visiting), Robert F. Wagle, Malcolm J. Zwolinski Associate Professors Stanley K. Brickler, David A. Bryant, Terry C. Daniel (Psychology), Gordon S. Lehman, E. Lamar Smith, Jr., Jerry C. Tash Assistant Professors Louis H. Hekman, Paul R. Krausman, William J. Matter, Michael M. McCarthy, William O. Rasmussen, Jon Rodiek, Walter E. Rogers, William W. Shaw Adjunct Professor Howard L. Morton Research Associate Hanna J. Cortner Lecturer Charles D. Ziebell

The School of Renewable Natural Resources offers programs leading to the Master of Sci- ence and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees with majors in watershed management, range management, fisheries science, and wildlife ecology. The School also offers a program leading to the Master of Landscape Architecture degree. For information concerning this degree see Re- quirements for Masters' Degrees /MasterofLandscape Architecture elsewhere in this catalog. Applicants for the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degree programs are required to submit three letters of recommendation and scores on the Graduate Record Examina- tion.For information concerning thedoctor's degree see Requirements for Doctors' Degrees /Doctor of Philosophy elsewhere in this catalog. Graduate programs are individually planned after consideration of the student's preparation, area of interest, and career objectives. The purpose of the programs is to train people (1) for research and teaching in the area of natural resource management and planning, and (2) for land management positions requiring specialization in one of the available majors. All students are urged to gain a broad understanding of the social and political institutions as they affect fundamental relations of humans and their environment, particularly those involving plants, animals, soil, and climate.

Majors

WATERSHED MANAGEMENT or RANGE MANAGEMENT - Concentrations are available in watershed hydrology, natural resource recreation, forest resource economics, forest science, and range science. Applicants should normally have completed an undergraduate major in watershed management, range management, natural resource recreation, or forestry with training in the biological, physical, and social sciences equivalent to that required for the bachelor's degree at The University of Arizona. Applicants lacking these prerequisites will be required to complete a minimum of 16 units in established watershed management, range management, or natural resource recreation courses. With the approval of the School, they may include 400 -level courses among these as a part of the graduate program. Students working toward the Master of Science degree may select either of two plans: (1) complete at least 30 units including a thesis for which as many as 5 units may be earned, or (2) complete at least 36 units including an acceptable professional paper for which as many as 3 units may be earned.

FISHERIES SCIENCE or WILDLIFE ECOLOGY - These programs require the completion of at least 15 units of course work and an additional 15 units of research, devoting one year to each of the two requirements, for the master's degree. The research work must be concerned with a field problem and result in the writing of an acceptable thesis. RENEWABLE NATURAL RESOURCES 237

SOIL AND WATER SCIENCE - For information concerning this major see Soils, Water, and Engineering elsewhere in this catalog.

Renewable Natural Resources

416. Range and Forest Ecology (2) GC II Autecological and synecological principles and concepts in relation to range and forest plants and plant communities. P, Ra.M. 382 or Ws.M. 342; Ecol. 235. Smith 546. Principles of Research (3) I Philosophy of science and research, the scientific method, problem selection, problem analysis, study plans, scientific communications. Klemmedson

Fisheries Science

401. Aquatic Entomology (2) GC II 1980 -81 (Identical with Ento. 401) 430. Principles of Nutrition (3) GC III (Identical with An.S. 430) 441. Limnology (4) GC I Study of lakes and streams; biological characteristics, as related to physical, chemical, geological and historical processes operating on fresh waters. 2R, 6L. Weekend field trips. P, six units of chem. or phys. with lab. (Identical with Ecol. 441) 455. Fishery Management (4) GC II Methods and concepts pertaining to fishery investigations and management; application of principles for production of optimum fisheries to benefit man. 3R, 3L. P, 441, 482. Matter 482. Ichthyology (4) GC I (Identical with Ecol. 482) 537. Advanced Ecology (2) II (Identical with Ecol. 537) 63Ò. Issues in Fishery Science (2) [Rpt.] II Procedures for critical evaluation of diverse fishery and aquatic science topics. Tash /Ziebell 649. Fishery -Water Quality Relationships (2) I Pertinent water quality parameters essential for fish life, and the effects of various substances and their interrelationships to fish and aquatic organisms. P, 441 or 455; Chem. 241a. Ziebell 696. Seminar (I to 3) I a. Fish and Wildlife Ecology (1) (Identical with Wldl. 696a, which is home)

Individual Studies

599(I to5);900(1 to8);910(1 to8) ;920(I to9);930(I to6)

Wildlife Ecology

444. Wildlife Management (4) GC I Management of wildlife as a resource; characteristics of wildlife species and the principles of maintenance and control of wildlife populations. 3R, 3L or field work. P, 140, G.Bio. I05b; Ecol. 235 or R.N.R. 416. Hungerford

446. Wildlife Management Techniques (4) GC IIField and lab. methods used in wildlife management; evaluation of wildlife habitats; census, productivity, diagnosis, and control of wildlife populations. 2R, 6L or field work. Weekend field trip. P, 444. Hungerford 447. Ecology of Wildlife Reproduction (2) GC II Mechanisms by which environmental factors influence reproductive success in wildlife populations. P, Ecol. 235, V.Sc. 400a or 400b. (Identical with Ecol. 447) N. Smith 448. Current Problems in Wildlife Ecology (I) [Rpt.] GC IDiscussions and assignments covering current problems, including the biological, economic, aesthetic, political, and sociological phases of wildlife management. P, 444 or 446. 484. Ornithology (4) GC II (Identical with Ecol. 484) 485. Mammalogy (4) GC I (Identical with Ecol. 485) 584. Selected Studies of Birds (2) 1II (Identical with Ecol. 584) 585. Selected Studies of Mammals (3) II (Identical with Ecol. 585)

696. Seminar (I to 3)I a. Fish and Wildlife Ecology (I) [Rpt.] (Identical with Fish. 696a)

Individual Studies

599 (1 to5);900(I tob) ;910(I to8);920(I to9) ;930(I to6) 238 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Landscape Architecture

422a -422b. Intermediate Land Planning and Design (5 -5) GC Application of the design process to problems of increasing scope and diversity. 422a: Urban /suburban interface. 422b: Urban environment. 2R, 9L. Field trips. Open to majors only. P, 322b, 334a, 441, 350, 451. 424a -424b. Advanced Land Planning and Design (5 -5) GC 424a: Omnibus studio; complex problems in regional and urban environments. 424b: Special studies studio; individual emphasis. 2R, 9L. Field trips. Open to majors only. P, 422b.

428. Perception of Designed Environments: Measurement and Evaluation (3) GC II (Identical with Psyc. 428)

452. Landscape Construction (3) GC I Construction materials and methods in landscape architecture; introduction to working drawings and specifications. 2R, 3L. P, 322b, 451.

453. Contract Documents and Professional Practice (2) GC II Techniques and procedures for preparation of working drawings and specifications, and for professional office conduct. P, 322b, 452.

596. Seminar (3)I u. Interdisciplinary Environment - Behavior- Design (Identical with Idis. 596u, which is home)

633. Critical /Significant Environments (3) II (Identical with Ws.M. 633)

696. Seminar ( 1to 3) Ill a. Landscape Architecture (I) [Rpt. ]

Individual Studies

599 (I to 5); 900 (2 to 8); 910 (2 to 8), maximum total, 8 units; 930 (I to 6)

Natural Resource Recreation

424. Recreation Resource Planning (5) GC INational, regional, basin, state and local comprehensive recreational planning; aspects for master planning. 2R, 9L. Open to majors only. P, 381, 470, Ws.M. 410. Brickler

470. Economics of Outdoor Recreation (3) GC II Application of economic tools to recreation planning and management, including recreation demand and supply, recreation use projection methods, recreation resource valuation and policy issues. P, Econ. 201b or A.Ec. 204; Math. 160. (Identical with A.Ec. 470) King

475. Leisure Theories and Recreational Behavior (2) GC II Theories of leisure behavior and their implications for management of natural resources for outdoor recreation. P, 381, 388.

Range Management

446. Range Improvements (2) GC I Range improvements through grazing systems, noxious plant control, cultural and mechanical elements of revegetation, runoff control, and specialized range and critical area treatments. P, 305, Ecol. 235. Jordan

456. Range Evaluation (3) GC II Methods of evaluating range vegetation, productivity, carrying capacity, utilization, condition and trend; measurement techniques and interpretation of data. 2R, 3L. P, 305, 382, R.N.R. 321, 416. E. Smith

480. Forest Policy and Administration (3) GC II (Identical with Ws.M. 480)

486. Range Planning and Economics (3) GC II Collection of inventory data; development and evaluation of management alternatives, including economic analysis; development of recommendations; preparation of a management plan for a range area. 2R, 3L. P, 446, 456; Ws.M. 440 or A.Ec. 215 or 476. Ogden

495. Colloquium ( Ito 3)II a. Range Management (I) GC I IP, 305.

696. Seminar ( Ito 3) II I a. Range Management (I) [Rpt.]

Individual Studies

599 (I to 5); 900 (I to 8); 909 (1 to 3); 910 (I to 8), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (I to 9); 930(I to 6) RENEWABLE NATURAL RESOURCES 239

Watershed Management

408. Forest Fire Management (3) GC IForest fire behavior, as influenced by fuels, weather, topography; ecological effects of fire; prevention, detection and control methods; fire danger rating and use of prescribed fire in forest management. Zwolinski 410. Silviculture (3) GC II Principles and technical procedures for reproducing, planting, and tending forest crops, with reference to watershed. P, 342 or Ra.M. 382; Ecol. 235. Wagle 411. Silvicultural Systems (I) GC II Silvicultural systems, timber stand improvement and related practices; forest regulation practices. Weekend field trips. Open to majors only. P, CR 410, 415. 415. Mensuration (3) GC II Measurement and inventory of forest land, forest growth, raw materials, and

products. 2R, 3L. P, R.N.R. 321, C.Sc. 1 II, Math. 123. Ffolliott 420. Photogrammetry (2) GC I Aerial photographic planning for natural resource management; stereoscopic principles applied to planimetric and topographic mapping. I R, 3L. P, Math. .I I8. Knorr 422. Photointerpretation (2) GC II Reading and interpretation of aerial photographs; natural resource inventory from aerial photographs; remote sensing techniques.I R, 3L. P, Math. 118. Lehman 425R. Wood Processing (2) GC II1980 -81 Uses of commercially important woods. P, G.Bio. 105a or PI.S. 100. 425L. Wood Technology Laboratory (I) GC I 1 1980 -8I Macroidentification of commercially important woods. 427. Bioclimatology (3) GC II (Identical with Atmo. 427) 430. Forest Resource Management (3) GC IDecision making in the management of forest lands. 2R, 3L. P, 41 I, 415, 440. Knorr 440. Forest Resource Economics (3) GC II Economics of the production of goods and services from forest lands; decision making in microforest resource management situations; supply and demand relationships for products of forest resources. P, Econ. 20I b or A.Ec. 204. (Identical with A.Ec. 440) King 450. Forest and Range Entomology (2) GC II 1980 -81 (Identical with Ento. 450) 460. Watershed Hydrology (3) GC II Application of fundamental principles to quantifying the basic hydrologic processes occurring on watersheds. P, Geos. 100a or 151; S.W.E. 200, 201, Math. 160. (Identical with Hydr. 460) Fogel 462. Watershed Management (3) GC IHydrology of vegetated watersheds, evaporation, transpiration, erosion, snow, water yield improvements through land management, including the role of ecology. P, R.N.R. 416, S.W.E. 200, 201. Gay 464a -464b. Introduction to Dendrochronology (3 -3) GC' (Identical with Geos. 464a -464b) 471. Water Quality Control (3) GC II (Identical with C.E. 471) 476. Natural Resource Economics (3) GC II (Identical with A.Ec. 476) 480. Forest Policy and Administration (3) GC II Evolution of natural resource policy in the U.S.; resource policy formation; analysis of present policy and trends; legal and administrative aspects of natural resource use. P, 440 or N.R.R. 470 or A.Ec. 215 or 476. (Identical with A.Ec. 480, Ra.M. 480 and W.R.A. 480) King 481. Simulation of Renewable Natural Resources (3) GC' II Simulation of management for a typical renewable natural resource unit, taking into account biologic, economic, and social factors. 2R, 3L. P, 430. Ffolliott /Rasmussen

502. Snow Hydrology (2) IPhysical properties of snow, melt and runoff characteristics, measurements, flood and water yield prediction, forest -snow relationship and management potential. P, 460 or C.E. 423. (Identical with Hydr. 502) Gay 505. Modeling of Small Watershed Hydrology (3)II1979 -80 Techniques for synthesizing the hydrologic behavior of watershed catchments. P, 460, 462. FogellHekman

545. Systems Analysis in Watershed Management (3) I1 1980 -81 Application of hydrologic modeling and system analysis for optimizing management of watersheds. P, 460, 462. Fogel /Hekman 557. Quantitative Methods in Dendrochronology (3) II 1980 -81 (Identical with Geos. 557)

563. Plant -Water Relations (3)II (Identical with Cell. 563) 565. Hydrochemistry (3) II 1979 -80 (Identical with S.W.E. 565)

566. Botanical Basis of Dendrochronology (3) 1 1979 -80 (Identical with Geos. 566) 576a -576b. Advanced Natural Resource Economics (3 -3) (Identical with A.Ec. 576a -576b) 633. Critical /Significant Environments (3) II Assessment and management of natural and cultural critical environmental resources, including natural, scenic and historic areas, habitats of rare and endangered species, and unique resource combinations. 2R, 3L. Field trips. (Identical with L.Ar. 633) McCarthy 655. Dendroclimatology (4) II 1979 -80 (Identical with Gcos. 655) 696. Seminar ( Ito 3 ) 1 1 1 a. Watershed Management (I) [Rpt.1 240 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Individual Studies

599 (I to 5); 900 (1 to 8); 909 (I to 3); 910 (1 to 8), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (I to 9); 930(1 to 6)

ROMANCE LANGUAGES

Professors Lanin A. Gyurko, Head, Rupert C. Allen, Jr., Leo L. Barrow, A. Dolores Brown, Guido A. Capponi, Jack Emory Davis, Jean -Jacques Demorest, Loyal A. T. Gryting, Herman Iventosch, John W. Martin, Dana A. Nelson, José Promis, Renato 1. Rosaldo, Charles I. Rosenberg, Robert ter Horst Associate Professors Edward G. Brown, Jr., Gilbert E. Evans, Juan J. Gilabert, Ingeborg M. Kohn, Eliana S. Rivero, Henri Servin, Gianni Spera, H. Reynolds Stone Assistant Professor Kirsten F. Nigro Lecturers Karl C. Gregg, Jean Goetinck, Annamaria Kelly

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts degree with majors in French, Spanish, or Romance Languages; and the Doctor of Philosophy degree with majors in French or Spanish. In cooperation with the College of Education, the department also offers work leading to the Master of Education degree with majors in French or Spanish. For information concerning this degree see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Education elsewhere in this catalog. The department offers doctoral minors in French, Italian, Portuguese, and Spanish. Admission to all graduate programs requires the completion of a bachelor's degree with a strong major in the proposed field of study. Applicants must submit scores on the Aptitude and Advanced (French or Spanish) tests of the Graduate Record Examination. Admission to a doctoral program is dependent upon the completion of a Master of Arts degree with the same major. Students with a master's degree from elsewhere must take the Qualifying Examination during the first two weeks of residence. The deadline for applications for the fall term is March 1 and for the spring term, November 1.

Degrees

MASTER OF ARTS - Students with a major in French or Spanish must complete 32 units of course work. No thesis is required. Students majoring in Spanish will elect a concentration in Spanish Peninsular literature or Spanish- American literature. A Master of Arts degree in Span- ish, with a concentration in Hispanic Studies, is offered in Guadalajara. Students with a major in Romance Languages must complete 20 units in either French or Spanish plus an additional 20 units in a second Romance Language together with supervised teaching and H.Ed. 560.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - All students must complete a minimum of 50 units in French or Spanish plus an additional 15 units in a minor field and 18 units of dissertation work. Students majoring in Spanish will elect a concentration in either Spanish Peninsular or Spanish- American literature. All students must demonstrate knowledge of two other foreign languages.

Graduate credit for courses taken at the University's Guadalajara Summer School is considered university credit and may be applied to graduate degree programs.

French

105a -105b. Training in Reading French for Graduates(3 hrs. /week - no credit) Summary of basic grammar essential to a reading knowledge of the language, accompanied by readings of increasing difficulty both in the general literature and the chosen field of specialization. 402. Introduction to Medieval French Literature(3) GC 11979 -80 Reading ofOldFrench masterpieces in modern Fren. P, 201 b. 403a -403b. Literature of the 16th Century(3 -3) GC 1979 -80 403a: Early Renaissance, Reformation, Rabelais, the Pleiade. 403b: The Humanists, Montaigne, D'Aubigne, the drama. P, 201 b. ROMANCE LANGUAGES 241

404a -404b. Literature of the 17th Century (3 -3) GC 1980 -81 404a: Human condition, as seen by the epoch of Louis XIII and the Fronde. 404b: Classical ideal. P, 20Ib. 405a -405b. Literature of the 18th Century (3 -3) GC 1979 -80 Study of ideas in the French Enlightenment. 405a Rationalist currents. 405b: Sensibility. P, 201b. 406a -406b. Literature of thel9th Century (3 -3) GC 1980 -81 406a: Poetry and theatre. 406b: Novel and short story; development of ideas. P, 201b. 407a -407b. Literature of the 20th Century (3 -3) GC 1980 -81 407a: Novel. 407b: Poetry and drama. P. 201b. 415. Stylistics (3) GC IPrinciples of stylistics, with exercises in literary translation and original writing. P, 37511 422. Introduction to Romance Philology (3) GC 1 1980 -81 (Identical with Span. 422) 430a -430b. French Civilization (3 -3) GC Historical, social, economic, literary, and artistic elements in the development of the French nation. P, 201b. 431. Contemporary French Philosophy (3) GC II1979 -80 Discussion course, conducted in Engt with readings in Fren.; Bergson, Camus, Simone Weil, Teilhard de Chardin, Sartre, Levi- Strauss. 450. French Literature of Black Africa and the West Indies (3) G(' 11980 -81 P. 201b. (Identical with BI.S. 450) 451. Literature of the Fantastique (3) GC II 1980 -81 Study of certain elements of the supernatural, the un- expected, the unexplainable in French literature; analysis of dominant themes and important authors of the 18th, 19th, and 20th centuries. P, 201b. 452. French Literature of Quebec (3) GC II1980 -81 Comprehensive study of the most significant literary expression in Quebec. P, 20Ib. 470. Advanced Grammar and Usage (3) GC II Structural analysis of spoken and written French, with emphasis on structural patterns and attention to contrasts with Engl. Grad. students will do additional work in composition and stylistics. P, 20Ib. 472. French Phonetics (2) GC II 1979 -80 Description, analysis, and practice in the larger elements of articulatory phonetics; designed for teaching majors and minors. P, 372. 510. Materials and Methods of Research (2) 11979 -80

511. Approaches to French Literature (2) I 1 1979 -80 Methods of criticism and techniques of literary analysis. 520a -520b. Old French Language and Literature (3 -3) 1980 -81 520a: Old French language. Taught in Engl. 520b: Medieval French literature. 554. Moliere and Comedy of the 17th Century (3) 11979 -80

555. Tragic Theatre in the 17th Century (3) I 1 1979 -80 556. Generation of Crisis: 1680 -1715 (3) II 1979 -80 Seventeenth- century origins of the literature of the En- lightenment. 557. Rousseau (3) II 1980 -81 Rousseau's political thought; his ideas concerning education; The Confessions; the beginning of Romanticism. 558. Realism and Naturalism in the Novel (3) 11979 -80 Flaubert, Zola, Maupassant, etc. 559. New Theatre (3) II 1980 -81 Ionesco, Beckett, Adamov, Arrabal, etc.

560. New Novel: Theory and Practice (3) 1 1980 -81 Sarraute, Robbe -Grillet, Butor, Simon, Barthes, Blan- chot, Bataille.

579. Problems of Teaching College French (Ito 3) I Emphasis on the problems encountered in teaching lower- division college courses. 696. Seminar (3) III a. Romance Philology e. 17th Century c. Old French Literature f. 18th Century d. 16th Century g. 19th Century h. 20th Century

Individual Studier

599(1 to 4); 699(1 to 4); 799(1 to 4); 920(1 to 9) ;930(1 to6)

Italian

400a -400b. Survey of Italian Literature (3 -3) GC P, 20Ib. 405a -405b. Advanced Composition and Conversation (3 -3) GC P. 201 b. 406a -406b. The Italian Novel (3 -3) GC P, 201 b. 420a -420b. Italian Civilization (3 -3) GC Historical, geographical, social, and artistic aspects of the development of the culture of Italy. P, 201b. 420a is not prerequisite to 420b. 422. Introduction to Romance Philology (3) GC 11980 -81 (Identical with Span. 422) 242 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

430a -430b. Literature of the Renaissance (3 -3) GC P, 201 b. 435a -435b. La Divina Commedia (3 -3) GC P, 201 b. 696. Seminar (3) III a. Italian Literature of the 14th and 15th Centuries b. Italian Renaissance c. Italian Literature of the 17th and 18th Centuries d. Italian Literature of the 19th Century e. Italian Literature of the 20th Century

Individual Studies

599(I to4);699(I to4)

Portuguese

400a -400b. Survey of Brazilian and Portuguese Literature (3 -3) GC 1980 -81 400a: Brazilian literature. 400b: Portuguese literature. P, 20Ib or 202b. 402a -402b. Brazilian Civilization (3 -3) GC P, 201 b or 202b. 405a -405b. Advanced Composition and Conversation (3 -3) GC Two hours conversation, one hour composition. P, 201b or 202b. 422. Introduction to Romance Philology (3) GC 1 1980 -81 (Identical with Span. 422) 463. Studies in Brazilian Literature (3) GC l1979 -80 Major works, authors and tendencies in modern Bra- zilian literature. P, 201 b or 202b. 464. Studies in Portuguese Literature (3) GC 11 1979 -80 Major works, authors and tendencies in the literature of Portugal. P, 201b or 202b. 696. Seminar (3) III a. Portuguese Literature: Middle Ages f. Portuguese Literature: 20th Century b. Portuguese Literature: 16th Century g. Brazilian Literature: 16th -18th Centuries c. Portuguese Literature: 17th Century h. Brazilian Literature: 19th Century d. Portuguese Literature: 18th Century i. Brazilian Literature: 20th Century e. Portuguese Literature: 19th Century

Individual Studies

599 (1 to 4); 699 (1 to 4)

Romance Languages

429. Pedagogical Linguistics: Applied Linguistics for Language Teachers (3) GC II(Identical with Or.S. 429)

Spanish

105a -105b. Training in Reading Spanish for Graduates (3 hrs. /week - no credit) Summary of basic grammar essential to a reading knowledge of the language, accompanied by readings of increasing difficulty both in the general literature and the chosen field of specialization. 400a -400b. Survey of Spanish Peninsular Literature (3 -3) GC 400a: From the beginning through the 17th century. 400b: 18th -20th centuries. P, 306. 400a is not prerequisite to 400b. 401a -401b. Survey of Spanish- American Literature (3 -3) GC 401a: From the beginning through the 18th century. 401b: 19th and 20th centuries. P, 306. 401a is not prerequisite to 401 b. 405. Advanced Composition and Conversation (3) GC III Study and practice in formal discussion and exposi- tory writing. P, 375. 422. Introduction to Romance Philology (3) GC 11980 -81 Survey of the development of the modern Ro- mance tongues from the Latin language. P, knowledge of two Romance languages. (Identical with Fren. 422, Ital. 422, and Port. 422) 423a -423b. Theory of Spanish Syntax (3 -3) GC 423a: Introduction to grammar as a theoretical construct; principles of transformational generative grammar exemplifiedinSpan.; examination of traditional grammatical concepts in the new framework. 423b: More detailed and further ranging analysis of Span. grammar within the general theory. P, 370. (Identical with Ling. 423a -423b) ROMANCE LANGUAGES 243

424. Modern Hispanic Linguistics (3) GC II1980 -81 Principles of modern linguistic theories in relation to Spanish syntax. P, 423.

426. Applied Spanish Linguistics (3) GC I Pedagogical applications of syntactic theory; introduction to phonological theory of Span. for pedagogical purposes; applied phonetics. P, 423b. 430a -430b. Spanish Peninsular Civilization (3 -3) GC 1980 -81 Peninsular Spanish milieu; geographical, political, and cultural aspects of Spanish Peninsular civilization. 431a -431b. Spanish- American Civilization (3 -3) GC 1979 -80 Spanish -American milieu; geographical, political, and cultural aspects of Spanish -American civilization.

435. Cervantes and His Works (3) GC I IP, 306. 441. Children's Literature in Spanish (3) GC I Survey of children's literature in Span., with special attention to the needs of American schools and libraries. 443. Mexican -American Literature (3) GC II Study of the literature, in Span. and Engl., created by the Mexican- American in the United States. P, 306. (Identical with M.A.S. 443) 445. Novel of the Mexican Revolution (3) GC IP, 306. 470. Advanced Grammar (3) GC III P, 370. 473. Spanish for the Bilingual Classroom Teacher (3) GC 11979 -80 Practical Span. for the elementary and secondary school subject- matter teacher who uses Span. as the medium of instruction. 500. Spanish Medieval Literature (3) 11979 -80 Survey of major works of the Spanish Middle Ages, with attention to current scholarship. P, 400a -400b. 501. Spanish- American Colonial Literature (3) II 1979 -80 Survey of major works of the Spanish- American Colonial period, with attention to current scholarship. P, 401a-401 b.

502. Spanish Peninsular Golden Age Literature (3) 1 1980 -81 Survey of major works of the Spanish Golden Age, with attention to current scholarship. P, 400a -400b. 503. Spanish- American Romantic Literature (3) II 1980 -81 Survey of major works of the Spanish- American Romantic period, with attention to current scholarship. P, 401 b. 504. Spanish Peninsular Romantic Literature (3) II1979 -80 Survey of major works of Spanish Peninsular Romantic literature, with attention to current scholarship. P, 400a -400b.

505. Spanish- American Modernist Literature (3) 1 1979 -80 Survey of major works of the Spanish -American Modernist period, with attention to current scholarship. P, 401b. 506. Spanish Peninsular Realist Literature (3) II 1980 -81 Survey of major works of Spanish Peninsular Real- ist literature, with attention to current scholarship. P, 400a -400b.

507. Spanish- American Twentieth -Century Literature (3) 1 1980 -81 Survey of major works of the Spanish - American 20th -century literary period, with attention to current scholarship. P, 401b.

508. Spanish Peninsular Twentieth -Century Literature (3)I 11980 -81 Survey of major works of Spanish Pen- insular 20th -century literature, with attention to current scholarship. P, 400a -400b. 510. Bibliography (3) I Bibliographical methods and principal bibliographies. 511. Literary Theory and Criticism (3) II 1979 -80 Historical survey of theoretical writings on literature, with their implications for practical criticism. 512. Literary Analysis (3) II 1980 -81 513. Contemporary Spanish Novel (3) II 1979 -80 Evolution of the main aesthetic trends of Spain's post- Civil- War novel; how these trends blend with the sociopolitical conditions of the period. 620a -620b. History of the Spanish Language (3 -3) 1980 -81 621a -621b. Spanish in the Americas (3 -3) 1979 -80 650a -650b. Spanish Peninsular Prose (3 -3) 1979 -80 650a: From the exemplary tale through Quixote and the flowering of the picaresque. 650b: From theI 8th century to the present. 651a -651b. Spanish- American Prose (3 -3) 1980 -81 652a -652b. Spanish Peninsular Poetry (3 -3) 1980 -81 653a -653b. Spanish- American Poetry (3 -3) 1979 -80 654a -654b. Spanish Peninsular Theatre (3 -3) 1979 -80 654a: From beginnings, through the height of the come - dia, to its post- Baroque decline. 654b: From the 18th century to the present. 655. Spanish- American Theatre (3) 1 1980 -81 674. Latin American Bibliography (3) 1 (Identical with Li.S. 674)

679. Problems of Teaching College Spanish (I to 3) I I I Emphasis on the problems encountered in teaching basic language courses. 244 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

696. Seminar (3) I 1 1 a. Philology and Linguistics b. Medieval Literature c. Spanish Peninsular Literature of the 16th Century d. Spanish Peninsular Literature of the 17th Century e. Spanish Peninsular Literature of the 18th Century f. Spanish Peninsular Literature of the 19th Century g. Spanish Peninsular Literature of the 20th Century h. Spanish -American Literature of the 16th-I 7th Centuries i. Spanish -American Literature of the 18th -19th Centuries j. Spanish -American Literature of the 20th Century

Individual Studies

599 (I to 4); 699 (1 to 4); 799 (1 to 4); 920 (1 to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

RUSSIAN AND SLAVIC LANGUAGES

Professor Joe Malik, Jr.,Head Associate Professors Alexander Dunkel, Boriss Roberts Assistant Professors Adele Barker, Margaret Gibson, Roger Hagglund, Delbert Phillips Lecturers Karen Heusinkveld (Visiting)

The department offers a program leading to the Master of Arts degree with a major in Russian. In cooperation with the College of Education, the department also offers work leading to the Master of Education degree with a major in Russian. For information concerning this degree seeRequirements for Masters' Degrees /Master of Educationelsewhere in this catalog. Prerequisite' for admission is the completion of a bachelor's degree including at least 16 acceptable units of upper- division work in Russian. The degree program requires the completion of at least 32 units, 24 of which must be in Russian, including 581 and 583. All graduate teaching assistants must take 579. With the permission of the head of the department, the remaining units may be selected from appropriate supporting courses in other disciplines. The decision regarding the requirement for a thesis will be made by the department after consideration of the student's preparation, graduate study program, and professional objectives. No more than 6 units may be earned for the preparation of a thesis. Students who present a thesis must pass a final oral examination while those without a thesis must pass written and oral comprehensive examinations. Prior to taking the final examination, each student must give satisfactory evidence of proficiency in the use of the Russian language, or of the English language if applicable.

105a -105b. Training in Reading Russian for Graduates (4 hrs /week - no credit) Summary of basic grammar essential to a reading knowledge of Russ., accompanied by reading of increasing difficulty both in the general literature and the chosen field of specialization. Phillips 405a -405b. Survey of Russian Literature (3 -3) GC Historical survey of Russian literature from the earliest times to the Soviet period; designed to acquaint students with literary terminology and facilitate comprehension of lectures in Russ. Advanced degree credit available only with departmental permission. P, 301 b or 305b. 501a -5016. Russian Stylistics (3 -3) Designed to improve the student's practical mastery and understanding of Russ. at a higher and more sophisticated level. P, 301 b. 507a -507b. Advanced Russian Conversation (3 -3) P, 407b. 579. Problems of Teaching Russian (3)I Survey of modern methods of language teaching, with emphasis on the particular problems presented by Russ. 581. Russian Phonology and Morphology (3) II P, 301b.

583. History of the Russian Language (3)IP, 301 b.

684. Pushkin and Lermontov (3) 1 1979 -80 Contrastive examination of Pushkin's and Lermontov's prose and poetry in relation to the development of the Russian literary language. P, 405b.

685. Old Church Slavic (3) II

686. Russian Drama (3) 1 1980 -81 Examination of the major dramatic works of nineteenth - and twentieth - century playwrights such as Gogol, Turgencv, Ostrovsky, Chekhov, Gorky and others of the Soviet period. P, 405b. SECONDARY EDUCATION 245

696. Seminar (3) II I a. Slavic Philology d. Russian Literature: 20th Century b. Russian Literature: 18th Century e. West Slavic Literature c. Russian Literature: 19th Century

Individual Studies

599(1 to5);900(I to3);910(1 to6);930(1 to6)

SCHOOL LIBRARY SCIENCE (See Library Science)

SECONDARY EDUCATION

Professors Robert J. Letson, Head, Paul M. Allen, William D. Barnes, Emil S. Gavlak, Raymond L. Klein, Richard C. Krebs, Howard W. Leigh, Mark C. Smith, Arthur H. Steinbrcn- ner Associate Professors Donald C. Clark, Margaret B. Fleming, Bruce Howard, James R. Rankin Assistant Professors Brenda B. Even, John W. Hollowell, Glenn S. Pate, Linda W. Rickman Lecturer Edward J. Van Metre

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts, Master of Education, Mas- ter of Teaching, Educational Specialist, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in secondary education and programs leading to the Master of Education and Edu- cational Specialist degrees with a major ineducational media. The department also offers programs leading to the Master of Education degree with a variety of majors relevant to secondary school teaching. For information concerning these degree programs, see Requirements for Masters" Degrees /Master of Education elsewhere in this catalog. Applicants must have completed a bachelor's degree including at least 15 units in education, except that this requirement may be waived or modified for applicants in educational media who have other appropriate backgrounds. Applicants for specialist or doctoral programs must submit scores on the Aptitude and Advanced tests of the Graduate Record Examination, a personal data blank, and letters of reference to the Office of Graduate Studies in Education. Graduate programs are individually planned to fulfill the professional objectives of the student. Degree programs may also draw upon course work in the arts and sciences or in other areas of education. A thesis is required for the Master of Arts degree. For further information concerning these degrees, see Requirements for Graduate Degrees elsewhere in this catalog.

403. Study of Exceptional Children (3) GC 111 (Identical with Spec. 403) 405. Mathematics in the Secondary School (3) GC II Study and analysis of curriculum changes in school mathematics, with emphasis on the design and content of experimental programs such as SSMC'S. P, three units of ed.: Math. 125b. (Identical with Math. 405) 4(18. English as a Second Language in Bilingual Education (3) G(' 1II (Identical with Engl. 408) 410. Teaching English Composition (3) G(' 111 (Identical with Engl. 410) 411. Teaching of Literature (3) G(' III (Identical with Engl. 411) 412. The Teaching of the English Language (3) GC III (Identical with Engl. 412) 417. Visual and Auditory Aids in Teaching (3) GC III Operation of AV equipment; preparation of various teaching aids. (Identical with Elem. 417) 418. Educational Photographic Media (3) G(' IBasic photographic techniques, as applied to the teaching process; still and motion picture photography; individual training in filming, developing and editing. Field trip. 426. Methods and Materials in Bilingual Education (3) GC III (Identical with Elem. 426) 427. Bilingual /Bicultural Education Curriculum Development (3) GC' II (Identical with Ed.F.A. 427) 429. Pedagogical Linguistics: Applied linguistics for Language Teachers (3) GC' II(Identical with Or.S. 429) 435. Secondary School Reading (3) GC' III (Identical with Rdng. 435) 246 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

482. Teaching Vocational Office and Distributive Education (3)GCII (Identical with B.C.Ed. 482) 483. Development and Instruction of Adult Vocational Education Programs (3) GC 11980 -81 (Identical with B.C.Ed. 483) 484. Organization and Supervision of Vocational Education Programs (3) GC 1 1979 -80 (Identical with B.C.Ed. 484) 485. Cooperative Vocational Education Programs (3)GCI1 (Identical with B.C.Ed. 485) 531. Career Education (3) 1 (Identical with Coun. 531) 532. The Junior High School (3)IIHistory, purposes, curriculum, and administration of the junior high school. P, Ed.P. 310. 545. Multicultural Instructional Materials Development (4) S Tours to various regions and countries to produce audiovisual instructional materials. 597. Workshop (3) III S o. The Teaching of English (Identical with Engl. 5970, which is home) 612. English Grammar for ESL (3)I (Identical with Engl. 612) 613. Teaching of ESL (3) I (Identical with Engl. 613) 616. Coordination of Instructional Media Programs (3) II Study of organization and distribution practices of media utilization; budgeting, public relations, and implementation of media preparation and media - service programs. P, 417. (Identical with Elem. 616 and Li.S. 616) 617. Preparation of Instructional Materials (3) II Study of techniques used in the development of instructional materials and processes. P, 417. (Identical with Elem. 617 and Li.S. 617) 630. Perspectives in Elementary and Junior High School Mathematics (3) III (Identical with Elem. 630) 631. Curricular Studies in School Mathematics (3) II 1980 -81 Experimental programs in school mathematics, with emphasis on selection of content and on problems in design and evaluation. (Identical with Elem. 631)

633. Student Activities and Government (3)IPhilosophy, values, and coordination of school activities in the secondary school, with emphasis on the theory, organization, and supervision of student government and interscholastic athletics. 634. Analysis of Secondary School Teaching (3) III Analysis of the teaching process; preparation of behavioral objectives; study of recent methods, trends; analysis of current classroom evaluation techniques.

635. Organization and Functions of the Secondary School (3)III Secondary school: its organization, structure and operation; role and responsibilities of the teacher, the administrator and other personnel. 636. Innovations in Secondary Education (3)II Change process in education, with emphasis on those elements which support or hinder change in the schools; detailed study of current secondary school innovations on the national and local levels. 637. Secondary School Administration and Supervision (3) III (Identical with Ed.F.A. 637)

638. Constructing the Secondary School Curriculum (3)III Curriculum and its relationships; basic theories and techniques of curriculum construction discussed, evaluated, and applied. 639. Investigations in Secondary Education (3)I Critical study and evaluation of the investigations and experimental evidence underlying the aims and instructional practices of the various subject- matter fields of the secondary school. P, nine units of ed. 640. Human Relations in the Classroom (3) II S Analysis of human behavior in the classroom, with emphasis on case studies, role playing and group dynamics. 667. Law for Teachers and Student Personnel Workers (3) II (Identical with Ed.F.A. 667)

695. Colloquium ( 1to 3) II I a. Secondary School Personnel P, 634. b. Secondary School Scope and Function P, 635. c. Issues in Secondary Education P, 635. d. Secondary School Curriculum P, 638. e. Secondary School Instruction P, 639. f. Secondary School Evaluation P, 635. g. Master's Colloquium in Secondary Education

697. Workshop ( 1to 3)II I a. Evaluating the Secondary School (3) [Rpt. /2] P, teacher certification. b. Teacher Self- Appraisal (3) (Identical with Elem. 697b) c. Classroom Teaching Innovations (3) d. Democratic Processes in the Classroom (3) e. Personalization and Individualization of Instruction (3) f. Simulation and Gaming in the Classroom (3) (Identical with Elem. 697f) g. Values Clarification in the Classroom (3) n. Problems and Processes in Teacher Appraisal [Rpt. /6 units] P, teacher certification. (Identical with Ed.F.A. 697n and Elem. 697n) SOCIOLOGY 247

796. Seminar ( 1 )II I S a. Secondary Education [Rpt. /6]

Individual Studies

693 (I to 6); 694 (1 to 4); 699 (1 to 3); 793 (1 to 6); 794 (1 to 4); 799 (I to 3); 900(2 to 4); 910 (4), maximum total, 4 units; 920 (I to 9); 930 (1 to 6)

SOCIOLOGY

Professors Stanley Lieberson, Head, Richard F. Curtis, Beverly Duncan, Otis Dudley Duncan, Maynard L. Erickson, Andrew M. Greeley, Robert L. Hamblin, Robert C. Leonard, I. Roger Yoshino Associate Professors James T. Borhek, Courtney B. Cleland, Robert R. Evans, Gary F. Jensen, Jerry L. L. Miller Assistant Professors John Angle, Albert J. Bergesen, Celestino Fernández, Neil D. Fligstein, Mi- chael Hout, Rumaldo Z. Juarez, Patricia L. MacCorquodale, Wendy C. Wolf Instructors Diane Mitsch Bush, Homer D. C. García

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major in sociology. A brochure describing these programs is available from the department on request. Potential applicants are urged to include strong courses in theory, methodology, and statistics in the undergraduate program. Applicants must submit scores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination and two letters of recommendation. The undergraduate record must show an average grade of "B" or higher in sociology and in all work completed during the last two years of college study. The average grade for all undergraduate work must be at least "B -" and, unless the student has a very strong undergraduate record, the student's scores on the Graduate Record Examination, both quantitative and verbal portions, must be very high. Applications must be received by March 15 if financial assistance for the following semester is desired. Degrees

MASTER OF ARTS - All students must complete at least 12 units of graduate -level work, in addition to the core program which consists of two courses each in theory and statistics and one course in methods. Exemption by examination may reduce the core requirements by one or more courses. No thesis is required. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - All students must complete 18 units of graduate -level work beyond the core program plus the dissertation and the minor program. A total program of no less than 36 units (exclusive of the minor and dissertation) must be completed and, of these, no less than 30 units must be in residence. Teaching and research experience are offered as a part of the program. Dissertations will generally be contributions to knowledge through original empirical research.

401. Sources of Sociological Theory (3) GC I11 Critical review of the works of leading sociologists; designed for soc. majors or minors. P, 301, six additional units of soc. sci. Bergesen / Borhek 402. Kinship and Social Organization (3) GC I (Identical with Anth. 402) 404. Sociology of the Southwest (3) GC 1Populations, cultures, and social problems in their regional setting, with emphasis on the Southwest. P, 100 or 301; six additional units of soc. or anth. (Identical with Anth. 404, A.In.S. 404 and M.A.S. 404) Cleland 406. Social Gerontology (3) GC II Social aspects of aging and retirement, with special reference to the United States. P, nine units of soc.* Cleland 407. Peasant Communities (3) GC 1 1980 -81 (Identical with Anth. 407) 422. Complex Organizations (3) GC II Theories and research regarding large -scale organizations and their relations to the individual and society. P, nine units of soc.* Angle 435. Public Opinion and Voting Behavior (3) GC' Ill (Identical with Pol. 435)

*A major in another social science may substitute for three of these units. 248 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

436. Group Structure and Personality (3) GC II Relation between the person and the group; social factors in character formation. P, nine units of soc. Evans /MacCorquodale 450. Social Stratification (3) GC III Theories of social class, caste, and rank; social mobility in contemporary society. P, nine units of soc.` (Identical with Anth. 450) Curtis

457. Child- Rearing Practices and Their Cultural Determinants (3) GC II (Identical with H.Ec. 457) 459. Sociology of Male and Female Roles (3) GC III Social factors in sex -role identification and the perpe- tuation of sex roles; consequences for individuals and for society; emphasis on rescarch.P, nine units of soc. (Identical with W.S. 459) MacCorquodalclWolf 461. Minority Groups (3) GC III Social processes involved in minority groups in terms of race, caste, class, ethnicity, politics, and religion. P, 100 or 301; six additional units of soc. or anth. (Identical with Anth. 461, A.In.S. 461, BI.S. 461 and M.A.S. 461) LiebersonlYoshino

486. Comparative Community Development (3) GC IPrinciples of social change applied to problems of community development, including analysis of specific programs. P, six units of soc. sci. (Identical with Anth. 486) Cleland 487. Human Resources (3) GC II Trends in social development related to the distribution, composition, and dynamic aspects of populations. P, nine units of soc. Lieberson

489. Demography (3) GC IDetailed analysis of world population trends, with special reference to the United States and fundamentals of demographic research methodology. P, nine units of soc. Hout /Liehercon 600a- 600b -600c. Sociological Theory (3 -3 -3) Major issues in theoretical sociology. 2R, 3L. P, 401; one course in cale..(for 600b). Bergesen /Hamblin

621. Advanced Sociology of the Family (3) IExamination of theory used in family study, with emphasis on current research. 622. Advanced Sociology of Religion (3)III Review of the classical literature in the sociology of religion, including critical reading of recent research. Greeley 633. Advanced Small Groups (3) II Critical review of theory and research in the field of small groups. Evans 641. Social Control (3) II Critical review of traditional and contemporary concepts and formulations of social control; evaluation of contemporary research bearing upon informal and formal mechanisms of social control. P, 201, 341 or 342. Erickson 660. Intergroup Relations (3)I Analysis of recent research on the relations among racial, ethnic, and other major groupings in contemporary societies, with special attention to research on the causes of prejudice and conflict and on patterns of accommodation. P, 461. Lieherson /Yoshino 670a -670b. Social Statistics (3 -3) Statistical analysis of sociological data. 2R, 3L. P, 375b. O. Duncan /Miller

675. Advanced Social Research Methods (3) Nature and execution of social research; experimental and nonexperimental designs, data collection, techniques of analysis and interpretation. 2R, 3L. P, 375b. Garcia

678. Mathematical Sociology (3)IDevelopment of sociological theory using mathematics as the theoretical language and logic. P, core courses. Hamblin /Rout 689. Advanced Demography (3)IIRecent developments in demographic research on population trends. Hout /Lieherson 696. Seminar ( Ito 3) Il l a. Advanced Problems in Research b. Advanced Problems in Sociological Theory c. Advanced Problems in Deviant Behavior d. Selected Problems in Sociological Statistics c. Sociology of Law f. Advanced Social Change g. Advanced Juvenile Delinquency h. Macrosociology

Individual Studies

693 (I to 4); 699 (I to 4); 900 (2 to 8); 910 (4), maximum total, 4 units; 920 (I to 9); 930 (I to6)

SOIL AND WATER SCIENCE (See Renewable Natural Resources and Soils, Water, and Engineering)

SA major in another social science may substitute for three of these units, SOILS. WATER, AND ENGINEERING 249

SOILS, WATER, AND ENGINEERING

Professors Frank Wiersma, Acting Head, Hinrich L. Bohn, GordonR. Dutt, Delmar D. Fang - meier, Richard K. Frevert, Wallace H. Fuller, William G. Matlock, Donald F.Post, Jack L. Stroehlein, Thomas C. Tucker, Arthur W. Warrick Associate Professors Moody D. Cannon, Joe P. Gentry, David M. Hendricks Assistant Professors Marshall Flug, Dennis L. Larson, Ian L. Pepper, DouglasW. Williams Adjunct Professors Herman Bouwer, Dennis L. Fenn, Kenneth G. Renard The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science degree withmajors in agricultural engineering or in soil and water science. The department alsooffers a program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree with a major in soil and waterscience. Concentrations for soil and water science majors are available in soil fertility; soil chemistry;soil physics; soil microbiology;soilconservation;soilclassification; water quality;irrigation; water resources development; waste management and pollution control in relation to soil, water, andair resources. Concentrations for agricultural engineering majors are available in irrigation; water resources; mechanization of field and vegetable crop production; environmental control andmaterials handling in livestock, dairy, and poultry production; and agricultural systems analysisand design. Students with adequate undergraduate preparation in engineering, physical sciences, or biological sciences will be considered for admission to an appropriate degree program. A thesis is normally required but the requirement may be waived for astudent who is the senior author of a manuscript published or accepted for publication in arefereed professional journal.

402. Introduction to Pesticides and Their Use(2) GC'II(Identical withPI.P.402) 404. Irrigation Principles and Practices(3) GCIIPrinciples of irrigation, irrigation water supply, conveyance and measurement of water, water requirements, surveying applications in irrigation andevaluation of irrigation systems. 2R, 3L. Field Trip. P, 200, Math.I I7. Fangmeier 405. Hydrologic Properties of Soils(3) GC I (Identical with Hydr. 405) 406. Applied Hydraulics(3) GC IFundamentals of hydraulics applicable to the irrigation of agricultural lands, including fluid properties, hydrostatics, irrigation flow characteristics, open channeland pipeline applications, and measurement of flowing water. P, Math. 117, Phys. 102a.

411. Soil Chemistry(3) GCISoil chemical interactions with water, air, plants and pollutants. P, 200, Chem. 103b, 104b. Bohn 420. Energy in Agriculture(3) GC 11980 -81 Sources and application of energy in agricultural production and processing; conversion and transmission of energy in devices for crop and livestockproduction, processing. and storage. P, C.E. 216, E.E. 307, A.M.E. 343. Wiersma 422. Water Control in Agriculture(3) GCIIDevelopment and control of water in relation to irrigation. drainage, erosion, and flood prevention on agricultural lands. P, CR 406 or C.E. 321.(Identical with C.E. 422) Fangmeier 423. Components and Systems in Agriculture(5) GC! 1979-80 Functional, capacitive, mechanical, and economic analysis of machines and equipment and combinations of machines andequipment, as applied to agricultural production and processing. P, A.M.E. 332, S.I.E. 270. Larson

424. Agricultural Engineering Laboratory(3) GC 1 1979 -80 Testing and analysis of power units, machines, and equipment for agricultural production, with emphasis on planning and interpreting tests,instrumentation, and reporting test results.I R, 6L. P, 423 or CR. Wiersma 425. Agricultural Engineering Design(3) GCI ISelected design problems in the Fields of agricultural machinery, buildings, and irrigation.I R, 6L. P, 420, 422, 423. Larson 431. Soil Morphology, Classification and Survey(3) GC I Theory and practice of describing characteristics of soils; principles of soil classification and the classification systems;methods and applications of soil surveys. 2R, 3L. Field trips. P. 200, 201, Geos.10Ia or 151. Hendricks 435. Soil Microbiology(3) GC I Nature of soil microorganisms and their transformations of inorganic and organic soil constituents, growth -controlling substances, andimpact on general environmental quality. 2R, 3L. P, Chem. 241a, G.Bio. 101b. (Identicalwith Micr. 435) Fuller Analyses of soils and biological materials, with empha- 451. Chemical Analyses of Soils and Plants(3) GCI I sis on lab. methods and instrumentation. 2R, 3L.P,Chem. 103b, 104b. Tucker (2) Gel! 1980 -S1 Consideration of major world soil and water conserva- 461. Soil and Water Conservation tion problems and solutions; principles of soilerosion by wind and water and their effects on world food problems. Fuller 250 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

470. Soil Physics (3) GC II Soil structure and physical constitution of soils; the physical properties of soil- water systems, movement and exchange of gases in the soil, and physical laws governing the movement and availability of soil water. 2R, 3L. P, 200, Phys. 102a or CR. Warrick

497. Workshop ( Ito 2) II I c. Irrigation GC 501. Management of Arid Lands and Salt -Affected Soils (3)II Principles and practices of soil, water and crop management under arid and semiarid conditions, the use of diagnostic procedures for evaluating soils and waters, reclamation, and economics of irrigation project development. 2R, 3L. Field Trip. Dutt 507. Drainage of Irrigated Lands (3) II Origin and nature of drainage problems in arid lands; drainage theories, investigations and design for irrigated agriculture and land reclamation. Field trip. P, 406 or 470. (Identical with C.E. 507) 541. Soil Genesis (3) II Physical and chemical processes and mineralogy of weathering and soil formation; quantitative pedology; the soil as part of the ecosystem. Field trips. P, 200 or Gcos. 101a and Chem. 103b. (Identical with Gcos. 541) Hendricks 565. Hydrochemistry (3)II1979 -80 Solute composition of naturally -occurring waters, chemical reactions affecting the solute content of water, relations and effects of above on water quality criteria and pollution, analytical procedures used by water testing laboratories. 2R, 3L. P, Chem. 322 or C.E. 371 or 471. (Identical with Hydr. 565 and Ws.M. 565) Dutt

595. Colloquium ( I )II I a. Current Subjects in Soil Science and Agricultural Engineering [Rpt. /3] 602. Soil -Plant Relationships (3) I Theories and concepts of soil fertility and soil -plant relationships. P, 200. 604. Micronutrient Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition (3) 1 1980 -81 Sources, availability, chemistry in soils, causes and correction of deficiencies of the micronutrient elements required by plants. P, Chem. 241a, G.Bio. 260. 605. Soil -Water Dynamics (3) II 1980 -81 Water flow in soils; closely related problems of solute, pollutant, and heat transfer; emphasis on current concepts and research. P, Math. 253 or 254. (Identical with Hydr. 605) Warrick

611. Advanced Soil Chemistry (3) 1 1980 -81 Soil physical chemistry and the chemistry and experimental methodology relating to soil minerals. P, 411. Bohn /Hendricks

696. Seminar ( 1 ) Il l a. Soils, Water and Engineering [Rpt./ 1]

Individual Studies

599 (I to 5); 699 (I to 5); 900 (I to 8); 910 (1 to 8), maximum total, 8 units; 920 (I to 9); 930(1 to 6)

SPANISH (See Romance Languages)

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Professors George Leshin, Head, James C. Chalfant, Samuel A. Kirk, Jeanne M. McCarthy, Walter L. Olson Associate Professor Richard J. Morris Assistant Professors Gregory F. Aloia, Ivan S. Terzieff, John Umbreit, Aldine S. Von Isser Adjunct Professor Sidney W. Bijou Lecturer Georgiana E. Foster Research Associates Kay A. Lund, Janice K. McFarland

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts, Master of Education, Edu- cational Specialist, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with a major in special education. Concentrations are available in behaviorally disordered, hearing impaired, early childhood handicapped, learning disabilities, mental retardation, multiple and severely handicapped, visually handicapped, or special education administration. By judicious choice of electives and individual studies, a considerable emphasis on multicultural education may also be developed. SPECIAL EDUCATION 251

For full graduate admission, applicants must ordinarily have completed a bachelor's degree with a major in elementary, early childhood, secondary, or special education or in speech and hearing sciences with a grade point average of at least 3.00. In some cases, however, applicants with other undergraduate majors may be admitted and students with undergraduate grade point averages of 2.50 or higher may be admitted to provisional standing. Applicants for admission to full -time programs beginning with the fall semester must complete their applications by March I of the preceding spring. The hearing impaired program requires two years to complete. Applicants for admission to the specialist or doctoral programs must submit scores on the Aptitude and Ad- vanced (Education) tests of the Graduate Record Examination, personal data blanks, and letters of reference to the Office of Graduate Studies in Education. A thesis is required for the Master of Arts degree. Students working for the Doctor of Phi- losophy degree must complete, in addition to one foreign language, an approved 6 -unit sequence in computer programming or a 12 -unit sequence in statistics and research methods or a 9 -unit program in cognate areas such as anthropology, psychology, and sociology. Specific requirements for other degree programs may be obtained by writing to the department. For further information concerning these degree programs see Requirements for Graduate Degrees elsewhere in this catalog.

403. Study of Exceptional Children (3) GC III Incidence, characteristics, and educational problems of exceptional children. (Identical with Elem. 403 and S.Ed. 403) 404a -404b. Teaching Mentally Retarded Children and Youth (3 -3) GC 404a: Techniques, organization of materials, and classroom management at the elementary level.P, 470. 404b: Techniques, organization of classes and utilization of community resources for effective programming at the secondary level. P, 404a or CR. 405. Education of the Deaf (3) GC 1 Review of research studies related to the psychology and social adjustment of the deaf; analysis of the history of education of deaf children and adults; the place of the deaf in a modern society. P, 408 or CR. 406. Teaching Reading and School Subjects to the Deaf (3) GC III Teaching of reading, social studies, and language arts to deaf children, with emphasis on methodology in the early childhood and elementary levels; teaching of arithmetic, science; use of visual aids; demonstrations and practice with deaf children. 408. Diagnosis and Remediation of Learning Problems (3) GC III Educational and psychological assessment of children with learning problems; development of competencies required to teach such children. P, 403 or CR. 410. Survey of the Anatomy, Physiology, and Diseases of the Eye (3) GC II Anatomy, physiology, diseases of the eye, and principles of refraction; relation of visual defects to learning and school experiences. 413. Education of the Visually Handicapped (3) GC IEducation of the blind in current and historical perspective; causes and prevention of blindness; psychological and sociological aspects of blindness; lab. experience. 419. Behavior Principles for the Handicapped Child (3) GC III Use of behavior principles of learning to alter behavior of handicapped children, especially moderately and severely handicapped. 3R, I L. P, 403. 426. Methods and Materials in Bilingual Education (3) GC III (Identical with Elem. 426) 427. Bilingual /Bicultural Education Curriculum Development (3) GC II (Identical with Ed.F.A. 427) 456. Education of Gifted Children (3) GC IRelationship of the problem presented by the gifted child to the total program of the classroom and school; discussion, evaluation, and application of basic theories and techniques of teaching the gifted child. 470. Mental Retardation (3) GC III History and philosophy of educational programs for the mentally retarded;etiology,classification, and characteristicsof theretarded,with considerationof their educational, social, and interpersonal problems. P, 403 or CR. 474. Curriculum Adaptations for Exceptional Children (3) GC III Study of curriculum construction for exceptional children. Basic theories and techniques of curricular adaptations are discussed, evaluated, and applied. P, 403; three additional units of spec. 475. Observation and Participation in Special Education Programs (I to 3) GC III Specific types of exceptional children, physical limitations, causes and effects, personality factors, psychological implications, and specific educational approaches to their individual problems. Field trips and class observations. P, 403.

495. Colloquium ( Ito 3 ) 1 1 1 a. Behavioral Disorders (3) GC 1 1979 -80 Open to majors only. c. Special Education (I) GC Open to majors only. 252 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

497. Workshop ( 1to 3) II I a. Techniques in Daily Living Skills for the Visually Handicapped GC c. Illinois Test of Psycholinguistic Abilities (2) GC d. Orientation and Mobility of the Visually Handicapped GC g. Teacher- Parent Relationships in Special Education (3) GC j. Language Assessment for the Exceptional Child (2) [Rpt./ 1 ] GC 112R, I L. P, 403, 581. I. Severely /Profoundly Mentally Retarded (3) GC Field trips. P, 403, 470.

503. Theories of Learning Disabilities (3)I Study and synthesis of theories which can be applied to special education of children with learning disabilities.

504. Psychoeducational Studies in Learning Disabilities (3)llPractical application of theories of learning disabilities utilizing the case study approach. P, 403, 503.

505. Methods for Teaching Children with Learning Disabilities (3)1 Remediation of dysfunctions of learning processes involving perception, integration, and expression, with emphasis on methods for planning and implementing instructional programs; supervised practice. P, admission to Id program or permission of instructor.

506. Methods for Diagnosing Specific Learning Disabilities (3) II Educational and psychological assessment of the child with dysfunctions in specific learning processes, with emphasis on tests for screening and diagnosis; supervised practice. P, 503, 505.

509. Fundamentals of Reading Instruction (3) III (Identical with Rdng. 509)

514. Methods of Teaching the Visually Handicapped (3)I Curriculum development and adaptation in various educational programs; adaptation of classroom materials and procedures for use with blind and partially- sighted children; emphasis on methods of teaching reading, writing, and mathematics.

515. Braille Reading and Writing (3) III Introductory course in the fundamentals of reading and writing by means of the Braille system.

516. Braille Teaching Procedures (3)I Emphasis on methods of teaching Braille and the preparation of materials for classroom use. P, 515; working knowledge of Braille.

550. Administration and Supervision of Special Education Programs (3)I Practical aspects of organization and development of special education programs, problems of public relations, personnel, case finding, evaluation. placement, and records.

572a-572b. Physically Handicapped Child (3 -3) 572a: Characteristics, etiology, and educational implications of school -age children with physical handicaps and special health problems, including homebound and hospital instruction. 572b: Children with neurological disorders; emphasis on the cerebral palsied.

573a -573b. Education of Children with Behavioral Disorders (3 -3) 573a: Educational programs for children who are emotionally disturbed or socially maladjusted. 573b: Various methods old techniques for teaching the emotionally disturbed. P, 403.

581. Language Development for the Exceptional Child (3) S Phonological, morphological and syntactical aspects of English grammar in the development of language for handicapped children.

582. Teaching Language to Handicapped Children (3)1 Techniques of teaching language to the exceptional child in a classroom setting: demonstration and lab. experience with exceptional children; intensive study of most recent systems of language development, with emphasis on psycholinguistics.

585. Communication Development for Handicapped Children (3) III Decoding and encoding skills in communication development for exceptional children; multisensory methods for developing speech, with emphasis on the deaf.

597. Workshop ( Ito 3) 1 I 1 c. Programming for the Trainable Mentally Retarded d. Role and Function of the Resource Teacher

616. General School Administration (3) 1 (Identical with Ed.F.A. 616)

621. Methods of Teaching Preschool Handicapped (3) II Deals with competencies required to teach all cate- gories of handicapped preschool children except deaf /blind. Field trips. P, 475, 622, 695g, 695h.

622. Methods of Assessment for Preschool Handicapped Children (3) I Historical perspectives; procedures for screening, assessment, and identification. P, 403.

664. Theory and Behavior in School Administration (3) II (identical with Ed.F.A. 664)

671. School Finance (3) I (Identical with Ed.F.A. 671)

675. The Law and American Education (3)1 (Identical with Ed.F.A. 675) SPEECH AND HEARING SCIENCES 253

695. Colloquium ( Ito 4 ) 1 1 1 a. Communication Problems of Handicapped Children b. Emotionally Disturbed c. Issues and Trends in Special Education d. Learning Disabilities e. Mental Retardation f. Neurologically Impaired g. Introduction to Early Childhood Education for the Handicapped (I) IP, 403; CR 475. h. Multidisciplinary Approaches to Preschool Handicapped (I)IP, 403; CR 475. i. Working with Families of Young Handicapped Children (I) II P, 403, 695g. j. Application of Child Development Research to Exceptional Children (I) I I P, 403, 695g.

Individual Studies

593 (I to 6); 594 (I to 6); 599 (I to 3); 900 (2 to 4); 910 (4), maximum total, 4 units; 920 (I to9); 930 (I to 6)

SPEECH AND HEARING SCIENCES

Professors Paul H. Skinner, Head, Daniel R. Boone, Thomas J. Hixon, William R. Hodgson, Ralph L. Shelton Associate Professors Richard F. Curlee, Theodore J. Glattke, Linda Swisher Lecturers Ruth M. Anderson, Marcia M. Campbell Adjunct Assistant Professors Floyd K. Berk, Otto Gambacorta, Winifred D. Kirk, Anne H. B. Putnam, Philip J. Smith, Kent J. Wilson, Emory O. Windrem

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Phi- losophy degrees with a major in speech and hearing sciences. Admission requirements include the completion of a minimum of 36 undergraduate units in speech and hearing sciences. Applicants must complete departmental application forms and submit three letters of recommendation. Scores on the Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination are required of all applicants to the graduate program and doctoral applicants must also submit a sample of their scholarly writing. Ordinarily, completion of the master's degree is prerequisite to admission to the doctoral program. The Master of Science program requires the completion of 36 units of course work. Submission of a thesis as a part of the program is optional. The Doctor of Philosophy degree is designed to provide the tools, knowledge, and experience in research but not to provide specialization in clinical pursuits.

450. Structure of Speech and Language (3) GC IStudy of the nature of language and linguistics; current approaches in linguistics. 451. Acquisition of Speech and Language (3.) GC II Normal development of speech and language in the child; relationships with cognitive and social development. P, 450. (Identical with Ling. 451) 461. Speech and Hearing Science Instrumentation (3) GC I Consideration of some common and specific instruments and methods employed in speech and hearing labs. and clinics. 2R, 3L. P, 260, 280. 471R.Articulation Disorders and Therapies (2) GC II Etiology, diagnosis, prognosis, and therapy for the articulatory aspects of communication problems. P, 367; CR or subsequent registration in 471 L (for majors). 471L.Laboratory in Articulation Disorders (I) GC III Open to majors only. P, 471 R or CR. 479. Speech and Hearing Disorders for Related Professions (3) GC III Recognition and management of language, speech and hearing problems for related professions such as education, nursing, psychology, and general speech. Open to nonmajors only. (Identical with Sp. C. 479) 483. Audiometry (3) GC IPrinciples and techniques of auditory testing, and the interpretation of hearing tests. P, 280. 484. Aural Rehabilitation (3) GC II Speech reading; auditory training; problems encountered with amplifica- tionunits; social, psychological, educational, speech, and language difficulties encountered by the hearing handicapped. 486. Child Audiology (3) GC II Study of the development and disorders of the auditory system; audiometric evaluation and differential diagnosis in infants and children; psychological, auditory, and educational aspects of the habilitation of aurally handicapped children. P, 280. 483.

500. Introduction to Graduate Study (2)IIntroduction to the conduct of research and grad. study in speech and hearing sciences. 254 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

553R.Language Disorders in Children(2)IIEtiology, evaluation and therapy for children with delayed Ian - guage and /or language disabilities; relationships with learning disabilities; dialect and bilingualism. P, 451; CR 553L.

553L.Laboratory in Child Language Disorders (I )I IP, 553R or CR. 554. Adult Aphasia(3)IIEtiology, evaluation and therapy for language disorders associated with brain damage. 2R, 3L. P, 370; 450 or 451. 560a -560b. Experimental Phonetics(3 -3) 560a: Systematic examination of current experimentation and research in speech as motor behavior, with emphasis on physiological investigations of normal respiration, phonation, resonance, and articulation; critical evaluation of research design. P, 260. 560b: Systematic examination of current experimentation and research in speech as an acoustical phenomenon; critical evaluation of research design. P, 260, 461. 2R, 3L. 560a is not prerequisite to 560b.

561. Quantitative Methods in Speech and Hearing(3) 1 1980 -81 Theory of measurement; variables and functions; psychophysical and scaling methods; analytic procedures, curve fitting, and scale transformations. P, Math. 117. 565. Aerodynamic Evaluation and Management of the Speech Mechanism(3) S Principles and clinical methods of aerodynamic evaluation and management of the disordered speech mechanism, with practical experience provided through case studies and class experiments. 2R, 3L. P, 260, 461, 560a.

570R.Evaluation Process(2) IStudy of principles, methods and selected procedures involved in the assessment of individuals with communication disorders; attention to skills in interviewing and preparation of reports. P, 370, 483; CR or subsequent registration in 570L (for majors).

570L.Laboratory in Evaluation Process (1)II1 Open to majors only. P, 570R or CR.

572. Disorders of Phonation(3) I Etiology, diagnosis, prognosis, and therapy for disorders of voice; speech for the laryngectomized. 2R, 3L. P, 260. 573R.Disorders of Fluency(2)IIPrimarily a study of stuttering: identification, nature and assessment; theoretic considerations; management approaches; proportionate attention to other anomalies of fluency. P, 370; CR or subsequent registration in 573L (for majors).

573L.Laboratory in Disorders of Fluency ( 1 )II I Open to majors only. P, 573R or CR.

579. Organization and Administration of Speech and Hearing Programs(3)111980 -81 Problems in organizing a speech and hearing program: philosophy, case load, space, staff, budget, interagency cooperation.

581. Evaluation of Hearing Aids(3)IDevelopment of hearing aid evaluations; circuitry of hearing aids and their physical characteristics; speech intelligibility and the electroacoustics of low- fidelity circuitry; patient evaluation and counseling. P, 483; CR or subsequent registration in 494b (for majors).

585. Physiological Acoustics(3) 1 Study of contemporary auditory theory and its historical development; theories related to the function of physiological and neurological mechanisms in the light of empirical findings; psychophysical findings related to physiological findings. P, 280. 587. Psychophysical Acoustics(3)IIExperimental procedures and instrumentation; study of psychoacous- tics; stimulus integration, pitch and loudness limen and scales, masking, and auditory fatigue; binaural hearing; theory of signal detection. 2R, 3L. P, 280, 461. 588. Disorders of Hearing(3) II Pathologies of the hearing mechanism and their auditory manifestations; evaluation and application of audiological diagnostic procedures; interdisciplinary referrals. P, 280, 483.

589. Principles of Audiology(3)I Basic techniques of pure -tone audiometric testing; interpretation of audi- ograms; disorders of hearing; anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanism; basic acoustics. Open to nonmajors only.

596. Seminar ( 1to 4)I 1 1 a. Experimental Phonetics b. Clinical Audiology c. Hearing- Physiology and Psychophysics d. Psycholinguistics e. Speech Pathology

597. Workshop(2) 1 a. Administration of the ITPA. P, 553R, 570R.

Individual Studies

599 (Ito 5);693(1 to 6) Open to majors only. P, 494a or 494b;900 (1to 3);910 (Ito 6), maximum total, 6 units;920 (Ito 12);930(1 to 6)

SPEECH COMMUNICATION

Professors Frank K. La Ban, Head, Henry L. Ewbank Associate Professors James W. Davis, Andrew A. King, Robert W. Sankey, David A. Williams SPEECH COMMUNICATION 255

Assistant Professors Uvieja Good Leighton, Mary Z. Maher, Patricia Van Metre Instructors Betty R. Owens, Debra A. Strugar Lecturers William E. Bailey, Timothy A. Browning, F. Dave Nott

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philoso- phy degrees with a major in speech communication. In cooperation with the College of Education, the department also offers work leading to the Master of Education degree with a major in speech communication. For information concerning this degree see Requirements for Masters' Degrees /MasterofEducation elsewhere in this catalog. For the master's degree a concentration in organizational communication is available as an interdisciplinary program. Doctoral concentrations are available in oral interpretation of literature, rhetoric and public address, communication theory, and phonetics- linguistics. Prerequisite to admission is the completion of at least15units of speech or, in lieu of this, a strong background in education, English, linguistics, or the social sciences in the bachelor's degree program. Completion of the master's degree may be required, at the discretion of the department, for admission to the doctoral degree program. Additionally, all applicants for the Master's or the doctoral degree programs must submit scores from the Graduate Record Exami- nation. Master's degree students may either complete 29 units of course work including a thesis (4) or complete 32 units of course work including, in lieu of a thesis, an acceptable scholarly paper (2). This paper is prepared under the supervision of a professor and must be presented in a small group setting for evaluation. In certain cases, doctoral students may be allowed to select a minor program within the department, but all doctoral students are required to complete courses in one or more areas outside the department as well.

410. Problems in Speech Training (3) GC 11980 -81 Study of objectives. materials, and techniques for developing speech skills. P, fifteen units of speech. 412. Organizational Communication (3) GC' II Analysis of communication theory and field study of functional communication (senders, receivers, messages, and channels)inbusiness, governmental, and professional organizations. P, 300 or Mgmt. 305. 414. Classical Rhetorical Theory (3) GC IIntensive reading and analysis of the works of major Greek and Roman rhetorical theorists. P, 325 or CR. 416. Modern Rhetoric (3) GC II1980 -81 Intensive reading and analysis of the works of major rhetorical theorists from the 18th century through the present. P, 414. 418. Persuasion (3) GC III Theories of audience analysis and the motivation of human conduct: the study of rhetorical devices. 422. Rhetoric of the British Empire (3) GC II1980 -81 Significant public argument in the British Empire, with emphasis on the political, social and economic issues in the "Golden Age" of rhetoric: Chatham, Burke, Pitt, and Fox. P, 325, 414. 424a -424b. American Public Address (3 -3) GC 424a: II 1979 -80 History and criticism of American religious and reform speakers from Colonial times to the present. 424b: 11 1980 -81 Analysis of American political speaking from 1765 to the present. P, six units of speech. 424a is not prerequisite to 424b. 428. Communication Theory and Research (3) GC 11 1980 -81 Theories of communication and their research backgrounds; research methodology in communication behavior studies. (Identical with R.T.V. 428) 436. Oral Interpretation of Shakespeare (3) GC 11979 -80 Character analysis and presentation of selected scenes from representative comedies, histories, and tragedies. P, 237 or 238. 445. Oral Interpretation of Poetry (3) GC I Types of poetry analyzed, with emphasis on their differentiation for oral presentation; preparations for and presentations of a public recital. P, 136. 446. Oral Interpretation of Fiction (3) GC II Analysis of short, selected novels, with emphasis on point of view, tone, and characterization in preparation for performance. P, 136. 447. Studies in Group Reading (3) GC 11979 -80 Study in forms, styles, and aesthetics of Readers Theatre, Chamber Theatre. and the documentary; examination of essay, biography, short fiction, novel, and dramatic literature for group reading. P, three units of speech, dram. or Engl. 453. Theory of Small Group Communication (3) GC I Theories of small group communication, their research backgrounds, and their relevance to communicative interaction in small groups. P, 313. 467. English Phonetics (3) GC III Scientific study of the structure of English speech; laws and principles determining the facts of pronunciation. 479. Speech and Hearing Disorders for Related Professions (3) GC III (Identical with Sp.H. 479)

525. Rhetorical Criticism (3) 1 1979 -80 Criteria for the evaluation and judgment of a speech. 256 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

567. Applied Phonetics (3) II 1980 -81 Analysis of English dialect variations, with emphasis on interviewing procedures forming the basis of the Linguistic Atlas of the United States and on determining and modi- f)ing dialect forms of nonnative speakers of English; atlasfieldprojects and tutorial work with nonnative speakers of English. P, 467 or ability to transcribe phonetically. 600. Introduction to Graduate Study in Speech (3)I Survey and study of problems relating to graduate research, including bibliographies, methods of research, and experimental design.

636. Interpretation of Individual Literary Styles (3) 1 1980 -81 Intensive critical study of selected writings of one or two significant premodern and modern literary figures in terms of theoral presentation. P, 136, and six additional units in interpretation. 637. Historical Theories of Oral Interpretation (3) II 1979 -80 Mechanical and natural schools of oral interpretation, their backgrounds, and their influence upon modern teaching and performance.

638. Modern Theories of the Performance of Literature (3) II1980 -81 Twentieth -century theories of interpretation and their application, with emphasis on developing a rationale for criticism of performed literature. 696. Seminar (3) III a. Rhetorical Criticism b. Oral Interpretation c. Rhetorical Theory d. Speech Education e. Communication Theory f. Linguistic Investigations and Applications (Identical with Ling. 696f)

Individual Studies

693 (I to 6); 694 (I to 4); 699 (1 to 3); 900 (I to 3); 909 (2); 910 (I to 4), maximum total, 4units; 920 (I to 9);930(1 to6)

STATISTICS

Committee on Statistics

Professors Jean D. Weber (Statistics), Chairman, P. K. Bhattacharya (Mathematics), John L. Denny Jr. (Mathematics), Otis D. Duncan (Sociology), Robert O. Kuehl, Gregory T. Schwemer (Statistics), George W. Summers (Management)

The Committee offers a program leading to the Master of Science degree with a major in statistics. A thesis is not required, but up to 6 units may be earned by those who wish to write one.

461. Elements of Statistics (3) GC III Advanced degree credit available for nonmajors only. (Identical with Math. 461) 464. Theory of Probability (3) GC I (Identical with Math. 464) 466. Theory of Statistics (3) GC II (Identical with Math. 466) 468. Applied Stochastic Processes (3) GC II (Identical with Math. 468)

539. Statistical Methods (2 or 3)III (Identical with Agri. 539) 540. Design and Analysis of Experiments (3) II (Identical with Agri. 540) 562. Sampling Theory and Methods (3) II Introduction to planning, execution, and analysis of surveys, methods of sampling, estimation of population values, estimation of sampling error and efficiency of methods. P, one course in stat.

563. Nonparametric Statistics (3)IDistribution free statistics, chi -square tests, related samples, independent samples, correlations, tests of significance, confidence bands. P, one 400 -level course in stat.

566. Multivariate Analysis (3) 1 1979 -80 (Identical with Math. 566) 660. Least Squares Analysis (3) I General regression models, multiple linear and curvilinear regression, analysis of full -rank models, experimental design models, discriminant analysis. P, 461, Math. 410.

663. Advanced Statistical Methods (3)IStatistical inference in linear models; point and interval estimation and tests of hypotheses in linear regression, discriminant analysis and analysis of variance; nonparame- trie inference. P, 466. 664. Applied Multivariate Analysis (3) II Consideration of multivariate statistical analyses, with emphasis on applications, interpretation of computer printouts and effects of violations of model assumptions. P, 660. SYSTEMS AND INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 257

665. Applied Time Series Analysis (3)I Consideration of methods used in time series analysis, with emphasis on applications, including computer analysis of data and consideration of violations of model assumptions. P, 660.

666. Advanced Experimental Design (3)Ii Design and analysis of complex experiments, including methods of confounding higher order interaction terms, partial confounding, incomplete block designs and response surface methodology. P, 663.

Individual Studies

900 (2 to 6); 910 (3 to 6), maximum total, 6 units; 930 (I to 6)

SYSTEMS AND INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

Professors Donald G. Schultz,Head,Lucien Duckstein, William R. Ferrell, Bobby R. Hunt, John S. Ramberg, A. Wayne Wymore, Sidney Yakowitz Associate Professors Robert L. Baker, Duane L. Dietrich Assistant Professors Robert L. Bulfin, Jr., Donald R. Davis (Hydrology and Water Resources), John M. Trzeciak Adjunct Assistant Professor Gary M. Bakken (Health Education)

The department offers programs leading to the Master of Science degree with majors in systems engineering or industrial engineering and leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree with a major in systems engineering. Students with an undergraduate major in engineering, mathematics, or physics may be admitted directly into the program, but students from other disciplines may be required to satisfy deficiencies without graduate credit. For the Master of Science degree, at least 18 of the 30 units required must be taken within the department, and, of these, no less than 9 units must be in courses at the graduate level. An additional 6 units at the graduate level are also required, and these may be taken either within or outside the department. They may include, at the student's option, 6 units of thesis, a 3 -unit master's report, or neither. The nature of the final oral examination depends upon whether the student has chosen the thesis option, the report option, or the course -work option. Additional details concerning the requirements of the master's or doctoral degree may be obtained on request from the department.

405. Design of Digital Simulation Experiments (3) GC I Design of simulation experiments for industrial and engineering problems, including design of random -number and process generators, timekeeping structures, and experiments. 2R, 3L. P, 420, 340, 440. 406. Engineering Quality Control (3) GC ISingle, double, multiple, and sequential sampling plans; acceptance sampling plans of the Department of Defense, Shewhart Control Charts; cu -sum control charts; other selected topics. P, 320, Math. 125c. (Identical with A.M.E. 406) 410. Analysis, Design and Measurement of Work (3) GC II Principles of the analysis, design prediction and measurement of industrial work, with emphasis on practical application; physiological constraints; questions of safety, morale, and equity. P, 310.

4 1 1 . Human Performance in Systems (4) GC II Engineering description and modeling of human sensory, sensory- motor, and information processing abilities; design of the man /machine interface; effects of stress, and workload measurement. 3R, 3L. P, 420, 450, Psyc. IOOa. 416. Materials Handling (3) GC I (Identical with O.S.H. 416) 420. Engineering Statistics and Probability 11 (4) GC' I Conlïnuátion of 320. P, 320. 422. Engineering Decision Making under Uncertainty (3) GC' II Application of principles of probability and statistics to the design and control of engineering systems in a random environment. P, 420 or Math. 461 440. Operations Research 11 (3) GC IIProbabilistic models and methods of operations research: queueing theory, inventory control, scheduling and simulation. P, 320. 442. Design of Delivery /Distribution Systems (3) GC II The design of a specific practical problem concerning delivery /distribution systems. P, 405, 440. 450. Deterministic Systems (3) GC II Anaylsis and design of linear and nonlinear deterministic systems; systems with time- varying coefficients; frequency analysis of closed loop control systems; stability studies with applications. P, Math. 253. 258 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

453. Deterministic Control Systems (3) GC I The analysis and synthesis of deterministic linear control systems, with emphasis on design and applications to a wide variety of physical problems. P, 450. 454. System Engineering Methodology for Interdisciplinary Teams (3) GC IIntroduction to system design methodology applied to large -scale, complex, man /machine systems. 458. Survey of System Theory (3) GC I! Overview of system- theoretic models from linear to general systems; applications to engineering. health, biological, ecological, man /machine, societal, educational, natural resource or economic systems. P, Math. 253. 462. Production Systems Analysis (3) GC' IAnalysis of production systems, with emphasis on engineering economy, cost control, plant location and layout, and materials handling, along with the integration of the material of 440. P, 340, 440, CR 405. 463. Production Systems Design (3) GC II Continuation of 462; the application of industrial engineering methods to specific practical design problems. P, 405, 462. 465. Systems Engineering Economic Analysis (3) GC I Quantitative approaches to comparing regional economic systems; utility of individuals, firms; elements of welfare theory, collective utility; linear statistical models; application to resource allocation. P, Math. 253, Econ. 210. 470. Computer Organization and Software Design (3) GC II Programming, documentation, special techniques, computer architecture, binary -octal arithmetic, assembly language, systems software; design exercises. P, 170, 270. 473. Concepts in Information and Communication Systems (3) GC IIntroduction to signals and signal processing; signal representations; information measures and channels; modulation and demodulation, detection, estimation. P, 470. 474. Computer System Development (3) GC Il1980 -8I Introduction to methods of solving problems associated with the implementation and operation of a computer system. 475. Information System Design (3) GC II 1979 -80 The application of systems engineering methodology to the design and analysis of information and information retrieval systems. P, 250. 476. Numerical Analysis (3) GC I An intermediate -level introduction to numerical methods and error anal- ysisforfunction approximation and interpolation,integration,solution of linear and nonlinear equations, and differential equations. P, 170, Math. 253. 495. Colloquium (3) II I S a. Occuational Safety and Health GC (Identical with O.S.H. 495a, which is home) 506. Advanced Engineering Quality Control (3) II Applications of modern statistical theory in quality control. Topics include Bayesian Decision Theory; multivariate methods; robustness of classical methods and selected papers from the recent literature. P, 420 or 406 and A.M.E. 413. (Identical with A.M.E. 506) 510. Human Factors in Complex Systems (3)I Advanced topics in human performance, including technological approaches to facilitating group and individual valuation, estimation prediction and problem solving.

520. Probabilistic Systems I (3) IProbability from an applied viewpoint: compound Poisson and branching processes, infinitely divisible distributions, renewal theory, Markov chains and processes; stochastic control, selected advanced topics; application to national and engineering processes. P, 420. 534. Image Processing: Devices, Systems and Applications (3) II 1979 -80 (Identical with Opti. 534)

536. Image Processing Laboratory (3)IIntroduction to hardware and software used in image processing: image sampling and display systems, principles and applications; image processing software for image enhancement and information extraction; applied problems in natural resources, remote sensing. 3R, 3L. (Identical with Opti. 536)

540. Queueing Theory (3) 1 Study of mathematical theory of queueing phenomena; birth and death processes; steady -state analysis and study of transients; single and multichannel models; applications to service counter, airport, highway and inventory problems. P, 440. 544. Design Optimization I (3)I Optimization in engineering design; extrema of a function or functional subject to constraints; typical constraint sets: systems of equations and inequalities, linear and nonlinear; dynamic programming; maximum principle; computer search for optimum. P, 340. 550. General System Theory (3)I Study of the axiomatization of a general class of mathematical models for the description, analysis, and design of large- scale, complex, man /machine systems, culminating in the tricotyledon theory of system design. 556. Finite State Methods in Water Resources Management (3) II (Identical with W.R.A. 5 6)

557. Decision Models Applied to Man /Machine Society Systems (3) 11 I980 -8I Advanced statistical and multivariate decision models, with application to engineering design, sequential decision making, sampling and worth -of -data problems. P, 420.

562. Production Systems Control (3)IMathematical and computational techniques for the efficient control of production systems, with emphasis on production planning, scheduling and forecasting systems. P, 462. 563. Production Systems Design (3) II Further study of production systems, with emphasis on facilities layout and location. P, 562. TOXICOLOGY 259

565. Advanced Systems Engineering Economic Analysis (3)IIUncertainties in economic systems; cost - effectiveness approach, multicriterion, multiobjective and Bayesian decision -making models; application to water and other resources. P, 420, 422 or 340.

576. Advanced Computer -Oriented Methods for Numerical Analysis Problems I (3) 1 1980 -81 Problems include two -point boundary value problems and efficient methods for linear differential and integral equations; methods include invariant embedding and quasilinearization. P, 476. 579. Computer Modeling and Simulation of Operational Systems (3) II (Identical with Mgmt. 579) 620. Probabilistic Systems II (3) II Continuation of 520. P, 520. 640. Theory of Inventory (3) II The mathematical theory of production and inventory control, deterministic and probabilistic models; the use of linear and dynamic programming models; warehousing and transportation problems; application to production smoothing; hydroelectric power generation; problems of engineering control. P. 440. 644. Design Optimization II (3) II Continuation of 544. P, 544. 650. Subjects in General System Theory (3) II Continuation of 550; special topics in mathematical system theory. P, 550. 676. Advanced Computer -Oriented Methods for Numerical Analysis Problems 11 (3) 11 1980 -81 Emphasis on partial differential equation problems, and finite difference and finite element methods. P, 476.

Individual Studies

599 (I to 5); 900 (2 to 8); 909 (3); 910 (1 to 6), maximum total, 6 units; 920 (1 to 9); 930 (I to6)

TOXICOLOGY

Committee on Toxicology

Professors J. Wesley Clayton Jr. (Toxicology), Chairman,H.Vasken Aposhian (Cellular and Developmental Biology), Thomas F. Burks, (Biochemistry), Milos Chvapil (Surgery), Jack R. Cole (Pharmacy), Quintus Fernando (Chemistry and Toxicology), Albert L. Picchioni (Pharmacology and Toxicology), Cornelius Steelink (Chemistry) Associate Professors Dean E. Carter (Toxicology and Assistant Professor, Pharmacology), Larry A. Crowder (Entomology), Richard C. Froede (Pathology), Lois E. Prosser (Nursing) Assistant Professors I. Glenn Sipes (Toxicology, Pharmacology and Anesthesiology) Assistant Research Professor A. Jay Gandolf; (Toxicology and Research Associate, Anesthesiol- ogy) Coordinator, Interdisciplinary Programs John R. Edwards

The toxicology program offers a curriculum leading to the Master of Science degree with a major intoxicology and manages the University of Arizona Toxicology Laboratories. Concentrations are available in the analytical, occupational, environmental, agricultural, and fo- rensic aspects of toxicology The program prepares students for careers in hospital laboratories, police crime laboratories, medical examiners' offices, industrial hygiene laboratories, and toxicology laboratories in industry and government. Prerequisite to admission is the completion of a bachelor's degree including one year each of analytical chemistry, biological science, and organic chemistry and a semester of instrumental analysis. Two letters of recommendation and scores on the Graduate Record Examination are also required for admission. Required courses for the graduate program are 462a -462b (or Bioc. 501), 464aR -464bR (or Phys. 601), 471a-471b (or Pcol. 501), 474, 600a -600b, and 596a, 596b. A thesis is required.

414. Flammable Materials (3) GC I (Identical with O.S.H. 414) 423. General Pathology (3 to 4) GC 11 (Identical with V.Sc. 423) 452. Toxicology, Household Products and Cosmetics (2) GC 1Principles of toxicology; issues in toxicology related to household products and cosmetics. P, six units of a bio. sci. 454. Industrial Toxicology (2) GC I1 Principles of toxicology related to industry; dose response, mechanisms of toxicity; Toxic Substances Control Act, federal regulations. P, six units each of bio. and organic chem. (Identical with O.S.H. 454) 462a -462b. Biochemistry (3 -3) GC (Identical with Bioc. 462a -462b) 464aR- 464bR. Human Physiology (3 -3) GC (Identical with G.Bio. 464aR- 464bR) 260 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

464aL- 464bL. Human Physiology Laboratory (I -I)GC (Identical withG.Bio. 464aL- 464bL) 471a -471b. Fundamentals of Pharmacology (4 -4)GC(Identical with Pcol. 471a -471b) 474. Clinical Toxicology (3)GC I(Identical with Pcol. 474) 501. The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics (6) II (Identical with Phcl. 501) 508. Insect Toxicology (3) II 1979 -80 (Identical with Ento. 508)

539. Statistical Methods (2)III (Identical with Agri. 539) 550. Drug Disposition and Metabolism (3) I (Identical with Phcl. 550) 551. Molecular Biology of Pharmacological Agents (3) II (Identical with Phcl. 551) 555. Structure -Activity Relations in Drug Action (3) 1 1980 -81 (Identical with Phcl. 555) 596. Seminar (1 to 2) II l a. Advanced Toxicology [Rpt. /3] b. Courtroom Evidence [Rpt. /3]

598. Special Topics (1 to 3) II I a. Pesticide Analysis and Metabolism Laboratory b. Analysis of Air Samples Laboratory 600a -600b. Toxicology Laboratory (3 -3) Lab. training and practice in the qualitative identification and rapid screening procedures, and quantitative determinations of toxic substances in body fluids and other specimens. Modern instrumental techniques will be employed wherever appropriate. 1R, 6L. P, Chem. 400a. 653. Neuropharmacology (4) 11 1980 -81 (Identical with Pcol. 653)

Individual Studies

593(I to 3); 900 (1 to5);910(I to5);930(I to 6)

TURKISH (see Oriental Studies)

URBAN PLANNING

Committee on Urban Planning

Professors Lawrence D. Mann (Urban Planning), Chairman, Robert D. Carpenter (Urban Plan- ning), Arthur L. Silvers (Urban Planning), Norman Williams, Jr., (Urban Planning) Assistant Professor James P. Harkin (Public Administration)

The Committee on Urban Planning offers a program leading to the Master of Science degree with a major in urban planning. The planning profession is concerned with the influences on development of communities and regions, the formulation of plans to meet the needs of people, of all classes and areas, in contemporary society, and the actual achievement of the goals and objectives of plans and policies. Planning is an integral function of organizations and governments at all levels. Planning professionals are also employedin many intergovernmental agencies and in departments of transportation, housing, environmental quality and energy, etc. Above average performance on the verbal, quantitative, and analytical aptitude portions of the Graduate Record Examination and an academic average of approximately "B" or better are required for admission consideration by the Committee. Applicants should also submit three letters of recommendation. Students who enter without prior course work in economics, sociology anthropology, or political science will be required to take appropriate courses early in their program of study -such courses to count as electives. Fifty -four graduate units (two academic years) are required for completion of the Master of Science program in urban planning. All students are required to complete the core program consisting of 29 units, including Mgt. 552 or Geog. 457, Econ. 483 or 534, U. Pl. 501, 506, 604, 605, 608, 609, and 610. In addition, students must complete 21 elective units chosen from approved courses or a coherent set of courses providing depth in a definable field of planning, proposed by the student and approved by the faculty. The final requirement consists of two parts. VETERINARY SCIENCE 261

The first of these may be satisfied either by a thesis or by a major report on a real planning experience. The second part is a final examination covering the whole of the student's program of study.

457. Advanced Geographical Techniques (3) GC I (Identical with Geog. 457) 473. Urban Sanitation (3) GC I Advanced degree credit available for nonmajors only. (Identical with C.E. 473) 501. Development of Urban Planning (3)I Survey of the historical development of the planning profession: the evolution of American planning as a response to urban development. Open to majors only. Credit allowed for this course or 300, but not for both. 503. Metropolitan and Regional Planning (3) II Survey and evaluation of concepts and examples, including metropolitan, economic development, state and national, and environmental plans in the U.S. and abroad. 506. Fundamentals of Physical Planning (3) II Basic considerations in site analysis and planning, and transportation and utility systems; subdivision planning and plat review. P, 501. 507. Social Service Planning (3) [Rpt./ 1jI Survey of the variety of planning efforts designed specifically to increase social welfare through the delivery of services using historical, comparative, and evaluative perspectives. 563. Perception of Environment (3) III (Identical with Geog. 563) 565a -565b. Principles of Transportation Planning (3 -3) (Identical with C.E. 565a -565b) 575. Housing and Residential Areas (3) II Physical, social, and economic aspects of housing development and residential areas and their relationship to other land uses and functions. 596. Seminar (3) I u. Interdisciplinary Environment- Behavior - Design (Identical with Idis. 596u, which is home)

604. Professional Methods and Techniques (3) IAnalytical methods for development, evaluation, and synthesis of plan elements; magnitude, impact, location, linkage, comparative evaluation and programming techniques. 605. Planning Theories and Perspectives (3) II A critical examination of normative and methodological assumptions of alternative planning models, with emphasis on developing a perspective on contemporary planning issues. P, 501. 608. Planning Law (3) III Land -use controls; the law of zoning, exclusionary zoning, restrictive covenants, comprehensive plan, environmental protection, eminent domain, nuisance. 609. Problems of Urban Change (3) II1 Problems presented by growth and change in the modern city; possible planning solutions. Field trips. Credit allowed for this course or Geog. 379, but not for both. (Identical with Geog. 609) 610. Projects in Urban and Regional Planning (5) II Lab. and field projects simulating various aspects of professional practice. Open to majors only. P, 604, 24 units toward M.S. 659. Growth Management (3) II Current legal and planning techniques to regulate the rate of growth, the sequence of growth, and the eventual total size of towns, regions, and states; concentration on case studies. (Identical with Law 659) 696. Seminar (3) III a. The General Plan b. Land -Use Regulation c. Metropolitan and Regional Planning d. Planning Administration e. Housing f. Alternative Urban Futures g. Environmental Planning

Individual Studies

693 (4); 694 (4); 699 (2 to 5); 900 (2 to 4); 910 (4); 930 (1 to 6)

URDU (See Oriental Studies)

VETERINARY SCIENCE

Professors C. John Maré,Head,Edward J. Bicknell, Robert B. Chiasson, Raymond E. Reed, James N. Shively Associate Professor Ronald W. Hilwig 262 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Assistant Professors Ted H. Noon, J. Glenn Songer Associate Research Scientist Jess L. Ayers

No advanced degree is offered in veterinary science. In cooperation with the Committee on Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition and the Committee on Animal Physiology, the department offers course work and research direction for students working toward the Master of Science or the Doctor of Philosophy degree with majors in either of those disciplines. In certain cases, similar cooperative arrangements may be made with the Departments of Entomology, General Biology, or Microbiology and Medical Technology. Students majoring in other disciplines may elect veterinary science as a doctoral minor with the approval of the major department.

400a -4006. Animal Anatomy and Physiology(3 -3)GCPhysiology, gross and comparative anatomy. 400a: Ner- vous, musculoskeletal, immune, hemolymphatic, circulatory, and respiratory systems of domestic animals. 400b: Urinary, digestive, endocrine and reproductive systems. P, G.Bio. 105a -105b, Chem. 103a-103b, 104a-104b.

403. Parasites of Domestic Animals(2)GC1 Biology, distribution, economic importance, pathogenicity, diagnosis, treatment, and control of parasites of domestic animals, with emphasis on the disease -producing capabilities of parasites. P, four units of bio. (Identical with Ento. 403)

405. Animal Diseases(3)GCIIntegration of management, husbandry, and preventive veterinary medicine, as related to animal diseases.

406. Laboratory Animal Management(3)GC 11Housing, nutrition, breeding, disease and parasite control, and the politico- legislative aspects of lab. animals.

423. General Pathology(3 to 4)GC11 Pathogenesis, pathophysiology and morphologic changes of human and animal diseases. 3R or 3R, 3L. P, Mier. 202 or 420. (Identical with Micr. 423 and Tox. 423)

450. Medical Mycology(4)GC III (Identical with Micr. 450)

458. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy(4)GC1 Evolution and gross structure of vertebrate organ systems. 2R, 6L. P, eight units of animal bio. (Identical with Ecol. 458 and G.Bio. 458)

459. Comparative Vertebrate Histology (4) GCII Structure, identification and function of normal vertebrate tissues. 2R, 6L. P, eight units of animal bio. (Identical with G.Bio. 459)

489. Parasitology(4)GC!(Identical with G.Bio. 489)

601. Experimental Surgery (1) IIExercises in the surgical procedures commonly necessary in animal experimentation, including aseptic technique, anesthesiology, surgical operations, and care of the postsurgical patient. 3L. P, three units of mammalian anat. (Identical with Micr. 601)

WATER RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION (See Hydrology and Water Resources)

WATERSHED MANAGEMENT (See Renewable Natural Resources)

WILDLIFE ECOLOGY (See Renewable Natural Resources)

ZOOLOGY (See Cellular and Developmental Biology, Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, and General Biology) Index

Absentia, work in, 45 Arizona State Museum, 33 Accounting, Master of, 51;see also Art, 92 Accounting, 72 Master of Fine Arts in, 54 Accounting, 72 Art Collections, University, 34 Addiction StudiesseeHealth Related Art Education, 92 Professions, 150 Assistantships and Associateships, 46 Administrative Officers, 10 Academic Requirements, 46 Admission, 41 Course Load, 46 application for, 42 Tuition and Fees, 46 foreign students, 41 Astronomy, 95 Advanced degrees, 48 -49 Atmospheric Physics, Institute of, 36 candidacy for, 42, 62, 64, 66 Atmospheric Sciences, 96 offered, 49 Auditing of courses, 45 Advancement to Candidacy, 42, 62, 64, 66 Averaging of Grades, 44 Advisory Committee, 58, 64, 66 Awards, 46 Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering, 73 Agricultural Biochemistry and BacteriologyseeMicrobiology and Nutrition, 77 Medical Technology, 186 Agricultural Economics, 78 Bilingual /Bicultural Educationsee Agricultural Education, 79 Educational Foundations and Master of, 51 Administration, 122 Agricultural EngineeringseeSoils, Water Biochemistry, 98 and Engineering, 249 Biological Sciences, 99 Agricultural Experiment Station, 36 BiologyseeBiological Sciences, 99 Agriculture, 80 Biomedical EngineeringseeEngineering, 133 Agronomy and Plant Geneticssee Board of Regents, 9 Plant Sciences, 224 BotanyseeEcology and Evolutionary Biology, Anatomy, 81 117 Animal Physiology, 83 Boyce Thompson Southwestern Arboretum, 37 Animal Sciences, 83 Bureau of Ethnic Research, 37 Anthropology, 85 Bureau of Geology and Mineral Technology, Application for admission, 42 33 Applied Mathematics, 89 Business Administration, 100 Appointments, graduate, 46 Master of, 52 ArabicseeOriental Studies, 204 Business and Career Education, 101 Arboretum, 37 Business EducationseeBusiness and ArchaeologyseeAnthropology, 85 Career Education, 101 Architecture, 90 Master of, 52 Area developmentseeGeography, Calendar, graduate, 7 -8 Regional Development, and Urban Candidacy for an advanced degree, Planning, 141 42, 51, 62, 64, 66 Arid Lands Resource Sciences, 91 Cellular and Developmental Biology, 101 Arid Lands Studies, Office of, 36 Center for Creative Photography, 33 Arizona Board of Regents, 9 Center for the Study of Higher Education, 153 Arizona Cooperative Fishery Research Chemical Engineering, 103 Unit, 37 Chemistry, 105 Arizona Cooperative Wildlife Research Child development and family relations Unit, 37 seeHome Economics, 160 Arizona Historical Society, 38 ChineseseeOriental Studies, 204 Arizona Medical Center Library, 33 Civil Engineering and Engineering Arizona -Sonora Desert Museum, 38 Mechanics, 107

263 264 INDEX

Classics, 111 Specialist in, 58 - 59 Classification of courses, 72 see also Clinical Engineering see Engineering, 133 Business and Career Education, 101 Clothing, textiles, and interior design Center for the Study of Higher Education, see Home Economics, 160 153 Committee on Graduate Study, 11- 12. Counseling and Guidance, 113 Composition see Music, 192 Educational Foundations and Computer Center, 35 Administration, 122 Computer Science, 112 Educational Psychology, 125 Conducting see Music, 192 Elementary Education, 130 Cooperating organizations, 38 Higher Education see Center for the Study Correspondence courses, 43 of Higher Education, 153 Counseling and Guidance, 113 Library Science, 171 Counseling, student, 40 Reading, 232 Council, graduate, 11 Rehabilitation, 233 Courses of Instruction, 62 - 263 Secondary Education, 245 Creative writing, Master of Fine Arts Special Education, 250 in, 54; see also English, 134 Educational Administration see Credit, graduate, 42-43 Educational Foundations and for seniors, 42 Administration, 122 for unclassified (not graduate) Educational Foundations and students, 42 Administration, 122 general prerequisites for, 43 Educational Media see Elementary Education, transfer of, 43 130 and Secondary Education 245 Criminal Justice Administration see Public Educational Psychology, 125 Administration, 230 Educational Specialist degree, 58 Electrical Engineering, 127 Elementary Education, 130 Dairy Science see Animal Sciences, 83 Energy Systems Engineering see Degrees, graduate, 48 - 49 Engineering, 133 Dendrochronology see Geosciences, 144 Engineering, 132; see also Dendrohydrology see Geosciences, 144 Aerospace and Mechanical Departments and Courses of Instruction, Engineering, 73 69 -263 Chemical Engineering, 103 Dietetics see Home Economics, 160 and Civil Engineering and Engineering Nutrition and Food Science, 198 Mechanics, 107 Dining Service, 40 Electrical Engineering, 127 Dissertation, 62, 64, 66 Metallurgical Engineering, 184 in absentia, 45 Mining and Geological Engineering, publication, 62, 64, 67 188 Distributive education see Business and Nuclear Engineering, 195 Career Education, 101 Soils, Water, and Engineering, 249 Division of Economic and Business Systems and Industrial Engineering, 257 Research, 37 Engineering Experiment Station, 35 Divisions of the University, 6 Engineering Mechanics see Civil Doctor of Engineering and Engineering Education, 63-65 Mechanics, 107 Musical Arts, 65-68 English, 134 Philosophy, 61-63 as a foreign language, test of, 41 Doctoral degrees, major fields, 49 English as a Second Language see Dormitories, 39 English, 134 Drama, 115 English Education see English, 134 Dropping courses see Withdrawal Entomology, 136 grades, 44 Ethnic Research, Bureau of, 37 Ethnology see Anthropology, 85 Examinations Required, 44 Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, 117 final, 50, 59, 62, 65, 67 Economic and Business Research, other, 63, 67 Division of, 37 preliminary 62, 64, 66 Economics, 119 qualifying, 58, 61, 63, 66 Education, 122 Experiment stations Doctor of, 63-65 Agricultural, 36 It/factor of CZ 57 Fnoineerino 15 INDEX 265

Explanatory Notes, depitrtments and courses of Pass /Fail Option, 44 instruction, 69 Removal of Incomplete, 44 Extended registration,seeSupplementary Scholarship Requirements, 44 Registration, 45 Special Grades, 44 Withdrawal Grades, 44 Graduate Appointments and Facilities and services, 32-38 Scholarships, 46 Faculty, teaching and research, 13-31 Graduate calendar, 7-8 Family economics and home management Graduate Council, 11 seeHome Economics, 160 Graduate Credit, 42-43 Fees, 39 for seniors, 42 Fellowships, 46 for unclassified (not graduate) Final Examination, 50, 59, 62, 65, 67 students, 42 Finance and Real Estate, 137 general prerequisites for, 43 Financial Aids, 46 other courses, 43 Fine Arts, Master of, 53 regular, 43 Fisheries ScienceseeRenewable Natural transfer of, 43 Resources, 236 Graduate Degrees, 48-49 Fishery Research Unit, 37 Graduate Library SchoolseeLibrary Food, human nutrition and dieteticssee Science, 171 Home Economics, 160 Graduate Record Examinations, 42 Food ScienceseeNutrition and Food Graduate status, 41 Science, 198 and Home Economics, 160 Graduate study, committee on, 11 -12 Foreign language option, 50, 55, 62, 64, 66 Graduate study in summer session, 45 Foreign students Grants, 46 admission of, 41 GreekseeClassics, 111 insurance required for, 41 Guidance and CounselingseeCounseling and Test of English as a Foreign Guidance, 113 Language, 41 Guidance, studentseeStudent counseling Foundations of EducationseeEducational and services, 40 Foundations and Administration, 122 Health EducationseePhysical Education, 214 Frenchseesee Romance Languages, 240 Health Related Professions, 150 Health services administrationseePublic Administration, 230 General Information, 32-40 HebrewseeOriental Studies, 204 General Biology, 139 Higher Education, 153 General Regulations, 41- 47 HindiseeOriental Studies, 204 General Requirements, History, 155 Masters' Degrees, 50-57 History and Philosophy of Science, 159 Specialist Degrees, 58 -60 History of Art,seeArt, 92 Doctoral Degrees, 61-68 Home Economics, 160 Genetics, 140 Home Economics Education, Master of, 51; Genetics, plantseePlant Sciences, 224 seealso Home Economics, 160 GeochemistryseeGeosciences, 144 Horticulture see Plant Sciences, 224 GeochronologyseeGeosciences, 144 "House numbered" courses, 70-72 Geography, Regional Development, and Housing, 39 Urban Planning, 141 Hydrology and Water Resources, 163 Geological EngineeringseeMining and Geological Engineering, 188 GeologyseeGeosciences, 144 Incomplete, removal of, 44 Geology and Mineral Technology, Bureau of, Individual Studies, 71 33 Industrial Engineering see Systems and Geosciences, 144 Industrial Engineering, 257 German, 148 Information, general, 32 -40 GovernmentseePolitical Science, 225 Institute of Atmospheric Physics, 36 Government agencies, 39 Institute of Government Research, 37 Government Research, Institute of, 37 Instruction, courses of, 72-263 Grade point average, 44 Insurance for foreign students, 41 Grades, 44 Interdisciplinary programs, 166 Averaging, 44 International Special Students, 41 Grading system, 44 Italian see Romance Languages, 240 266 INDEX

Japanese see Oriental Studies, 204 Metallurgical Engineering, 184 Journalism, 166 Metallurgy see Metallurgical Engineering, 184 Meteorology see Atmospheric Sciences, 96 Microbiology and Medical Technology Key to symbols, 70 (Liberal Arts), 186 Microbiology (Medicine) see Molecular Biology, 191 Laboratory of Tree -Ring Research, 36 Mineral Economics see Mining and Geological Landscape Architecture, Master of, 54; Engineering, 188 see also Renewable Natural Mining and Geological Engineering, 188 Resources, 236 Molecular Biology, 191 Language requirements, foreign, 50, 55, 62, Museum, Arizona State, 33 64, 66 Museum of Art, University, 34 Latin see Classics, I 1 1 Museum of Northern Arizona, 38 Latin American Studies, 168 Music, 192 Law, 169 collection, 33 Law Library, 33 Master of, 554 Library, Science- Engineering, 33 Music Education see Music, 192 Libraries, University, 32 Music Theory see Music, 192 Library Science, 171 Musical Arts, Doctor of, 65 -68 Master of, 55 Musicology see Music, 192 Library Science Collection, 33 Linguistics, 173 Loans, 47 Natural Resource Recreation see Renewable Lunar and Planetary Laboratory, 34 Natural Resources, 236 Nonresident tuition see Fees, 39 Notice of Intent, 50 Major and minor subjects, 61, 63, 66 Nuclear Engineering, 195 Major fields for doctoral degrees, 49 Nuclear reactor, 35 Major fields for masters' degrees, 48 Nursing, 196 Major fields for specialist degrees, 48 Specialist in, 59 Major Professor, 50 Nutrition and Food Science, 198 see also Management, 175 Agricultural Biochemistry and Nutrition, Management Information Systems, 177 77, and Home Economics, 160 Marketing, 178 Married student housing, 40 Master of Office of Arid Lands Studies, 36 Accounting, 51 Optical Sciences, 201 Agricultural Education, 51 Optical Sciences Center, 37 Architecture, 52 Oriental Studies, 204 Arts, 51 Business Administration, 52 Paleobotany see Geosciences, 144 Education, 53 Paleoclimatology see Geosciences, 144 Fine Arts, 53 Paleoecology see Geosciences, 144 Home Economics Education, 51 Paleontology see Geosciences, 144 Landscape Architecture, 54 Palynology see Geosciences, 144 Library Science, 55 Pass -Fail option, 44 Music, 55 Performance see Music, 192 Public Administration, 56 Persian see Oriental Studies, 204 Science, 51 Pharmaceutical Chemistry see Teaching, 57 Pharmaceutical Sciences, 209 Masters' degrees Pharmaceutical Sciences, 209 general requirements, 50 Pharmacokinetics Laboratory, 38 major fields, 48 Pharmacology, Materials Engineering, 179 committee, 210 Mathematics, 180 department, 211 Maximum study load, 45 Pharmacology and Toxicology, 212 Mechanical Engineering see Aerospace ratory, 38 and Mechanical Engineering, 73 Pharmacy, see Pharmaceutical Sciences, 209 Medical Technology see Microbiology Philosophy, 213 and Medical Technology, 186 Doctor of, 61-63 Medieval Studies, 183 Physical Education, 214 INDEX 267

Physics, 216 Sanitary and Environmental Engineering Physiology, 219; see also Biological Sciences, see Civil Engineering and Engineering 99 Mechanics, 107 Physiology, Animal see Animal Scholarship requirements, 44 Physiology, 83 Scholarships, 46 Planetary Sciences, 220 School library science see Library Plant Pathology, 222 Science, 171 Plant Protection, 223 Second master's degree, 51 Plant Sciences, 224 Secondary Education, 245 Political Science, 225 Seniors, graduate credit for, 42 Polo Village housing, 40 Services and facilities, 32- 39 Portuguese see Romance Languages, 240 Slavic Languages see Russian and Slavic Poultry Science see Animal Sciences, 83 Languages, 244 Preliminary Examination, 62, 64, 66 Sociology, 247 Prerequisites, general, 43 Soil and Water Science see Renewable Programs of study Natural Resources, 236 and Soils, for Doctors' degrees, 61- 68 Water, and Engineering, 249 for Masters' degrees, 50-57 Soils, Water, and Engineering, 249 for Specialist degrees, 58 - 60 Southwestern Research Station, 38 Psychology, 228 Spanish see Romance Languages, 240 Public Administration, 230 Special Education, 250 Master of, 56 Special Grades, 44 Specialist degrees, major fields, 48 Specialist in Qualifying Examination, 58, 61, 63, 66 education, 58 microbiology, 59 nursing, 59 Range Management see Renewable Natural Speech and Hearing Sciences, 253 Resources, 236 Speech Communication, 254 Statistics, 256 Real Estate see Finance and Real Estate, 137 Steward Observatory, 34; see also Regents, Board of, 9 Astronomy, 95 Registration, supplementary, 45 Student counseling and services, 40 Registration fee see Fees, 39 Study load, maximum, 45 Regular graduate status, 41 Summer Session, 45 Regulations, general, 41- 47 Admission, 45 Rehabilitation, 233 Expenses, 46 Reliability Engineering see Aerospace and Supplementary registration, 45 Mechanical Engineering, 73 Symbols, key to, 70 Remote Sensing, 235 Systems and Industrial Engineering, 257 Removal of Incomplete, 44 Renewable Natural Resources, 236 Requirements Teaching assistantships, 46 for Doctors' Degrees, 61-68 Teaching, Master of, 57 for Masters' Degrees, 50-57 Teaching and Research Faculty, 13- 31 for Specialist Degrees, 58 -60 Test of English as a Foreign Language, 41 Research assistantships, 46 Thesis, 50 Research Station, Southwestern, 38 in absentia, 45 Residence halls, 39 Time Limitation, 50, 58, 61 Residence requirements Toxicology, 259 for Doctors' Degrees, 61, 63, 65 Traineeships, 46 for Masters' Degrees, 50 Transfer of graduate credit, 43 for Specialist Degrees, 59 Tree -Ring Research, Laboratory of, 36 Retirement housing management see Triga nuclear reactor, 35 Public Administration, 225 Tuition see Fees, 39 Romance Languages, 240 Turkish see Oriental Studies, 204 Russian and Slavic Languages, 244 Ruth E. Golding Clinical Pharmacokinetics Laboratory, 38 Unclassified graduate status, 41 268 INDEX

Unclassified students, graduate credit for, 42 United States government agencies, 39 University art collections, 34 dining service, 40 divisions of, 6 libraries, 32 University of Arizona Press, 33 University -wide "house numbered" courses, 70 Urban Planning, 260 UrduseeOriental Studies, 204

Veterinary Science, 262 Vocational evaluationseeRehabilitation, 233

Water Resources Administrationsee Hydrology and Water Resources, 163 Water Resources Research Center, 36 Watershed ManagementseeRenewable Natural Resources, 236 Wildlife EcologyseeRenewable Natural Resources, 236 Wildlife Research Unit, 37 Withdrawal grades, 44

YiddishseeGerman, 148

ZoologyseeBiological Sciences, 99, Cellular and Developmental Biology 101, Ecology and Evolutionary Biology 117, and Gen- eral Biology 139 ...... 1 Si Heliport LM S Art Dept. Rsei,e_Lába. y irodr EAST SPEEDWAY BLVD. EAST VisualAudio SPEEDWAY GraduateStudios BLVD. H RJ ant patient parking tor 8 B patientvisitor LEE ST. 16 1 r king Architect Intl I SO Museum Lr---0. fI Computer Center lu Poetry Center library l' I` `FOmily Practice - d W > C AST FIRST ST. GraduatelSchool J rlll Basic if a patient parkingvisitor EA FIRST STREET Manzanita BusinessPublic a Admin. En ìneering Sei. r Mohove Educali STREET Engineering Labs. I A.U.R.A. pa SE ND Arizona LanguagesModern AW H' SpiSCN a SiH Phys.Educ. _JCreativeCenter for ark ng L Information Bldg Museum State Speech Student Ith Ctr. Planetarium EAST Photogra UNIVERSITY BLVD. Audit Science -Engr. tal PsycOld X71 Or, Studies SciencesOptical FOURTH STREET Home Eeoit-- Charmer MaKa% W Chi`i Omega Steps EAST { Il (\ Memorial Center pool o j StudentCenter Park SS RE T Atmospheric Sci: J Math McKALE DRIVE EAST Coronado FIFTH lizona STREET T' LOWEL STREET MlerobiolouPl Baseball Field / ooa ` I L ¡0 oo: EAST SIXTH STREET 1 \ AnnHLaw no Hov EAST SIXTH UNIVERSITY CAMPUS IZONA Al a t Phys. Educ. Field Mailing Address: The University of Arizona Tucson, Arizona 85721

For Further Information On:

Applications For Admission Write: Dean of Admissions and Records Financial Assistance Write: Director of Scholar sips and Financial Aids Housing Facilities Write: Director of Housing Medical Facilities Write: Director of the Student Health Service Orientation Programs Write: Dean of Students

For Copies of Other University Catalogs: General Catalog Write: Dean of Admissions and Records Continuing Education Write: Division of Continuing Education College of Law Write: Admissions, College of Law College of Medicine Write: Admissions, College of Medicine Scholarships and Financial Aids Write: Scholarships and Financial Aids Summer Session Write: Summer Session